diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 02:47:59 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 02:47:59 -0700 |
| commit | 536218fffaf1a38077cf51376df6e84090d31ef4 (patch) | |
| tree | cb1c9847ffa5ca59390bbae33d3a791e17cbf9f9 | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29666-8.txt | 7429 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29666-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 131582 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29666-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 1066289 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29666-h/29666-h.htm | 7716 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29666-h/images/brorson.png | bin | 0 -> 131246 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29666-h/images/grundtvg.png | bin | 0 -> 145675 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29666-h/images/harp.png | bin | 0 -> 54904 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29666-h/images/ingemann.png | bin | 0 -> 100123 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29666-h/images/kingo.png | bin | 0 -> 137138 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29666-h/images/psalmbok.png | bin | 0 -> 171537 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29666-h/images/songkoor.png | bin | 0 -> 182980 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29666.txt | 7429 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29666.zip | bin | 0 -> 131542 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
16 files changed, 22590 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/29666-8.txt b/29666-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d50da41 --- /dev/null +++ b/29666-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7429 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Hymns and Hymnwriters of Denmark, by +Jens Christian Aaberg + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Hymns and Hymnwriters of Denmark + +Author: Jens Christian Aaberg + +Release Date: August 11, 2009 [EBook #29666] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HYMNS AND HYMNWRITERS OF DENMARK *** + + + + +Produced by Stephen Hutcheson and Ken Jentsch + + + + + + + + + + Hymns and Hymnwriters of Denmark + + + By + J. C. AABERG + + Published by + The Committee on Publication + of the Danish Evangelical Lutheran Church in America + Des Moines, Ia. + 1945 + + Copyright 1945 + The Danish Ev. Luth. Church In America + + Printed in Lutheran Publishing House + Blair, Nebr. + + + + + Foreword + + +This book deals with a subject which is new to most English readers. For +though Danish hymnody long ago became favorably known in Northern Europe, +no adequate presentation of the subject has appeared in English. Newer +American Lutheran hymnals contain a number of Danish hymns, some of which +have gained considerable popularity, but the subject as a whole has not +been presented. + +A hymn is a child both of its author and of the time in which he lived. A +proper knowledge of the writer and the age that gave it birth will +enhance our understanding both of the hymn and of the spiritual movement +it represents. No other branches of literature furnish a more +illuminating index to the inner life of Christendom than the great lyrics +of the Church. Henry Ward Beecher said truly: "He who knows the way that +hymns flowed, knows where the blood of true piety ran, and can trace its +veins and arteries to its very heart." + +Aside from whatever value they may have in themselves, the hymns +presented on the following pages therefore should convey an impression of +the main currents within the Danish church, and the men that helped to +create them. + +The names of Kingo, Brorson and Grundtvig are known to many, but so far +no biographies of these men except of the sketchiest kind have appeared +in English. It is hoped that the fairly comprehensive presentation of +their life and work in the following pages may fill a timely need. + +In selecting the hymns care has been taken to choose those that are most +characteristic of their authors, their times and the movements out of +which they were born. While the translator has sought to produce +faithfully the metre, poetry and sentiment of the originals, he has +attempted no slavishly literal reproduction. Many of the finest Danish +hymns are frankly lyrical, a fact which greatly increases the difficulty +of translation. But while the writer is conscious that his translations +at times fail to reproduce the full beauty of the originals, he still +hopes that they may convey a fair impression of these and constitute a +not unworthy contribution to American hymnody. + +An examination of any standard American church hymnal will prove that +American church song has been greatly enriched by transplantations of +hymns from many lands and languages. If the following contribution from a +heretofore meagerly represented branch of hymnody adds even a little to +that enrichment, the writer will feel amply rewarded for the many hours +of concentrated labor he has spent upon it. + +Most of the translations are by the writer himself. When translations by +others have been used, credit has been given to them except where only +parts of a hymn have been presented. + +Minneapolis, Minnesota, September 21st, 1944. + + + + + INDEX + + + + + Chapter Page + Table of Contents 7 + I Early Danish Hymnody 9 + II Reformation Hymnody 11 + III Kingo's Childhood and Youth 21 + IV Kingo, the Hymnwriter 31 + V Kingo's Psalmbook 41 + VI Kingo's Church Hymns 44 + VII Kingo's Later Years 51 + VIII Brorson's Childhood and Youth 59 + IX Brorson, the Singer of Pietism 65 + X Brorson's Swan Song 84 + XI Grundtvig's Early Years 93 + XII The Lonely Defender of the Bible 103 + XIII The Living Word 112 + XIV Grundtvig, the Hymnwriter 121 + XV Grundtvig's Hymns 128 + XVI Grundtvig's Later Years 150 + XVII Other Danish Hymnwriters 161 + + + + + Chapter One + Early Danish Hymnody + + +Danish hymnody, like that of other Protestant countries, is largely a +child of the Reformation. The Northern peoples were from ancient times +lovers of song. Much of their early history is preserved in poetry, and +no one was more honored among them than the skjald who most skillfully +presented their thoughts and deeds in song. Nor was this love of poetry +lost with the transition from paganism to Christianity. The splendid folk +songs of the Middle Ages prove conclusively that both the love of poetry +and the skill in writing it survived into the new age. One can only +wonder what fine songs the stirring advent of Christianity might have +produced among a people so naturally gifted in poetry if the church had +encouraged rather than discouraged this native gift. + +But the Church of Rome evinced little interest in the ancient ways of the +people among whom she took root. Her priests received their training in a +foreign tongue; her services were conducted in Latin; and the native +language and literature were neglected. Except for a few lawbooks, the +seven hundred years of Catholic supremacy in Denmark did not produce a +single book in the Danish language. The ordinances of the church, +furthermore, expressly forbade congregational singing at the church +services, holding that, since it was unlawful for the laity to preach, it +was also impermissible for them to sing in the sanctuary. It is thus +likely that a Danish hymn had never been sung, except on a few special +occasions in a Danish church before the triumph of the Reformation. + +It is not likely, however, that this prohibition of hymn singing could be +effectively extended to the homes or occasional private gatherings. Hans +Thomisson, who compiled the most important of the early Danish hymnals, +thus includes five "old hymns" in his collection with the explanation +that he had done so to show "that even during the recent times of error +there were pious Christians who, by the grace of God, preserved the true +Gospel. And though these songs were not sung in the churches--which were +filled with songs in Latin that the people did not understand--they were +sung in the homes and before the doors". + +Most of these earlier hymns no doubt were songs to the Virgin Mary or +legendary hymns, two types of songs which were then very common and +popular throughout the church. Of the few real hymns in use, some were +composed with alternating lines of Danish and Latin, indicating that they +may have been sung responsively. Among these hymns we find the oldest +known Danish Christmas hymn, which, in the beautiful recast of Grundtvig, +is still one of the most favored Christmas songs in Danish. + + + Christmas with gladness sounds, + Joy abounds + When praising God, our Father, + We gather. + We were in bondage lying, + But He hath heard our prayer. + Our inmost need supplying, + He sent the Savior here. + Therefore with praises ringing, + Our hearts for joy are singing: + All Glory, praise and might + Be God's for Christmas night. + + Right in a golden year, + Came He here. + Throughout a world confounded + Resounded + The tidings fraught with gladness + For every tribe of man + That He hath borne our sadness + And brought us joy again, + That He in death descended, + Like sun when day is ended, + And rose on Easter morn + With life and joy reborn. + + He hath for every grief + Brought relief. + Each grateful heart His praises + Now raises. + With angels at the manger, + We sing the Savior's birth, + Who wrought release from danger + And peace to man on earth, + Who satisfies our yearning, + And grief to joy is turning + Till we with Him arise + And dwell in Paradise. + + +The earliest Danish texts were translations from the Latin. Of these the +fine translations of the well known hymns, "Stabat Mater Dolorosa", and +"Dies Est Laetitia in Ortu Regali", are still used, the latter especially +in Grundtvig's beautiful recast "Joy is the Guest of Earth Today". + +At a somewhat later period, but still well in advance of the Reformation, +the first original Danish hymns must have appeared. Foremost among these, +we may mention the splendid hymns, "I Will Now Hymn His Praises Who All +My Sin Hath Borne", "On Mary, Virgin Undefiled, Did God Bestow His +Favor", and the beautiful advent hymn, "O Bride of Christ, Rejoice", all +hymns that breathe a truly Evangelical spirit and testify to a remarkable +skill in the use of a language then so sorely neglected. + +Best known of all Pre-Reformation songs in Danish is "The Old Christian +Day Song"--the name under which it was printed by Hans Thomisson. Of the +three manuscript copies of this song, which are preserved in the library +of Upsala, Sweden, the oldest is commonly dated at "not later than 1450". +The song itself, however, is thought to be much older, dating probably +from the latter part of the 14th century. Its place of origin is +uncertain, with both Sweden and Denmark contending for the honor. The +fact that the text printed by Hans Thomisson is identical, except for +minor variations in dialect, with that of the oldest Swedish manuscript +proves, at least, that the same version was also current in Danish, and +that no conclusion as to its origin can now be drawn from the chance +preservation of its text in Sweden. The following translation is based on +Grundtvig's splendid revision of the song for the thousand years' +festival of the Danish church.[1] + + + With gladness we hail the blessed day + Now out of the sea ascending, + Illuming the earth upon its way + And cheer to all mortals lending. + God grant that His children everywhere + May prove that the night is ending. + + How blest was that wondrous midnight hour + When Jesus was born of Mary! + Then dawned in the East with mighty power + The day that anew shall carry + The light of God's grace to every soul + That still with the Lord would tarry. + + Should every creature in song rejoice, + And were every leaflet singing, + They could not His grace and glory voice, + Though earth with their praise were ringing, + For henceforth now shines the Light of Life, + Great joy to all mortals bringing. + + Like gold is the blush of morning bright, + When day has from death arisen. + Blest comfort too holds the peaceful night + When skies in the sunset glisten. + So sparkle the eyes of those whose hearts + In peace for God's summons listen. + + Then journey we to our fatherland, + Where summer reigns bright and vernal. + Where ready for us God's mansions stand + With thrones in their halls supernal. + So happily there with friends of light + We joy in the peace eternal. + + +In this imperishable song, Pre-Reformation hymnody reached its highest +excellence, an excellence that later hymnody seldom has surpassed. "The +Old Christian Day Song" shows, besides, that Northern hymnwriters even +"during the time of popery" had caught the true spirit of Evangelical +hymnody. Their songs were few, and they were often bandied about like +homeless waifs, but they embodied the purest Christian ideals of that day +and served in a measure to link the old church with the new. + + +---------- + +[1]Other translations: + "O day full of grace, which we behold" by C. Doving in "Hymnal for + Church and Home." + "The dawn from on high is on our shore" by S. D. Rodholm in "World of + Song". + + + + + Chapter Two + Reformation Hymnody + + +The Danish Reformation began quietly about 1520, and culminated +peacefully in the establishment of the Lutheran church as the church of +the realm in 1536. The movement was not, as in some other countries, the +work of a single outstanding reformer. It came rather as an almost +spontaneous uprising of the people under several independent leaders, +among whom men like Hans Tausen, Jorgen Sadolin, Claus Mortensen, Hans +Spandemager and others merely stand out as the most prominent. And it was +probably this very spontaneity which invested the movement with such an +irresistible force that within in a few years it was able to overthrow an +establishment that had exerted a powerful influence over the country for +more than seven centuries. + +In this accomplishment Evangelical hymnody played a prominent part. +Though the Reformation gained little momentum before 1526, the Papists +began as early as 1527, to preach against "the sacrilegious custom of +roaring Danish ballads at the church service". As no collection of hymns +had then been published, the hymns thus used must have been circulated +privately, showing the eagerness of the people to adopt the new custom. +The leaders of the Reformation were quick to recognize the new interest +and make use of it in the furtherance of their cause. The first Danish +hymnal was published at Malmø in 1528 by Hans Mortensen. It contained ten +hymns and a splendid liturgy for the morning service. This small +collection proved so popular that it was soon enlarged by the addition of +thirty new hymns and appropriate liturgies for the various other +services, that were held on the Sabbath day. Independent collections were +almost simultaneously published by Hans Tausen, Arvid Petersen and +others. And, as these different collections all circulated throughout the +country, the result was confusing. At a meeting in Copenhagen of +Evangelical leaders from all parts of the country, it was decided to +revise the various collections and to combine them into one hymnal. This +first common hymnal for the Danish church appeared in 1531, and served as +the hymnal of the church till 1544, when it was revised and enlarged by +Hans Tausen. Tausen's hymnal was replaced in 1569 by _The Danish +Psalmbook_, compiled by Hans Thomisson, a pastor of the Church of Our +Lady at Copenhagen, and the ablest translator and hymnwriter of the +Reformation period. _Hans Thomisson's Hymnal_--as it was popularly +named--was beyond question the finest hymnal of the transition period. It +was exceptionally well printed, contained 268 hymns, set to their +appropriate tunes, and served through innumerable reprints as the hymnal +of the Danish church for more than 150 years. + +Thus the Reformation, in less than fifty years, had produced an +acceptable hymnal and had established congregational singing as an +indispensable part of the church service. The great upheaval had failed, +nevertheless, to produce a single hymnwriter of outstanding merit. The +leaders in the movement were able men, striving earnestly to satisfy a +pressing need. But they were not poets. Their work consisted of passable +translations, selections from Pre-Reformation material and a few original +hymns by Claus Mortensen, Arvid Petersen, Hans Thomisson and others. It +represented an honest effort, but failed to attain greatness. People +loved their new hymns, however, and clung to them despite their halting +metres and crude style, even when newer and much finer songs were +available. But when these at last had gained acceptance, the old hymns +gradually disappeared, and very few of them are now included in the +Danish hymnal. The Reformation produced a worthy hymnal, but none of the +great hymnwriters whose splendid work later won Danish hymnody an +honorable place in the church. + +Hans Chrestensen Sthen, the first notable hymnwriter of the Danish +church, was already on the scene, however, when Hans Thomisson's Hymnal +left the printers. He is thought to have been born at Roskilde about +1540; but neither the date nor the place of his birth is now known with +certainty. He is reported to have been orphaned at an early age, and +subsequently, to have been adopted and reared by the renowned Royal +Chamberlain, Christopher Walkendorf. After receiving an excellent +education, he became rector of a Latin school at Helsingør, the Elsinore +of Shakespeare's _Hamlet_, and later was appointed to a pastorate in the +same city. In this latter office he was singularly successful. Lysander, +one of his biographers, says of him that he was exceptionally well +educated, known as a fine orator and noted as a successful author and +translator. His hymns prove that he was also an earnest and warm-hearted +Christian. The peoples of Helsingør loved him dearly, and for many years, +after he had left their city, continued to "remember him with gifts of +love for his long and faithful service among them". In 1583, to the +sorrow of his congregation he had accepted a call to Malmø, a city on the +eastern shore of the Sound. But in this new field his earnest Evangelical +preaching, provoked the resentment of a number of his most influential +parishioners, who, motivated by a wish to blacken his name and secure his +removal, instigated a suit against him for having mismanaged an +inheritance left to his children by his first wife. The children +themselves appeared in his defence, however, and expressed their complete +satisfaction with his administration of their property; and the trumped +up charge was wholly disproved. But his enemies still wanted to have him +removed and, choosing a new method of attack, forwarded a petition to the +king in which they claimed that "Master Hans Chrestensen Sthen because of +weakness and old age was incompetent to discharge his duties as a +pastor", and asked for his removal to the parishes of Tygelse and +Klagstrup. Though the king is reported to have granted the petition, +other things seem to have intervened to prevent its execution, and the +ill-used pastor appears to have remained at Malmø until his death, the +date of which is unknown. + +Sthen's fame as a poet and hymnwriter rests mainly on two thin volumes of +poetry. _A Small Handbook, Containing Diverse Prayers and Songs Together +with Some Rules for Life, Composed in Verse_, which appeared in 1578, and +_A Small Wander Book_, published in 1591. The books contain both a number +of translations and some original poems. In some of the latter Sthen +readopts the style of the old folk songs with their free metre, native +imagery and characteristic refrain. His most successful compositions in +this style are his fine morning and evening hymns, one of which is given +below. + + + The gloomy night to morning yields, + So brightly the day is breaking; + The sun ascends over hills and fields, + And birds are with song awaking. + Lord, lend us Thy counsel and speed our days, + The light of Thy grace surround us. + + Our grateful thanks to God ascend, + Whose mercy guarded our slumber. + May ever His peace our days attend + And shield us from troubles somber. + Lord, lend us Thy counsel and speed our days, + The light of Thy grace surround us. + + Redeem us, Master, from death's strong hand, + Thy grace from sin us deliver; + Enlighten us till with Thine we stand, + And make us Thy servants ever. + Lord, lend us Thy counsel and speed our days, + The light of Thy grace surround us. + + Then shall with praise we seek repose + When day unto night hath yielded, + And safe in Thine arms our eyelids close + To rest by Thy mercy shielded. + Lord, lend us Thy counsel and speed our days, + The light of Thy grace surround us. + + +Sthen's hymns all breathe a meek and lowly spirit. They express in the +simplest words the faith, hope and fears of a humble, earnest Christian. +The following still beloved hymn thus presents a vivid picture of the +meek and prayerful spirit of its author. + + + O Lord, my heart is turning + To Thee with ceaseless yearning + And praying for Thy grace. + Thou art my sole reliance + Against my foes' defiance; + Be Thou my stay in every place. + + I offer a confession + Of my severe transgression; + In me is nothing good. + But, Lord, Thou wilt not leave me + And, like the world, deceive me; + Thou hast redeemed me with Thy blood. + + Blest Lord of Life most holy, + Thou wilt the sinner lowly + Not leave in sin and death; + Thine anger wilt not sever + The child from Thee forever + That pleads with Thee for life and breath. + + O Holy Spirit, guide me! + With wisdom true provide me; + Help me my cross to bear. + Uphold me in my calling + And, when the night is falling, + Grant me Thy heavenly home to share. + + +Most widely known of all Sthen's hymns is his beloved "Lord Jesus Christ, +My Savior Blest". In its unabbreviated form this hymn contains eight +stanzas of which the initial letters spell the words: "Hans Anno"; and it +has become known therefore as "Sthen's Name Hymn". The method of thus +affixing one's name to a song was frequently practiced by authors for the +purpose of impressing people with their erudition. The meek and anxious +spirit that pervades this hymn makes it unlikely, however, that Sthen +would have employed his undoubted skill as a poet for such a purpose. The +hymn is thought to have been written at Malmø at the time its author +encountered his most severe trials there. And its intimate personal note +makes it likely that he thus ineradicably affixed his name to his hymn in +order to indicate its connection with his own faith and experience. +"Sthen's Name Hymn" thus should be placed among the numerous great hymns +of the church that have been born out of the sorrows and travails of +their authors' believing but anxious hearts. The translation given below +is from the abbreviated text now used in all Danish hymnals. + + + Lord Jesus Christ, + My Savior blest, + My refuge and salvation, + I trust in Thee, + Abide with me, + Thy word shall be + My shield and consolation. + + I will confide, + Whate'er betide, + In Thy compassion tender. + When grief and stress + My heart oppress, + Thou wilt redress + And constant solace render. + + When grief befalls + And woe appalls + Thy loving care enfolds me. + I have no fear + When Thou art near, + My Savior dear; + Thy saving hand upholds me. + + Lord, I will be + Alway with Thee + Wherever Thou wilt have me. + Do Thou control + My heart and soul + And make me whole; + Thy grace alone can save me. + + Yea, help us, Lord, + With one accord + To love and serve Thee solely, + That henceforth we + May dwell with Thee + Most happily + And see Thy presence holy. + + +With Sthen the fervid spirit of the Reformation period appears to have +spent itself. The following century added nothing to Danish hymnody. +Anders Chrestensen Arrebo, Bishop at Tronhjem, and an ardent lover and +advocate of a richer cultivation of the Danish language and literature, +published a versification of the Psalms of David and a few hymns in 1623. +But the Danish church never became a psalm singing church, and his hymns +have disappeared. Hans Thomisson's hymnal continued to be printed with +occasional additions of new material, most of which possessed no +permanent value. But the old hymns entered into the very heart and spirit +of the people and held their affection so firmly that even Kingo lost +much of his popularity when he attempted to revise them and remove some +of their worst poetical and linguistic defects. They were no longer +imprinted merely on the pages of a book but in the very heart and +affection of a nation. + + + + + Thomas Kingo, the Easter Poet of Denmark + + + + + Chapter Three + Kingo's Childhood and Youth + + +Thomas Kingo, the first of the great Danish hymnwriters, grew forth as a +root out of dry ground. There was nothing in the religious and secular +life of the times to foreshadow the appearance of one of the great +hymnwriters, not only of Denmark but of the world. + +The latter part of the 16th and the first half of the 17th centuries mark +a rather barren period in the religious and cultural life of Denmark. The +spiritual ferment of the Reformation had subsided into a staid and +uniform Lutheran orthodoxy. Jesper Brochman, a bishop of Sjælland and the +most famous theologian of that age, praised king Christian IV for "the +zeal with which from the beginning of his reign he had exerted himself to +make all his subjects think and talk alike about divine things". That the +foremost leader of the church thus should recommend an effort to impose +uniformity upon the church by governmental action proves to what extent +church life had become stagnant. Nor did such secular culture as there +was present a better picture. The Reformation had uprooted much of the +cultural life that had grown up during the long period of Catholic +supremacy, but had produced no adequate substitute. Even the once +refreshing springs of the folk-sings had dried up. Writers were +laboriously endeavoring to master the newer and more artistic forms of +poetry introduced from other countries, but when the forms had been +achieved the spirit had often fled, leaving only an empty shell. Of all +that was written during these years only one song of any consequence, +"Denmark's Lovely Fields and Meadows", has survived. + +Against this bleak background the work of Kingo stands out as an amazing +achievement. Leaping all the impediments of an undeveloped language and +an equally undeveloped form, Danish poetry by one miraculous sweep +attained a perfection which later ages have scarcely surpassed. + + Thomas Kingo + +Of this accomplishment, Grundtvig wrote two hundred years later: "Kingo's +hymns represent not only the greatest miracle of the 17th century but +such an exceptional phenomenon in the realm of poetry that it is +explainable only by the fates who in their wisdom preserved the seed of +an Easter Lily for a thousand years, and then returned it across the sea +that it might flower in its original soil". Kingo's family on the +paternal side had immigrated to Denmark from that part of Scotland which +once had been settled by the poetic Northern sea rovers, and Grundtvig +thus conceives the poetic genius of Kingo to be a revival of an ancestral +gift, brought about by the return of his family to its original home and +a new infusion of pure Northern blood. The conception, like so much that +Grundtvig wrote is at least ingenious, and it is recommended by the fact +that Kingo's poetry does convey a spirit of robust realism that is far +more characteristic of the age of the Vikings than of his own. + +Thomas Kingo, the grandfather of the poet, immigrated from Crail, +Scotland, to Denmark about 1590, and settled at Helsingør, Sjælland, +where he worked as a tapestry weaver. He seems to have attained a +position of some prominence, and it is related that King James IV of +Scotland, during a visit to Helsingør, lodged at his home. His son, Hans +Thomeson Kingo, who was about two years old when the family arrived in +Denmark, does not appear to have prospered as well as his father. He +learned the trade of linen and damask weaving, and established a modest +business of his own at Slangerup, a town in the northern part of Sjælland +and close to the famous royal castle of Frederiksborg. At the age of +thirty-eight he married a young peasant girl, Karen Sørendatter, and +built a modest but eminently respectable home. In this home, Thomas +Kingo, the future hymnwriter, was born December 15, 1634. + +It was an unusually cold and unfriendly world that greeted the advent of +the coming poet. The winter of his birth was long remembered as one of +the hardest ever experienced in Denmark. The country's unsuccessful +participation in the Thirty Year's War had brought on a depression that +threatened its very existence as a nation; and a terrible pestilence +followed by new wars increased and prolonged the general misery, making +the years of Kingo's childhood and youth one of the darkest periods in +Danish history. + +But although these conditions brought sorrow and ruin to thousands, even +among the wealthy, the humble home of the Kingos somehow managed to +survive. Beneath its roof industry and frugality worked hand in hand with +piety and mutual love to brave the storms that wrecked so many and +apparently far stronger establishments. Kingo always speaks with the +greatest respect and gratitude of his "poor but honest parents". In a +poetic description of his childhood years he vividly recalls their +indulgent kindness to him. + + + I took my pilgrim staff in hand + Ere I attempted talking; + I had scarce left my swaddling-band + Before they set me walking. + They coached me onward with a smile + And suited me when tearful. + One step was farther than a mile, + For I was small and fearful. + + +But discipline was not forgotten. Parents in those days usually kept the +rod close to the apple, often too close. And Kingo's parents, despite +their kindness, made no exception to the rule. He was a lively, +headstrong boy in need of a firm hand, and the hand was not wanting. + + + As a child my daily bread + I with rod and penance had, + + +he wrote later, adding that the fruits of that chastisement are now sweet +to him. Nor do his parents ever appear to have treated him with the cold, +almost loveless austerity that so many elders frequently felt it their +duty to adopt toward their children. Their discipline was tempered by +kindness and an earnest Christian faith. Although Hans Kingo seems to +some extent to have been influenced by the strict Presbyterianism of his +Scotch forebears, he does not appear, like so many followers of that +stern faith, to have taught his children to believe in God as the strict +judge rather than as the loving Father of Jesus Christ. In his later +years the son at least gives us an attractive picture of his childhood +faith: + + + I gratefully remember + God's loving care for me + Since from my nursery chamber + I toddled fearfully. + I lived contented in His care + And trusted in His children's prayer. + + +These bright years of his happy childhood were somewhat darkened, +however, when, at the age of six, he entered the Danish and, two years +later, the Latin school of his home town. Nothing could be more unsuited +for a child of tender years than the average school of those days. The +curriculum was meager, the teaching poor and the discipline cruel. Every +day saw its whipping scenes. For a day's unexplained absence the +punishment for the smaller boys was three lashes on their bare seats and +for the larger an equal number on their bare backs. For graver offences +up to twenty lashes might be administered. On entering the Latin school +every boy had to adopt a new language. Only Latin could be spoken within +its classical confines; and woe be to the tike who so far forgot himself +as to speak a word in the native tongue anywhere upon the school +premises. The only way anyone, discovered to have perpetrated such a +crime, could escape the severest punishment was to report another culprit +guilty of the same offense. Under such conditions one cannot wonder that +Kingo complains: + + + The daily round from home to school + Was often hard and weary. + It did my youthful ardour cool + And made my childhood dreary. + + +At the age of fifteen Kingo, for reasons now unknown, was transferred +from the school of his home town to that at the neighboring city of +Hillerød. Here, on account of his outstanding ability, he was accepted +into the home of his new rector, Albert Bartholin, a young man of +distinguished family and conspicuous personal endowments. + +Although the school at Hillerød was larger, it probably was not much +better than that at Slangerup; but the close association of the humble +weaver's son with his distinguished rector and his refined family, no +doubt, was a distinct advantage to him. The location of Hillerød on the +shores of the idyllic Frederiksborg Lake and close to the magnificent +castle of the same name is one of the loveliest in Denmark. The castle +had recently been rebuilt, and presented, together with its lovely +surroundings, a most entrancing spectacle. Its famous builder, Christian +IV, had just gone the way of all flesh; but the new king, Frederik, known +for his fondness for royal pomp, frequently resided at the castle +together with his court, and thus Kingo must often have enjoyed the +opportunity to see both the king and the outstanding men of his +government. + +It is not unlikely that this near view of the beauty and splendor of his +country, the finest that Denmark had to offer, served to awaken in Kingo +that ardent love for all things Danish for which he is noticed. While +still at Hillerød he, at any rate, commenced a comprehensive study of +Danish literature, a most unusual thing for a young student to do at a +time when German was the common language of all the upper classes and +Danish was despised as the speech of traders and peasants. As neither his +school nor the general sentiment of the intellectual classes did anything +to encourage interest in native culture, some other influence must have +aroused in the young Kingo what one of his early biographers calls "his +peculiar inclination for his native tongue and Danish poetry". A few +patriotic and forward looking men, it is true, had risen above the +general indifference and sought to inspire a greater interest in the use +and cultivation of the Danish language; but this work was still very much +in its infancy, and it is not likely that the young Kingo knew much about +it. + +He graduated from Hillerød in the spring of 1654, and enrolled at the +university of Copenhagen on May 6 of the same year. But a terrific +outbreak of the plague forced the university to close on May 30, and +Kingo returned to his home. The scourge raged for about eight months, +carrying away one third of the city's population, and it was winter +before Kingo returned to the school and enrolled in the department of +theology. The rules of the university required each student, at the +beginning of his course, to choose a preceptor, a sort of guardian who +should direct his charge in his studies and counsel him in his personal +life and conduct. For this very important position Kingo wisely chose one +of the most distinguished and respected teachers at the university, Prof. +Bartholin, a brother of his former rector. Professor Bartholin was not +only a learned man, known for his years of travel and study in foreign +parts, but he was also a man of rare personal gifts and sincere piety. In +his younger days he had spent four years at the castle of Rosenholm where +the godly and scholarly nobleman, Holger Rosenkrans, then gathered groups +of young nobles about him for study and meditation. Rosenkrans was a +close friend of John Arndt, a leader in the early Pietist movement in +Germany, to which the young Bartholin under his influence became deeply +attached. Nor had this attachment lessened with the years. And +Bartholin's influence upon Kingo was so strong that the latter, when +entering upon his own work, lost no time in showing his adherence to the +Arndt-Rosenkrans view of Christianity. + +Meanwhile he applied himself diligently to his work at the university. +Like other disciplines the study of theology at that time was affected by +a considerable portion of dry-rust. Orthodoxy ruled the cathedra. With +that as a weapon, the student must be trained to meet all the wiles of +the devil and perversions of the heretics. Its greatest Danish exponent, +Jesper Brochman, had just passed to his reward, but his monumental work, +_The System of Danish Theology_, remained after him, and continued to +serve as an authoritative textbook for many years to come. Though dry and +devoted to hairsplitting as orthodoxy no doubt was, it probably was not +quite as lifeless as later generations represent it to have been. Kingo +is often named "The Singer of Orthodoxy", yet no one can read his +soul-stirring hymns with their profound sense of sin and grace without +feeling that he, at least, possessed a deeper knowledge of Christianity +than a mere dogmatic training could give him. + +Kingo's last months at the university were disturbed by a new war with +Sweden that for a while threatened the independent existence of the +country, a threat which was averted only by the ceding of some of its +finest provinces. During these stirring events, Kingo had to prepare for +his final examinations which he passed with highest honors in the spring +of 1658. + +Thus with considerable deprivation and sacrifice, the humble weaver's son +had attained his membership in the academic world, an unusual +accomplishment for a man of his standing in those days. His good parents +had reason to be proud of their promising and well educated son who now, +after his many years of study, returned to the parental home. His stay +there was short, however, for he obtained almost immediate employment as +a private tutor, first with the family of Jørgen Sørensen, the overseer +at Frederiksborg castle, and later, with the Baroness Lena Rud of Vedby +Manor, a position which to an impecunious but ambitious young man like +Kingo must have appeared especially desirable. Lena Rud belonged to what +at that time was one of the wealthiest and most influential families in +the country. Many of her relatives occupied neighboring estates, a +circumstance which enabled Kingo to become personally acquainted with a +number of them; and with one of them, the worthy Karsten Atke, he soon +formed a close and lasting friendship. He also appears to have made a +very favorable impression upon his influential patrons and, despite his +subordinate position, to have become something of a social leader, +especially among the younger members of the group. + +Meanwhile the country once again had been plunged into a desperate +struggle. The Swedish king, Gustav X, soon repented of the peace he had +made when the whole country was apparently at his mercy, and renewed the +war in the hope of affixing the Danish crown to his own. This hope +vanished in the desperate battle of Copenhagen in 1659, where the Swedish +army suffered a decisive defeat by the hand of an aroused citizenry. But +detachments of the defeated army still occupied large sections of the +country districts where they, like all armies of that day, robbed, +pillaged and murdered at will, driving thousands of people away from +their homes and forcing them to roam homeless and destitute through the +wasted countryside. Acts of robbery and violence belonged to the order of +the day. Even Kingo received a bullet through his mouth in a fight with a +Swedish dragoon, whom he boldly attempted to stop from stealing one of +his employer's horses. When the country finally emerged from the +conflict, her resources were depleted, her trade destroyed, and large +sections of her country districts laid waste, losses which it required +years for her to regain. But youth must be served. Despite the gravity +and hardships of the day, the young people from Vedby managed to have +their parties and other youthful diversions. And at these, Kingo soon +became a welcome and valued guest. His attractive personality, sprightly +humor and distinct social gifts caused his highly placed friends to +accept him with delight. + +This popularity, if he had cared to exploit it, might have carried him +far. In those days the usual road to fame and fortune for an obscure +young man was to attach himself to some wealthy patron and acquire a +position through him. With the aid of his wealthy friends Kingo could +easily enough have obtained employment as a companion to some young noble +going abroad for travel and study. It came, therefore, as a surprise to +all when he accepted a call as assistant to the Reverend Jacobsen Worm at +Kirkehelsinge, a country parish a few miles from Vedby. The position was +so far short of what a young man of Kingo's undoubted ability and +excellent connections might have obtained, that one may well ask for his +motive in accepting it. And although Kingo himself has left no direct +explanation of his action, the following verses, which he is thought to +have written about this time, may furnish a key. + + + Wherever in the world I went + Upon my work or pleasure bent, + I everywhere my Lord did find, + He so absorbed my heart and mind + That I His blessed image traced + In everything I saw or faced. + + My thoughts on heaven ever dwelt, + For earth I but aversion felt. + My heart exalted Jesus' name, + His kingdom was my constant theme; + My prayer was, by repentance true, + All carnal passions to subdue. + + +It is understandable, at least, that a young man with such sentiments +should forego the prospect of worldly honor for a chance to serve his +Master. + +Kingo was ordained in the Church of Our Lady at Copenhagen in September, +1661, and was installed in his new office a few weeks later. The seven +years that he spent in the obscure parish were, no doubt, among the most +fruitful years of Kingo's life, proving the truth of the old adage that +it is better that a man should confer honor on his position than that the +position should confer honor upon him. His fiery, forceful eloquence made +him known as an exceptionally able and earnest pastor, and his literary +work established his fame as one of the foremost Danish poets of his day. + +While still at Vedby, Kingo had written a number of poems which, widely +circulated in manuscripts, had gained him a local fame. But he now +published a number of new works that attained nation-wide recognition. +These latter works compare well with the best poetry of the period and +contain passages that still may be read with interest. The style is +vigorous, the imagery striking and at times beautiful, but the Danish +language was too little cultivated and contemporary taste too uncertain +to sustain a work of consistent excellence. Most successful of Kingo's +early poems are "Karsten Atke's Farewell to Lion County", a truly felt +and finely expressed greeting to his friends, the Atkes, on their +departure from their former home, and "Chrysillis", a lovesong, written +in a popular French style that was then very much admired in Denmark. +Both poems contain parts that are surprisingly fine, and they attained an +immense popularity. But although Kingo throughout his life continued to +write secular poetry that won him the highest praise, that part of his +work is now well nigh forgotten. It is truly interesting to compare the +faded beauty of his secular poems with the perennial freshness of his +hymns. + +It was inevitable that Kingo, with his high ambitions and undoubted +ability should desire a larger field of labor. His salary was so small +that he had to live in the home of his employer, a circumstance that for +various reasons was not always pleasant. Pastor Worm had married thrice +and had a large family of children of all ages from a babe in arms to a +son at the university. This son, Jacob Worm, was a brilliant but +irascible and excessively proud youth only a few years younger than +Kingo. From what we know about him in later years, it is likely that +Kingo's contact with him during his vacations at home must have proved +exceedingly trying. The bitter enmity that later existed between the two +men probably had its inception at this time. In 1666, Kingo, therefore, +applied for a waiting appointment to his home church at Slangerup, where +the pastor was growing old and, in the course of nature, could be +expected ere long to be called to his reward. The application was +granted, and when the pastor did die two years later, Kingo at once was +installed as his successor. + +Slangerup was only a small city, but it had a new and very beautiful +church, which still stands almost unchanged. One may still sit in the +same pews and see the same elaborately carved pulpit and altar which +graced its lofty chancel during the pastorate of the great hymnwriter. A +beautiful chandelier, which he donated and inscribed, still adorns the +arched nave. In this splendid sanctuary it must have been inspiring to +listen to the known eloquence of its most famous pastor as he preached +the gospel or, with his fine musical voice, chanted the liturgy before +the altar. The church was always well attended when Kingo conducted the +service. People soon recognized his exceptional ability and showed their +appreciation of his devoted ministry. The position of a pastor was then +much more prominent than it is now. He was the official head of numerous +enterprises, both spiritual and civic, and the social equal of the best +people in the community. With many people the custom of calling him +"Father" was then by no means an empty phrase. Parishioners sought their +pastor and accepted his counsel in numerous affairs that are now +considered to be outside of his domain. In view of Kingo's humble +antecedents, a position of such prominence might well have proved +difficult to maintain among a people that knew his former station. But of +such difficulties the record of his pastorate gives no indication. He +was, it appears, one exception to the rule that a prophet is not +respected in his own country. + +When he moved to Slangerup, Kingo was still unmarried. But about two +years later he married the widow of his former superior, Pastor Worm, +becoming at once the head of a large family consisting of the children of +his wife and those of her first husband by his previous marriage. It was +a serious responsibility to assume, both morally and financially. The +parish was quite large, but his income was considerably reduced by the +payment of a pension to the widow of the former pastor and the salary to +an assistant. With such a drain on his income and with a large family to +support, Kingo's economic circumstances must have been strained. But he +was happy with his wife and proved himself a kind and conscientious +stepfather to her children who, even after their maturity, maintained a +close relationship with him. + +Kingo's happiness proved, however, to be but a brief interlude to a +period of intense sorrows and disappointments. His wife died less than a +year after their marriage; his father, whom he loved and revered, passed +away the same year; and the conduct of his stepson, the formerly +mentioned Jacob Worm, caused him bitter trouble and humiliation. The +bright prospect of this brilliant but erratic youth had quickly faded. +After a number of failures, he had been forced to accept a position as +rector of the small and insignificant Latin school at Slangerup, thus +coming under the immediate authority of Kingo, who, as pastor, supervised +the educational institutions of the parish. Worm always seems to have +thought of Kingo as a former assistant to his father, and his position as +an inferior to a former inferior in his own home, therefore, bitterly +wounded his pride. Seeking an outlet for his bitterness, he wrote a +number of extremely abusive poems about his stepfather and circulated +them among the people of the parish. This unwarranted abuse aroused the +anger of Kingo and provoked him to answer in kind. The ensuing battle of +vituperation and name-calling brought no honor to either side. Worm's +conduct toward his superior, the man who was unselfishly caring for his +minor sisters and brothers, deserves nothing but condemnation; but it is +painful, nevertheless, to behold the great hymnwriter himself employing +the abusive language of his worthless opponent. The times were violent, +however, and Kingo possessed his share of their temper. Kingo's last act +in this drama between himself and his stepson throws a somewhat softening +light upon his conduct. Embittered by persistent failures, Worm continued +to pour out his bitterness not only upon his stepfather, but upon other +and much higher placed persons until at last he was caught and sentenced +to die on the gallows for "having written and circulated grossly +defamatory poems about the royal family". In this extremity, he appealed +to Kingo, who successfully exerted his then great influence to have the +sentence commuted to banishment for life to the Danish colony in India. + + + + + Chapter Four + Kingo, the Hymnwriter + + +Kingo's first hymns appeared shortly before Christmas, 1673, in a small +volume entitled _Spiritual Song-Choir, Part I_. The book contained +fifteen morning and evening hymns and seven paraphrases of the psalms. +Later editions were enlarged by seven "Morning and Evening Sighs" short +hymns that belong to the very best in the collection. + +In a foreword addressed to the king, Kingo states that "he has written +these hymns with the hope that they might serve to edify his fellow +Christians, advance the teaching of the Gospel and benefit the royal +household at those daily devotions which it is the duty of every +Christian home to practice". He prays, therefore, he continues, that "the +king will graciously bestow the same approval upon this work that he has +so kindly given to his previous efforts, and thereby encourage him to +continue his endeavor until the Danes shall possess a hymnody that they +have neither begged nor borrowed from other nations. For the Danish +spirit," he concludes, "is assuredly neither so weak nor so poor that it +cannot fly as high toward heaven as that of other peoples without being +borne upon strange and foreign wings". + +Commenting on the content of the book, Kingo further explains that he +expects sensitive readers will discover imperfections in his work which +he himself has failed to see, and that it would please him to have such +blemishes called to his attention so that they might be corrected in +future issues. His choice of tunes will, he fears, provoke criticism. He +has set a number of hymns to the melodies of popular songs in order that +"those, who for the sake of its tune, now gladly listen to a song of +Sodom may, if they be Christians, with the more pleasure use it with a +hymn about Zion. By examining the work of other hymnwriters possible +critics might assure themselves, however, that he had in this matter only +followed their example." But Kingo need not have apologized for his +choice of tunes, for they were on the whole fine and were received +without objection. + +It would be difficult to overstate the enthusiasm with which Kingo's +hymns were received. Within a few years they were printed in numerous +editions and translated into several foreign languages. Their +enthusiastic reception was well deserved. Viewed against the background +of literary mediocrity that characterized the period, Kingo's hymns stand +out with amazing perfection. Danish hymnody contained nothing that could +compare with them, and other countries, as far as morning and evening +hymns were concerned, were in the same position. Paul Gerhardt's fine +hymn, "Now Rests Beneath Night's Shadow", which was written twenty years +earlier, had been ridiculed into disuse; Ken's famous morning hymn dates +from twenty years later; and none of these are as fine as the best of +Kingo's. + +As might be expected, the hymns are not all of the same merit. Some of +them are exceedingly fine; others show the defects of an imperfectly +developed language and a deficient literary taste. In the matter of style +and form the author had almost nothing to guide him. It is not +surprising, therefore, that his work shows crudities which no present day +writer would commit, but that it should contain so much that is truly +beautiful, even when measured by the standards of today. + +Kingo had the true poet's ability to see things poetically. To him the +rays of the rising sun were not only shining but "laughing on the roof" +of his home. His imagery is rich and skillfully applied. Many of his +hymns abound in striking similes. Their outstanding characteristic, +however, is a distinctive, forceful realism. Kingo, when he chose to do +so, could touch the lyre with enhancing gentleness, but he preferred the +strong note and searched always for the most graphic expression, +sometimes too graphic, as when he speaks of the "frothing wrath of God" +and "the oozy slime of sin". Yet it is this trait of robust reality that +invests his hymns with a large part of their enduring merit. "When Kingo +sings of God, one feels as though He were right there with him", one of +his commentators exclaims. Nor is that realism a mere literary pose. Like +most great hymns, his best hymns are reflections of his own experiences. +Kingo never attained a state of saintly serenity. Whatever peace he found +was gained only through a continuous struggle with his own fiery and +passionate nature. Few hymns convey a more vivid impression of a +believing, struggling soul than Kingo's. + +His morning hymns are among his best. He loved light and gloried in the +birth of each new day. The sun is his favorite symbol. Its rising +signifies to him the final triumph of life over death, and the new day is +a token thereof. It sounds a joyful call to wake and resume life anew. + + + "Awake, my soul, the sun is risen, + Upon my roof its rays now laugh,--" + + +Every Christian should rejoice in the newborn day and thank God for it: + + + Break now forth in Jesus' name, + Blessed morn, in all thy splendor! + I will sweetest music render + And thy wondrous gifts proclaim. + All my spirit with rejoicing + Thanks the Lord for rest and care + And, His grace and goodness voicing, + Wings its way to Him in prayer. + + +But the commencing day also calls for consecration lest its hours be +wasted and its opportunities lost: + + + Grant me, Lord, that on this day + Now with light and grace beginning, + I shall not submit to sinning + Nor Thy word and way betray. + Blessed Jesus, hover ever + Over me, my Sun and Shield, + That I firm may stand and never + Unto sin and Satan yield. + + +And the passing hours must admonish the Christian to work while it is day +and to prepare for the evening that is coming: + + + Let each fleeting hour of grace + And the chiming bells remind me + That to earth I must not bind me + But Thy life and gifts embrace. + And when dawns my final morrow, + Let me go to Thee for aye, + Let my sin and care and sorrow + With my dust be put away. + + +Finest of all Kingo's morning hymns is the splendid "The Sun Arises Now +in Light and Glory". This hymn presents all the finest traits of Kingo's +poetry, its vivid imagery, forceful style and robust faith. The following +translation is by the Rev. P. C. Paulsen. + + + The sun arises now + In light and glory + And gilds the rugged brow + Of mountains hoary. + Rejoice, my soul, and lift + Thy voice in singing + To God from earth below, + Thy song with joy aglow + And praises ringing. + + As countless as the sand + And beyond measure, + As wide as sea and land + So is the treasure + Of grace which God each day + Anew bestoweth + And which, like pouring rain, + Into my soul again + Each morning floweth. + + Preserve my soul today + From sin and blindness; + Surround me on my way + With loving kindness. + Embue my heart, O Lord, + With joy from heaven; + I then shall ask no more + Than what Thou hast of yore + In wisdom given. + + Thou knowest best my needs, + My sighs Thou heedest, + Thy hand Thy children leads, + Thine own Thou feedest. + What should I more desire, + With Thee deciding + The course that I must take, + Than follow in the wake + Where Thou art guiding. + + +Evening naturally inspires a different sentiment than morning. The rising +sun calls for activity, the setting sun for reflection. As the sun sets, +as work ceases and the busy day merges into the quiet night the soul +begins to take account of its gains and losses, its assets and +liabilities. The dying day also conveys a sense of insecurity, of +approaching death and the need for pardon and protection. All these +sentiments, so different from the hopes and prospects of the morning, are +wonderfully portrayed in Kingo's evening hymns, as for instance: + + + Vanish now all sinful dreaming, + Let the joy from heaven streaming + Occupy my soul and mind. + Watch, my spirit, and prepare thee, + Lest the cunning foe ensnare thee + When repose hath made thee blind. + + Sleep now in God's care appeasing. + While the noise of day is ceasing, + Lean upon thy Savior's breast. + He will guard thee through the somber + Night and make thy final slumber + Quiet, peaceful, happy, blest. + + +In the last line with its crescendo of peace and happiness one almost +sees the night merge into the final rest. + +Among his evening hymns now available in English, the following, perhaps, +is the best known. + + + Softly now the day is ending, + Night o'er hill and vale descending, + I will kneel before Thee, Lord. + Unto Thee my thanks I render + That Thou didst in mercy tender + Life and peace to me accord. + + May Thy church Thy peace inherit, + Guide our leaders by Thy spirit, + Grant our country strength and peace. + To the straying, sad and dreary, + To each Christian faint or weary + Grant Thou solace and surcease. + + Keep me, Jesus, while I slumber! + From my perils without number, + Shield me, Master, in Thy might, + That, released from sin and sorrow, + I may sing this song tomorrow: + Jesus was my Sun this night. + + +The publication of these hymns firmly established Kingo's reputation as +the foremost poet of his country. Expressions of appreciation poured in +upon him from high and low. The king, to whom the hymns were dedicated, +so greatly appreciated the gift that, only three years later, he called +their otherwise obscure author to become bishop of Fyn, one of the +largest and most important dioceses of the country. + +Kingo was only forty-two years old when he assumed his new position. His +quick elevation from an obscure parish to one of the highest offices +within the church might well have strained the abilities of an older and +more experienced man. But there can be no doubt that he filled his high +position with signal ability. He was both able and earnest, both +practical and spiritual. His diocese prospered under his care and his +work as a bishop, aside from his renown as a poet, was outstanding enough +to give him an enviable reputation in his own generation. + +But since his permanent fame and importance rest upon his achievement as +a hymnwriter, his appointment as bishop probably must be counted as a +loss, both to himself and to the church. His new responsibilities and the +multifarious duties of his high office naturally left him less time for +other pursuits. He traveled, visited and preached almost continuously +throughout his large charge, and it appears like a miracle that under +these circumstances, he still found time to write hymns. But in 1684, +only two years after his consecration as bishop, he published the second +part of _Spiritual Song-Choir_. + +This book bears a dedication to the queen, Charlotte Amalia. She was +German by birth and a pious, able and distinguished woman in her own +right. Kingo praises her especially for her effort to learn and speak the +Danish language. In this respect, he declares, "Her Majesty put many to +shame who have eaten the king's bread for thirty years without learning +to speak thirty words of Danish, because they hold it to be a homespun +language, too coarse for their silky tongues". + +_Spiritual Song-Choir, Part II_ contains twenty hymns and seventeen +"sighs", thus outwardly following the arrangement of Part I. But the +content is very different. The hymns are songs of penitence, repentance +and faith. They show mastery of form, a wealth of imagery, a facility for +concentrated expression and a range of sentiment from stark despair to +the most confident trust that is, perhaps, unequalled in Danish poetry. +It is an embattled soul that speaks through these hymns, a soul that has +faced the abyss and clung heroically, but not always successfully, to the +pinnacle of faith. One feels that the man who penned the following lines +has not merely imagined the nearness of the pit but felt himself standing +on the very brink of it. + + + Mountains of transgressions press + On my evil burdened shoulders, + Guilt bestrews my path with boulders, + Sin pollutes both soul and flesh, + Law and justice are proclaiming + Judgment on my guilty head, + Hell's eternal fires are flaming, + Filling all my soul with dread. + + +Of an even darker mood is the great hymn: "Sorrow and Unhappiness", with +the searching verse: + + + Is there then no one that cares, + Is there no redress for sorrow, + Is there no relief to borrow, + Is there no response to prayers, + Is the fount of mercy closing, + Is the soul to bondage sold, + Is the Lord my plea opposing, + Is His heart to sinners cold? + + +The poet answers his questions in the following stanzas by assuring +himself that the Sun of God's grace can and will pierce even his "cloud +of despair", and that he must wait therefore in quietness and trust: + + + O my soul, be quiet then! + Jesus will redress thy sadness, + Jesus will restore thy gladness, + Jesus will thy help remain. + Jesus is thy solace ever + And thy hope in life and death; + Jesus will thee soon deliver; + Thou must cling to that blest faith. + + +The uncertainty of life and its fortunes furnished a favored theme for +many of his hymns, as for instance in the splendid-- + + + Sorrow and gladness oft journey together, + Trouble and happiness swift company keep; + Luck and misfortune change like the weather; + Sunshine and clouds quickly vary their sweep. + + +which is, poetically at least, one of his finest compositions. The poet's +own career so far had been one of continuous and rather swift +advancement. But there was, if not in his own outward fortune, then in +the fortunes of other notables of his day, enough to remind him of the +inconstancy of worldly honor and glory. Only a few months before the +publication of his hymns, Leonora Christine Ulfeldt, the once beautiful, +admired and talented daughter of Christian IV, had been released from +twenty-two years of imprisonment in a bare and almost lightless +prison-cell; Peder Griffenfeldt, a man who from humble antecedents +swiftly had risen to become the most powerful man in the kingdom, had +been stript even more swiftly of all his honors and thrown into a dismal +prison on a rocky isle by the coast of Norway; and there were other and +well known instances of swift changes in the fortunes of men in those +days when they were subject not only to the ordinary vicissitudes of +human existence but to the fickle humor of an absolute monarch. It is, +therefore, as though Kingo at the height of his own fortune would remind +himself of the quickness with which it might vanish, of the evanescense +and vanity of all worldly glory. That idea is strikingly emphasized in +the following famous hymn: + + + Vain world, fare thee well! + I purpose no more in thy bondage to dwell; + The burdens which thou hast enticed me to bear, + I cast now aside with their troubles and care. + I spurn thy allurements, which tempt and appall; + 'Tis vanity all! + + What merit and worth + Hath all that the world puts so temptingly forth! + It is naught but bubbles and tinctured glass, + Loud clamoring cymbals and shrill sounding brass. + What are their seductions which lure and enthrall; + 'Tis vanity all! + + O honor and gold, + Vain idols which many with worship behold! + False are your affluence, your pleasure and fame; + Your wages are envy, deception and shame, + Your garlands soon wither, your kingdom shall fall; + 'Tis vanity all! + + O carnal desire, + Thou tempting, consuming and treacherous fire, + That catches like tinder and scorches like flame, + Consigning the victim to sorrow and shame, + Thy honeyest potion is wormwood and gall; + 'Tis vanity all! + + Then, fare thee farewell, + Vain world, with thy tempting and glamorous spell! + Thy wiles shall no longer my spirit enslave, + Thy splendor and joy are designed for the grave + I yearn for the solace from sorrows and harm + Of Abraham's arm! + + There shall all my years + I bloom like the lily when summer appears; + There day is not ruled by the course of the sun + Nor night by the silvery light of the moon; + Lord Jesus shall shine as my sun every day + In heaven for aye. + + +This is an eloquent farewell, clothed in all the expressive wealth of +language and imagery of which Kingo was such a master. One cannot repress +the feeling, however, that it presents a challenge rather than a +farewell. A man that so passionately avows his repudiation of the world +must have felt its attraction, its power to tempt and enthrall. He fights +against it; the spirit contends with the flesh, but the fight is not +easy. And it is in part this very human trait in Kingo that endears his +song to us. What Christian does not recognize some of his own experiences +in the following characteristic song: + + + Ever trouble walks beside me,[2] + Ever God with grace provides me, + Ever have I fear and grief, + Ever Jesus brings relief. + + Ever sin my heart accuses, + Ever Jesus help induces, + Ever am I weighed with care, + Ever full of praise and prayer. + + So is joy by grief attended, + Fortune with misfortune blended; + Blessings mixed with grief and strife + Is the measure of my life. + + But, O Jesus, I am crying: + Help that faith, on Thee relying, + Over sin and grief alway + Shall prevail and gain the day. + + +Some statements in this hymn have frequently been criticized as +contradictory, for how can one be "always" full of care and "always" full +of praise and prayer? The terms cancel each other. But are not such +contradictions expressive of life itself? Few--if any--are wholly one +thing or wholly another. People are complex. Their joys struggle with +their sorrows, their most earnest faith with their doubts and fears. It +brings Kingo nearer to us to know that he shared that struggle. His songs +have appealed to millions because they are both so spiritual and so +human. How expressive of human need and Christian trust are not the +following brief lines: + + + Lord, though I may + The whole long day + Find no relief from sorrow, + Yea, should the night + Afford no light + To ease my plight-- + Thou comest on the morrow. + + +---------- + +[2]Another translation: + "Ever is a peril near me" by C. Doving in "Hymnal for Church and Home". + + + + + Chapter Five + Kingo's Psalmbook + + +After the publication of _Spiritual Song-Choir II_, Kingo stood at the +very height of his fame. His hymns were sung everywhere, and nobles and +commoners vied with each other in chanting his praises. But a much more +difficult task now awaited him--that of preparing a new hymnal. + +Hans Thomisson's hymnal had become antiquated after serving the church +for nearly one hundred and twenty-five years. It had served its purpose +well. Its hymns had been sung by high and low until they had entered into +the thoughts and conscience of all. A changing language and a fast +developing literary taste long ago had shown their need for revision; but +the people so far had opposed all attempts to change their beloved old +songs. Their defects by now had become so conspicuous, however, that even +the more conservative admitted the desirability of at least a limited +revision. And the only man for the undertaking of such a task was, of +course, Kingo. + +In March, 1683, King Christian V, therefore, commissioned Thomas Kingo to +prepare and publish a new church hymnal for the kingdom of Denmark and +Norway. The carefully prepared instructions of his commission directed +him to eliminate undesirable hymns; to revise antiquated rhymes and +expressions; to adopt at least two new hymns by himself or another for +every pericope and epistle of the church year, but under no circumstances +to make any changes in Luther's hymns that would alter their meaning. + +Kingo would undoubtedly have saved himself a great deal of disappointment +if he had conscientiously followed his instructions. But the draft of the +first half of the hymnal, which was sent to the king six years later, +showed that, intentionally or otherwise, he had ignored them almost +completely. The draft contained 267 hymns of which 137 were his own and +the remainder those of various authors, both old and new. Though Kingo +might reasonably have been criticized for adopting such a proportionally +large number of his own compositions, it was not, however, his selection +of new hymns but his treatment of the old hymns that provoked the +greatest opposition. For he had not contented himself with merely +revising the latter but in many instances had rewritten them so +completely that they were unrecognizable. And it mattered not that the +new texts were on the whole much finer than the old, for people were not +yet ready to relinquish these. The opposition grew so strong that the +king, though he had already approved the proposed hymnal, a few weeks +later revoked not only his approval but Kingo's commission. + +This summary action came as an almost stunning blow to Kingo, affecting +seriously both his pride and his finances. On the strength of the king's +approval, he had already bought a printing press, acquired large +quantities of material and printed a large edition of the book. And these +investments, which represented a large part of his private fortune, were +now apparently lost. It helped but little that the king, in order to +salve the wound he had inflicted upon one of his most distinguished +subjects, elevated him to the nobility, for the hurt was too deep to be +healed by a mere gesture. + +One cannot deny, however, that the monarch had serious reason for his +action. Not only had Kingo violated his instructions but he had planned a +book that hardly could have proved satisfactory. It would have been both +too large and too expensive for common use. He himself, on the other +hand, had reason to complain that he had not been consulted before the +work, on which he had spent so much of his time and substance, was +summarily rejected. No doubt the king had acted with unseemly haste and +lack of consideration. + +The work was now held in abeyance for a few years. But the need for a new +hymnal was too pressing to be permanently ignored. The king, therefore, +appointed Søren Jonasson, a provost at the cathedral of Roskilde, to +undertake the work. Jonasson was known as an excellent translator of +German hymns, and the choice appeared reasonable. He worked fast and in +less than two years was able to present a draft of his work. This +contained a well balanced selection of the old hymns and about twenty new +hymns by himself and various German authors, but not a single hymn by +Kingo. The omission no doubt reflects the envy that the poet's quick rise +to fame had stirred up against him in certain influential circles. His +enemies, however, had overshot their mark. Even the king realized that it +would be impossible at this time to publish a hymnal that ignored the +work of the country's greatest hymnwriter. And so Jonasson's work +promptly shared the fate of his predecessor's. + +The troublesome problem now rested again for a few years until it was +revived by the zealous efforts of the king's chaplain, Peter Jespersen, a +close friend of the Norwegian hymnwriter, Peter Dass and himself a native +of the northern country. + +A committee was appointed to prepare and publish a new hymnal "that +should give due recognition" to the work of Kingo. Although it was not +specifically directed to do so, the committee proved its good will toward +the harshly treated poet by entering into correspondence with him and +asking him to forward the material he already possessed, and to write the +additional hymns that might be needed to complete the hymnal. With this +request Kingo gladly complied, hoping that thus after all the greater +part of his work would be put to use. In this, however, he was +disappointed. When the hymnal finally appeared it contained 297 hymns of +which only 85 were by Kingo. This represented, it is true, a great change +from Jonasson's proposal, but when it is remembered that the first half +of the work, proposed by himself, contained 136 of his own hymns, and +that he had written an additional number by the request of the committee, +it will be seen that even now less than half of his hymns found a place +in the hymnal. + +Aside from this deplorable loss, it must be conceded that the committee +had done an excellent work and that its hymnal was much better suited for +general use than Kingo's proposed hymnal would have been. The committee +also had shown its fairness toward Kingo by commissioning him to print +the hymnal and to enjoy exclusive rights of its distribution for ten +years, so that he might recoup some of the losses he had sustained by the +rejection of his own book. He repaid the favor by turning out a most +excellent piece of work; and the book, both in content and appearance +undoubtedly rated as the finest hymnal the Danish church had so far +produced. It served the church for more than a hundred years, and was +always known as "Kingo's Hymnal", for, after all, his great hymns were +what gave it permanent value. + + + + + Chapter Six + Kingo's Church Hymns + + +Kingo's church hymns naturally differ from his spiritual songs. They are +more objective in form and less fiery in spirit. Most of them follow +their themes quite closely, reproducing in many instances even the words +of their text. Kingo is too vital, however, to confine himself wholly to +an objective presentation. Usually the last stanzas of his hymns are +devoted to a brief and often striking application of their text. He +possessed to a singular degree the ability to express a thought tersely, +as for instance in the following stanza, the last of a hymn on the +baptism of the Lord: + + + Our Lord is then our brother + In whom we may confide, + The Church of God our mother, + The Holy Ghost our guide; + Our blest baptismal dower + The bands of hell has riven + And opened us God's heaven, + This is our faith each hour. + + +The hymns may be classed under four headings: Festival Hymns, Sacramental +Hymns, Historical Hymns and Hymns on the Gospels and Epistles. + +With the exception of his Easter anthem, his festival hymns cannot +compare with those of later authors. Some of his Pentecost hymns, such as +the hymns given below, are, however, still favorites. + + + The day of Pentecost draws nigh; + Come, Holy Spirit from on high, + Who with the Father and the Son + Is God eternal, three in one. + + O God triune, Thy grace impart + Into my carnal, sinful heart, + That it a temple blest may be + Prepared and set aside for Thee. + + Come, Holy Ghost, and witness bear + That I the life of Christ do share, + And that I know no other name + To save my soul from guilt and shame. + + O Counselor of truth and light, + Teach me to know my Lord aright, + That from the way of faith I may + Not even for a moment stray. + + Blest Spirit of my God and Lord, + Preserve me in Thy way and word, + Imbue me with Thy life and breath, + Console me in the hour of death. + + +Kingo frequently is referred to as "the Easter Singer of Denmark". His +claim to this title rests mainly on one song. Easter with its story of +triumphant victory appealed especially to him; and he wrote several +excellent hymns on the theme, but they are all overshadowed by the +splendid anthem presented below. + + + Like the golden sun ascending + In the darkly clouded sky + And on earth its glory spending + Until clouds and darkness fly, + So my Jesus from the grave, + From death's dark, abysmal cave, + Rose triumphant Easter morning, + Brighter than the sun returning. + + Thanks, O thanks, to Thee arisen + Lord and God Immanuel, + That the foe could not imprison + Thee within his hell-dark cell. + Thanks that Thou didst meet our foe + And his kingdom overthrow. + Jubilant my spirit raises + New Thy never ending praises. + + Sin and death and every arrow + Satan hence may point at me + Fall now broken at the narrow + Tomb that saw Thy victory; + There Thou didst them all destroy + Giving me the cup of joy + That Thou glorious resurrection + Wrought my pardon and protection. + + Thou wilt hence to life awake me + By Thy resurrection power; + Death may wound and overtake me, + Worms my flesh and bones devour, + But I face the threat of death + With the sure and joyful faith + That its fearful reign was ended + When Thy might its portal rended. + + Blessed Jesus, let the Spirit + So imbue my heart with grace + That I walk by Thy blest merit + And no more the way retrace + To the vile and miry pit + Where I lay condemned, unfit, + Till redeemed to life victorious + By Thy resurrection glorious. + + +In this rugged hymn Kingo is at his best--fiery, vital, a master of +imagery and graphic expression. + +His hymns on the sacraments faithfully reflect the doctrines of the +Lutheran Church. Here he most clearly shows his ability to present +objective truths in a devotional spirit. We meet in these a Christian who +humbly and prayerfully accepts the whole mystery of God. For centuries +these rugged songs have served to express the sentiments of millions as +they met at the baptismal font or knelt before the altar. The following +is one of the most favored baptismal hymns both in the Danish and +Norwegian churches: + + + Whoso believes and is baptized[3] + God's kingdom shall inherit, + For he is cleansed by Jesus Christ + Who, by His grace and merit, + Adopts him as His child and heir, + Grants him in heaven's bliss to share + And seals him with His Spirit. + + We ask with earnest faith of Thee, + Our Lord and blest Defender, + That Thou wilt guide us constantly + And, in Thy mercy tender, + Keep us in our baptismal grace + Until at last we take our place + With Thee 'midst heaven's splendor. + + +Kingo's communion hymns have to a large extent been superseded by later +hymns of Grundtvig and others. But some of them are still in common use. +The following characteristic hymn is frequently used before the +communion. + + + Lord Jesus Christ receive me now + As with a heart contrite I bow + Before Thine altar, blessed Lamb, + Who bore my sorrow, sin and shame. + + I am today my Saviour's guest. + Bethink, my soul, the honor blest, + That He, Thy Lord, will sup with thee + And will Himself Thy nurture be. + + He offers to thee with the bread + His body riven for thy aid, + And with the wine His precious blood, + The price of thy eternal good. + + How this can be, I cannot tell; + He did not on the mystery dwell; + No mind the secret can perceive, + It is enough that I believe. + + Rejoice, then, O my soul today + That God's appointed servant may + Now offer thee the gift so free + Through which thy Lord unites with thee. + + O Lord, I offer Thee my soul + To nourish, strengthen and make whole. + Uphold me by Thy means of grace + Until I see Thee face to face. + + +The short hymn given below is a favorite after the communion in numerous +Danish and Norwegian churches. + + + O dearest Lord, receive from me + The heartfelt thanks I offer Thee, + Who through Thy body and Thy blood + Hast wrought my soul's eternal good. + + Break forth, my soul, in joy and praise; + What wealth is mine this day of days! + My Jesus dwells within my soul; + Let every tongue His grace extol. + + +Kingo's historical hymns, that is, his hymns on the stories of the +Gospels, usually are not counted among the best. Yet there are many fine +hymns among them, such as the annunciation hymn, "There Came a Message +from the Sky"; the hymn about the wedding at Cana, "How Blessed Was that +Wedding Feast"; and the splendid hymn on the transfiguration of the Lord, +"I Lift My Eyes and Spirit Up unto the Hallowed Mountain Top Where Jesus +Once Ascended". Best known among this group of hymns is, however, his +great sequence of songs on our Lord's passion. In these inspired hymns we +meet again the Kingo that we know from his spiritual songs, fiery, +eloquent, imaginative, seeking to picture every detail and mood of the +Savior's suffering from the garden to the cross. Though it is difficult +to choose among hymns so universally fine, the one given below is, at +least, fairly representative of the group. + + + Over Kedron Jesus passes + Ready for His passion day, + While the Prince of Darkness masses + All his legions for the fray. + Wily foes with evil hearts + Bend their bows and point their darts, + Aiming at the Savior solely, + As the world forsakes Him wholly. + + David once in great affliction + Crossed the Kedron's narrow stream, + While his foes without restriction + Hatched their vile and cunning scheme. + Darker far the shadows now + Bend about the Savior's brow + As He hastens to His passion + For the sinful world's salvation. + + See Him, torn by woe appalling, + Kneeling in the garden still, + And upon His Father calling + That, if possible, He will + Take the bitter cup away. + But how meekly He doth pray! + What the Father shall Him offer, + He obediently will suffer. + + See, what agony assails Him + In that dark and fearful hour; + Every friend deserts or fails Him; + Satan strikes with all his power; + And the flowers beneath Him grow + Crimson with the purple flow + From His anguished frame distilling + As His cup of woe is filling. + + But, O flower, whose tender blossom + Caught that precious, purple dew + From the Saviour's riven bosom, + In a blessed hour you grew! + Eden's flowers did not bear + Fruits that could with yours compare: + By the blood your petals staining, + I am now salvation gaining. + + When I like the flower must wither, + When I wilt and fade like grass, + When the hour of death draws hither, + When I from this world shall pass, + When my heart has ceased to beat + When I face God's judgment seat, + Then His blood, which stained the garden, + Shall procure my lasting pardon. + + +Kingo's hymns on the pericopes have proved less resistant to time than +most of his other work. They are in reality brief commentaries, +presenting a practical rather than a poetical exposition and application +of their texts. But even so, the singular freshness of their thought and +style has preserved many of them until our day. The following hymn on +Matthew 8, 23-27, the stilling of the storm, furnishes a characteristic +example of this group of hymns. + + + What vessel is that passing + Across the boundless deep, + On which the billows massing + In foaming fury sweep? + She seems in sore distress + As though she soon would founder + Upon the shoals around her + And sink without redress. + + It is the storm-tossed vessel + Of God's own church on earth, + With which the world doth wrestle, + And send its fury forth, + While Jesus oft appears + As though He still were sleeping, + With His disciples weeping + And crying out in fears. + + But let the world with fury + Against the church but rave, + And spend its might to bury + Her in the roaring wave! + It only takes a word + To hush the wild commotion + And show the mighty ocean + Her Lord is still aboard. + + +Kingo is often called the singer of orthodoxy. His hymns faithfully +present the accepted doctrines of his church. No hymnwriter is more +staunchly Lutheran than he. But he was too vital to become a mere +doctrinaire. With him orthodoxy was only a means to an end, a more +vigorous Christian life. Many of his hymns present a forceful and +straightforward appeal for a real personal life with God. The following +hymn may be called an orthodox revival hymn. It was a favorite with the +great Norwegian lay preacher, Hans Nielsen Hauge. + + + The power of sin no longer + Within my heart shall reign; + Faith must grow ever stronger + And carnal lust be slain; + For when I was baptized, + The bonds of sin were severed + And I by grace delivered + To live for Jesus Christ. + + Would I accept the merit + Of my baptismal grace + And with my faith and spirit + The Savior's cross embrace, + How great would be my blame + Should I abide in evil + And not renounce the devil + In Christ my Savior's name. + + It can bestow no treasure + On me that Christ arose. + If I will not with pleasure + The power of death oppose, + And with my heart embrace + The Savior, who is risen + And has from error's prison + Redeemed me by His grace. + + Lord Jesus, help me ever + To fight "the old man" so + That he shall not deliver + Me to eternal woe, + But that I here may die + From sin and all offences + And, by the blood that cleanses, + Attain my home on high. + + +Thus, the permanent value of Kingo's hymns rests not only on their rugged +and expressive poetry but on the earnest and warm-hearted Christian +spirit that breathes through them. In the perennial freshness of this +spirit succeeding generations have experienced their kinship with the +poet and found expression for their own hope and faith. The following +ageless prayer expresses not only the spirit of the poet but that of +earnest Christians everywhere and of every age. + + + Print Thine image pure and holy[4] + On my heart, O Lord of Grace; + So that nothing high nor lowly + Thy blest likeness can efface. + Let the clear inscription be: + Jesus, crucified for me, + And the Lord of all creation, + Is my refuge and salvation. + + +---------- + +[3]Another translation: "He that believes and is baptized" by G. T. Rygh + in "Hymnal for Church and Home". + +[4]Another translation: "On my heart imprint thine image" by P. O. + Stromme in "Hymnal for Church and Home". + + + + + Chapter Seven + Kingo's Later Years + + +Kingo's work with the hymnal had brought him much disappointment and some +loss of popularity. He felt not without justification that he had been +ill treated. He did not sulk in his tent, however, but pursued his work +with unabated zeal. His diocese was large, comprising not only Fyn but a +large number of smaller islands besides. The work of making periodical +visits to all parishes within such a far-flung charge was, considering +the then available means of transportation, not only strenuous but +hazardous. Roads were bad and vessels weak and slow. Hardships and danger +beset his almost continuous voyages and journeys. A number of poems +relating the adventures of the traveler are reminiscenses of his own +experiences. + +But his work of visiting the churches constituted, of course, only a part +of his duties. He had to preach in the cathedral at Odense at least every +Wednesday in Lent and on all festival Sundays; examine the work and +conduct of all pastors within the diocese; act as an arbiter in disputes +between them and their parishioners; make sure that the financial affairs +of the church and its institutions were honestly conducted; attend to the +collection of church taxes; and superintend all schools, hospitals and +institutions of charity. The efficient accomplishment of all these tasks +might well test the strength and ability of any man. + +His manifold duties also engendered numerous occasions for friction, +especially with the civil authorities, whose rights and duties often +overlapped his own. And he did not escape the danger of such bickerings +with their resultant ill-feeling. There is nothing to indicate that he +was contentious by nature. But he was no doubt zealous in defending the +prerogatives of his office. His temper was quick and somewhat martial. +"One could very well," one of his biographers declares, "envision him as +a knight in full armor leading a troop in the charge." With the exception +of his active enemies, most of his contemporaries agree, however, that he +was commonly more than patient in his dealings with others. + +Kingo was an able administrator, and the institutions and finances of the +diocese prospered under his care. But it was as an earnest Christian and +a tireless worker for the spiritual improvement of his people that he won +their respect. He was known as an "eloquent man, mighty in the +Scriptures." One of his contemporaries said of him: "Were we not forced +after hearing him preach to say with the disciples, 'Did not our hearts +burn within us when he opened the Scriptures to us and, like a son of +thunder, published the sins of the house of Jacob, or, like Barnabas, the +son of comfort, bound up our wounds and comforted us with the comfort +with which he had himself been so richly comforted by God.'" The few +extracts of his sermons that have come down to us verify the truth of +this statement. They show us a man firmly grounded in his own faith and +zealous in impressing its truth upon others. His preaching was strictly +orthodox and yet fiery and practical. The poetical language and forceful +eloquence of his sermons remind one of the best of his spiritual songs. + +Kingo's writings and frequent travels brought him into contact with most +of the outstanding personages of his country in his day. His charming +personality, lively conversation and fine sense of humor made him a +welcome guest wherever he appeared. On the island of Taasinge, he was a +frequent and beloved guest in the stately castle of the famous, pious and +revered admiral, Niels Juul, and his equally beloved wife, Birgitte +Ulfeldt. His friendship with this worthy couple was intimate and lasting. +When admiral Juul died, Kingo wrote the beautiful epitaph that still +adorns his tomb in the Holmen church at Copenhagen. On the island of +Falster he often visited the proud and domineering ex-queen, Carolina +Amalia. He was likewise a frequent visitor at the neighboring estate of +the once beautiful and adored daughter of king Christian IV, Leonora +Ulfeldt, whom the pride and hatred of the ex-queen had consigned for +twenty-two years to a dark and lonely prison cell. Years of suffering, as +we learn from her still famous book _Memories of Misery_, had made the +princess a deeply religious woman. Imprisonment had aged her body, but +had neither dulled her brilliant mind nor hardened her heart. She spent +her remaining years in doing good, and she was a great admirer of Kingo. + +Thus duty and inclination alike brought him in contact with people of +very different stations and conditions in life. His position and high +personal endowments made him a notable figure wherever he went. But he +had his enemies and detractors as well as his friends. It was not +everyone who could see why a poor weaver's son should be raised to such a +high position. Kingo was accused of being greedy, vain, over-ambitious +and self-seeking, all of which probably contained at least a grain of +truth. We should have missed some of his greatest hymns, if he had been a +saint, and not a man of flesh and blood, of passionate feelings and +desires, a man who knew from his own experiences that without Christ he +could do nothing. + +Despite certain peculiar complications, Kingo's private life was quite +happy. Four years after the death of his first wife, he entered into +marriage with Johanne Lund, a widow many years older than he. She brought +with her a daughter from her former marriage. And Kingo thus had the +exceptional experience of being stepfather to three sets of children, the +daughter of his second wife and the children and stepchildren of his +first. To be the head of such a family must inevitably have presented +confusing problems to a man who had no children of his own. But with the +exception of his stepson, all the children appear to have loved him and +maintained their relation to him as long as he lived. + +His second wife died in 1694, when she was seventy-six and he sixty years +old. During the later years of her life she had been a helpless invalid, +demanding a great deal of patience and care of her busy husband. +Contemporaries comment on the frequent sight of the famous bishop +good-humoredly carrying his wife about like a helpless child. Less than a +year after her death, Kingo entered into a new marriage, this time with +an attractive young lady of the nobility, Birgitte Balslev, his junior by +more than thirty years. This new marriage provoked a great deal of gossip +and many predictions of disaster on account of the great disparity in +years of the contracting parties. But the predictions proved wholly +unfounded, and the marriage singularly happy. Kingo and Birgitte, a +contemporary tells us, were "inseparable as heart and soul." She was an +accomplished and highly intelligent woman, and Kingo found in her, +perhaps for the first time in his life, a woman with whom he could share +fully the rich treasure of his own heart and mind. He is credited with +the remark that he had done what all ought to do: married an elderly +woman in his young days, whom he could care for when she grew old, and a +young woman in his later years, who could comfort him in his old age. + +But Kingo did not show the effect of his years. He was still as energetic +and vigorous as ever in the prosecution of his manifold duties. For a +number of years after his marriage, he even continued his strenuous +visits to all parts of his see, now always accompanied by his wife. His +leisure hours were usually spent on a beautiful estate a few miles from +Odense, which belonged to his wife. At this favored retreat and in the +company of friends, he still could relax and become the liveliest of them +all. + +The years, however, would not be denied. At the turn of the century, he +suffered a first attack of the illness, a bladder complaint, that later +laid him in his grave. He made light of it and refused to ease his +strenuous activity. But the attack returned with increasing frequency +and, on a visit to Copenhagen in the fall of 1702, he was compelled to +take to his bed. He recovered somewhat and was able to return home. But +it was now clear to all that the days of the great bishop were numbered. +Early in the new year he became bedfast and suffered excruciatingly at +times. "But he submitted himself wholly to God's will and bore his +terrible suffering with true Christian patience," one of his biographers +tells us. To those who asked about his condition, his invariable answer +was, that all was well with him. If anyone expressed sympathy with him, +he usually smiled and said that "it could not be expected that the two +old friends, soul and body, should part from each other without pain." +When someone prayed or sang for him he followed him eagerly, expressing +his interest with his eyes, hands and whole being. + +A week before his death he called the members of his family to his bed, +shared the Holy Communion with them and thanked them and especially his +wife, for their great kindness to him during his illness. On October 13, +a Saturday, he slept throughout the day, but awoke in the evening and +exclaimed: "Lord God, tomorrow we shall hear wonderful music!" And on the +morning of October 14, 1703, just as the great bells of the cathedral of +St. Knud called people to the service, his soul departed peacefully to +join the Church above. God had heard at last the earnest prayer of his +own great hymns: + + + But, O Jesus, I am crying: + Help that faith, on Thee relying, + Over sin and sorrow may + Ever rise and win the day. + + +His body was laid to rest in a small village church a few miles outside +of Odense. There one still may see the stone of his tomb, bearing an +inscription that likens him to a sun which, although it has set, still +lights the way for all true lovers of virtue. Other monuments to his +memory have been raised at Slangerup, Odense and other places. But his +finest and most lasting memorials are his own great hymns. In these his +warm, passionate spirit still speaks to a larger audience than he ever +reached in his own day. The years have served only to emphasize the truth +of Grundtvig's beautiful epitaph to him on his monument at Odense: + + + Thomas Kingo is the psalmist + Of the Danish temple choir. + This his people will remember + Long as song their hearts inspire. + + + + + Hans Adolph Brorson, the Christmas Singer of Denmark + + + + + Chapter Eight + Brorson's Childhood and Youth + + +Hans Adolph Brorson came from Schleswig, the border province between +Denmark and Germany which for centuries has constituted a battleground +between the two countries and cost the Danes so much in blood and tears. +His family was old in the district and presented an unbroken line of +substantial farmers until his grandfather, Broder Pedersen, broke it by +studying for the ministry and becoming pastor at Randrup, a small country +parish on the west coast of the province. + +Broder Pedersen remained at Randrup till his death in 1646, and was then +succeeded by his son, Broder Brodersen, a young man only twenty-three +years old, who shortly before his installation had married Catherine +Margaret Clausen, a daughter of the manager of Trojborg manor, the estate +to which the church at Randrup belonged. Catherine Clausen bore her +husband three sons, Nicolaj Brodersen, born July 23, 1690, Broder +Brodersen, born September 12, 1692, and Hans Adolph Brodersen--or +Brorson--as his name was later written--born June 20, 1694. + +Broder Brodersen was a quiet, serious-minded man, anxious to give his +boys the best possible training for life. Although his income was small, +he managed somehow to provide private tutors for them. Both he and his +wife were earnest Christians, and the fine example of their own lives was +no doubt of greater value to their boys than the formal instruction they +received from hired teachers. Thus an early biographer of the Brorsons +writes: "Their good parents earnestly instructed their boys in all that +was good, but especially in the fear and knowledge of God. Knowing that a +good example is more productive of good than the best precept, they were +not content with merely teaching them what is good, but strove earnestly +to live so that their own daily lives might present a worthy pattern for +their sons to follow." + +Broder Brodersen was not granted the privilege of seeing his sons attain +their honored manhood. He died in 1704, when the eldest of them was +fourteen and the youngest only ten years old. Upon realizing that he must +leave them, he is said to have comforted himself with the words of Kingo: + + + If for my children I + Would weep and sorrow + And every moment cry: + Who shall tomorrow + With needful counsel, home and care provide them? + The Lord still reigns above, + He will with changeless love + Sustain and guide them. + + +Nor was the faith of the dying pastor put to shame. A year after his +death, his widow married his successor in the pastorate, Pastor Ole +Holbeck, who proved himself a most excellent stepfather to his adopted +sons. + +Reverend Holbeck personally taught the boys until Nicolaj, and a year +later, Broder and Hans Adolph were prepared to enter the Latin school at +Ribe. This old and once famous school was then in a state of decay. The +town itself had declined from a proud city, a favored residence of kings +and nobles, to an insignificant village of about fifteen hundred +inhabitants. Of its former glory only a few old buildings and, +especially, the beautiful cathedral still remained. And the Latin school +had shared the fate of the city. Its once fine buildings were decaying; +its faculty, which in former times included some of the best known +savants of the country, was poorly paid and poorly equipped; and the +number of its students had shrunk from about 1200 to less than a score. +Only the course of study remained unchanged from the Middle Ages. Latin +and religion were still the main subjects of instruction. It mattered +little if the student could neither speak nor write Danish correctly, but +he must be able to define the finest points in a Latin grammar of more +than 1200 pages. Attendance at religious services was compulsory; but the +services were cold and spiritless, offering little attraction to an +adolescent youth. + +The boys completed their course at Ribe and entered the university of +Copenhagen, Nicolaj in the fall of 1710 and the younger brothers a year +later. But the change offered them little improvement. The whole country +suffered from a severe spiritual decline. Signs of an awakening were here +and there, but not at the university where Lutheran orthodoxy still +maintained its undisputed reign of more than a hundred years, though it +had now become more dry and spiritless than ever. + +The brothers all intended to prepare for the ministry. But after two +years Nicolaj for various reasons left the University of Copenhagen to +complete his course at the University of Kiel. Broder remained at +Copenhagen, completing his course there in the spring of 1715. Hans +Adolph studied for three years more and, even then, failed to complete +his course. + + Hans Adolph Brorson + +It was a period of transition and spiritual unrest. The spiritual revival +now clearly discernible throughout the country had at last reached the +university. For the first time in many years the prevailing orthodoxy +with its settled answers to every question of faith and conduct was +meeting an effective challenge. Many turned definitely away from +religion, seeking in other fields such as history, philosophy and +especially the natural sciences for a more adequate answer to their +problems than religion appeared to offer. Others searched for a solution +of their difficulty in new approaches to the old faith. The result was a +spiritual confusion such as often precedes the dawn of a new awakening. +And Brorson appears to have been caught in it. His failure to complete +his course was by no means caused by indolence. He had, on the contrary, +broadened his studies to include a number of subjects foreign to his +course, and he had worked so hard that he had seriously impaired his +health. But he had lost his direction, and also, for the time being, all +interest in theology. + +It was, therefore, as a somewhat spiritually confused and physically +broken young man that he gave up his studies and returned to his home at +Randrup. His brothers were already well started upon their conspicuously +successful careers, while he was still drifting, confused and uncertain, +a failure, as some no doubt would call him. His good stepfather, +nevertheless, received him with the utmost kindness. If he harbored any +disappointment in him, he does not appear to have shown it. His stepson +remained with him for about a year, assisting him with whatever he could, +and had then so far recovered that he was able to accept a position as +tutor in the family of his maternal uncle, Nicolaj Clausen, at Løgum +Kloster. + +Løgum Kloster had once been a large and powerful institution and a center +of great historic events. The magnificent building of the cloister itself +had been turned into a county courthouse, at which Nicolaj Clausen served +as county president, but the splendid old church of the cloister still +remained, serving as the parish church. In these interesting surroundings +and in the quiet family circle of his uncle, Brorson made further +progress toward normal health. But his full recovery came only after a +sincere spiritual awakening in 1720. + +The strong revival movement that was sweeping the country and displacing +the old orthodoxy, was engendered by the German Pietist movement, +entering Denmark through Slesvig. The two conceptions of Christianity +differed, it has been said, only in their emphasis. Orthodoxy emphasized +doctrine and Pietism, life. Both conceptions were one-sided. If orthodoxy +had resulted in a lifeless formalism, Pietism soon lost its effectiveness +in a sentimental subjectivism. Its neglect of sound doctrine eventually +gave birth to Rationalism. But for the moment Pietism appeared to supply +what orthodoxy lacked: an urgent call to Christians to live what they +professed to believe. + +A number of the early leaders of the movement in Denmark lived in the +neighborhood of Løgum Kloster, and were personally known to Brorson. But +whether or not any of these leaders was instrumental in his awakening is +now unknown. One of his contemporaries simply states that "Brorson at +this time sought to employ his solitude in a closer walk with God in +Christ and, in so doing, received a perfect assurance of the Lord's +faithfulness to those that trust in Him." Thus whatever influence +neighboring Pietists may have contributed to the great change in his +life, the change itself seems to have been brought about through his own +Jacob-like struggle with God. And it was a complete change. If he had +formerly been troubled by many things, he henceforth evinced but one +desire to know Christ and to be known by Him. + +A first fruit of his awakening was an eager desire to enter the ministry. +He was offered a position as rector of a Latin school, but his +stepfather's death, just as he was considering the offer, caused him to +refuse the appointment and instead to apply for the pastorate at Randrup. +His application granted, he at once hastened back to the university to +finish his formerly uncompleted course and obtain his degree. Having +accomplished this in the fall of the same year, on April 6, 1722, he was +ordained to the ministry together with his brother, Broder Brorson, who +had resigned a position as rector of a Latin school to become pastor at +Mjolden, a parish adjoining Randrup. As his brother, Nicolaj Brorson, +shortly before had accepted the pastorate of another adjoining parish, +the three brothers thus enjoyed the unusual privilege of living and +working together in the same neighborhood. + +The eight years that Brorson spent at Randrup where his father and +grandfather had worked before him were probably the happiest in his life. +The parish is located in a low, treeless plain bordering the North Sea. +Its climate, except for a few months of summer, is raw and blustery. In +stormy weather the sea frequently floods its lower fields, causing severe +losses in crops, stocks and even in human life. Thus Brorson's stepfather +died from a cold caught during a flight from a flood that threatened the +parsonage. The severe climate and constant threat of the sea, however, +fosters a hardy race. From this region the Jutes together with their +neighbors, the Angles and Saxons, once set out to conquer and settle the +British Isles. And the hardihood of the old sea-rovers was not wholly +lost in their descendants when Brorson settled among them, although it +had long been directed into other and more peaceful channels. + +The parsonage in which the Brorsons lived stood on a low ridge, rising +gently above its surroundings and affording a splendid view over far +reaches of fields, meadows and the ever changing sea. The view was +especially beautiful in early summer when wild flowers carpeted the +meadows in a profusion of colors, countless birds soared and sang above +the meadows and shoals of fish played in the reed bordered streams. It +was without doubt this scene that inspired the splendid hymn "Arise, All +Things that God Hath Made." + +Brorson was happy to return to Randrup. The parish was just then the +center of all that was dearest to him in this world. His beloved mother +still lived there, his brothers were close neighbors, and he brought with +him his young wife, Catherine Clausen, whom he had married a few days +before his installation. + +Nicolaj and Broder Brorson had, like him, joined the Pietist movement, +and the three brothers, therefore, could work together in complete +harmony for the spiritual revival of their parishes. And they did not +spare themselves. Both separately and cooperatively, they labored +zealously to increase church attendance, revive family devotions, +encourage Bible reading and hymn singing, and minimize the many worldly +and doubtful amusements that, then as now, caused many Christians to +fall. They also began to hold private assemblies in the homes, a work for +which they were bitterly condemned by many and severely reprimanded by +the authorities. It could not be expected, of course, that a work so +devoted to the furtherance of a new conception of the Christian life +would be tolerated without opposition. But their work, nevertheless, was +blest with abundant fruit, both in their own parishes and throughout +neighboring districts. Churches were refilled with worshippers, family +altars rebuilt, and a new song was born in thousands of homes. People +expressed their love for the three brothers by naming them "The Rare +Three-Leafed Clover from Randrup." It is said that the revival inspired +by the Brorsons even now, more than two hundred years later, is plainly +evident in the spiritual life of the district. + +Thus the years passed fruitfully for the young pastor at Randrup. He +rejoiced in his home, his work and the warm devotion of his people. It +came, therefore, as a signal disappointment to all that he was the first +to break the happy circle by accepting a call as assistant pastor at +Christ church in Tønder, a small city a few miles south of Randrup. + + + + + Chapter Nine + The Singer of Pietism + + +The city of Tønder, when Brorson located there, had about two thousand +inhabitants. At one time it had belonged to the German Dukes of Gottorp, +and it was still largely German speaking. Its splendid church had three +pastors, two of whom preached in German and the third, Brorson, in +Danish. + +The parish Pastor, Johan Herman Schraeder, was an outstanding and highly +respected man. Born at Hamburg in 1684, he had in his younger days served +as a tutor for the children of King Frederick IV, Princess Charlotte +Amalia and Prince Christian, now reigning as King Christian VI. + +Pastor Schraeder was a zealous Pietist and a leader of the Pietist +movement in Tønder and its neighboring territory. Like the Brorsons he +sought to encourage family devotions, Bible reading and, especially, hymn +singing. People are said to have become so interested in the latter that +they brought their hymnals with them to work so that they might sing from +them during lunch hours. He himself was a noted hymnwriter and hymn +collector, who, shortly after Brorson became his assistant, published a +German hymnal, containing no less than 1157 hymns. + +Schraeder, we are told, had been personally active in inducing Brorson to +leave his beloved Randrup and accept the call to Tønder. As Brorson was +known as an ardent Pietist, Schraeder's interest in bringing him to +Tønder may have originated in a natural wish to secure a congenial +co-worker, but it may also have sprung from an acquaintance with his work +as a hymnwriter. For although there is no direct evidence that any of +Brorson's hymns were written at Randrup, a number of circumstances make +it highly probable that some of them were composed there and that +Schraeder was acquainted with them. Such a mutual interest also helps to +explain why Brorson should leave his fruitful work at Randrup for an +inferior position in a new field. It is certain that the change brought +him no outward advantages, and his position as a Danish pastor in a +largely German speaking community must have presented certain unavoidable +difficulties. + +Although Brorson to our knowledge took no part in the endless contest +between German and Danish, his personal preference was, no doubt, for the +latter. It is thus significant that, although he must have been about +equally familiar with both languages, he did not write a single hymn in +German. He showed no ill will toward his German speaking compatriots, +however, and worked harmoniously with his German speaking co-workers. But +this strongly German atmosphere does constitute a peculiar setting for +one of the greatest hymnwriters of the Danish church. + +The congregation at Tønder had formed the peculiar custom of singing in +German--even at the Danish service. It is self-evident, however, that +such a custom could not be satisfactory to Brorson. He was a Pietist with +the fervent longing of that movement for a real spiritual communion with +his fellow Christians. But a custom that compelled the pastor and his +congregation to speak in different tongues was, of necessity, a hindrance +to the consummation of such a desire. And now Christmas was drawing near, +that joyful season which Brorson, as his hymns prove, loved so well and +must heartily have desired to share with his hearers, a desire which this +mixture of tongues to a certain extent, made impossible. He and his +congregation had to be one in language before they could wholly be one in +spirit. + +And so, shortly before the great festival in 1732, he published a small +and unpretentious booklet entitled: _Some Christmas Hymns, Composed to +the Honor of God, the Edification of Christian Souls and, in Particular, +of My Beloved Congregation during the Approaching Joyful Christmastide, +Humbly and Hastily Written by Hans Adolph Brorson_. + +This simple appearing booklet at once places Brorson among the great +hymnwriters of the Christian church. It contains ten hymns, seven of +which are for the Christmas season. Nearly every one of them is now +counted among the classics of Danish hymnody. + +Brorson seems at once to have reached the height of his ability as a +hymnwriter. His Christmas hymns present an intensity of sentiment, a +mastery of form and a perfection of poetical skill that he rarely +attained in his later work. They are frankly lyrical. Unlike his great +English contemporary, Isaac Watts, who held that a hymn should not be a +lyrical poem and deliberately reduced the poetical quality of his work, +Brorson believed that a Christian should use "all his thought and skill +to magnify the grace of God". The opinion of an English literary critic +"that hymns cannot be considered as poetry" is disproved by Brorson's +work. Some of his hymns contain poetry of the highest merit. Their +phrasing is in parts extremely lyrical, utilizing to the fullest extent +the softness and flexibility that is supposed to be an outstanding +characteristic of the Danish tongue; their metres are most skillfully +blended and their rhymes exceedingly varied. His masterly use of what was +often considered an inconsequential appendage to poetry is +extraordinarily skillful. Thus he frequently chooses a harsh or a soft +rhyme to emphasize the predominating sentiment of his verse. + +Brorson is without doubt the most lyrical of all Danish hymnwriters. +Literary critics have rated some of his hymns with the finest lyrics in +the Danish language. Yet his poetry seldom degenerates to a mere form. +His fervid lyrical style usually serves as an admirable vehicle for the +warm religious sentiment of his song. + +In their warm spirit and fervid style Brorson's hymns in some ways +strikingly resemble the work of his great English contemporaries, the +Wesleys. Nor is this similarity a mere chance. The Wesleys, as we know, +were strongly influenced first by the Moravians and later by the German +Pietists. Besides a number of Moravian hymns, John Wesley also translated +several hymns from the hymnbook compiled by the well-known Pietist, Johan +Freylinghausen. The fervid style and varied metres of these hymns +introduced a new type of church song into the English and American +churches. But Freylinghausen's _Gesang-Buch_ also formed the basis of the +hymnal compiled by Johan Herman Schraeder from which Brorson chose most +of the originals of his translations. Thus both he and the Wesleys in a +measure drew their inspiration from the same source. The Danish poet and +his English contemporaries worked independently and mediated their +inspiration in their own way, but the resemblance of their work is +unmistakable. In poetical merit, however, the work of Brorson far excels +that of the Wesleys. But his Christmas hymns also surpass most earlier +Danish hymns and even the greater part of his own later work. + +One's first impression of the booklet that so greatly has enriched the +Christmas festival of Denmark and Norway, is likely to be disappointing. +At the time of Brorson the festival was frequently desecrated by a +ceaseless round of worldly amusements. People attended the festival +services of the church and spent the remainder of the season in a whirl +of secular and far from innocent pleasures. With his Pietistic views +Brorson naturally deplored such a misuse of the season. And his first +hymn, therefore, sounds an earnest call to cease these unseemly pleasures +and to use the festival in a Christian way. + + + Cast out all worldly pleasure + This blessed Christmastide, + And seek the boundless treasure + That Jesus doth provide. + + +But although such a warning may have been timely, then as now, it hardly +expresses the real Christmas spirit. In the next hymn, however, he at +once strikes the true festival note in one of the most triumphant +Christmas anthems in the Danish or any other language. + + + This blessed Christmastide we will, + With heart and mind rejoicing, + Employ our every thought and skill, + God's grace and honor voicing. + In Him that in the manger lay + We will with all our might today + Exult in heart and spirit, + And hail Him as our Lord and King + Till earth's remotest bounds shall ring + With praises of His merit. + + A little Child of Jesse's stem, + And Son of God in heaven, + To earth from heaven's glory came + And was for sinners given. + It so distressed His loving heart + To see the world from God depart + And in transgression languish, + That He forsook His home above + And came to earth in tender love + To bear our grief and anguish. + + Therefore we hymn His praises here + And though we are but lowly, + Our loud hosannas everywhere + Shall voice His mercy holy. + The tent of God is now with man, + And He will dwell with us again + When in His name assembling. + And we shall shout His name anew + Till hell itself must listen to + Our Christmas song with trembling. + + And though our song of joy be fraught + With strains of lamentation, + The burden of our cross shall not + Subdue our jubilation. + For when the heart is most distressed, + The harp of joy is tuned so best + Its chords of joy are ringing, + And broken hearts best comprehend + The boundless joy our Lord and Friend + This Christmas day is bringing. + + Hallelujah, our strife is o'er! + Who would henceforth with sadness + Repine and weep in sorrow sore + This blessed day of gladness. + Rejoice, rejoice, ye saints on earth, + And sing the wonders of His birth + Whose glory none can measure. + Hallelujah, the Lord is mine, + And I am now by grace divine + The heir of all His treasure! + + +Equally fine but more quietly contemplative is the next hymn in the +collection which takes us right to the focal point of Christmas worship, +the stable at Bethlehem. + + + My heart remains in wonder + Before that lowly bed + Within the stable yonder + Where Christ, my Lord, was laid. + My faith finds there its treasure, + My soul its pure delight, + Its joy beyond all measure, + The Lord of Christmas night. + + But Oh! my heart is riven + With grief and sore dismay + To see the Lord of heaven + Must rest on straw and hay, + That He whom angels offer + Their worship and acclaim + From sinful man must suffer + Such scorn, neglect and shame. + + Why should not castles royal + Before Him open stand, + And kings, as servants loyal, + Obey His least command? + Why came He not in splendor + Arrayed in robes of light + And called the world to render + Its homage to His might? + + The sparrow finds a gable + Where it may build its nest, + The oxen know a stable + For shelter, food and rest; + Must then my Lord and Savior + A homeless stranger be, + Denied the simplest favor + His lowly creatures see. + + O come, my Lord, I pray Thee, + And be my honored guest. + I will in love array Thee + A home within my breast. + It cannot be a stranger + To Thee, who made it free. + Thou shalt find there a manger + Warmed by my love to Thee. + + +Far different from this song of quiet contemplation is the searching hymn +that follows it. + + + How do we exalt the Father + That He sent His Son to earth. + Many with indifference gather + At His gift of boundless worth. + + +This is followed by another hymn of praise. + + + Lift up your voice once more + The Savior to adore. + Let all unite in spirit + And praise the grace and merit + Of Jesus Christ, the Holy, + Our joy and glory solely. + + +And then comes "The Fairest of Roses", which a distinguished critic calls +"one of the most perfect lyrics in the Danish language". This hymn is +inspired by a text from the Song of Songs "I am the rose of Sharon and +the lily of the valley". It is written as an allegory, a somewhat subdued +form of expression that in this case serves admirably to convey an +impression of restrained fire. Its style is reminiscent of the folk +songs, with the first stanza introducing the general theme of the song, +the appearance of the rose, that is, of the Savior in a lost and +indifferent world. The remainder of the verses are naturally divided into +three parts: a description of the dying world in which God causes the +rose to appear, a lament over the world's indifference to the gift which +it should have received with joy and gratitude, and a glowing declaration +of what the rose means to the poet himself. + +Many chapters have been written about the poetic excellencies of this +hymn, such as the perfect balance of its parts, the admirable treatment +of the contrast between the rose and the thorns, and the skillful choice +of rhymes to underscore the predominating sentiment of each verse. But +some of these excellencies have no doubt been lost in the translation and +can be appreciated only by a study of the original. English translations +of the hymn have been made by German-, Swedish-, and Norwegian-American +writers, indicating its wide popularity. The following is but another +attempt to produce a more adequate rendering of this beautiful song. + + + Now found is the fairest of roses, + Midst briars it sweetly reposes. + My Jesus, unsullied and holy, + Abode among sinners most lowly. + + Since man his Creator deserted, + And wholly His image perverted, + The world like a desert was lying, + And all in transgressions were dying. + + But God, as His promises granted, + A rose in the desert hath planted, + Which now with its sweetness endoweth + The race that in sinfulness groweth. + + All people should now with sweet savor + Give praise unto God for His favor; + But many have ne'er comprehended + The rose to the world hath descended. + + Ye sinners as vile in behavior + As thorns in the crown of the Savior, + Why are ye so prideful in spirit, + Content with your self-righteous merit? + + O seek ye the places more lowly, + And weep before Jesus, the Holy, + Then come ye His likeness the nearest; + The rose in the valley grows fairest. + + My Jesus, Thou ever remainest + My wonderful rose who sustainest + My heart in the fullness of pleasure; + Thy sweetness alone I will treasure. + + The world may of all things bereave me, + Its thorns may assail and aggrieve me, + The foe may great anguish engender: + My rose I will never surrender. + + +The last Christmas hymn of the collection is printed under the heading: +"A Little Hymn for the Children", and is composed from the text "Have ye +not read, Out of the mouth of babes and sucklings thou hast perfected +praise". Said to be the oldest children's hymn in Danish, it is still one +of the finest. It is written as a processional. The children come +hastening on to Bethlehem to find the new-born Lord and offer Him their +homage. One almost hears their pattering feet and happy voices as they +rush forward singing: + + + Here come Thy little ones, O Lord, + To Thee in Bethlehem adored. + Enlighten now our heart and mind + That we the way to Thee may find. + + We hasten with a song to greet + And kneel before Thee at Thy feet. + O blessed hour, O sacred night, + When Thou wert born, our soul's Delight! + + Be welcome from Thy heavenly home + Unto this vale of tears and gloom, + Where man to Thee no honor gave + But stable, manger, cross and grave. + + But Jesus, oh! how can it be + That but so few will think of Thee + And of that tender, wondrous love + Which drew Thee to us from above? + + O draw us little children near + To Thee, our Friend and Brother dear, + That each of us so heartily + In faith and love may cling to Thee. + + Let not the world lead us astray + That we our Christian faith betray, + But grant that all our longings be + Directed always unto Thee. + + Then shall the happy day once come + When we shall gather in Thy home + And join the angels' joyful throng + In praising Thee with triumph song. + + We gather now about Thee close + Like leaves around the budding rose, + O grant us, Savior, that we may + Thus cluster round Thy throne for aye. + + +His Christmas hymns were so well received that Brorson was encouraged to +continue his writing. During the following year he published no less than +five collections bearing the titles: _Some Advent Hymns_, _Some Passion +Hymns_, _Some Easter Hymns_, _Some Pentecost Hymns_, and _Hymns for the +Minor Festivals_. All of these hymns were likewise kindly received and +therefore he continued to send out new collections, publishing during the +following years a whole series of hymns on various phases of Christian +faith and life. In 1739, all these hymns were collected into one volume +and published under the title: _The Rare Clenod of Faith_. + +This now famous book contains in all 67 original and 216 translated +hymns. The arrangement of the hymns follows in the main the order of the +Lutheran catechism, covering not only every division but almost every +subdivision of the book. Brorson, it appears, must have written his hymns +after a preconceived plan, a rather unusual method for a hymnwriter to +follow. + +_The Rare Clenod of Faith_ fails as a whole to maintain the high standard +of the Christmas hymns. Although the language, as in all that Brorson +wrote, is pure and melodious, the poetic flight and fresh sentiment of +his earlier work is lacking to some extent in the latter part of the +collection. One reason for this is thought to be that Brorson, on +locating at Tønder, had come into closer contact with the more extreme +views of Pietism. The imprint of that movement, at least, is more +distinct upon his later than upon his earlier work. The great +preponderance of his translated over his original hymns also affects the +spirit of the collection. He was not always fortunate in the selection of +the original material for his translations. Some of these express the +excessive Pietistic contemplation of the Savior's blood and wounds; +others are rhymed sermons rather than songs of praise. + +Despite these defects, _The Rare Clenod of Faith_, still ranks with the +great books of hymnody. It contains a wealth of hymns that will never +die. Even the less successful of its compositions present a true +Evangelical message, a message that, at times, sounds a stern call to +awake and "shake off that sinful sleep before to you is closed the open +door" and, at others, pleads softly for a closer walk with God, a deeper +understanding of His ways and a firmer trust in His grace. There are many +strings on Brorson's harp, but they all sound a note of vital faith. + +Judging Brorson's original hymns to be far superior to his translations, +some have deplored that he should have spent so much of his time in +transferring the work of others. And it is, no doubt, true that his +original hymns are as a whole superior to his translations. But many of +these are so fine that their elimination would now appear like an +irreplaceable loss to Danish hymnody. The constant love with which many +of them have been used for more than two hundred years should silence the +claim that a translated hymn must of necessity be less valuable than an +original. A considerable number of the originals of Brorson's most +favored translations have long been forgotten. + +As a translator Brorson is usually quite faithful to the originals, +following them as closely as the differences in language and mode of +expression permit. He is not slavishly bound, however, to his text. His +constant aim is to reproduce his text in a pure and idiomatic Danish. And +as his own poetic skill in most cases was superior to that of the +original writer, his translations are often greatly superior to their +originals in poetical merit. + +Although the translation of a translation of necessity presents a very +unreliable yard-stick of a man's work, the following translation of +Brorson's version of the well-known German hymn, "Ich Will Dich Lieben, +Meine Starke" may at least indicate the nature of his work as a +translator. + + + Thee will I love, my strength, my Treasure; + My heart in Thee finds peace and joy. + Thee will I love in fullest measure, + And in Thy cause my life employ. + Thee will I love and serve alone. + Lord, take me as Thine own. + + Thee will I love, my Life Eternal, + My Guide and Shepherd on Life's way. + Thou leadest me to pastures vernal, + And to the light of endless day. + Thee will I love, Whose blood was spilt + To cleanse my soul from guilt. + + Long, long wert Thou to me a stranger, + Though Thou didst love me first of all, + I strayed afar in sin and danger + And heeded not Thy loving call + Until I found that peace of heart + Thou canst alone impart. + + Lord, cast not out Thy child, returning + A wanderer, naked and forlorn. + The tempting world, I sought with yearning, + Had naught to give but grief and scorn. + In Thee alone for all its grief + My heart now finds relief. + + Thee will I love and worship ever, + My Lord, my God and Brother dear! + Must every earthly tie I sever + And naught but sorrow suffer here, + Thee will I love, my Lord divine; + O Jesus, call me Thine. + + +Equally characteristic of his work is his translation of the less-known +but appealing German hymn "Der Schmale Weg Ist Breit Genug zum Leben". + + + The narrow way is wide enough to heaven + For those who walk straight-forward and with care + And take each step with watchfulness and prayer. + When we are by the Spirit driven, + The narrow way is wide enough to heaven. + + The way of God is full of grace and beauty + For those who unto Him in faith have turned + And have His way with love and ardor learned. + When we accept His call and duty, + The way of God is full of grace and beauty. + + The yoke of God is not too hard to carry + For those who love His blessed will and way + And shall their carnal pride in meekness slay. + When we with Him in faith will tarry, + The yoke of God is not too hard to carry. + + O Jesus, help me Thy blest way to follow. + Thou knowest best my weak and fainting heart + And must not let me from Thy way depart. + I shall Thy name with praises hallow, + If Thou wilt help me Thy blest way to follow. + + +But fine as many of his translations are, Brorson's main claim to fame +must rest, of course, upon his original compositions. These are of +varying merit. His Christmas hymns were followed by a number of hymns for +the festivals of the church year. While some of these are excellent, +others are merely rhymed meditations upon the meaning of the season and +lack the freshness of his Christmas anthems. The triumphant Easter hymn +given below belongs to the finest of the group. + + + Christians, who with sorrow + On this Easter morrow + Watch the Savior's tomb, + Banish all your sadness, + On this day of gladness + Joy must vanquish gloom. + Christ this hour + With mighty power + Crushed the foe who would detain Him; + Nothing could restrain Him. + + Rise, ye feeble-hearted, + Who have pined and smarted, + Vexed by sin and dread. + He has burst the prison + And with might arisen, + Jesus, Who was dead. + And His bride + For whom He died, + He from sin and death now raises; + Hail Him then with praises. + + When our sins aggrieve us, + Jesus will receive us, + All our debt He paid. + We, who were transgressors + Are now blest possessors + Of His grace and aid. + When in death + He gave His breath + To the cruel foe He yielded + That we should be shielded. + + Earth! where are thy wonders! + Hell! where are thy thunders! + Death, where is thy sting! + Jesus rose victorious, + Reigns in heaven glorious + As our Lord and King. + Him, the Lord, + Who did accord + Us so great a joy and favor, + We will praise forever. + + +Brorson's other hymns are too numerous to permit a more than cursory +review. Beginning with the subject of creation, he wrote a number of +excellent hymns on the work and providence of God. Best known among these +is the hymn given below, which is said to have so pleased the king that +he chose its author to become bishop. The hymn is thought to have been +written while Brorson was still at Randrup. But whether this be so or +not, it is evidently inspired by the natural scenery of that locality. + + + Arise, all things that God hath made[5] + And praise His name and glory; + Great is the least His hand arrayed, + And tells a wondrous story. + + Would all the kings of earth display + Their utmost pomp and power, + They could not make a leaflet stay + And grow upon a flower. + + How could the wisdom I compass + To show the grace and wonder + Of but the smallest blade of grass + On which the mind would ponder. + + What shall I say when I admire + The verdant meadows blooming, + And listen to the joyful choir + Of birds above them zooming. + + What shall I say when I descry + Deep in the restless ocean + The myriad creatures passing by + In swift and ceaseless motion. + + What shall I say when I behold + The stars in countless numbers + Display their light and charm untold + While nature sweetly slumbers. + + What shall I say when I ascend + To Him Who made creation, + And see the angel host attend + His throne with adoration. + + What shall I say--vain are my words + And humble my opinion! + Great is Thy wisdom, Lord of lords, + Thy glory and dominion! + + Lift up your voice with one accord + Now, every tribe and nation: + Hallelujah, great is our Lord + And wondrous His creation! + + +The Pietist movement is known for its fervid glorification of the Savior, +and particularly of His blood and wounds, a glorification which at times +appears objectionable because of the too-familiar and realistic terms in +which it is expressed. Brorson did not wholly escape the excesses of the +movement in this respect, especially in his translations. In his original +hymns the excesses are less apparent. However faithful he might be to the +movement he possessed a wholesome restraint which, when he was not +following others, caused him to moderate its most inappropriate +extravagances. What can be more reverent than this beautiful tribute to +the Savior: + + + Jesus, name of wondrous grace, + Fount of mercy and salvation, + First fruit of the new creation, + Weary sinners' resting place, + Banner of the faith victorious, + Anchor of our hope and love, + Guide us in Thy footsteps glorious, + Bear us to Thy home above. + + +Or more expressive than this jubilant hymn of adoration: + + + O Thou blest Immanuel! + What exceeding joy from heaven + Hast Thou caused in me to dwell + By Thy life for sinners given. + Thou hast broke the bands at last + Which my yearning soul held fast. + + In Thine arms I find relief, + Soon Thy home I shall inherit, + Sin and sorrow, death and grief + Nevermore shall vex my spirit. + For Thy word confirms the pledge + Of my lasting heritage. + + Lord, my praise ascends to Thee + For these days of joy and sorrow; + They shall end in jubilee + On that blest eternal morrow + When the Sun of Paradise + Shall for me in splendor rise. + + Rise in joyful faith, my soul! + Banish all thy grief and sadness. + Strong the stream of life shall roll + Through my heart with constant gladness. + Jesus, Who mine anguish bore, + Be now praised for evermore. + + +Most beautiful is also his hymn to the Lamb of God, translated by Pastor +D. G. M. Bach. + + + I see Thee stand, O Lamb of God, + On Zion's mountain peak. + But Oh the way that Thou hast trod, + So long, so hard, so bleak! + What Thou didst suffer for our woe, + No man can ever know. + + +Though Brorson made a number of excellent translations of hymns to the +Spirit such as the beautiful, "Come, Rains from the Heavens, to +Strengthen and Nourish the Languishing Field," he wrote no outstanding +Pentecost hymns of his own composition. It remained for Grundtvig to +supply the Danish church with a wealth of unexcelled hymns on the Holy +Ghost. + +Aside from his Christmas hymns, Brorson's greatest contribution to +hymnody is perhaps his revival hymns, a type in which the Lutheran church +is rather poor. The special message of the Pietist movement was an +earnest call to awake, and Brorson repeated that call with an appealing +insistence and earnestness. The word of God has been sown, but where are +its fruits? + + + O Father, may Thy word prevail + Against the power of Hell! + Behold the vineyard Thou hast tilled + With thorns and thistles filled. + 'Tis true, the plants are there, + But ah, how weak and rare, + How slight the power and evidence + Of word and sacraments. + + +It is, therefore, time for all Christians to awake. + + + Awaken from your idle dreaming! + Ye lukewarm Christians, now arise. + Behold, the light from heaven streaming + Proclaims the day of mercy flies. + Throw off that sinful sleep before + To you is closed the open door. + + +Many are heedless, taking no thought of the day when all shall appear +before the judgment of God. Such people should arouse themselves and +prepare for the rendering of their account. + + + O heart, prepare to give account + Of all thy sore transgression. + To God, of grace and love the Fount, + Make thou a full confession. + What hast thou done these many years + The Lord hath thee afforded. + Nothing but sin and earthly cares + Is in God's book recorded. + + +He realizes that many continue in their sin because of ignorance, and +with these he pleads so softly: + + + If thou but knew the life that thou are leading + In sin and shame is Satan's tyranny, + Thou wouldest kneel and with the Lord be pleading + That He thy soul from bondage would set free. + Oh, how the Saviour would rejoice + If thou today should'st listen to His voice! + + +And the day of salvation is now at hand. + + + O, seek the Lord today, + Today He hath salvation. + Approach Him while He may + Still hear thy supplication. + Repent and seek His grace + While yet His call doth sound, + Yea turn to Him thy face + While still He may be found. + + +Orthodoxy had instilled a formal, but often spiritless faith. Pietism +aimed to awaken the great mass of formal believers to a new life, a +living and active faith. This is strongly expressed in the very popular +hymn below. + + + The faith that Christ embraces[6] + And purifies the hearts + The faith that boldly faces + The devil's fiery darts, + That faith is strong and must + Withstand the world's temptation + And in all tribulation, + In Christ, the Saviour, trust. + + The faith that knows no struggle + Against the power of sin, + The faith that sounds no bugle + To waken, fight and win, + That faith is dead and vain, + Its sacred name disgracing, + And impotent when facing + The devil's mighty reign. + + A Christian wears his armor + To wage the war of faith + Against the crafty charmer, + His foe in life and death. + With Jesus he must stand + Undaunted and victorious, + If he would win his glorious + Reward at God's right hand. + + It is a comfort pleasing + In our embattled life, + To feel our strength increasing + In trying days of strife. + And as our days shall be + The Lord will help accord us + And with His gifts reward us + When striving faithfully. + + O Lord, my hope most fervent, + My refuge in all woe, + I will hence be Thy servant + Through all my days below. + Let come whatever may, + I will exalt Thee ever, + And ask no other favor + Than live with Thee for aye. + + +Although Brorson knew that-- + + + The cost is greater than at first expected + To be in God's unbounded gifts perfected. + + +he holds that + + + It does not cost too hard a strife + To be a Christian, pure and heaven-minded,-- + + +But a Christian must be steadfast and persevering, as he admonishes +himself and others in the following very popular hymn. The translation is +by Pastor P. C. Paulsen. + + + Stand fast, my soul, stand fast + In Christ, thy Saviour! + Lose not the war at last + By faint behaviour. + It is of no avail + That thou hast known Him + If when thy foes assail, + Thou shalt His banner fail, + And thus disown Him. + + To brandish high thy sword, + With calm assurance, + And face the devil's horde + With brave endurance, + Is meet and well begun, + And merits praising. + But from the strife to run, + When blows thy courage stun, + Is most disgracing. + + Let Satan rave and rage + By hosts attended, + The war for Christ I wage + Until it's ended. + When leaning on His arm + With firm reliance, + I need not take alarm, + To me can come no harm + From Hell's defiance. + + When Jesus' love I see, + It me constraineth, + So that from carnal glee + My soul abstaineth. + When heaven to me is dear, + Its joys attractive, + Of hell I have no fear, + For Christ, my Lord, is near, + In battle active. + + In just a little while + The strife is ended, + And I from Satan's guile + For aye defended. + Then I, where all is well, + In heaven's glory, + Among the saints shall dwell, + And with rejoicing tell + Salvation's story. + + +Therefore children of God should rejoice. + + + Children of God, born again by His Spirit, + Never ye cease in His name to rejoice; + Jesus believing and saved by His merit, + Come we to Him with a jubilant voice. + + +But even a child of God must not expect to escape from the common trials +and perils of life. God promises assistance but not exemption to those +who love Him. In the following striking hymn, Brorson vividly pictures +both the trials and the comfort of a child of God. + + + I walk in danger everywhere,[7] + The thought must never leave me, + That Satan watches to ensnare + And with his guile deceive me. + His cunning pitfalls may + Make me an easy prey + Unless I guard myself with care; + I walk in danger everywhere. + + I walk through trials everywhere; + The world no help can offer. + The burdens I am called to bear + I must with patience suffer; + Though often I discern + No place where I may turn + When clouds surround me far and near; + Death walks beside me everywhere. + + Death walks besides me everywhere; + Its shadows oft appall me. + I know not when the hour is here + When God from earth shall call me. + A moment's failing breath, + And I am cold in death, + Faced with eternity fore'er; + Death walks besides me everywhere. + + I walk 'mongst angels everywhere; + They are my sure defenders; + The hordes of hell in vain prepare + Against such strong contenders. + All doubts and fears must flee, + With angels guarding me; + No foe can harm me in their care; + I walk 'mongst angels everywhere. + + I walk with Jesus everywhere; + His goodness never fails me. + I rest beneath His shielding care + When trouble sore assails me. + And by His footsteps led, + My path I safely tread. + Despite all ills my foes prepare: + I walk with Jesus everywhere. + + I walk to heaven everywhere, + Preparing for the morrow + When God shall hear my anxious prayer + And banish all my sorrow. + Be quiet then, my soul, + Press onward to thy goal. + All carnal pleasures thou forswear, + And walk to heaven everywhere. + + +Unlike Kingo and Grundtvig, Brorson wrote no outstanding hymns on the +sacraments. Pietism was in the main a revival movement and placed no +special emphasis on the means of grace. And although Brorson remained a +loyal son of the established church, he wrote his finest hymns on those +phases of Christianity most earnestly emphasized by the movement to which +he belonged. While this is only what could be expected, it indicates both +his strength and limitation as a hymnwriter. He was above all the sweet +singer of Pietism. + +The hymns of Brorson that appeared during his lifetime were all written +within the space of four years. In that brief period he composed a volume +of songs that rank with the finest in the Christian church, and just as +he might have been expected to produce his finest work, he discontinued +his effort. The hymns of the _Swan-Song_--which we shall discuss +later--though written for his own edification, indicate what he might +have attained if he had continued to write for publication. His reason +for thus putting aside the lyre, which for a little while he had played +so appealingly, is unknown. Some have suggested that he wrote his hymns +according to a preconceived plan, which, when completed, he felt no +inclination to enlarge; others have surmised that the new and ardent +duties, bestowed upon him about this time, deprived him of the leisure to +write. But as Brorson himself expressed no reason for his action, no one +really knows why this sweet singer of Pietism so suddenly ceased to sing. + + +---------- + +[5]Another translation with the same first line by A. M. Andersen in + "Hymnal for Church and Home". + +[6]Another translation: "The faith that God believeth" by P. C. Paulsen + in "Hymnal for Church and Home". + +[7]Another translation: "I walk in danger all the way" by D. G. Ristad in + "Hymnal for Church and Home". + + + + + Chapter Ten + Brorson's SWAN-SONG + + +The Pietist movement, new and numerically small when the Brorsons aligned +themselves with it, made such sweeping progress that within a few years +it became the most powerful movement within the Danish church. And in +1739, it ascended the throne in the persons of King Christian VI and his +consort, Queen Sophia Magdalene of Kulmbach, an event of great +significance to the fortunes of the Brorsons. + +In Denmark the king is officially the head of the church. At the time of +Brorson all church appointments belonged to him, and King Christian VI, +if he had so wanted, could thus have filled all vacancies with adherents +of the movement in which he sincerely believed. He was, however, no +fanatic. Earnestly concerned, as he no doubt was, to further the +spiritual welfare of his subjects, his only desire was to supply all +church positions at his disposal with good and able men. And as such the +Brorsons were recommended to him by his old tutor and adviser in church +affairs, John Herman Schraeder. On this recommendation, he successively +invited the brothers to preach at court. Their impression upon him was so +favorable that within a few years he appointed Nicolaj to become pastor +of Nicolaj church in Copenhagen, one of the largest churches in the +capital, Broder to become Provost of the cathedral at Ribe and, two years +later, Bishop of Aalborg, and Hans Adolph to succeed his brother at Ribe +and, four years later, to become bishop of that large and historically +famous bishopric. Thus the brothers in a few years had been elevated from +obscurity to leading positions within their church. + +Contemporaries express highly different estimates of Brorson as a bishop. +While praised by some, he is severely criticized by others as unfit both +by ability and temperament for the high office he occupied. This last +estimate now is generally held to be unjust and, to some extent at least, +inspired by jealousy of his quick rise to fame and by antagonism to his +pietistic views. A close examination of church records and his official +correspondence proves him to have been both efficient in the +administration of his office and moderate in his dealings with others. He +was by all accounts an eloquent and effective speaker. Although Ribe was +a small city, its large cathedral was usually crowded whenever it was +known that Brorson would conduct the service. People came from far away +to hear him. And his preaching at home and on his frequent visits to all +parts of his large bishopric bore fruit in a signal quickening of the +Christian life in many of the parishes under his charge. He was, we are +told, as happy as a child when he found pastors and their people working +faithfully together for the upbuilding of the kingdom. But his own zeal +caused him to look for the same earnestness in others. And he was usually +stern and, at times, implacable, in his judgment of neglect and +slothfulness, especially in the pastors. + +His private life was by all accounts exceptionally pure and simple, a +true expression of his sincere faith and earnest piety. A domestic, who +for many years served in his home has furnished us with a most +interesting account of his home life. Brorson, she testifies, was an +exceptionally kind and friendly man, always gentle and considerate in his +dealing with others except when they had provoked him by some gross +neglect or inattention to right and duty. He was generous to a fault +toward others, but very frugal, even parsimonious in his home and in his +personal habits. Only at Christmas or on other special occasion would he +urge his household to spare nothing. He was a ceaseless and industrious +worker, giving close personal attention to the multiple duties of his +important position and office. His daily life bore eloquent witness of +his sincere piety. When at home, no matter how busy, he always gathered +his whole household for daily devotions. Music constituted his sole +diversion. He enjoyed an evening spent in playing and singing with his +family and servants. If he chanced to hear a popular song with a pleasing +tune, he often adopted it to his own words, and sang it in the family +circle. Many of the hymns in his Swan-Song are said to have been composed +and sung in that way. + +His life was rich in trials and suffering. His first wife died just as he +was preparing to go to Copenhagen for his consecration as a bishop, and +the loss affected him so deeply that only the pleading of his friends +prevented him from resigning the office. He later married a most +excellent woman, Johanne Riese, but could never forget the wife of his +youth. Several of his children preceded him in death, some of them while +still in their infancy, and others in the prime of their youth. His own +health was always delicate and he passed through several severe illnesses +from which his recovery was considered miraculous. His heaviest cross +was, perhaps, the hopeless insanity of his first-born son, who throughout +his life had to be confined to a locked and barred room as a hopeless and +dangerous lunatic. A visitor in the bishop's palace, it is related, once +remarked: "You speak so often about sorrows and trials, Bishop Brorson, +but you have your ample income and live comfortably in this fine mansion, +so how can you know about these things?" Without answering, Brorson +beckoned his visitor to follow him to the graveyard where he showed him +the grave of his wife and several of his children, and into the palace +where he showed him the sad spectacle of his insane son. Then the visitor +understood that position and material comfort are no guaranty against +sorrow. + +A very sensitive man, Brorson was often deeply afflicted by his trials, +but though cast down, he was not downcast. The words of his own beloved +hymn, "Whatever I am called to bear, I must in patience suffer," no doubt +express his own attitude toward the burdens of his life. His trials +engendered in him, however, an intense yearning for release, especially +during his later years. The hymns of his _Swan-Song_ are eloquent +testimonies of his desire to depart and be at home with God. + +With the passing years his health became progressively poorer and his +weakening body less able to support the strain of his exacting office. He +would listen to no plea for relaxation, however, until his decreasing +strength clearly made it impossible for him to continue. Even then he +refused to rest and planned to publish a series of weekly sermons that he +might thus continue to speak to his people. But his strength waned so +quickly that he was able to complete only one of the sermons. + +On May 29, 1764, he begged a government official to complete a case +before him at his earliest convenience "for I am now seventy years old, +feeble, bedridden and praying for release from this unhappy world." Only +a day later, his illness took a grave turn for the worse. He sank into a +stupor that lasted until dusk when he awoke and said clearly, "My Jesus +is praying for me in heaven. I see it by faith and am anxious to go. Come +quickly, my Lord, and take me home!" He lingered until the morning of +June 3, when he passed away peacefully just as the great bells of the +cathedral announced the morning service. + +Several fine memorials have been raised to his memory, among them an +excellent statue at the entrance to the cathedral at Ribe, and a tablet +on the inside wall of the building right beside a similar remembrance of +Hans Tausen, the leader of the Danish reformation and a former bishop of +the diocese. But the finest memorial was raised to him by his son through +the publication of _Hans Adolph Brorson's Swan-Song_, a collection of +hymns and songs selected from his unpublished writings. + +The songs of the _Swan-Song_ were evidently written for the poet's own +consolation and diversion. They are of very different types and merit, +and a number of them might without loss have been left out of the +collection. A few of them stand unexcelled, however, for beauty, +sentiment and poetic excellence. There are songs of patience such as the +inimitable: + + + Her vil ties, her vil bies, + Her vil bies, o svage Sind. + Vist skal du hente, kun ved at vente, + Kun ved at vente, vor Sommer ind. + Her vil ties, her vil bies, + Her vil bies, o svage Sind. + + +which one can hardly transfer to another language without marring its +tender beauty. And there are songs of yearning such as the greatly +favored, + + + O Holy Ghost, my spirit + With yearning longs to see + Jerusalem + That precious gem, + Where I shall soon inherit + The home prepared for me. + + But O the stormy waters! + How shall I find my way + Mid hidden shoals, + Where darkness rolls, + And join thy sons and daughters + Who dwell in thee for aye. + + Lord, strengthen my assurance + Of dwelling soon with Thee, + That I may brave + The threatening wave + With firm and calm endurance; + Thyself my pilot be. + + +And there is "The Great White Host", most beloved of all Brorson's hymns, +which Dr. Ryden, a Swedish-American Hymnologist, calls the most popular +Scandinavian hymn in the English language. Several English translations +of this song are available. The translation presented below is from the +new English hymnal of the Danish Lutheran churches in America. + + + Behold the mighty, whiterobed band[8] + Like thousand snowclad mountains stand + With waving palms + And swelling psalms + Above at God's right hand. + These are the heroes brave that came + Through tribulation, war and flame + And in the flood + Of Jesus' blood + Were cleansed from sin and shame. + Now with the ransomed, heavenly Throng + They praise the Lord in every tongue, + And anthems swell + Where God doth dwell + Amidst the angels' song. + + They braved the world's contempt and might, + But see them now in glory bright + With golden crowns, + In priestly gowns + Before the throne of light. + The world oft weighed them with dismay. + And tears would flow without allay, + But there above + The Saviour's love + Has wiped their tears away. + Theirs is henceforth the Sabbath rest, + The Paschal banquet of the blest, + Where fountains play + And Christ for aye + Is host as well as guest. + + All hail to you, blest heroes, then! + A thousand fold is now your gain + That ye stood fast + Unto the last + And did your goal attain. + Ye spurned all worldly joy and fame, + And harvest now in Jesus' name + What ye have sown + With tears unknown + Mid angels' glad acclaim. + Lift up your voice, wave high your palm, + Compass the heavens with your psalm: + All glory be + Eternally + To God and to the Lamb. + + +Brorson's hymns were received with immediate favor. _The Rare Clenod of +Faith_ passed through six editions before the death of its author, and a +new church hymnal published in 1740 contained ninety of his hymns. +Pietism swept the country and adopted Brorson as its poet. But its reign +was surprisingly short. King Christian VI died in 1746, and the new king, +a luxury-loving worldling, showed little interest in religion and none at +all in Pietism. Under his influence the movement quickly waned. During +the latter part of the eighteenth century it was overpowered by a wave of +religious rationalism which engulfed the greater part of the intellectual +classes and the younger clergy. The intelligentsia adopted Voltaire and +Rousseau as their prophets and talked endlessly of the new age of +enlightenment in which religion was to be shorn of its mysteries and +people were to be delivered from the bonds of superstition. + +In such an atmosphere the old hymns and, least of all, Brorson's hymns +with their mystic contemplation of the Saviour's blood and wounds could +not survive. The leading spirits in the movement demanded a new hymnal +that expressed the spirit of the new age. The preparation of such a book +was undertaken by a committee of popular writers, many of whom openly +mocked Evangelical Christianity. Their work was published under the title +_The Evangelical Christian Hymnal_, a peculiar name for a book which, as +has been justly said, was neither Evangelical nor Christian. The +compilers had eliminated many of the finest hymns of Kingo and Brorson +and ruthlessly altered others so that they were irrecognizable. To +compensate for this loss, a great number of "poetically perfect hymns" by +newer writers--nearly all of whom have happily been forgotten--were +adopted. + +But while would-be leaders discarded or mutilated the old hymns and, with +a zeal worthy of a better cause, sought to force their new songs upon the +congregations, many of these clung tenaciously to their old hymnal and +stoutly refused to accept the new. In places the controversy even +developed into a singing contest, with the congregations singing the +numbers from the old hymnal and the deacons from the new. And these +contests were, of course, expressive of an even greater controversy than +the choice of hymns. They represented the struggle between pastors, +working for the spread of the new gospel, and congregations still +clinging to the old. With the highest authorities actively supporting the +new movement, the result of the contest was, however, a foregone +conclusion. The new enlightenment triumphed, and thousands of Evangelical +Christians became homeless in their own church. + +During the subsequent period of triumphant Rationalism, groups of +Evangelical laymen began to hold private assemblies in their own homes +and to provide for their own spiritual nourishment by reading Luther's +sermons and singing the old hymns. In these assemblies Brorson's hymns +retained their favor until a new Evangelical awakening during the middle +part of the nineteenth century produced a new appreciation of the old +hymns and restored them to their rightful place in the worship of the +church. And the songs of the Sweet Singer of Pietism have, perhaps, never +enjoyed a greater favor in his church than they do today. + + +---------- + +[8]Another translation: "Like thousand mountains brightly crowned" by S. + D. Rodholm in "World of Song". + + + + + Nicolaj Frederik Severin Grundtvig + the Singer of Pentecost + + + + + Chapter Eleven + Grundtvig's Early Years + + +The latter part of the eighteenth and the earlier part of the nineteenth +century produced a number of great changes in the spiritual, intellectual +and economic life of Denmark. The strong Pietist movement at the time of +Brorson, as we have seen, lost much of its momentum with the death of +King Christian VI, and within a few years was overwhelmed by a wave of +the intellectual and religious Rationalism then engulfing a large part of +Europe. Religion, it was claimed, should be divested of its mysteries and +reason made supreme. Whatever could not justify itself before the bar of +the human intellect should be discarded as outworn conceptions of a less +enlightened age. The movement, however, comprised all shades of opinions +from pure agnosticism to an idealistic belief in God, virtue and +immortality. + +Although firmly opposed by some of the most influential Danish leaders of +that day, such as the valiant bishop of Sjælland, Johan Edinger Balle, +Rationalism swept the country with irresistible force. Invested in the +attractive robe of human enlightenment and appealing to man's natural +intellectual vanity, the movement attracted the majority of the upper +classes and a large proportion of the clergy. Its adherents studied +Rousseau and Voltaire, talked resoundingly of human enlightenment, +organized endless numbers of clubs, and--in some instances--worked +zealously for the social and economic uplift of the depressed classes. + +In this latter endeavor many pastors assumed a commendable part. Having +lost the old Gospel, the men of the cloth became eager exponents of the +"social gospel" of that day. While we may not approve their Christmas +sermons "on improved methods of stable feeding," or their Easter sermons +"on the profitable cultivation of buckwheat," we cannot but recognize +their devoted labor for the educational and economic uplift, especially +of the hard-pressed peasants. + +Their well-meant efforts, however, bore little fruit. The great majority +of the people had sunk into a slough of spiritual apathy from which +neither the work of the Rationalists nor the stirring events of the time +could arouse them. + +The nineteenth century began threateningly for Denmark, heaping calamity +after calamity upon her. England attacked her in 1801 and 1807, robbing +her of her fine fleet and forcing her to enter the European war on the +side of Napoleon. The war wrecked her trade, bankrupted her finances and +ended with the severance of her long union with Norway in 1814. But +through it all Holger Danske slept peacefully, apparently unaware that +the very existence of the nation was threatened. + +It is against this background of spiritual and national indifference that +the towering figure of Grundtvig must be seen. For it was he, more than +any other, who awakened his people from their lethargic indifference and +started them upon the road toward a happier day spiritually and +nationally. + +Nicolaj Frederik Severin Grundtvig, like so many of Denmark's greatest +men, was the son of a parson. He was born September 8, 1783, at Udby, a +country parish in the south-eastern part of Sjælland. His father, Johan +Ottesen Grundtvig, was a pastor of the old school, an upright, earnest +and staunch supporter of the Evangelical Lutheran faith. His mother, +Catherine Marie Bang, was a high-minded, finely educated woman with an +ardent love for her country, its history, traditions and culture. Her son +claimed that he had inherited his love of "song and saga" from her. + +The Grundtvigs on both sides of the family were descendants of a long +line of distinguished forebears, the most famous of whom was Archbishop +Absalon, the founder of Copenhagen and one of the most powerful figures +in 13th Century Denmark. And they still had relatives in high places. +Thus Johan Edinger Balle, the formerly mentioned bishop of Sjælland, was +a brother-in-law of Johan Grundtvig; Cathrine Grundtvig's brother, Dr. +Johan Frederik Bang, was a well-known professor of medicine and the +stepfather of Jacob Peter Mynster; and her younger sister, Susanna +Kristine Steffens, was the mother of Henrik Steffens, a professor at the +universities of Halle and Breslau, a friend of Goethe and Schiller, and a +leader of the early Romantic movement, both in Germany and Denmark. + +Cathrine Grundtvig bore her husband five children, of whom Nicolaj was +the youngest. But even with such a large household to manage, she found +time to supervise the early schooling of her youngest son. She taught him +to read, told him the sagas of his people and gave him his first lessons +in the history and literature, both of his own and of other nations. + +It was a period of stirring events. Wars and revolutions raged in many +parts of Europe. And these events were eagerly followed and discussed in +the parsonage. Listening to his elders, Grundtvig saw, as it were, +history in its making and acquired an interest in the subject that +produced rich fruits in later years. The wholesome Christian life of his +home and the devotional spirit of the services in his father's church +also made a deep impression upon him, an impression that even the +scepticism of his youth could not eradicate. + +But his happy childhood years ended all too quickly. At the age of nine +he left his home to continue his studies under a former tutor, Pastor L. +Feld of Thyregod, a country parish in Jylland. There he spent six lonely +but quite fruitful years, receiving among other things a solid training +in the classical languages. In 1798, he completed his studies with Rev. +Feld and enrolled in the Latin school at Aarhus, the principal city of +Jylland. But the change proved most unfortunate for young Grundtvig. +Under the wise and kindly guidance of Rev. Feld he had preserved the +wholesome, eager spirit of his childhood, but the lifeless teaching, the +compulsory religious exercises and the whole spiritless atmosphere of his +new school soon changed him into an indifferent, sophisticated and +self-satisfied cynic with little interest in his studies, and none at all +in religion. + +At the completion of his course, however, this attitude did not deter him +from enrolling at the University of Copenhagen with the intention of +studying for the ministry. A university education was then considered +almost indispensable to a man of his social position, and his parents +earnestly wished him to enter the church. Nor was his attitude toward +Christianity greatly different from that of his fellow students or even +from that of many pastors already preaching the emasculated gospel of +God, Virtue, and Immortality which the Rationalists held to be the true +essence of the Christian religion. Believing the important part of the +Gospel to be its ethical precepts, Grundtvig, furthermore, prided himself +upon the correctness of his own moral conduct and his ability to control +all unworthy passions. "I was at that time," he later complained, +"nothing but an insufferably vain and narrow-minded Pharisee." + +From this spirit of superior self-sufficiency, only two things +momentarily aroused him during his university years--the English attacks +upon Copenhagen; and a series of lectures by his cousin, Henrik Steffens. + +Steffens, as a student at Jena, had met and become an enthusiastic +disciple of Schelling, the father of natural philosophy, a pantheistic +colored conception of life, opposed to the narrowly materialistic views +of most Rationalists. Lecturing at the university during the years +1802-1803, Steffens aroused a tremendous enthusiasm, both among the +students and some of the older intellectuals. "He was a fiery speaker," +Grundtvig remarks later, "and his lectures both shocked and inspired us +although I often laughed at him afterward." + +Despite his attempt to laugh away the impression of the fiery speaker, +Grundtvig, nevertheless, retained at least two lasting memories from the +lectures--the power of the spoken word, a power that even against his +will could arouse him from his cynical indifference, and the reverence +with which Steffens spoke of Christ as "the center of history." The human +race, he contended, had sunk progressively lower and lower from the fall +of man until the time of Nero, when the process had been reversed and man +had begun the slow upward climb that was still continuing. And of this +progress the speaker in glowing terms pictured Christ as the living +center. + +Grundtvig was graduated from the university in the spring of 1803. He +wished to remain in Copenhagen but could find no employment and was +forced, therefore, to return to his home. Here he remained for about a +year, after which he succeeded in obtaining a position as tutor for the +son of Lieutenant Steensen Leth of Egelykke, a large estate on the island +of Langeland. + +Except for the fact that Egelykke was far from Copenhagen, Grundtvig soon +became quite satisfied with his new position. Both the manor and its +surroundings were extremely beautiful, and his work was congenial. His +employer, a former naval officer, proved to be a rough, hard-drinking +worldling; but his hostess, Constance Leth, was a charming, well-educated +woman whose cultural interests made the manor a favored gathering place +for a group of like-minded ladies from the neighborhood. And with these +cultured women, Grundtvig soon felt himself much more at home than with +his rough-spoken employer and hard-drinking companions. + +But if Grundtvig unexpectedly was beginning to enjoy his stay at +Egelykke, this enjoyment vanished like a dream when he suddenly +discovered that he was falling passionately in love with his attractive +hostess. It availed him nothing that others as he well knew might have +accepted such a situation with complacence; to him it appeared an +unpardonable reproach both to his intelligence and his honor. Having +proudly asserted the ability of any intelligent man to master his +passions, he was both horrified and humiliated to discover that he could +not control his own. + + Nicolaj Frederik Severin Grundtvig + +Grundtvig never consciously revealed his true sentiment to Constance +Leth. At the cost of an intense struggle, he managed outwardly to +maintain his code of honorable conduct. But he still felt humbled and +shaken by his inability to suppress his inner and as he saw it guilty +passion. And under this blow to his proud self-sufficiency, he felt, +perhaps for the first time in his life, the need for a power greater than +his own. "To win in this struggle," he wrote in his diary, "lies beyond +my own power. I must look for help from above or sink as the stone sinks +while the lightly floating leaves mock it and wonder why it cannot float +as they do." + +The struggle against his passion engendered a need for work. "In order to +quiet the storm within me," he writes, "I forced my mind to occupy itself +with the most difficult labor." Although he had paid small attention to +the suggestion at the time, he now remembered and began to read some of +the authors Steffens had recommended in his lectures: Goethe, Schiller, +Schelling, Fichte, Shakespeare and others. He also studied the work of +newer Danish writers, such as Prof. Jens Møller, a writer on Northern +mythology, and Adam Oehlenschlaeger, a young man who, inspired by +Steffens, was becoming the foremost dramatic poet of Denmark. He even +renewed the study of his long neglected Bible. The motive of his +extensive reading was, no doubt, ethical rather than esthetic, a search +for that outside power of which the battle within him revealed his urgent +need. Thus he wrote: + + + My spirit opened its eyes, + Saw itself on the brink of the abyss, + Searched with trembling and fear + Everywhere for a power to save, + And found God in all things, + Found Him in the songs of the poets, + Found Him in the work of the sages, + Found Him in the myths of the North, + Found Him in the records of history, + But clearest of all it still + Found Him in the Book of Books. + + +The fate that appears to crush a man may also exalt him. And so it was +with Grundtvig. His suffering crushed the stony shell of cynical +indifference in which he had long enclosed his naturally warm and +impetuous spirit and released the great latent forces within him. In the +midst of his struggle, new ideas germinated springlike in his mind. He +read, thought and wrote, especially on the subject that was always near +to his heart, the mythology and early traditions of the Northern peoples. +And after three years of struggle, he was at last ready to break away +from Egelykke. If he had not yet conquered his passion, he had so far +mastered it that he could aspire to other things. + +Thus ended what a modern Danish writer, Skovgaard-Petersen, calls "the +finest love story in Danish history." The event had caused Grundtvig much +pain, but it left no festering wounds. His firm refusal to permit his +passion to sully himself or degrade the woman he loved had, on the +contrary, made it one of the greatest incitations to good in his whole +life. + +On his return to Copenhagen Grundtvig almost at once obtained a position +as teacher in history at Borch's Collegium for boys. His new position +satisfied him eminently by affording him a chance to work with his +favorite subject and to expand his other intellectual interests. He soon +made friends with a number of promising young intellectuals who, in turn, +introduced him to some of the outstanding intellectual and literary +lights of the country, and within a short while the list of his +acquaintances read like a Blue Book of the city's intelligentsia. + +Although Grundtvig was still quite unknown except for a few articles in a +current magazine, there was something about him, an originality of view, +an arresting way of phrasing his thoughts, a quiet sense of humor, that +commanded attention. His young friends willingly acknowledged his +leadership, and the older watched him with expectation. Nor were they +disappointed. His _Northern Mythology_ appeared in 1808, and _Episodes +from the Decay of Northern Heroism_ only a year later. And these +strikingly original and finely written works immediately established his +reputation as one of the foremost writers of Denmark. There were even +those who in their enthusiasm compared him with the revered +Oehlenschlaeger. A satirical poem, "The Masquerade Ball of Denmark," +inspired by the frivolous indifference with which many people had reacted +to the English bombardment of Copenhagen in 1807, showed his power of +burning scorn and biting satire. + +In the midst of this success and the preparation of plans for new and +more ambitious works, Grundtvig received a request from his old father to +come home and assist him with his parish work. The request was not at all +pleasing to him. His personal attitude toward Christianity was still +uncertain, and his removal from the capital would interfere with his +literary career. But as the wish of his good parents could not be +ignored, he reluctantly applied for ordination and began to prepare his +probation sermon. + +This now famous sermon was delivered before the proper officials March +17, 1810. Knowing that few besides the censors would be present to hear +him and feeling that an ordinary sermon would be out of place before such +an audience, Grundtvig prepared his sermon as an historical survey of the +present state of the church rather than as an Evangelical discourse. + +His study of history had convinced him of the mighty influence +Christianity had once exerted upon the nations, and he, therefore, posed +the question why this influence was now in decline. "Are the glad +tidings," he asked, "which through seventeen hundred years passed from +confessing lips to listening ears still not preached?" And the answer is +"no". Even the very name of Jesus is now without significance and worth +to most people of the younger generation, "for the Word of God has +departed from His house and that which is preached there is not the Word +of God, but the earth-bound speculations of men. The holy men of old +believed in the message they were called to preach, but the human spirit +has now become so proud that it feels itself capable of discovering the +truth without the light of the Gospel, and so faith has died. My +Brethren!" he exclaims, "Let us not, if we share this blindness and +contempt for the heavenly light, be false and shameless enough to +desecrate the Holy Place by appearing there as preachers of a +Christianity in which we ourselves do not believe!" + +The sermon was delivered with much force and eloquence. Grundtvig felt +himself stirred by the strength of his own argument; and a comparison of +the warm devotional spirit of a church service, as he remembered it from +his childhood, with the cold indifference of later days moved him to +sentimental tears, the first pious tears that he had shed for many years, +he said later. Even the censors were so impressed that they unanimously +awarded him the mark of excellent, a generosity they bitterly regretted a +few weeks later. For Grundtvig, contrary to his promise--as the censors +asserted but Grundtvig denied--published his sermon. And it was warmly +received by the Evangelicals as the first manna that had fallen in a +desert for many years. But the Rationalists violently condemned it and +presented the Committee on Church Affairs with an indignant protest +against its author "for having grossly insulted the Danish clergy." + +Considering the enthusiastic approval the sermon had received in various +quarters, the committee would gladly have squashed the complaint. But the +complainers, comprising many of the most influential pastors in the city, +were too powerful to be ignored. And so Grundtvig was found guilty "of +having willfully insulted the Danish clergy, both individually and as a +body," and sentenced to receive a reprimand by the dean of the +theological faculty. + +When Grundtvig on January 11, 1811, presented himself before the dean to +receive his reprimand, he looked so pale and shaken that even the worthy +official took compassion upon him and advised him privately that he must +not take his sentence too seriously. It was not, however, the stern +reprimand of the dean but an experience of far greater consequence that +so visibly blanched the cheeks of the defendant. + +The prospect of entering the active ministry caused Grundtvig to examine +seriously his own attitude toward Christianity. And although the bishop +vetoed his assignment to Udby and thus released him from the immediate +prospect of entering the pulpit, this did not stop the trend of his +thoughts. He had lost his former indifference toward religion and +discovered the historical significance of Christianity, but just what did +the Christian faith mean to him personally? + +He was still pondering this question, when in the fall of 1810, he +commenced a study of the Crusades, "the heroic age of Christianity," as +one historian called the period. The phrase appealed to him. He had +lately wandered through the mystic halls of Northern gods and heroes and +deplored the decay of their heroic spirit. He admired the heroic, and his +heart still wavered between the mighty Wodin and the meek and lowly +Christ. But the heroic age of Christianity--was it possible then that +Christianity too could rise to the heroic? + +In the course of his study he read _The Early History of Prussia_ by A. +von Kotzebue in which the author, after ridiculing "the missionary zeal +that, like a fire on the steppes, caught the kings of Poland and +Scandinavia and moved them to frantic efforts for the conversion of +neighboring peoples," proudly stated, "But while her neighbors all +accepted Christianity and the withered cross drew steadily nearer to the +green oak, Prussia remained faithful to her ancient gods." + +"The withered Cross!" The words stung Grundtvig to the quick. He hurled +the book away, sprang up and stormed about the room, vowing that he would +henceforth dedicate his life to the cause of the spurned emblem. + +A few weeks of restless exaltation followed. He read his Bible, studied +Luther's catechism and pondered the ways and means of accomplishing a +reform of his church, especially a reform inspired by pen and ink. But +his _New Year's Night_, a small book published during this period, shows +his still troublesome uncertainty, his constant wavering between the old +gods and the Christ of the Gospels, between various degrees of +Rationalism and a full acceptance of the mystery of the cross. In a +mighty hymn of praise to the suffering Savior, he wrote many years later: +"Yes, my heart believes the wonder of Thy cross, which ages ponder"--but +he had yet to pass through the depths before he could say that. Even so, +he now exultingly wrote: "On the rim of the bottomless abyss toward which +our age is blindly hastening, I will stand and confront it with a +picture, illumined by two shining lights, the Word of God, and the +testimony of history. As long as God gives me strength to lift up my +voice, I will call and admonish my people in His name." + +But from this pinnacle of proud exultation, he was suddenly hurled into +the abyss when, like a bolt of lightning, the thought struck him: But are +you yourself a Christian, have you received the forgiveness of your sin? + +"It struck me like a hammer, crashing the rock," he said later, "what the +Lord tells the ungodly: 'What hast thou to declare my statutes or that +thou shouldest take my covenant into thy mouth, seeing that thou hatest +my instruction and castest my word behind thee!'" Gone like a dream were +now all his proud fancies. Only one thought filled his whole being--to +obtain the forgiveness of his sin and the assurance of God's grace. But +so violent became his struggle that his mind at times reeled on the brink +of insanity. His young friends stood loyally by him, comforting and +guarding him as far as they could. And when it became clear that he must +be removed from the noise of the city, one of them, F. Sibbern, +volunteered to take him home. There his old parents received him with +understanding, even rejoicing that anxiety for his soul and not other +things had so disturbed his mind. + +The peace of the quiet countryside, the understanding care of his parents +and the soothing influence of their firm Evangelical faith acted as a +balm to Grundtvig's struggling spirit. He loved to enter the old church +of his childhood, to hear his father preach, or sit alone before the +altar in meditation and prayer. And there before the altar of the church +in which he had been baptized and confirmed, he at last found peace, the +true peace of God that passeth all understanding. + +After the great change in his life, Grundtvig now wished most heartily to +become his father's assistant. The elder Grundtvig had already forwarded +his resignation from the pastorate but was more than happy to apply for +its return and for the appointment of his son as his assistant. And so, +Grundtvig was ordained at Copenhagen, May 11, 1811, and installed at Udby +a few days later. He was back again in the old church of his childhood. + + + + + Chapter Twelve + The Lonely Defender of the Bible + + +Grundtvig began his work at Udby with all the zeal of a new convert. He +ministered to young and old, spent himself in work for the sick and the +poor, and preached the Gospel with a fervor that was new, not only to the +people of Udby, but to most people of that generation. If other things +had not intervened, like his father, he might have spent his life as a +successful country pastor. But his father died January 5, 1813. The +authorities refused to confirm Grundtvig in the vacant charge, and he and +his mother, shortly afterward, were compelled to leave the parsonage that +had been their home for more than forty years. His mother settled in +Prastø, a small city a few miles from Udby, and Grundtvig returned to +Copenhagen to search for a new position, a task that this time proved +both long and painful. + +Among available positions, Grundtvig especially coveted a professorship +in history at the newly founded university of Oslo, Norway, at which +three of his friends, S. B. Hersleb, Niels Trechow and George Sverdrup, +had already obtained employment. But although these friends worked +zealously for his appointment, even after the separation of Norway from +Denmark, their efforts were fruitless. Grundtvig was not destined to +leave his native land. Nor were his attempts to secure other work +successful. In spite of the fact that he applied for almost every vacancy +in the church, even the smallest, his powerful enemies among the +Rationalists were influential enough to prevent his appointment to any of +them. + +Meanwhile he was by no means idle. Following his conversion, he felt for +a time like a man suddenly emerging from darkness into the brightness of +a new day. Old things had passed away, but the brilliance of the new +light confused him. What could he do? How many of his former interests +were reconcilable with his new views? Could he, for instance, continue +his writings? "When my eyes were opened," he writes, "I considered all +things not directly concerned with God a hindrance to the blessed +knowledge of my Lord, Jesus Christ." After a time he saw, however, that +his ability to write might be accepted as a gift from God to be used in +His service. "The poet when inspired," he says, "may proclaim a message +from above to the world below," and so, "after dedicating it to Himself, +the Lord again handed me the harp that I had placed upon His altar." + +During his brief stay at Udby, Grundtvig published three larger works: +_Episodes from the Battle between Ases and Norns_, _Saga_ and _A New +Year's Gift for 1812_.[9] The first of these was nearly completed before +his conversion, and as he now reread the manuscript, its content almost +shocked him. Was it possible that he had felt and written thus only a few +months ago! He thought of destroying the work but decided to recast it in +conformity with his present views and to express these clearly in a +preface. With the completion of this task, however, he took a long leave +from the "ice-cold giants of the North" that had so long engrossed his +attention. + +After his brief visit with the heroes of the past, Grundtvig again turned +his attention to their descendants in the present. And the contrast was +almost startling. The war still was dragging on and the country sinking +deeper and deeper into the morass of political, commercial and economic +difficulties. But the majority of the people seemed completely +indifferent to her plight. "They talked of nothing," Grundtvig says, "but +of what they had eaten, worn and amused themselves with yesterday, or +what they would eat, wear and amuse themselves with tomorrow." Was it +possible that these people could be descendants of the giants whose valor +and aggressive spirit had once challenged the greater part of Europe? + +Grundtvig was convinced that the spiritual apathy of his people resulted +from the failure of their spiritual leaders to uphold the Evangelical +faith, and that the salvation of the nation depended on a true revival of +Evangelical Christianity. For this reason he now exerted every means at +his command to induce the people and, especially, their leaders to return +to the old paths. In numerous works, both in verse and in prose, he urged +the people to renew the faith of their fathers and challenged their +leaders to take a definite stand for Biblical Christianity. He became the +lonely defender of the Bible. + +Among outstanding personalities of that day, there were especially two +that attracted widespread attention: J. P. Mynster, assistant pastor at +the Church of Our Lady in Copenhagen, and Adam Gottlieb Oehlenschlaeger, +the dramatic poet, then at the height of his fame. With their influence +these men, as Grundtvig saw it, might give a strong impetus to the much +needed awakening; and, he therefore, approached them personally. + +Rev. Mynster, a stepson of Grundtvig's maternal uncle, after a period of +rationalism, had experienced a quiet conversion to Evangelical faith and +won a respected name as a faithful and gifted preacher of the Gospel, a +name which he retained throughout his conspicuous career as pastor of the +Church of Our Lady in Copenhagen and, later, as Bishop of Sjælland. He +and Grundtvig, working to the same purpose, ought to have united with +another, but they were both too individualistic in temperament and views +to join forces. Mynster was coldly logical, calm and reserved, a lover of +form and orderly progress. Grundtvig was impetuous, and volcanic, in +constant ferment, always in search of spiritual reality and wholly +indifferent to outward appearances. His own experience had led him to +believe that a return to Evangelical Christianity could be effected only +through a clean break with Rationalism, and he could not understand +Mynster's apparent attempt to temporize and bring about a gradual +transition from one to the other. There should be no compromise between +truth and falsehood. All believers in the Gospel should stand up and +proclaim it fearlessly, no matter what the consequences. + +And so Grundtvig wrote to Mynster: "Dear Rev. Mynster, I owe you an +apology for asking a question that in our days may appear inexcusable: +What is your real belief regarding the Bible and the faith of Jesus +Christ? If you humbly believe in God's Word, I shall rejoice with you +even if you differ with me in all other things. Dear Rev. Mynster--for +you are that to me--if my question appears unseemly, you must not let it +hurt you, for I have written only as my heart dictates." But Mynster did +feel offended and answered Grundtvig very coldly that his questions +implied an unwarranted and offensive doubt of his sincerity that must +make future intercourse between them difficult--if not impossible. + +Nor was Grundtvig more successful with a letter of similar purport to +Oehlenschlaeger whose later writings he found lacked the spiritual +sincerity of his earlier work. "My concern about this," he wrote, "is +increased by the thought that this lessening of spirituality must be +expressive of a change in your own spiritual outlook, your inner +relationship with God whom all spiritual workers should serve, counting +it a greater achievement to inspire their fellow men with a true +adoration of our Lord than to win the acclaim of the world." But like +Mynster the highly feted poet accepted this frank questioning of his +inner motive as an unwarranted impertinence, the stupid intrusion of an +intolerable fanatic with whom no friend of true enlightenment could have +anything to do. Grundtvig was fast finding out what it means to be +counted a fool for Christ's sake--or for what he thought was Christ's +sake. + +In the midst of these troubles Grundtvig again turned his attention to +history, his favorite subject from childhood days. His retreat from the +present to the past implied no abolition, however, of his resolve to +dedicate himself to a spiritual revival of his people. Through his +historical work he wished to show the influence of Christianity upon the +people of Europe. "That the life of every people," he writes, "is and +must be a fruit of faith should be clear to all. For who can dispute that +every human action--irrespective of how little considered it may have +been--is expressive of its doer's attitude, of his way of feeling and +thinking. But what determines a man's way of thinking except his +essential thoughts concerning the relationship between God and the world, +the visible and the invisible? Every serious thinker, therefore, must +recognize the importance of faith in the furtherance of science, the +progress of nations and the life of the state. It is a fearful delusion +that man can be immoral, an unbeliever, even an enemy of the cross of +Christ, and yet a furtherer of morality and science, a good neighbor and +a benefactor to his country." + +_A Brief Survey of the World's History_, which Grundtvig published in +1812, is thus the opposite of an objective presentation of historical +events. It is a Christian philosophy of history, an attempt to prove the +truth of the Gospel by its effect upon the nations. With the Bible before +him Grundtvig weighs and evaluates people and events upon the scale of +the revealed word. And his judgment is often relentless, stripping both +persons and events of the glorified robes in which history and traditions +invested them. In answer to countless protests against such a method of +reading history, Grundtvig contends that the Christian historian must +accept the consequences of his faith. He cannot profess the truth of +Christianity and ignore its implication in the life of the world. If the +Gospel be true, history must be measured by its relation to its truth. + +Grundtvig's history caused a sensation, especially on account of its +frank appraisal of many well-known persons. Nearly all praised its lucid +style; a few, such as George Sverdrup, spoke highly of its strikingly +original estimate and correlation of events; but the intelligentsia +condemned it as the work of an impossible fanatic. With this work, they +claimed, Grundtvig had clearly removed himself from the pale of +intelligent men. + +But while his enemies raged, Grundtvig was already busy with another +work: _A Brief Account of God's Way with the Danish and Norwegian +Peoples_. This history which, written in verse and later published under +the title of _Roskilde Rhymes_, was first read at a diocesan convention +in Roskilde Cathedral, the Westminster Abbey of Denmark. Although the +poem contained many urgent calls to the assembled pastors to awake and +return to the way of the fathers, whose bones rested within the walls of +the historic sanctuary, its reading caused no immediate resentment. Most +of the reverend listeners are reported, in fact, to have been peacefully +asleep when late in the evening Grundtvig finished the reading of his +lengthy manuscript. But a paper on "Polemics and Tolerance" which he read +at another convention two years later kept his listeners wide awake. + +"Our day has inherited two shibboleths from the eighteenth century: +enlightenment and tolerance. By the last of these words most people +understand an attitude of superior neutrality toward the opinions of +others, even when these opinions concern the highest spiritual welfare of +man. Such an attitude has for its premise that good and evil, truth and +falsehood are not separate and irreconcilable realities but only +different phases of the same question. But every Christian, thoroughly +convinced of the antagonism and irreconcilability of truth with +falsehood, must inevitably hate and reject such a supposition. If +Christianity be true, tolerance toward opinions and teachings denying its +truth is nothing but a craven betrayal of both God and man. It is +written, 'Judge and condemn no one' but not 'Judge and condemn nothing.' +For every Christian must surely both judge and condemn evil. + +"There are times when to fight for Christianity may not be an urgent +necessity; but that cannot be so in our days when every one of its divine +truths is mocked and assailed. + +"You call me a self-seeking fanatic, but if I be that, why are you +yourself silent? If I be misleading those who follow me, why are you, the +true watchmen of Zion, not exerting yourself to lead them aright? I stand +here the humblest of Danish pastors, a minister without a pulpit, a man +reviled by the world, shorn of my reputation as a writer, and held to be +devoid of all intelligence and truth. Even so I solemnly declare that the +religion now preached in our Danish church is not Christianity, is +nothing but a tissue of deception and falsehood, and that unless Danish +pastors bestir themselves and fight for the restoration of God's word and +the Christian faith there will soon be no Christian church in Denmark." + +The immediate effect of this bold challenge was a stern reprimand from +Bishop Frederik Munter, accompanied by a solemn warning that if he ever +again ventured to voice a similar judgment upon his fellow pastors, +sterner measures would at once be taken against him. Besides this, his +enemies raved, some of his few remaining friends broke with him, and H. +C. Ørsted, the famous discoverer of electro-magnetism, continued an +attack upon him that for bitterness has no counterpart in Danish letters. +In the midst of this storm Grundtvig remained self-possessed, answering +his critic quite calmly and even with a touch of humor. Although +relentless in a fight for principles, he was never vindictive toward his +personal enemies. In 1815, he published a collection of poems, +_Kvaedlinger_, in which he asks, "Who knoweth of peace who never has +fought, whoso has been saved and suffered naught?" And these lines no +doubt express his personal attitude toward the battles of life. + +Being without a pulpit of his own, Grundtvig, after his return to +Copenhagen, frequently accepted invitations to preach for other pastors. +But as the opposition against him grew, these invitations decreased and, +after the Roskilde affair, only one church, the church of Frederiksberg, +was still open to him. Grundtvig felt his exclusion very keenly, but he +knew that even friendly pastors hesitated to invite him for fear of +incurring the disapproval of superiors or the displeasure of influential +parishioners. And so, at the close of a Christmas service in the +Frederiksberg church in 1815, he solemnly announced that he would not +enter a pulpit again until he had been duly appointed to do so by the +proper authorities. + +Grundtvig's withdrawal from the church, though pleasing to his active +enemies, was a great disappointment to his friends. His services had +always been well attended, and his earnest message had brought comfort to +many, especially among the distressed Evangelicals. But others, too, felt +the power of his word. Thus a man in Copenhagen, after attending one of +his services, wrote to a friend, "that he had laughed at the beginning of +the sermon and wept at its conclusion" and that "it was the only earnest +testimony he had ever heard from a pulpit." And a reporter writing to a +Copenhagen newspaper about his last service said, "Our famous Grundtvig +preached yesterday at Frederiksberg church to such a crowd of people that +the church was much too small to accommodate them. Here were people from +all walks of life, and the speaker, we are convinced, stirred them to the +bottom of their souls. Here was a Mynster's clarity, a Fallesen's +earnestness, and a Balle's appeal united with a Nordahl Brun's manliness +and admirable language." And this about a man for whom his church had no +room! + +Thus Grundtvig instead of the friendly co-operation he had hoped for +especially from the spiritual and intellectual leaders of the people +found himself virtually shut out from the circle to which he naturally +belonged, and from the church he loved, perhaps better than any man of +his generation. + +But if his hope of enlisting the leaders in a campaign to revive the +spiritual life of the common people had been disappointed, his own +determination to devote his life to that purpose remained unshaken. If he +could look for no help from the recognized leaders of his nation, he must +somehow gain a hearing from the common people themselves. His personal +contact with these, however, was rather slight. Except for his brief work +as a pastor, he had so far spent the greater part of his life in +intellectual pursuits quite removed from the interest of the common man. +And the question was then how he, a man without any special position and +influence, could reach the ears of his countrymen. + +In searching for an answer to this question, he remembered the two things +that most profoundly had influenced his own spiritual outlook, his study +of the traditions and history of his people, and his religious awakening +in 1810. Was it not possible then that a like change might be engendered +in others by presenting them with a picture of their own glorious past +or, as his friend Ingemann later expressed it, by calling forth the +generations that died to testify against the generation that lived? In +presenting such a picture he would not have to rely on his own +inventiveness but could use material already existing, foremost among +which were the famous _Sagas of Norwegian Kings_ by Snorra Sturlason, and +_Denmark's Chronicle_ by Saxo Grammaticus, the former written in +Icelandic, and the latter in Latin. + +When Grundtvig presented this plan to his remaining friends, they +received it at once with enthusiasm and began the organization of +societies both in Denmark and Norway for the purpose of sponsoring its +execution, in itself a most herculean task. + +The two books contain together about fifteen hundred large and closely +printed pages and present a circumstantial account of the early +mythological and factual history of the two nations. Even a merely +literal translation of them might well consume years of labor. But +Grundtvig's plan went much farther than mere literal translation. Wishing +to appeal to the common people, he purposed to popularize the books and +to transcribe them in a purer and more idiomatic Danish than the accepted +literary language of the day, a Danish to be based on the dialects of the +common people, the folk-songs, popular proverbs, and the old hymns. It +was a bold undertaking, comparable to the work of Luther in modelling the +language of the German Bible after the speech of the man in the street +and the mother at the cradle, or to the great effort of Norway in our +days to supplant the Danish-Norwegian tongue with a language from the +various dialects of her people. Nor can it be said that Grundtvig was +immediately successful in his attempt. His version of the sagas sounds +somewhat stilted and artificial, and it never became popular among the +common people for whom it was especially intended. Eventually, however, +he did develop his new style into a plain, forceful mode of expression +that has greatly enriched the Danish language of today. + +For seven years Grundtvig buried himself in "the giant's mount," emerging +only occasionally for the pursuit of various studies in connection with +his work or to voice his views on certain issues that particularly +interested him. He discovered a number of errors in the Icelandic version +of Beowulf and made a new Danish translation of that important work; he +engaged in a bitter literary battle with Paul Mueller, a leader among the +younger academicians, in defence of the celebrated lyric poet, Jens +Baggesen, who had aroused the wrath of the students by criticising their +revered dramatist, Oehlenschlaeger; and he fought a furious contest with +the greatly admired song and comedy writer, John L. Heiberg, in defence +of his good friend, Bernhard Severin Ingemann, whose excellent but overly +sentimental lyrics had invited the barbed wit of the humorist. But +although Grundtvig's contributions to these disputes were both able and +pointed, their main effect was to widen the breach between him and the +already antagonistic intellectuals. + +In 1817 Grundtvig published the second part of _World Chronicles_, and a +few issues of a short-lived periodical entitled "Dannevirke" which among +other excellent contributions presented his splendid poem, "The Easter +Lily," a poetic dramatization of our Lord's resurrection, about which the +poet, Baggesen, said that "it outweighed all Oehlenschlaeger's tragedies +and that he himself had moments when he would rather have been the author +of this incomparably beautiful poem than of everything he himself had +written." + +Grundtvig began his translation of the sagas on a wave of high +enthusiasm. But as the years multiplied, the interest of his supporters +waned and he himself wearied of the task. He began, besides, to doubt his +ability to resurrect the heroic dead in such a manner that they could +revive the dropping spirit of the living. + +In a welcome to Ingemann, on his return from a tour abroad, he expresses +the hope that the poet will now devote his gifts to a reincarnation of +his country's old heroes. He himself has tried to do this. "He has made +armor, shields and swords for them of saga's steel, and borrowed horses +for them from the ancient bards, but he has no cloth fit for the coats of +such elegant knights nor feathers beautiful enough to adorn their +helmets. He can sound a challenge but has no voice for singing; he can +ring a bell but can not play the lute." In other words, he can depict the +thoughts and ideals of the old heroes but lacks the poetical ability to +recreate them as living personalities--a remarkably true estimate of his +own limitations. + +The discovery that his translation of the sagas was not accomplishing its +intended purpose, and a growing apprehension that the written word was, +perhaps, impotent to revive the spiritual life of his people, engendered +in him an increasing wish to leave "the mount of the dead" and re-enter +the world of the living. His economic circumstances also necessitated a +change. In 1818 he had married Elizabeth Blicher, the daughter of a +brother pastor, and he found it well nigh impossible to support his wife +and growing family on the meager returns from his writings and a small +pension which the government allowed him for his work with the sagas. + +Spurred by these reasons, he applied for almost every vacancy in the +church, even the smallest, and, in 1821, succeeded in obtaining an +appointment to the pastorate at Prastø, a small city on the south-eastern +shores of Sjælland. + +Grundtvig was well satisfied with his new charge. He was kindly received +by his congregation; the city was quite close to his beloved Udby, and +his mother still lived there. "In the loveliest surroundings my eyes have +ever seen and among a friendly people," he writes, "my strength soon +revived so that I could continue my literary work and even complete my +wearisome translation of the sagas." + +An incident is related from his work at Prastø which throws a somewhat +revealing light upon his ability as a pastor. At his only confirmation +service there, the confirmants, we are told, wept so that he had to pause +several times in his address to them in order to let them regain their +composure. Since he was always quite objective in his preaching and +heartily disbelieved in the usual revival methods, the incident +illustrates his rare ability to profoundly stir even the less mature of +his hearers by his objective presentation of the Gospel. Even his +bitterest enemies could not deny the evident effectiveness of his +ministry in every charge he served. + +His work at Prastø was, however, of brief duration. In 1822, less than +two years after his installation, he received and accepted a call as +assistant pastor at Our Savior's Church in Copenhagen, thus attaining his +long deferred wish for a pulpit in the capital. + + +---------- + +[9]The printed text is corrupt here. _Saga: A New Year's Gift for 1812_ + is one work. Possibly the third work referenced is _World Chronicles_, + the first part of which was published in 1812. + + + + + Chapter Thirteen + The Living Word + + +Grundtvig began his ministry in the capital with high hopes, but he was +soon disappointed. His services as usual attracted large audiences, +audiences that frequently overflowed the spacious sanctuary. But these +came from all parts of the city, an ever changing throng from which it +was quite impossible to create a real congregation. The parish itself was +so large that the mere routine duties of his office consumed much of his +time. There were mass weddings, mass baptisms, mass funerals for people +of whom he knew little and could have no assurance that he was not +"giving the holy unto dogs or casting pearls before swine." With the +prevailing decay of church-life most pastors accepted these conditions +with equanimity, but to Grundtvig they constituted an increasingly heavy +burden. + +He was still lonely. Awakened Christians were few, and his fellow pastors +were nearly all Rationalists who looked upon him as a dangerous fanatic +whom it was best to avoid. Grundtvig's opinion about them, though +different, was scarcely higher. It provoked him to observe pastors openly +repudiating doctrines and ordinances which they had sworn to defend. To +his mind such a course was both dishonorable to themselves and unjust +toward their congregations which, whether or not they approved of these +unlawful acts, had to be served by their parish pastors. The majority, it +is true, accepted the new doctrines with indifference. Rationalism then +as now promoted apathy rather than heresy. But Grundtvig observed its +blighting effect everywhere, even upon himself. + +Signs of a new awakening, nevertheless, were appearing here and there, +especially in certain rural communities. Influenced by the Haugean +movement in Norway and Grundtvig's own earlier work, scattering groups of +Evangelicals and Pietists began to evince new life and activity. Peasants +in a number of parishes in Jutland refused to accept the Evangelical +Christian hymnal and a new rationalistic colored catechism, choosing to +go to jail rather than to compromise their faith; and groups of +Evangelical laymen on the island of Fyn began to hold private assemblies +at which they nourished themselves by reading Luther's sermons and +singing Kingo's and Brorson's hymns. Most if not all of these groups +admired Grundtvig for his bold defiance of Biblical Christianity and +looked hopefully to him for encouragement. If, as his enemies charged, he +had wished to make himself the head of a party, he could easily have done +so by assuming the leadership of the private assemblies. + +But Grundtvig never compromised his views for the sake of attracting a +following, and he did not approve of private assemblies. Such groups, he +wrote, had frequently disrupted the church, bred contempt for Scripture, +and fostered a perverted form of piety. Even as a release from the +present deplorable situation, they might easily produce more harm than +good. + +Although Grundtvig could not approve of the assemblies he, nevertheless, +sympathized deeply with the distressed laity. A layman was then bound to +his parish, and Grundtvig clearly understood the difficulty of laymen who +had to accept the ministry, have their children baptized, instructed and +confirmed by pastors denying fundamental doctrines of their faith. With +his usual frankness he therefore threw caution to the winds and reminded +the pastors that it was their own failure to preach and defend the +Lutheran faith that was forcing Evangelical laymen to seek in the +assemblies what was arbitrarily withheld from them in the church. +"Whether it be good or bad, recommendable or deplorable," Grundtvig +wrote, "it is, at any rate, a fact that the spirit of the church service +has changed so greatly during the last half century that it is almost +impossible for an Evangelical Christian to derive any benefit from it, +and it is this situation that has forced earnest laymen to invent such a +substitute for the church as the private assemblies evidently are." + +For a number of years Grundtvig thought and wrote almost ceaselessly +about this problem. With conditions so perverted that the lawbreakers +were imprisoning the victims of their own lawlessness, something ought +evidently to be done about it. But what could he do? + +He tried to attack Rationalism from new angles. In a carefully written +article in "The Theological Monthly," a magazine that he published in +collaboration with the learned but crusty Dr. G. A. Rudelbach, he argued +that any inquiry concerning the nature of Christianity should distinguish +between the questions: What is true Christianity? and Is Christianity +True? The first was a historical question, and could be answered only by +an examination of the original teachings of Christianity; the second was +a question of conscience and depended on the attitude of the individual. +He was he asserted, perfectly willing to recognize the right of the +Rationalists to believe what ever they choose, but as a historian he had +to protest against the propagation of any belief under the name of +Christianity that clearly denied what Christianity originally affirmed. + +His writing, however, produced no evident result. The rationalists either +maintained a contemptuous silence or answered him by their favorite cry +of ignorance and fanaticism. The true teachings of Christianity, they +asserted, could be ascertained only by the trained theologian, able to +read the Bible in the original and trained to interpret it in the light +of current knowledge. Such men knew, it was claimed, that many of the +doctrines formerly held by the church, such as the divinity of Christ, +the atonement and the triunity of God, were not found in the Scriptures +at all or were based on misread or misinterpreted texts. + +Although these contentions were almost as old as Christianity itself, +Grundtvig still found that a clear refutation of them was practically +impossible. He could not disprove them by Scripture, for the Rationalists +would claim their interpretation of the Bible to be as trustworthy as his +own; nor could he appeal to the confessions, for his opponents openly +repudiated these as antiquated conceptions of a less enlightened age. His +only hope of giving any real guidance to the confused and distressed +laity of his church thus appeared to depend on the possibility of +discovering an expression of Christianity so authoritative that the most +learned perverter of the faith could not repudiate it and so plain that +the humblest believer could understand it. In his anxiety it even seemed +to him that the Lord had failed adequately to provide for His little ones +if He had not supplied them with such a shield against the storm of +confusing doctrines. + +"Being greatly distressed with the thought that all humble Christians +must either fall into doubt concerning their only Savior and His Gospel +or build their faith on the contradictory teachings of learned +theologians," he wrote, "I perceived clearly the pressing need of the +church for a simpler, more dependable and authoritative statement of that +word of God which shall never pass away than all the book-worms of the +world could ever produce. But while my anxiety for the distressed laity +of my church grew and I sought night and day for a clear testimony of +Jesus that would enable them to try the spirits whether they be of God, a +good angel whispered to me: 'Why seekest thou the living among the dead?' +Then the scales fell from my eyes, and I saw clearly that the word of God +which I so anxiously sought could be no other than that which at all +times, in all churches and by all Christians has been accepted as a true +expression of their faith and the covenant of their baptism, the +Apostolic Creed." + +In his search for an effective means of arming the laity against the +confusing claims of the Rationalists, Grundtvig thus came to place the +Creed above the Bible, or rather to assert that the two should stand side +by side, and that all explanations of the latter should agree with the +plain articles of the former so that every Christian personally could +weigh the truth or error of what was taught by comparing it with his +baptismal covenant. + +Grundtvig supported his "great discovery" with passages from the Bible +and the church fathers, especially Irenaeus. He advanced the theory that +Jesus had taught the Creed to His disciples during the forty days after +His resurrection in which He remained with them, "speaking of the things +pertaining to the kingdom of God"; that the Creed through the early +centuries had been regarded as too sacred to commit to writing and, +therefore had been transmitted orally; and that it constituted, together +with the words of institution of the sacraments and the Lord's prayer, in +a special sense "the living word of God" by which He builds and vivifies +His church. It should be stated, however, that Grundtvig's intention by +distinguishing between what he called "the living" and "the written +word," was not to belittle the Bible but only to define its proper place, +the place of enlightening and guiding those, who through God's living +covenant with them in their baptism already have become Christians. A +Christian, he believed, is reborn in his baptism, nourished in the +Communion and enlightened by the Word. + +A critical examination of Grundtvig's theory, about which thousands of +pages have been written, lies beyond the scope of this work. Grundtvig +himself felt that his "discovery" had given him a solid foundation for +his stand against the Rationalists. And his theory unquestionably did +enable him, in the midst of an almost hopeless religious confusion, to +reassert the essentials of Evangelical Christianity, to refute the +contentions of the Rationalists by weighing them on an acknowledged +historical basis of faith, and to reemphasize that the Christian church +is not a creation of theological speculations but of God's own work in +His word and sacraments. + +Grundtvig for some time previous to his discovery had felt exceedingly +depressed. His long struggle for the reawakening of his people to a +richer Christian and national life appeared fruitless. Most of the +intellectual and spiritual leaders of his time looked upon the very idea +of sharing the richer cultural and spiritual values of life with the +common man as a visionary conception of an unstable and erratic mind. One +ought naturally, they admitted, to be interested in improving the social +and economic conditions of the lower classes, but the higher treasures of +mind and spirit belonged in the very nature of things to the cultured few +and could not be shared with the common herd. + +In spite of these discouragements, Grundtvig somehow experienced a +wonderful rebirth of his hope in the spring of 1824, an experience to +which he gave eloquent expression in his great poem, "New Year's +Morning." He writes in the preface that he has "long enough battled with +a witch called indifference, and has discovered that the battle wherein +one is most likely to be defeated is the battle against nothing." He +therefore urges his friends to ignore the witch and join him in a +determined crusade for a reawakening of the Northern spirit to the +accomplishment of Christian deed. + +Grundtvig's hope for a season of quiet and peaceful cooperation with his +friends was, however, soon shattered. In the summer of 1825, a young +professor of theology, H. N. Clausen, published a book entitled: _The +Constitution, Doctrine and Rituals of Catholicism and Protestantism_. As +Prof. Clausen enjoyed a great popularity among his students and, as a +teacher of theology, might influence the course of the Danish church for +many years, Grundtvig was very much interested in what he had to say. He +obtained the book and read it quickly but thoughtfully, underscoring the +points with which he disagreed. And these were numerous. At the very +beginning of the book, he found the author asserting that "the Protestant +theologian, since he need recognize no restriction of his interpretations +by creeds, traditions, or ecclesiastical authorities, is as once +infinitely more free and important than his Catholic colleague. For as +the Protestant church unlike the Catholic possesses no conclusive and +authoritative system of belief either in her creeds or in Scripture, it +devolves upon her trained theologians to set forth what the true +teachings of Christianity really are. "Why, O why!" the professor +exclaims, "should eternal Wisdom have willed revelation to appear in a +form so imperfect? What other purpose, I ask you, can an all-wise +Providence have had with such a plan than to compel the children of man +to recognize that it is only through the exercise of their own, human +intelligence that the revelation of God can be comprehended!" + +As Grundtvig mused upon these assertions so expressive of all that he had +denied and fought against, he felt at once that they constituted a +challenge which he could not leave unanswered. He had shortly before +written to a friend: "Since the perverters of Christianity have become so +self-confident that they will not answer any charge against them except +when it is addressed to themselves personally and by name, one may +eventually have to employ that form of attack." And that was the form he +chose to use in his now famous book. _The Reply of the Church to Prof. H. +N. Clausen_. + +"By the publication of this book," he writes, "Prof. Clausen has put +himself forward as a leader among the enemies of the church and the +perverters of God's word in this country. A church, such as he advocates, +that has no determinable form, exists only in the brains of the +theologians, and must be construed from theological speculations on the +basis of a discredited Bible and according to the changing thoughts and +opinions of man, is plainly nothing but a fantastic dream, a comic if it +were not so tragic conception of a Christian congregation which claims to +confess the same faith, but knows not what it is, and holds that it is +instituted by God, but cannot tell for what purpose before the +theologians have found it out. + +"Against such a church, I place the historical church, that is the church +of the Gospel, instituted by Christ Himself, created by His word and +vivified by His Spirit. For I contend that the Christian church now as +always consists of that body of believers who truly accept the faith of +their baptismal covenant, Holy Baptism and the Lord's Supper as the faith +and means of salvation." + +_The Reply of the Church_ caused a sensation. It was read and discussed +everywhere. But if Grundtvig had hoped to force a general discussion of +the plight of the church, he was disappointed. Prof. Clausen answered him +with a lawsuit "for malicious injury to his professional honor"; his +enemies all condemned him, and his friends were silent. If they approved +of the substance of his charges, they disapproved of their form. +Grundtvig appeared to have thrown away the last remnant of his already +tattered reputation, and only the years would reveal that in doing so he +had struck a deadlier blow against Rationalism than he had expected, that +he had, in fact, for years to come made Rationalism impossible in Denmark +as a form of Christianity. + +Meanwhile the Danish church was preparing to celebrate its thousandth +anniversary in May, 1826. Grundtvig looked forward to the event with +almost child-like anticipation, hoping that the celebration might serve +to awaken a new appreciation of the old church. To heighten the +festivities the authorities had authorized pastors to select the hymns +for the services in their own churches, and Grundtvig had written and +published a pamphlet of hymns to be used in his church. But shortly +before the festival, his bishop informed him that only hymns from the +authorized hymnal could be chosen. As no one else had composed hymns for +the occasion, Grundtvig could not doubt that this new ruling was aimed +solely at him, and this new evidence at the length to which his enemies +would go for the sake of humiliating him appeared to him like the last +straw. He had long suffered under the difficulty of serving a church +which honored the law-breaker and persecuted the law-abiding and thought +of resigning. But he had a family to support. And while he himself would +gladly bear the poverty his resignation would inevitably bring him, he +doubted his right to impose such a burden upon his family. The difficulty +was finally solved for him by his wife, who one day came into his study +and said: "Father, I know what is troubling you. You wish to resign and +hesitate to do so for our sake. But I want you to do whatever you think +is right. The Lord will provide for us." + +And so it was settled. His resignation was handed to the authorities a +few days before the festival, and it was accepted so quickly that he was +released from office before the following Sunday. When the festive Sunday +came which he had looked forward to with so much pleasure, he sat idly in +his study across from the church and watched people come for the service, +but another pastor preached the sermon, he had earnestly wished to +deliver, and other hymns than his own beloved songs served as vehicles +for the people's praise. + +Public sentiment regarding Grundtvig's resignation varied. His friends +deplored the action, holding that he should have remained in his +pastorate both for the sake of his congregation and the cause which he +had so ably championed. But his opponents rejoiced, seeing in his +resignation just another proof of an erratic mentality. For who had ever +heard of a normal person withdrawing from a secure and respectable +position without even asking for the pension to which he was entitled? + +The six years during which Grundtvig remained without a pulpit were among +the busiest and most fruitful of his life. He published his +_Sunday-Book_, a collection of sermons which many still rate among the +finest devotional books in Danish; made extended visits to England in +1829-1831, for the purpose of studying the old Anglo Saxon manuscripts +kept there, an undertaking that awakened the interest of the English +themselves in these great treasures; wrote his splendid _Northern +Mythology or Picture Language_, and _The World's History after the Best +Sources_, works in which he presents the fundamental aspects of his +historical, folk and educational views that have made his name known not +only in Scandinavia but in almost every country in the world. + +Meanwhile he again had entered the pulpit. As a compensation for the loss +of his ministry, a group of his friends shortly after his resignation +began to hold private assemblies. When Grundtvig still firmly refused to +take part in these, they decided to organize an independent congregation, +petition the government for permission to use an abandoned German +Lutheran church and call Grundtvig as their pastor. The petition was +promptly refused, though Grundtvig himself pleaded with the authorities +to permit the organization of an independent congregation as the best +means of relieving the dissatisfied members of the church and declared +that he would himself join the assemblies unless some such measure of +relief was granted. When the authorities ignored his plea, Grundtvig made +good his threat and appeared at the assemblies, drawing such a crowd that +no private home could possibly hold it, whereupon it was decided to +secure a public hall for future meetings. But when the authorities heard +this, they suddenly experienced a change of heart and offered the +troublesome preacher and his friends the use of Frederik's church for a +vesper service each Sunday. + +The eight years Grundtvig served as an independent preacher at the +Frederik's church were among the happiest in his life. He rejoiced to +know that the large, diversified audience crowding the sanctuary each +Sunday came wholly of its own free will. It also pleased the now +gray-haired pastor to see an increasing number of students become +constant attendants at his services. Even so, his position had its +drawbacks. He was permitted neither to administer the sacraments nor to +instruct the young people, and the authorities even denied him the right +to confirm his own sons. Grundtvig felt especially this refusal so keenly +that he again was thinking of resigning his pulpit when the king offered +him an appointment as pastor of Vartov, a large institution for the aged. + +Thus from 1839 until Grundtvig's death the chapel at Vartov became his +home and that of his friends and the center of the fast growing +Grundtvigian movement. People from all walks of life, from the Queen to +the common laborer, became regular attendants at the unpretentious +sanctuary, and the eyes of some old people still shine when they recall +the moving spirit of the services there, the venerable appearance and +warm monotone voice of the pastor, and, especially, the hearty, +soul-stirring singing. Many of Grundtvig's own great hymns were +introduced at Vartov. From there they spread throughout the church. And +it was to a large extent the hearty, inspiring congregational singing at +Vartov which made the Danish church a singing church. + + + + + Chapter Fourteen + The Hymnwriter + + + Splendid are the heavens high, + Beautiful the radiant sky, + Where the golden stars are shining, + And their rays, to earth inclining, + -: Beckon us to heaven above :- + + It was on a Christmas night, + Darkness veiled the starry height; + But at once the heavens hoary + Beamed with radiant light and glory, + -: Coming from a wondrous star :- + + When this star so bright and clear + Should illume the midnight drear, + Then, according to tradition, + Should a king of matchless vision + -: Unto earth from heaven descend :- + + Sages from the East afar + When they saw this wondrous star, + Went to worship and adore Him + And to lay their gifts before Him + -: Who was born that midnight hour :- + + Him they found in Bethlehem + Without crown or diadem, + They but saw a maiden lowly + With an infant pure and holy + -: Resting in her loving arms :- + + Guided by the star they found + Him whose praise the ages sound. + We have still a star to guide us + Whose unsullied rays provide us + -: With the light to find our Lord :- + + And this star so fair and bright + Which will ever lead aright, + Is God's word, divine and holy, + Guiding all His children lowly + -: Unto Christ, our Lord and King :- + + +This lovely, childlike hymn, the first to appear from Grundtvig's pen, +was written in the fall of 1810 when its author was still battling with +despair and his mind faltering on the brink of insanity. Against this +background the hymn appears like a ray of sunlight breaking through a +clouded sky. And as such it must undoubtedly have come to its author. As +an indication of Grundtvig's simple trust in God, it is noteworthy that +another of his most childlike hymns, "God's Child, Do Now Rest Thee," was +likewise composed during a similar period of distress that beset him many +years later. + +For a number of years Grundtvig's hymn of the Wise Men represented his +sole contribution to hymnody. Other interests engaged his attention and +absorbed his energy. During his years of intense work with the sagas he +only occasionally broke his "engagement" with the dead to strike the lyre +for the living. In 1815 he translated "In Death's Strong Bonds Our Savior +Lay" from Luther, and "Christ Is Risen from the Dead" from the Latin. The +three hundredth anniversary of the Reformation brought his adaptation of +Kingo's "Like the Golden Sun Ascending" and translations of Luther's "A +Mighty Fortress Is Our God" and "The Bells Ring in the Christmastide." In +1820 he published his now popular "A Babe Is Born at Bethlehem" from an +old Latin-Danish text, and 1824 saw his splendid rendering of "The Old +Day Song," "With Gladness We Hail the Blessed Day," and his original "On +Its Rock the Church of Jesus Stood Mongst Us a Thousand Years." + +These songs constitute his whole contribution to hymnody from 1810 to +1825. But the latter year brought a signal increase. In the midst of his +fierce battle with the Rationalists he published the first of his really +great hymns, a song of comfort to the daughters of Zion, sitting +disconsolately at the sickbed of their mother, the church. Her present +state may appear so hopeless that her children fear to remember her +former glory: + + + Dares the anxious heart envision + Still its morning dream, + View, despite the world's derision, + Zion's sunlit height and stream? + Wields still anyone the power + To repeat her anthems strong, + And with joyful heart embower, + Zion with triumphant song. + + +Her condition is not hopeless, however, if her children will gather about +her. + + + Zion's sons and daughters rally + Now upon her ancient wall! + Have her foemen gained the valley, + Yet her ramparts did not fall. + Were her outer walls forsaken + Still her cornerstone remains, + Firm, unconquered and unshaken, + Making futile all their gains. + + +Another of his great hymns dates from the same year. Grundtvig was in the +habit of remaining up all night when he had to speak on the following +day. The Christmas of 1825 was particularly trying to him. He had +apparently forfeited his last vestige of honor by publishing his _Reply +of the Church_; the suit started against him by Professor Clausen still +dragged its laborious way through the court; and his anxiety over the +present state of the church was greatly increased by the weight of his +personal troubles. He felt very much like the shepherds watching their +flocks at night, except that no angels appeared to help him with the +message his people would expect him to deliver in the morning. Perhaps he +was unworthy of such a favor. He rose, as was his custom, and made a +round into the bedrooms to watch his children. How innocently they slept! +If the angels could not come to him, they ought at least to visit the +children. If they heard the message, their elders might perchance catch +it through them. + +Some such thought must have passed through the mind of the lonely pastor +as he sat musing upon his sermon throughout the night, for he appeared +unusually cheerful as he ascended his pulpit Christmas morning, preached +a joyful sermon, and said, at its conclusion, that he had that night +begotten a song which he wished to read to them. That song has since +become one of the most beloved Christmas songs in the Danish language. To +give an adequate reproduction of its simple, childlike spirit in another +language is perhaps impossible, but it is hoped that the translation +given below will convey at least an impression of its cheerful welcome to +the Christmas angels. + + + Be welcome again, God's angels bright + From mansions of light and glory + To publish anew this wintry night + The wonderful Christmas story. + Ye herald to all that yearn for light + New year after winter hoary. + + With gladness we hear your sweet refrain + In praise of God's glory solely; + Ye will not this wintry night disdain + To enter our dwellings lowly. + And bring to each yearning heart again + The joy that is pure and holy. + + In humble homes as in mansions rare + With light in the windows glowing, + We harbor the babes as sweet and fair + As flowers in meadows growing. + Oh, deign with these little ones to share + The joy from your message flowing. + + Reveal the child in the manger still + With angels around Him singing + The song of God's glory, peace, good-will + That joy to all hearts is bringing, + While far over mountain, field and hill, + The bells are with gladness ringing. + + God's angels with joy to earth descend + When hymns to His praise are chanted; + His comfort and peace our Lord will lend + To all who for peace have panted; + The portals of heaven open stand; + The Kingdom to us is granted. + + +In 1826 Grundtvig, as already related, published his hymns for the +thousand years' festival of his church. But a few months later he again +buried himself in his study, putting aside the lyre, which for a little +while he had played so beautifully. Many had already noticed his hymns, +however, and continued to plead with him for more. The new Evangelical +revival, which he had largely inspired, intensified the general +dissatisfaction with the rationalistic Evangelical Christian Hymnal, and +called for hymns embodying the spirit of the new movement. And who could +better furnish these than Grundtvig? Of those who pleaded with him for +new hymns, none was more persistent than his friend, Pastor Gunni Busck. +When Grundtvig wrote to him in 1832 that his _Northern Mythology_ was +nearing completion, Busck at once answered: "Do not forget your more +important work; do not forget our old hymns! I know no one else with your +ability to brush the dust off our old songs." But Grundtvig was still too +busy with other things to comply with the wish of his most faithful and +helpful friend. + +During the ensuing years, however, a few hymns occasionally appeared from +his pen. A theological student, L. C. Hagen, secured a few adapted and +original hymns from him for a small collection of _Historical Hymns and +Rhymes for Children_, which was published in 1832. But the adaptations +were not successful. Despite the good opinion of Gunni Busck, Grundtvig +was too independent a spirit to adjust himself to the style and mode of +others. His originals were much more successful. Among these we find such +gems as "Mongst His Brothers Called the Little," "Move the Signs of Grief +and Mourning from the Garden of the Dead," and "O Land of Our King," +hymns that rank with the finest he has written. + +In 1835 Grundtvig at last wrote to Gunni Busck that he was now ready to +commence the long deferred attempt to renew the hymnody of his church. +Busck received the information joyfully and at once sent him a thousand +dollars to support him during his work. Others contributed their mite, +making Grundtvig richer financially than he had been for many years. He +rented a small home on the shores of the Sound and began to prepare +himself for the work before him by an extensive study of Christian +hymnody, both ancient and modern. + +"The old hymns sound beautiful to me out here under the sunny sky and +with the blue water of the Sound before me," he wrote to Busck. He did +not spend his days day-dreaming, however, but worked with such intensity +that only a year later he was able to invite subscriptions on the first +part of his work. The complete collection was published in 1837 under the +title: _Songs of the Danish Church_. It contains in all 401 hymns and +songs composed of originals, translations and adaptations from Greek, +Latin, German, Icelandic, Anglo-Saxon, English and Scandinavian sources. +The material is of very unequal merit, ranging from the superior to the +commonplace. As originally composed, the collection could not be used as +a hymnal. But many of the finest hymns now used in the Danish church have +been selected or adapted from it. + +Although _Songs for the Danish Church_ is now counted among the great +books in Danish, its appearance attracted little attention outside the +circle of Grundtvig's friends. It was not even reviewed in the press. The +literati, both inside and outside the church, still publicly ignored +Grundtvig. But privately a few of them expressed their opinion about the +work. Thus a Pastor P. Hjort wrote to Bishop Mynster, "Have you read +Grundtvig's _Songs of the Danish Church_? It is a typical Grundtvigian +book, wordy, ingenious, mystical, poetical and full of half digested +ideas. His language is rich and wonderfully expressive. But he is not +humble enough to write hymns." + +Meanwhile the demand for a new hymnal or at least for a supplement to the +old had become so insistent that something had to be done. J. P. Mynster +who, shortly before, had been appointed Bishop of Sjælland, favored a +supplement and obtained an authorization from the king for the +appointment of a committee to prepare it. The only logical man to head +such a committee was, of course, Grundtvig. But Mynster's dislike of his +volcanic relative was so deep-rooted that he was incapable of giving any +recognition to him. And so in order to avoid a too obvious slight to his +country's best known hymnwriter, he assigned the work to an already +existing committee on liturgy, of which he himself was president. Thus +Grundtvig was forced to sit idly by while the work naturally belonging to +him was being executed by a man with no special ability for the task. The +supplement appeared in 1843. It contained thirty-six hymns of which six +were written by Kingo, seven by Brorson, and one by Grundtvig, the latter +being, as Grundtvig humorously remarked, set to the tune of the hymn, +"Lord, I Have Done Wrong." + +Mynster's influence was great enough to secure the supplement a wide +circulation. The collection, nevertheless, failed to satisfy the need of +the church. Dissatisfaction with it was so general that the pastors' +conference of Copenhagen appointed a committee consisting of Grundtvig, +Prof. Martensen, Mynster's own son-in-law, Rev. Pauli, his successor as +Provost of the Church of Our Lady, and two other pastors to prepare and +present a proposal for a new hymnal. It was an able committee from which +a meritorious work might reasonably be expected. + +Grundtvig was assigned to the important work of selecting and revising +the old hymns to be included in the collection. He was an inspiring but +at times difficult co-worker. Martensen recalls how Grundtvig at times +aroused the committee to enthusiasm by an impromptu talk on hymnody or a +recitation of one of the old hymns, which he loved so well. But he also +recalls how he sometimes flared up and stormed out of the committee room +in anger over some proposed change or correction of his work. When his +anger subsided, however, he always conscientiously attempted to effect +whatever changes the committee agreed on proposing. Yet excellent as much +of his own work was, he possessed no particular gift for mending the work +of others, and his corrections of one defect often resulted in another. + +The committee submitted its work to the judgment of the conference in +January 1845. The proposal included 109 hymns of which nineteen were by +Kingo, seven by Brorson, ten by Ingemann, twenty-five by Grundtvig and +the remainder by various other writers, old and new. It appeared to be a +well balanced collection, giving due recognition to such newer writers as +Boye, Ingemann, Grundtvig and others. But the conference voted to reject +it. Admitting its poetical excellence and its sound Evangelical tenor, +some of the pastors complained that it contained too many new and too few +old hymns; others held that it bore too clearly the imprint of one man, a +complaint which no doubt expressed the sentiment of Mynster and his +friends. A petition to allow such churches as should by a majority vote +indicate their wish to use the collection was likewise rejected by the +Bishop. + +Grundtvig was naturally disappointed by the rejection of a work upon +which he had spent so much time and energy. The rejection furthermore +showed him that he still could expect no consideration from the +authorities with Mynster in control. He was soon able, however, to +comfort himself with the fact that his hymns were becoming popular in +private assemblies throughout the country, and that even a number of +churches were beginning to use them at their regular services in defiance +of official edicts. The demand for granting more liberty to the laymen in +their church life, a demand Grundtvig long had advocated, was in fact +becoming so strong that the authorities at times found it advisable to +overlook minor infractions of official rulings. Noting this new policy, +Grundtvig himself ventured to introduce some of the new hymns into his +church. In the fall of 1845, he published a small collection of Christmas +hymns to be used at the impending Christmas festival. When the innovation +passed without objections, a similar collection of Easter hymns was +introduced at the Easter services, after which other collections for the +various seasons of the church year appeared quite regularly until all +special prints were collected into one volume and used as "the hymnal of +Vartov." + +The work of preparing a new authorized hymnal was finally given to +Grundtvig's closest friend, Ingemann. This hymnal appeared in 1855, under +the title, _Roskilde Convent's Psalmbook_. This book served as the +authorized hymnal of the Danish church until 1899, when it was replaced +by _Hymnal for Church and Home_, the hymnal now used in nearly all Danish +churches both at home and abroad. It contains in all 675 hymns of which +96 are by Kingo, 107 by Brorson, 29 by Ingemann and 173 by Grundtvig, +showing that the latter at last had been recognized as the foremost +hymnwriter of the Danish church. + + + + + Chapter Fifteen + Grundtvig's Hymns + + +Grundtvig wrote most of his hymns when he was past middle age, a man of +extensive learning, proved poetical ability and mature judgment, +especially in spiritual things. Years of hard struggles and unjust +neglect had sobered and mellowed but not aged or embittered him. + +His long study of hymnology together with his exceptional poetical gift +enabled him to adopt material from all ages and branches of Christian +song, and to wield it into a homogenous hymnody for his own church. His +treatment of the material is usually very free, so free that it is often +difficult to discover any relationship between his translations and their +supposed originals. Instead of endeavoring to transfer the metre, +phrasing and sentiment of the original text, he frequently adopts only a +single thought or a general idea from its content, and expresses this in +his own language and form. + +His original hymns likewise bear the imprint of his ripe knowledge and +spiritual understanding. They are for the most part objective in content +and sentiment, depicting the great themes of Biblical history, doctrine +and life rather than the personal feeling and experiences of the +individual. A large number of his hymns are, in fact, faithful but often +striking adaptations of Bible stories and texts. For though he was +frequently accused of belittling the Book of Books, his hymns to a larger +extent than those of any other Danish hymnwriter are directly inspired by +the language of the Bible. He possessed an exceptional ability to absorb +the essential implications of a text and to present it with the terseness +and force of an adage. + +Although Grundtvig's hymns at times attain the height of pure poetry, +their poetic merit is incidental rather than sought. In the pride of his +youth he had striven, as he once complained, to win the laurel wreath, +but had found it to be an empty honor. His style is more often forceful +than lyrical. When the mood was upon him he could play the lyre with +entrancing beauty and gentleness, but he preferred the organ with all +stops out. + +His style is often rough but expressive and rich in imagery. In this he +strove to supplant time-honored similes and illustrations from Biblical +lands with native allusions and scenes. Pictures drawn from the Danish +landscape, lakes and streams, summer and winter, customs and life abound +in his songs, giving them a home-like touch that has endeared them to +millions. + +His poetry is of very unequal merit. He was a prolific writer, producing, +besides many volumes of poetry on various subjects, about three thousand +hymns and songs. Among much that is excellent in this vast production +there are also dreary stretches of rambling loquacity, hollow rhetoric +and unintelligible jumbles of words and phrases. He could be +insupportably dull and again express more in a single stanza, couplet or +phrase than many have said in a whole book. A study of his poetry is, +therefore, not unlike a journey through a vast country, alternating in +fertile valleys, barren plains and lofty heights with entrancing views +into far, dim vistas. + +This inconsistency in the work of a man so eminently gifted as Grundtvig +is explainable only by his method of writing. He was an intuitive writer +and preferred to be called a "skjald" instead of a poet. The distinction +is significant but somewhat difficult to define. As Grundtvig himself +understood the term, the "skjald", besides being a poet, must also be a +seer, a man able to envision and express what was still hidden to the +common mortal. "The skjald is," he says, "the chosen lookout of life who +must reveal from his mountain what he sees at life's deep fountain. When +gripped by his vision," he says further, the skjald is "neither quiescent +nor lifeless but, on the contrary, lifted up into an exceptional state of +sensitiveness in which he sees and feels things with peculiar vividness +and power. I know of nothing in this material world to which the skjald +may more fittingly be likened than a tuned harp with the wind playing +upon it." + +A skjald in Grundtvig's conception was thus a man endowed with the gift +of receiving direct impressions of life and things, of perceiving +especially the deeper and more fundamental truths of existence +intuitively instead of intellectually. Such perceptions, he admitted, +might lack the apparent clarity of reasoned conclusions, but would +approach nearer to the truth. For life must be understood from within, +must be spiritually discerned. It could never be comprehended by mere +intellect or catalogued by supposed science. + +He knew, however, that his work was frequently criticized for its +ambiguity and lack of consistency. But he claimed that these defects were +unavoidable consequences of his way of writing. He had to write what he +saw and could not be expected to express that clearly which he himself +saw only dimly. "I naturally desire to please my readers," he wrote to +Ingemann, "but when I write as my intuition dictates, it works well; +ideas and images come to me without effort, and I fly lightly as the +gazelle from crag to crag, whereas if I warn myself that there must be a +limit to everything and that I must restrain myself and write sensibly, I +am stopped right there. And I have thus to choose between writing as the +spirit moves me, or not writing at all." + +This statement, although it casts a revealing light both upon his genius +and its evident limitations, is no doubt extreme. However much Grundtvig +may have depended on his momentary inspiration for the poetical +development of his ideas, his fundamental views on life were +exceptionally clear and comprehensive. He knew what he believed regarding +the essential verities of existence, of God and man, of good and evil, of +life and death. And all other conceptions of his intuitive and +far-reaching spirit were consistently correlated to these basic beliefs. + +Bishop H. Martensen, the celebrated theologian, relates an illuminating +conversation between Grundtvig and the German theologian, P. K. +Marheincke, during a visit which the Bishop had arranged between the two +men. Dr. Marheincke commenced a lengthy discourse on the great opposites +in life, as for instance between thinking and being, and Grundtvig +replied, "My opposites are life and death" (Mein Gegensatz ist Leben und +Tod). + +"The professor accepted my statement somewhat dubiously," Grundtvig said +later, "and admitted that that was indeed a great contrast, but--" The +difference between the two men no doubt lay in the fact that Prof. +Marheincke, the speculative theologian, was principally interested in the +first part of the assumed contrast--thinking, whereas Grundtvig's main +concern was with the last--being, existence, life. In real life there +could be no more fundamental, no farther reaching contrast than the +continuous and irreconcilable difference between life and death. The +thought of this contrast lies at the root of all his thinking and colors +all his views. From the day of his conversion until the hour of his +death, his one consuming interest was to illuminate the contrast between +the two irreconcilable enemies and to encourage anything that would +strengthen the one and defeat the other. + +Grundtvig loved life in all its highest aspects and implications, and he +hated death under whatever form he saw it. "Life is from heaven, death is +from hell," he says in a characteristic poem. The one is representative +of all the good the Creator intended for his creatures, the other of all +the evil, frustration and destruction the great destroyer brought into +the world. There can be no reconciliation or peace between the two, the +one must inevitably destroy or be destroyed by the other. He could see +nothing but deception in the attempts of certain philosophical or +theological phrasemakers to minimize or explain away the eternal +malignity of death, man's most relentless foe. A human being could fall +no lower than to accept death as a friend. Thus in a poem: + + + Yea, hear it, ye heavens, with loathing and grief; + The sons of the Highest now look for relief + In the ways of damnation + And find consolation + In hopes of eternal death. + + +But death is not present only at the hour of our demise. It is present +everywhere; it is active in all things. It destroys nations, corrupts +society, robs the child of its innocence, wipes the bloom from the cheeks +of youth, frustrates the possibilities of manhood and makes pitiful the +white hair of the aged. For death, as all must see, is only the wage of +sin, the ripe fruit of evil. + + + I recognize now clearly; + Death is the wage of sin, + It is the fruitage merely + Of evil's growth within. + + +And its danger is so actual because it is active in every individual in +himself as well as in others: + + + When I view the true condition + Of my troubled, restless heart, + Naught but sin can I envision + Even to its inmost part. + + +Such then is his fundamental view of the condition of man, a being in the +destructive grip of a relentless foe, a creature whose greatest need is +"a hero who can break the bonds of death". And there is but one who can +do that, the Son of God. + +Grundtvig's hymns abound in terms of adoration for the Savior of Man. He +names Him the "Joy of Heaven", "The Fortune of Earth", "The Fount of +Light", "The Sovereign of Life", "The Fear of Darkness", "The Terror of +Death", and speaks of the day when all the "nations of the earth shall +offer praise in the offer bowl of His name." But he sees the Christ less +as the suffering Lamb of God than as the invincible conqueror of death +and the heroic deliverer of man. + +Like his other hymns most of his hymns to the Savior are objective rather +than subjective. They present the Christ of the Gospels, covering his +life so fully that it would be possible to compile from them an almost +complete sequence on His life, work and resurrection. The following +stately hymn may serve as an appropriate introduction to a necessarily +brief survey of the group: + + + Jesus, the name without compare; + Honored on earth and in heaven, + Wherein the Father's love and care + Are to His children now given. + Saviour of all that saved would be, + Fount of salvation full and free + Is the Lord Jesus forever. + + Jesus, the name alone on earth + For our salvation afforded. + So on His cross of precious worth + Is in His blood it recorded. + Only in that our prayers are heard, + Only in that when hearts are stirred + Doth now the Spirit us comfort. + + Jesus, the name above the sky + Wherein, when seasons are ended, + Peoples shall come to God on high, + And every knee shall be bended, + While all the saved in sweet accord + Chorus the praise of Christ, the Lord, + Savior beloved by the Father. + + +Grundtvig sang of Christmas morning "as his heaven on earth", and he +wrote some of the finest Christmas hymns in the Danish language. A number +of these have already been given. The following simple hymn from an old +Latin-Danish text is still very popular. + + + A babe is born in Bethlehem, + Bethlehem, + Rejoice, rejoice Jerusalem; + Hallelujah, hallelujah. + + A lowly virgin gave Him birth, + Gave Him birth, + Who rules the heavens and the earth; + Hallelujah, hallelujah. + + He in a simple manger lay, + Manger lay, + Whom angels praise with joy for aye; + Hallelujah, hallelujah. + + And wise men from the East did bring, + East did bring, + Gold, myrrh and incense to the King; + Hallelujah, hallelujah. + + Now all our fears have passed away, + Passed away, + The Savior blest was born today; + Hallelujah, hallelujah. + + God's blessed children we became, + We became, + And shall in heaven praise His name; + Hallelujah, hallelujah. + + There like the angels we shall be, + We shall be, + And shall the Lord in glory see; + Hallelujah, hallelujah. + + With gladsome praises we adore, + We adore, + Our Lord and Savior evermore; + Hallelujah, hallelujah. + + +His hymns on the life and work of our Lord are too numerous to be more +than indicated here. The following hymn on the text, "Blessed are the +eyes that see what ye see, and the ears that hear what ye hear", is +typical of his expository hymns. + + + Blessed were the eyes that truly + Here on earth beheld the Lord; + Happy were the ears that duly + Listened to His living word. + Which proclaimed the wondrous story + Of God's mercy, love and glory. + + Kings and prophets long with yearning + Prayed to see His day appear; + Angels with desire were burning + To behold the golden year + When God's light and grace should quicken + All that sin and death had stricken. + + He who, light and life revealing, + By His Spirit stills our want; + He, who broken hearts is healing + By His cup and at the font, + Jesus, Fount of joy incessant, + Is with light and grace now present. + + Eyes by sin and darkness blinded + May now see His glory bright; + Hearts perverse and carnal minded + May obtain His Spirit's light. + When, contrite and sorely yearning, + They in faith to Him are turning. + + Blessed are the eyes that truly + Now on earth behold the Lord; + Happy are the ears that duly + Listen to His living word! + When His words our spirits nourish + Shall the kingdom in us flourish. + + +Grundtvig reaches his greatest height in his hymns of praise to Christ, +the Redeemer. Many of his passion hymns have not been translated into +English. In the original, the following hymn undoubtedly ranks with the +greatest songs of praise to the suffering Lord. + + + Hail Thee, Savior and Atoner! + Though the world Thy name dishonor, + Moved by love my heart proposes + To adorn Thy cross with roses + And to offer praise to Thee. + + O what moved Thee so to love us, + When enthroned with God above us, + That for us Thou all wouldst offer + And in deep compassion suffer + Even death that we might live. + + Love alone Thy heart was filling + When to suffer Thou wert willing. + Rather givest Thou than takest, + Hence, O Savior, Thou forsakest + All to die in sinner's place. + + Ah, my heart in deep contrition + Now perceives its true condition, + Cold and barren like a mountain, + How could I deserve the fountain + Of Thy love, my Savior dear. + + Yet I know that from thy passion + Flows a river of salvation + Which can bid the mountain vanish, + Which can sin and coldness banish, + And restore my heart in Thee. + + Lord, with tears I pray Thee ever: + Lead into my heart that river, + Which with grace redeeming cleanses + Heart and soul of all offences, + Blotting out my guilt and shame. + + Lord, Thy life for sinners giving, + Let in Thee me find my living + So for Thee my heart is beating, + All my thoughts in Thee are meeting, + Finding there their light and joy. + + Though all earthly things I cherish + Like the flowers may fade and perish, + Thou, I know, wilt stand beside me; + And from death and judgment hide me; + Thou hast paid the wage of sin. + + Yes, my heart believes the wonder + Of Thy cross, which ages ponder! + Shield me, Lord, when foes assail me, + Be my staff when life shall fail me; + Take me to Thy Paradise. + + +Grundtvig's Easter hymns strike the triumphant note, especially such +hymns as "Christ Arose in Glory", "Easter Morrow Stills Our Sorrow", and +the very popular, + + + Move the signs of gloom and mourning[10] + From the garden of the dead. + For the wreaths of grief and yearning, + Plant bright lilies in their stead. + Carve instead of sighs of grief + Angels' wings in bold relief, + And for columns, cold and broken, + Words of hope by Jesus spoken. + + +His Easter hymns fail as a whole to reach the height of his songs for +other church festivals. In this respect, they resemble the hymnody of the +whole church, which contains remarkably few really great hymns on the +greatest events in its history. It is as though the theme were too great +to be expressed in the language of man. + +Grundtvig wrote a number of magnificent hymns on the themes of our Lord's +ascension and His return to judge the quick and the dead. Of the latter, +the hymn given below is perhaps the most favored of those now available +in English. + + + Lift up thy head, O Christendom! + Behold above the blessed home + For which thy heart is yearning. + There dwells the Lord, thy soul's delight, + Who soon with power and glory bright + Is for His bride returning. + + And when in every land and clime, + All shall behold His signs sublime, + The guilty world appalling, + Then shalt with joy thou lift thine eyes + And see Him coming in the skies, + While suns and stars are falling. + + While for His coming thou dost yearn, + Forget not why His last return + The Savior is delaying, + And ask Him not before His hour + To shake the heavens with His power, + Nor judge the lost and straying. + + O saints of God, for Sodom pray + Until your prayers no more can stay + The judgment day impending. + Then cries the Lord: "Behold, I come!" + And ye shall answer: "To Thy home + We are with joy ascending!" + + Then loud and clear the trumpet calls, + The dead awake, death's kingdom falls, + And God's elect assemble. + The Lord ascends the judgment throne, + And calls His ransomed for His own, + While hearts in gladness tremble. + + +Grundtvig is often called the Singer of Pentecost. And his hymns on the +nature and work of the Spirit do rank with his very best. He believed in +the reality of the Spirit as the living, active agent of Christ in His +church. As the church came into being by the outpouring of the Holy Ghost +on the day of Pentecost, so our Lord still builds and sanctifies it by +the Spirit, working through His words and sacraments. His numerous hymns +on the Spirit are drawn from many sources, both ancient and modern. His +treatment of the originals is so free, however, that it is difficult in +most cases to know whether his versions should be accepted as adaptations +or originals. Of mere translations there are none. The following version +of the widely known hymn, "Veni Sancte Spiritus," may serve to illustrate +his work as a transplanter of hymns. + + + Holy Spirit, come with light, + Break the dark and gloomy night + With Thy day unending. + Help us with a joyful lay + Greet the Lord's triumphant day + Now with might ascending. + + Comforter so wondrous kind, + Noble guest of heart and mind + Fix in us Thy dwelling. + Give us peace in storm and strife, + Fill each troubled heart and life + With Thy joy excelling. + + Make salvation clear to us, + Who despite our sin and dross + Would exalt the Spirit. + For without Thine aid and love + All our life and work must prove + Vain and without merit. + + Raise or bow us with Thine arm, + Break temptation's evil charm, + Clear our clouded vision. + Fill our hearts with longing new, + Cleanse us with Thy morning dew, + Tears of deep contrition. + + Blessed Fount of life and breath, + Let our hope in view of death + Blossom bright and vernal; + And above the silent tomb + Let the Easter lilies bloom, + Signs of life eternal. + + +Many of Grundtvig's original hymns evince a strong Danish coloring, a +fact which is especially evident in a number of his Pentecost hymns. +Pentecost comes in Denmark at the first breath of summer when nature, +prompted by balmy breezes, begins to unfold her latent life and beauty. +This similarity between the life of nature and the work of the Spirit is +strikingly expressed in a number of his Pentecost hymns. + +The following hymn, together with its beautiful tune, is rated as one of +the most beautiful and, lyrically, most perfect hymns in Danish. Because +of its strong Danish flavor, however, it may not make an equal appeal to +American readers. The main thought of the hymn is that, as in nature, so +also in the realm of the Spirit, summer is now at hand. The coming of the +Spirit completes God's plan of salvation and opens the door for the +unfolding of a new life. The translation is by Prof. S. D. Rodholm. + + + The sun now shines in all its splendor, + The fount of life and mercy tender; + Now bright Whitsunday lilies grow + And summer sparkles high and low; + Sweet songsters sing of harvest gold + In Jesus' name a thousand fold. + + The peaceful nightingales are filling + The quiet night with music thrilling. + Thus all that to the Lord belong + May rest in peace and wake with song, + May dream of life beyond the skies, + And with God's praise at daylight rise. + + It breathes from heaven on the flowers, + It whispers home-like in the bowers, + A balmy breeze comes to our coast + From Paradise, no longer closed, + And gently purls a brooklet sweet + Of life's clear water at our feet. + + This works the Spirit, still descending, + And tongues of fire to mortals lending, + That broken hearts may now be healed, + And life with grace and love revealed + In Him, who came from yonder land + And has returned to God's right hand. + + Awaken then all tongues to honor + Lord Jesus Christ, our blest Atoner; + Let every voice in anthems rise + To praise the Savior's sacrifice. + And thou, His Church, with one accord + Arise and glorify the Lord. + + +Of his other numerous hymns on the Spirit, the one given below is, +perhaps, one of the most characteristic. + + + Holy Ghost, our Interceder, + Blessed Comforter and Pleader + With the Lord for all we need, + Deign to hold with us communion + That with Thee in blessed union + We may in our life succeed. + + Heavenly Counsellor and Teacher, + Make us through Thy guidance richer + In the grace our Lord hath won. + Blest Partaker of God's fullness, + Make us all, despite our dullness, + Wiser e'en than Solomon. + + Helper of the helpless, harken + To our pleas when shadows darken; + Shield us from the beasts of prey. + Rouse the careless, help the weary, + Bow the prideful, cheer the dreary, + Be our guest each passing day. + + Comforter, whose comfort lightens + Every cross that scars and frightens, + Succor us from guilt and shame. + Warm our heart, inspire our vision, + Add Thy voice to our petition + As we pray in Jesus' name. + + +Believing in the Spirit, Grundtvig also believed in the kingdom of God, +not only as a promise of the future but as a reality of the present. + + + Right among us is God's kingdom + With His Spirit and His word, + With His grace and love abundant + At His font and altar-board. + + +Among his numerous hymns on the nature and work of God's kingdom, the +following is one of the most favored. + + + Founded our Lord has upon earth a realm of the Spirit + Wherein He fosters a people restored by His merit. + It shall remain + People its glory attain, + They shall the kingdom inherit. + + Forward like light of the morning its message is speeding, + Millions receive and proclaim it with gladness exceeding + For with His word + God doth His Spirit accord, + Raising all barriers impeding. + + Jesus, our Savior, with God in the highest residing, + And by the Spirit the wants of Thy people providing, + Be Thou our life, + Shield and defender in strife, + Always among us abiding. + + Then shall Thy people as Lord of the nations restore Thee, + Even by us shall a pathway be straightened before Thee + Till everywhere, + Bending in worship and prayer, + All shall as Savior adore Thee. + + +The kingdom of God is the most wonderful thing on earth. + + + Most wonderful of all things is + The kingdom Jesus founded. + Its glory, treasure, peace and bliss + No tongue has fully sounded. + + Invisible as mind and soul, + And yet of light the fountain, + It sheds its light from pole to pole + Like beacons from a mountain. + + Its secret is the word of God, + Which works what it proposes, + Which lowers mountains high and broad + And clothes the wastes with roses. + + Though foes against the kingdom rage + With hatred and derision, + God spreads its reign from age to age, + And brings it to fruition. + + Its glory rises like a morn + When waves at sunrise glitter, + Or as in June the golden corn + While birds above it twitter. + + It is the glory of the King + Who bore affliction solely + That he the crown of life might bring + To sinners poor and lowly. + + And when His advent comes to pass, + The Christian's strife is ended, + What now we see as in a glass + Shall then be comprehended. + + Then shall the kingdom bright appear + In glory true and vernal, + And usher in the golden year + Of peace and joy eternal. + + +But the kingdom of God here on earth is represented by the Christian +church, wherein Christ works by the Spirit through His word and +sacraments. Of Grundtvig's many splendid hymns of the church, the +following, in the translation of Pastor Carl Doving, has become widely +known in all branches of the Lutheran church in America. Pastor Doving's +translation is not wholly satisfactory, however, to those who know the +forceful and yet so appealing language of the original, a fate which, we +are fully aware, may also befall the following new version. + + + Built on a rock the church of God + Stands though its towers be falling; + Many have crumbled beneath the sod, + Bells still are chiming and calling, + Calling the young and old to come, + But above all the souls that roam, + Weary for rest everlasting. + + God, the most high, abides not in + Temples that hands have erected. + High above earthly strife and sin, + He hath his mansions perfected. + Yet He, whom heavens cannot contain, + Chose to abide on earth with man + Making their body His temple. + + We are God's house of living stones, + Built for the Spirit's indwelling. + He at His font and table owns + Us for His glory excelling. + Should only two confess His name, + He would yet come and dwell with them, + Granting His mercy abounding. + + Even the temples built on earth + Unto the praise of the Father, + Are like the homes of hallowed worth + Whence we as children did gather. + Glorious things in them are said, + God there with us His covenant made, + Making us heirs of His kingdom. + + There we behold the font at which + God as His children received us; + There stands the altar where His rich + Mercy from hunger relieved us. + There His blest word to us proclaim: + Jesus is now and e'er the same, + So is His way of salvation. + + Grant then, O Lord, where'er we roam, + That, when the church bells are ringing, + People in Jesus' name may come, + Praising His glory with singing. + "Ye, not the world, my face shall see; + I will abide with you," said He. + "My peace I leave with you ever." + + +As a believer in objective Christianity, Grundtvig naturally exalts the +God-given means of grace, the word and sacraments, through which the +Spirit works. In one of the epigrammatic expressions often found in his +writings, he says: + + + We are and remain, + We live and attain + In Jesus, God's living word + When His word we embrace + And live by its grace, + Then dwells He within us, our Lord. + + +This firm belief in the actual presence of Christ in His word and +sacraments lends an exceptional realism to many of his hymns on the means +of grace. Through the translation by Pastor Doving the following brief +hymn has gained wide renown in America. + + + God's word is our great heritage, + And shall be ours forever. + To spread its light from age to age, + Shall be our chief endeavor. + Through life it guards our way, + In death it is our stay. + Lord, grant, while worlds endure, + We keep its teachings pure + Throughout all generations. + + +Of his numerous hymns on baptism, the following, which an American +authority on hymnody calls the finest baptismal hymn ever written, is +perhaps the most representative. + + + O let Thy spirit with us tarry, + Our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, + So that the babes we to Thee carry + May be unto Thy death baptized. + + Lord, after Thee we humbly name them, + O let them in Thy name arise! + If they should stumble, Lord, reclaim them, + That they may reach Thy paradise. + + If long their course, let them not falter. + Give to Thine aged servants rest. + If short their race, let by Thine altar + Them like the swallows find a rest. + + Upon their heart, Thy name be written, + And theirs within Thine own right hand, + That even when by trials smitten, + They in Thy covenant firm may stand. + + Thine angels sing for children sleeping, + May they still sing when death draws nigh. + Both cross and crown are in Thy keeping. + Lord, lead us all to Thee on high. + + +His communion hymns are gathered from many sources. Of his originals the +following tender hymn is perhaps the most typical. + + + Savior, whither should we go + From the truest friend we know, + From the Son of God above, + From the Fount of saving love, + Who in all this world of strife + Hath alone the word of life. + + No, I dare not turn from Thee, + Though Thy word oft chasten me, + For throughout this world, O Lord, + Death is still the cruel word. + Whoso saves the soul from death + Brings redemption, life and breath. + + "Eat my flesh and drink my blood." + Saith our Lord, so kind and good. + "Whoso takes the bread and wine, + Shall receive my life divine, + Be redeemed from all his foes + And arise as I arose." + + Hear Him then, my heart distressed, + Beating anxious in my breast. + Take Thy Savior at His word, + Meet Him at His altar-board, + Eat His body, drink His blood, + And obtain eternal good. + + +Grundtvig also produced a great number of hymns for the enrichment of +other parts of the church service. Few hymns thus strike a more +appropriate and festive note for the opening service than the short hymn +given below. + + + Come, Zion, and sing to the Father above; + Angels join with you + And thank Him for Jesus, the gifts of His love. + We sing before God in the highest. + + Strike firmly, O Psalmist, the jubilant chord; + Golden be your harp + In praise of Christ Jesus, our Savior and Lord. + We sing before God in the highest. + + Then hear we with rapture the tongues as of fire, + The Spirit draws nigh, + Whose counsels with comforts our spirits inspire, + We sing before God in the highest. + + +Equally fine is his free rendering of the 84th psalm. + + + Fair beyond telling, + Lord, is Thy dwelling, + Filled with Thy peace. + Oh how I languish + And, in my anguish, + Wait for release + That I may enter Thy temple, O Lord, + With Thee communing in deepest accord. + + With Thy compassion, + Lord of Salvation, + Naught can compare. + Even the sparrow + Safe from the arrow + Rests in Thy care. + And as Thou shieldest the bird in its nest, + So let my heart in Thy temple find rest. + + Years full of splendors, + Which to offenders + Earth may afford, + Never can measure + One day of pleasure + Found with Thee, Lord, + When on the wings of Thy quickening word + Souls are uplifted and Thou art adored. + + Quicken in spirit, + Grow in Thy merit + Shall now Thy friends. + Blessings in showers + Filled with Thy powers + On them descends + Until at home in the city of gold + All shall in wonder Thy presence behold. + + +Grundtvig's hymns are for the most part church hymns, presenting the +objective rather than the subjective phase of Christian faith. He wrote +for the congregation and held that a hymn for congregational singing +should express the common faith and hope of the worshippers, rather than +the personal feelings and experiences of the individual. Because of this +his hymns are frequently criticized for their lack of personal sentiment. +The personal note is not wholly lacking in his work, however, as +witnessed by the following hymn. + + + Suffer and languish, + Tremble in anguish + Must every soul that awakes to its guilt. + Sternly from yonder, + Sinai doth thunder: + Die or achieve what no sinner fulfilled. + + Tremble with gladness, + Smile through their sadness + Shall all that rest in the arms of the Lord. + Grace beyond measure, + Comfort and treasure + Gathers the heart from His merciful word. + + Bravely to suffer, + Gladly to offer + Praises to God 'neath the weight of our cross, + This will the Spirit + Help us to merit + Granting a breath from God's heaven to us. + + +Even stronger is the personal sentiment of this appealing hymn. + + + With her cruse of alabaster, + Filled with ointment rare and sweet, + Came the woman to the Master, + Knelt contritely at His feet, + Feeling with unfeigned contrition + How unfit was her condition + To approach the Holy One. + + Like this woman, I contritely + Often must approach the Lord, + Knowing that I cannot rightly + Ask a place beside His board. + Sinful and devoid of merit, + I can only cry in spirit: + Lord, be merciful to me. + + Lord of Grace and Mercy, harken + To my plea for grace and light. + Threatening clouds and tempests darken + Now my soul with gloomy night. + Let, despite my guilt and error, + My repenting tears still mirror + Thy forgiving smile, O Lord. + + +The following hymn likewise voices the need for personal perseverance. + + + Hast to the plow thou put thy hand + Let not thy spirit waver, + Heed not the world's allurements grand, + Nor pause for Sodom's favor. + But plow thy furrow, sow the seed, + Though tares and thorns thy work impede; + For they, who sow with weeping, + With joy shall soon be reaping. + + But should at times thy courage fail-- + For all may fail and falter-- + Let not the tempting world prevail + On thee thy course to alter. + Each moment lost in faint retreat + May bring disaster and defeat. + If foes bid thee defiance, + On God be thy reliance. + + If steadfast in the race we keep, + Our course is soon completed. + And death itself is but a sleep, + Its dreaded might defeated. + But those who conquer in the strife + Obtain the victor's crown of life + And shall in constant gladness + Forget these days of sadness. + + +It is, perhaps, in his numerous hymns on Christian trust, comfort and +hope that Grundtvig reaches his highest. His contributions to this type +of hymns are too numerous to be more than indicated here. But the hymn +given below presents a fair example of the simplicity and poetic beauty +that characterize many of them. + + + God's little child, what troubles you! + Think of your Heavenly Father true. + He will uphold you by His hand, + None can His might and grace withstand. + The Lord be praised! + + Shelter and food and counsel tried + God for His children will provide. + They shall not starve, nor homeless roam, + Children may claim their Father's home. + The Lord be praised! + + Birds with a song toward heaven soar, + Neither they reap nor lay in store, + But where the hoarder dies from need, + Gathers the little bird a seed. + The Lord be praised! + + Clad are the flowers in raiment fair, + Wondrous to see on deserts bare. + Neither they spin nor weave nor sew + Yet no king could such beauty show. + The Lord be praised! + + Flowers that bloom at break of dawn + Only to die when day is gone, + How can they with the child compare + That shall the Father's glory share? + The Lord be praised! + + God's little child, do then fore'er + Cast on the Lord your every care. + Trust in His love, His grace and might + Then shall His peace your soul delight. + The Lord be praised! + + God will your every need allay + Even tomorrow as yesterday, + And when the sun for you goes down + He will your soul with glory crown. + The Lord be praised! + + +Grundtvig's friends were sometimes called the "Merry Christians." There +was nothing superficial or lighthearted, however, about the Christianity +of their leader. It had been gained through intense struggles and +maintained at the cost of worldly position and honor. But he did believe +that God is love, and that love is the root and fount of life, as he says +in the following splendid hymn. The translation is by the Reverend +Doving. + + + Love, the fount of light from heaven, + Is the root and source of life; + Therefore God's decrees are given + With His lovingkindness rife. + As our Savior blest declareth + And the Spirit witness beareth, + As we in God's service prove; + God is light and God is love. + + Love, the crown of life eternal, + Love the brightness is of light; + Therefore on His throne supernal + Jesus sits in glory bright. + He the Light and Life of heaven, + Who Himself for us hath given, + Still abides and reigns above + In His Father's boundless love. + + Love, alone the law fulfilling, + Is the bond of perfectness; + Love, who came, a victim willing, + Wrought our peace and righteousness. + Therefore love and peace in union + Ever work in sweet communion + That through love we may abide + One with Him who for us died. + + +But the fruit of God's love is peace. As Grundtvig, in the hymn above, +sings of God's love, so in the sweet hymn given below he sings of God's +peace. The translation is by Pastor Doving. + + + Peace to soothe our bitter woes + God in Christ on us bestows; + Jesus wrought our peace with God + Through His holy, precious blood; + Peace in Him for sinners found + Is the Gospel's joyful sound. + + Peace to us the church doth tell. + 'Tis her welcome and farewell. + Peace was our baptismal dower; + Peace shall bless our dying hour. + Peace be with you full and free + Now and in eternity. + + +In this peace Christians find refuge and rest. + + + The peace of God protects our hearts + Against the tempter's fiery darts. + It is as sure when evening falls + As when the golden morning calls. + + This peace our Savior wrought for us + In agony upon the cross, + And when He up to heaven soared, + His peace He left us in His word. + + His word of peace new strength imparts + Each day to faint and troubled hearts, + And in His cup and at the font + It stills our deepest need and want. + + This blessed peace our Lord will give + To all who in His Spirit live. + And even at their dying breath + Its comfort breaks the sting of death. + + When Christ for us His peace hath won + He asked for faith and faith alone. + By faith and not by merits vain, + Our hearts God's blessed peace obtain. + + Peace be with you, our Savior saith + In answer to the word of faith. + Whoso hath faith, shall find release + And dwell in God's eternal peace. + + +Grundtvig's hymns of comfort for the sick and dying rank with the finest +ever written. He hates and fears death, hoping even that Christ may +return before his own hour comes; but if He does not, he prays that the +Savior will be right with him. + + + Lord, when my final hours impend, + Come in the person of a friend + And take Thy place beside me, + And talk to me as man to man + Of where we soon shall meet again + And all Thy joy betide me. + + +For though he knows he cannot master the enemy alone, if the Savior is +there-- + + + Death is but the last pretender + We with Christ as our defender + Shall engage and put to flight. + + +And His word will dispel all fear of the struggle: + + + Like dew upon the meadow + So falls the word of life + On Christians in the shadow + Of mortal's final strife. + The first fruit of its blessing + Is balm for fears distressing, + So gone is like a breath + The bitterness of death. + + Like sun, when night is falling, + Sets stilly in the west + While birds are softly calling + Each other from their nest, + So when its brief day closes + That soul in peace reposes + Which knows that Christ the Lord + Is with it in His word. + + And as we shiver slightly + An early summer morn + When blushing heavens brightly + Announce a day new-born, + So moves the soul immortal + With calmness through death's portal + That through its final strife + Beholds the Light of Life. + + +He could therefore exclaim: + + + Christian! what a morn of splendor + Full reward for every fear, + When the ransomed host shall render + Praises to its Savior dear, + Shall in heaven's hall of glory + Tell salvation's wondrous story, + And with the angelic throng + Sing the Lamb's eternal song. + + +---------- + +[10]Another translation: "Take away the signs of mourning" by P. C. + Paulsen in "Hymnal for Church and Home". + + + + + Chapter Sixteen + Grundtvig's Later Years + + +Grundtvig's later years present a striking contrast to the years of his +earlier manhood. The lonely Defender of the Bible became a respected sage +and the acknowledged leader of a fast growing religious and folk +movement, both in Denmark and the other Scandinavian countries. His long +years of continuous struggles were followed by years of fruitful work and +an extensive growth of his religious and educational ideals until he was +generally recognized as one of the most vital spiritual leaders of +Scandinavia. + +The first break in the wall of isolation that surrounded him came with an +invitation from a group of students to "the excellent historian, N. F. S. +Grundtvig, who has never asked for a reward but only for a chance to do +good," to deliver a series of historical lectures at Borch's Collegium in +Copenhagen. These lectures--seventy-one in all--were delivered before +packed audiences during the summer and fall of 1838, and were so +enthusiastically received that the students, on the evening of the +concluding lecture, arranged a splendid banquet for the speaker, at which +one of them sang: + + + Yes, through years of lonely struggle + Did you bravely fight, + Bearing scorn without complaining + Till your hair turned white. + + +During his most lonely years Grundtvig once comforted himself with the +words of a Greek sage: "Speak to the people of yesterday, and you will be +heard by the people of tomorrow." Thus it was, no doubt, a great +satisfaction to him that the first public honor bestowed upon him should +be accorded him by his nation's youth. + +From that day his reputation and influence grew steadily. He became an +honored member of several influential societies, such as the Society for +Northern Studies, and the Scandinavian Society, an association of +academicians from all the Scandinavian countries for the purpose of +effecting a closer spiritual and cultural union between them. He also +received frequent invitations to lecture both on outstanding occasions +and before special groups. His work as a lecturer probably reached its +culmination at a public meeting on the Skamlingsbanke, a wooded hill on +the borders of Slesvig, where he spoke to thousands of profoundly stirred +listeners, and at a great meeting of Scandinavian students at Oslo, +Norway, in 1851, to which he was invited as the guest of honor and +acclaimed both by the students and the Norwegian people. When Denmark +became a constitutional kingdom in 1848, he was a member of the +constitutional assembly and was elected several times to the Riksdag. + +Meanwhile he worked ceaselessly for the development of his folk and +educational ideals. After his conversion, he felt for a time that his new +outlook was incompatible with his previous enthusiasm for the heroic life +and ideals of the old North, and that he must now devote himself solely +to the preaching of the Gospel. But the formerly mentioned decline of all +phases of Danish life during the early part of the nineteenth century and +the failure of his preaching to evoke any response from an indifferent +people caused him to suspect a closer relationship between a people's +religious and national or folk-life than he had hitherto recognized. Was +not the folk life of a people, after all, the soil in which the Word of +God must be sown, and could the Word bear fruit in a soil completely +hardened and unprepared to receive it? If it could not, was not a folk +awakening a necessary preparation for a Christian? + +Under the spur of this question he undertook the translation of the sagas +and developed his now widely recognized ideas of folk life and folk +education, which later were embodied in the Grundtvigian folk schools. +The first of these schools was opened at Rødding, Slesvig in 1844. The +war between Denmark and Germany from 1848 to 1850 delayed the +establishment of other similar schools. But in 1851, Christian Kold, the +man who more than any other realized Grundtvig's idea of a school for +life--as the folk schools were frequently called--opened his first school +at Ryslinge, Fyn. From there the movement spread rapidly not only to all +parts of Denmark but also to Norway, Finland and Sweden. The latter +country now has more schools of the Grundtvigian type than Denmark, and +Norway and Finland have about have as many.[11] + +To extend the influence of the movement lecture societies, reading +circles, gymnastic societies, choral groups and the like were organized +in almost every parish of Denmark. Thus before Grundtvig died, he had the +satisfaction of seeing his work bear fruit in one of the most vital folk +and educational movements of Scandinavia, a movement which has made a +tremendous imprint upon all phases of life in the Northern countries and +which today is spreading to many other parts of the world. + +Grundtvig held that the life of a nation, Christian as well as national, +never rose above the real culture of its common people. To be real, a +culture had to be national, had to be based on a people's natural +characteristics and developed in accordance with native history and +traditions. The aim of all true folk-education was the awakening and +enrichment of life and not a mere mental or practical training. The +natural means for the attainment of this aim was a living presentation of +a people's own cultural heritage, their native tradition, history, +literature and folk life. But in all cases the medium of this +presentation was the living, that is the spoken word by men and women who +were themselves spiritually alive. Christianity, in his opinion, had not +come to destroy but to cleanse and vivify the folk life of a people, and, +since the latter was the soil in which the former had to grow, the +fruitfulness of both demanded a living inter-action so that national life +might become Christian and Christianity national. + +In the practical application of these educational theories, Grundtvig +took no active part. Aside from his conception of the idea and the +development of much of the material used in the folk-school, his greatest +contributions to their work are probably, his innumerable Biblical, +historical and folk songs that were and are used in the schools. + +Meanwhile he by no means neglected his religious work. Rationalism had +been defeated, a sound Evangelical movement was fast revitalizing the +church, and he could therefore concentrate his energy on a further +development of the view that had come to him during his years of +struggle. Among innumerable other works, he produced during his later +years the splendid _Enlightenment of the Church_, published 1840-1844; +_Teachings of Our Christian Childhood_, published 1855-1862; _The Seven +Stars of the Churches_, published 1854-1855; and _The Church Mirror_, a +series of lectures on the main currents of church history, published +1861-1863. + +Although Grundtvig's views, and especially his distinction between the +"living" and the "written" word, were strongly opposed by many, his +profoundly spiritual conception of the church, as the body of Christ, and +of the sacraments, as its true means of life, has greatly influenced all +branches of the Danish church. In emphasizing the true indwelling of +Christ in the creed and sacraments, he visualized the real presence of +Him in the church and underscored the vital center of congregational +worship with a realism that no theological dissertation can ever convey. +Nor did he feel that in so doing he was in any sense diverging from true +Lutheranism. The fact that Luther himself chose the creed and the words +of institution of the sacrament as a basis for his catechism, showed, he +contended, that the great Reformer also had recognized their distinction. + +Despite frequent charges to the contrary, Grundtvig had no desire to +engender a separatist movement in the church. He constantly warned his +followers against any such tendency. In a closing speech to the Meeting +of Friends in 1863, he said, "You can no more forbid the world to call +you Grundtvigians than those whom Luther called to the Lord could forbid +anyone to call them Lutherans, but do not yourself adopt that name. For +history shows that some have let themselves be called Lutherans until +they have almost lost the name of Christians. If anyone wishes to name us +after any other than Christ, we ought to tell them that we accept nothing +unto salvation except what the Christian church has taught and confessed +from generation to generation. To or from that we neither add nor +detract. We acknowledge without reservation that word of faith which Paul +says is believed to righteousness and confessed unto salvation. The +manner of teaching and believing that faith so that the Old Adam may be +put off and the new put on, we hold to be a matter of enlightenment in +which we shall be guided by Grundtvig, as we are guided by Luther, only +in so far as we are convinced that he has been guided by Scripture and +the Spirit. We also disclaim any intention of making our conception of +Scripture an article of faith which must be accepted by the church." +Grundtvig's followers would, no doubt, have profited greatly by +remembering this truly liberal view of their leader. + +Thus his years passed quietly onward, filled with fruitful labor even +unto the end. In contrast to his often stormy public career, Grundtvig's +private life was quite peaceful and commonplace, subject only to the +usual trials and sorrows of human existence. During the greater part of +his life he was extremely poor, subsisting on a small government pension, +the meager returns from his writings and occasional gifts from friends. +For his own part this did not trouble him; his wants were few and easily +satisfied. But he "liked to see shining faces around him," as he once +wrote, and he had discovered that the face of a child could often be +brightened by a small gift, which he was frequently too poor to give. +"But if we would follow the Lord in these days," he wrote to a friend, +"we must evidently be prepared to renounce all things for His sake and +cast out all these heathen worries for dross and chaff with which we as +Christians often distress ourselves." + +Grundtvig was thrice married. His first wife, Lise Grundtvig, died +January 4, 1851, after a long illness. Her husband said at her grave, "I +stand here as an old man who is taking a decided step toward my own grave +by burying the bride of my youth and the mother of my children who for +more than forty years with unfailing loyalty shared all my joys and +sorrows--and mostly latter." + +But Grundtvig did not appear to be growing old. During the following +summer he attended the great meeting of Scandinavian students at Oslo, +where he was hailed as the youngest of them all. And on October 4 of the +same year, he rejoiced his enemies and grieved many of his friends by +marrying Marie Toft, of Rennebeck's Manor, a wealthy widow and his junior +by thirty years. And despite dire predictions to the contrary, the +marriage was very happy. Marie Toft was a highly intelligent and +spiritual-minded woman who wholeheartedly shared her husband's spiritual +views and ideals; and her death in 1854 came, therefore, as an almost +overwhelming blow. In a letter to a friend a few weeks after her death, +Grundtvig writes, "It was wonderful to be loved as unselfishly as Marie +loved me. But she belonged wholly to God. He gave and He took; and +despite all objections by the world and our own selfish flesh, the +believing heart must exclaim, His name be praised. When I consider the +greatness of the treasure that the Lord gave to me by opening this loving +heart to me in my old age, I confess that it probably would have proved +beyond my strength continuously to bear such good days; for had I not +already become critical of all that were not like her, and indifferent to +all things that were not concerned with her?" + +The last remark, perhaps, refers to a complaint by his friends that he +had become so absorbed in his wife that he neglected other things. If +this had been the case, he now made amends by throwing himself into a +whirl of activity that would have taxed the strength of a much younger +man. During the following years, he wrote part of his formerly mentioned +books on the church and Christian education, delivered a large number of +lectures, resumed his seat in the Riksdag and, of course, attended to his +growing work as a pastor. As he was also very neglectful of his own +comfort in other ways, it was evident to all that such a strenuous life +must soon exhaust his strength unless someone could be constantly about +him and minister to his need. For this reason a high-minded young widow, +the Baroness Asta Tugendreich Reetz, entered into marriage with him that +she might help to conserve the strength of the man whom she considered +one of the greatest assets her country possessed. + +Grundtvig once said of his marriages that the first was an idyl, the +second a romance and the third a fairy-tale. Others said harsher things. +But Asta Grundtvig paid no attention to the scandal mongers. A very +earnest Christian woman herself, she devoted all her energy to create a +real Christian home for her husband and family. As Grundtvig had always +lived much by himself, she wished especially to make their home a ready +gathering place for all his friends and co-workers. In this she succeeded +so well that their modest dwelling was frequently crowded with visitors +from far and near, many of whom later counted their visit with Grundtvig +among the richest experiences of their life. + +Grundtvig's fiftieth anniversary as a pastor was celebrated with +impressive festivities on May 29, 1861. The celebration was attended by +representatives from all departments of government and the church as well +as by a host of people from all parts of Scandinavia; and the celebrant +was showered with gifts and honors. The king conferred upon him the title +of bishop; the former queen, Carolina Amalia, presented him with a seven +armed candlestick of gold from women in Norway, Sweden and Denmark; his +friend, Pastor P. A. Fenger, handed him a gift of three thousand dollars +from friends in Denmark and Norway to finance a popular edition of his +_Hymns and Songs for the Danish Church_; and another friend, Gunni Busck, +presented him with a plaque of gold engraved with his likeness and a line +from his hymns, a gift from the congregation of Vartov. + +Many of those who participated in this splendid jubilee felt that it +would be of great benefit to them to meet again for mutual fellowship and +discussion of pressing religious and national questions. And with the +willing cooperation of Asta Grundtvig, it was decided to invite all who +might be interested to a meeting in Copenhagen on Grundtvig's eightieth +birthday, September 8, the following year. This Meeting of Friends--as it +was named--proved so successful that it henceforth became an annual +event, attended by people from all parts of Scandinavia. Although +Grundtvig earnestly desired that these meetings should actually be what +they were designed to be, meetings of friends for mutual help and +enlightenment, his own part in them was naturally important. His powers +were still unimpaired, and his contributions were rich in wisdom and +spiritual insight. Knowing himself surrounded by friends, he often spoke +with an appealing heartiness and power that made the Meetings of Friends +unforgettable experiences to many. + +Thus the once loneliest man in Denmark found himself in his old age +honored by his nation, surrounded by friends, and besieged by visitors +and co-workers, seeking his help and advice. He was always very +approachable. In his younger days he had frequently been harsh and +self-assertive in his judgment of others; but in his latter years he +learned that kindness is always more fruitful than wrath. Sitting in his +easy chair and smoking his long pipe, he talked frankly and often wittily +with the many who came to visit him. Thus Bishop H. Martensen, the +theologian, tells us that his conversation was admirably eloquent and +interspersed with wit and humor. And a prominent Swedish author, P. +Wisselgren, writes: "Some years ago I spent one of the most delightful +evenings of my life with Bishop Grundtvig. I doubt that I have ever met a +greater poet of conversation. Each thought was an inspiration and his +heart was in every word he said." + +Grundtvig's outward appearance, especially during his later years, was +extremely charming. His strong countenance framed by long white locks and +a full beard bore the imprint of a profound spiritual intellect and a +benevolent calmness. The queen, Caroline Amalia, after her first meeting +with him wrote, "Grundtvig has a most beautiful countenance, and he +attracted me at once by his indescribably kind and benevolent appearance. +What an interesting man he is, and what a pleasure it is to listen to his +open and forthright conversation." + +And so, still active and surrounded by friends, he saw his long, fruitful +life drawing quietly toward its close. In 1871, he opened the annual +Meeting of Friends by speaking from the text: "See, I die, but the Lord +shall be with you," and said in all likelihood this meeting would be the +last at which he would be present. He lived, however, to prepare for the +next meeting, which was to be held on September 11, 1872. On September 1, +he conducted his service at Vartov as usual, preaching an exceptionally +warm and inspiring sermon. But the following morning he passed away +quietly while sitting in his easy chair and listening to his son read for +him. + +He was buried September 11, three days after his 89th birthday, in the +presence of representatives from all departments of the government, one +fourth of the Danish clergy and a vast assembly of people from all parts +of Scandinavia. + +An American writer recently named Grundtvig "The Builder of Modern +Denmark." And there are few phases of modern Danish life which he has not +influenced. His genius was so unique and his work so many-sided that with +equal justice one might call him a historian, a poet, an educator, a +religious philosopher, a hymnologist and a folk-leader. Yet there is an +underlying unity of thought and purpose in all his work which makes each +part of it merely a branch of the whole. This underlying unity is his +clear conception of the spiritual and of man as a spiritual being who can +attain his fullest development only through the widest possible +realization of the spiritual in all his divine and human relationships. +In every part of his work Grundtvig, therefore, invariably seeks to +discover the spiritual realities. The mere form of a thing, the form of +religion, of knowledge, of education, of government, of all human +institutions and endeavors have no intrinsic value, are only skeletons +and dead bones until they become imbued and vivified by the spirit. Thus +Professor Martensen, who by no means belonged to the Grundtvigian party, +writes, "But among the many things I owe to Grundtvig, I cherish above +all his conception of the spiritual as the reality besides which all +other things are nothing but shadows, and of the spirit inspired word as +the mightiest power in human life. And he gave that to me not as a theory +but as a living truth, a spiritual reality about which there could be not +even a shadow of doubt." + +Grundtvig found the spiritual in many things, in the myth of the North, +in history, literature and, in fact, in all things through which man has +to express his god-given nature. He had no patience with the Pietists who +looked upon all things not directly religious as evils with which a +Christian could have nothing to do. Yet he believed above all in the Holy +Spirit as the "Spirit of spirits," the true agent of God in the world. +The work of the Spirit was indispensable to man's salvation, and the +fruit of that work, the regenerated Christian life, the highest +expression of the spiritual. Since he believed furthermore, that the Holy +Spirit works especially in the church through the word and sacraments, +the church was to him the workshop of the Spirit. + +In his famous hymn to the church bell, his symbol for the church, he +writes "that among all noble voices none could compare with that of the +ringing bell." Despite the many fields in which he traced the imprint of +the spiritual, the church remained throughout his long life his real +spiritual home, a fact which he beautifully expresses in the hymn below. + + + Hallowed Church Bell, not for worldly centers + Wast thou made, but for the village small + Where thy voice, as home and hearth it enters, + Blends with lullabies at evenfall. + + When a child and in the country dwelling, + Christmas morning was my heaven on earth, + And thy chimes, like angel voices swelling, + Told with joy of my Redeemer's birth. + + Louder still thy joyful chimes resounded, + When on wings of early morning borne, + They proclaimed: Awake with joy unbounded, + Christ arose this blessed Easter morn. + + Sweeter even were thy tolls when blending + With the calm of summer eventide + And, as though from heaven above descending, + Bid me cast all grief and care aside. + + Hence when now the day is softly ending, + Shadows fall and birds ascend their nest, + Like the flowers my head in silence bending, + I am chanting with my soul at rest: + + When at last, O Church Bell, thou art tolling + O'er my grave while loved grieve and sigh, + Say to them, their troubled heart consoling, + He is resting with his Lord on high. + + +---------- + +[11]The printed text is corrupt, but the correction is not obvious. + Norway and Finland might have "about as many" or "about half as many". + + + + + Other Danish Hymnwriters + + + + + Chapter Seventeen + + +The Danish church has produced a large number of hymnwriters, who, except +for the greatness of Kingo, Brorson and Grundtvig, would have commanded +general recognition. The present hymnal of the church contains +contributions by about sixty Danish writers. Though the majority of these +are represented by only one or two hymns, others have made large +contributions. + +Kingo, Brorson and Grundtvig, peculiarly enough, had few imitators. A +small number of writers did attempt to imitate the great leaders, but +they formed no school and their work for the most part was so +insignificant that it soon disappeared. Thus even Kingo's great work +inspired no hymnwriter of any consequence, and the fifty years between +Kingo and Brorson added almost nothing to the hymnody of the church. +Contemporary with Brorson, however, a few writers appeared whose songs +have survived to the present day. Foremost among these is Ambrosius Stub, +a unique and sympathetic writer whose work constitutes a distinct +contribution to Danish poetry. + +Ambrosius Stub was born on the island of Fyn in 1705, the son of a +village tailor. Although extremely poor, he managed somehow to enter the +University of Copenhagen, but his poverty compelled him to leave the +school without completing his course. For a number of years, he drifted +aimlessly, earning a precarious living by teaching or bookkeeping at the +estates of various nobles, always dogged by poverty and a sense of +frustration. Although he was gifted and ambitious, his lack of a degree +and his continuous poverty prevented him from attaining the position in +life to which his ability apparently entitled him. During his later +years, he conducted a small school for boys at Ribe, a small city on the +west coast of Jutland, where he died in abject poverty in 1758, only 53 +years old. + +Stub's work remained almost unknown during his lifetime, but a small +collection of his poems, published after his death, gained him a +posthumous recognition as the greatest Danish poet of the 18th century. +Stub's style is extremely noble and expressive, devoid of the excessive +bombast and sentimentality that many writers then mistook for poetry. He +was of a cheerful disposition with a hopeful outlook upon life that only +occasionally is darkened by the hardships and disappointments of his own +existence. Even the poems of his darker moods are colored by his inborn +love of beauty and his belief in the fundamental goodness of life. Many +of his best poems are of a religious nature, and expressive of his warm +and trustful Christian faith. In view of the discouraging hardships and +disappointments of his own life, the following much favored hymn throws a +revealing light upon the spirit of its author. + + + Undismayed by any fortune + Life may have in store for me, + This, whatever be my portion, + I will always try to be. + If I but in grace abide, + Undismayed whate'er betide. + + Undismayed when others harry + Mind and soul with anxious care; + If the Lord with me will tarry, + All my troubles disappear. + If I but in grace abide, + Undismayed whate'er betide. + + Undismayed when others sighing, + Quail before the evil day, + On God's grace I am relying; + Nothing can me then dismay. + If I but in grace abide, + Undismayed whate'er betide. + + Undismayed when others fearing, + See the hour of death draw nigh. + With the victor's crown appearing, + Why should I repine and sigh. + If I but in grace abide, + Undismayed whate'er betide. + + Dearest Lord, if I may treasure + Thy abundant grace each day, + I shall cherish Thy good pleasure, + Be my portion what it may. + If I but in grace abide, + Undismayed whate'er betide. + + +The age of Rationalism discarded most of the old hymns but produced no +worthwhile hymns of its own. The most highly praised hymnwriter of the +period, Birgitte Boye, the wife of a forester, wrote a great number of +hymns of which no less than 150 were included in a new hymnal published +in 1870, by the renowned statesman, Ove Hoegh Guldberg. Although +excessively praised by the highest authorities of the period, Birgitte +Boye's hymns contain nothing of permanent value, and have now happily +been forgotten. + +The Evangelical revival about the middle of the 19th century restored the +old hymns to their former favor, and produced besides, a number of new +hymnwriters of real merit. Among these, Casper J. Boye is, perhaps, the +most prominent. Born of Danish parents at Kongsberg, Norway, in 1791, +Boye entered the University of Copenhagen in 1820 where he first took up +the study of law and then, of theology. After graduating from this +department, he became a teacher at a Latin school and some years later, a +pastor of the large Garrison Church in Copenhagen, where he remained +until his death in 1851. Boye was a gifted writer, both on secular and +religious themes. His numerous hymns appeared in six small volumes +entitled: _Spiritual Songs_. They are marked by a flowing but at times +excessively literary style and a quiet spiritual fervor. The following +still is a favorite opening hymn. + + + Day is breaking, night is ended, + And the day of rest ascended + Upon church and countryside. + Like the day in brightness growing, + Grace from God is richer flowing; + Heaven's portals open wide. + + O what joy this day is bringing, + When the chiming bells are ringing, + Calling man to prayer and praise! + All the angel host rejoices + And with gladsome, mellow voices + Thanks the Lord for light and grace. + + Sin and death with fear and sorrow + And the burden of tomorrow + Shall not weigh my heart with care. + Unto all in tribulation + Doth the Lord of our salvation + On this day His peace declare. + + Be it hushed in solemn stillness, + Must I weep in grief or illness, + Or confess my guilt and shame, + It is blessed to be weeping + When the hungry heart is reaping + Grace and peace in Jesus' name. + + O Thou Fount of grace unbounded, + Who our wisdom hath confounded, + Whom but faith can comprehend! + In Thy love my soul reposes; + Heaven's portal never closes + Till before Thy throne we stand. + + +Herman Andreas Timm, a younger contemporary of Boye, also wrote a large +number of excellent hymns. He was born at Copenhagen in 1800, and was for +many years pastor of the church on Amager, a suburb of the capital city. +He died in 1866. His hymns appeared in a small volume of poems, published +in 1834, under the title: _Spiritual Songs_. They are characterized by an +easy literary style and an urgent spiritual appeal. The following very +popular hymn is perhaps the best-known of those now available in English. + + + Dost thou know the living fountain + Whence the stream of grace doth flow? + Dry the streams from snowcapped mountain, + Yet this stream shall fuller grow. + From the very heart of God + Flows its currents deep and broad, + Unto every land and nation, + Bringing mercy and salvation. + + Come unto the living waters! + Cried the prophets, do not shrink! + God invites His sons and daughters: + He that thirsteth come and drink. + With this water God imparts + Health and strength to sin-sick hearts. + Why are ye then hesitating + While the Lord with grace is waiting. + + With us is the day appointed, + God has kept His gracious word. + He has come, the Lord's annointed; + Men have seen the promised Lord. + Saints of God from every race + Found in Him the fount of grace, + And, with joy that never ceases, + Said: The Fount of Life is Jesus. + + Hasten then! Let all assemble + At this fountain pure and strong. + Come, ye souls that fear and tremble, + Come, ye old, and come ye young. + Now the hour of grace is here, + Draw then to its fountain near. + Soon, ah soon! the day is over. + Quickly night the world may cover. + + +Another contemporary of these writers, and perhaps the most prominent of +the group, was Theodore Vilhelm Oldenburg. Oldenburg was born at +Copenhagen in 1805, son of the Royal Chamberlain, Frederik Oldenburg. His +mother died while he was still a boy, but his excellent father managed to +give him a most careful training and a splendid education. He graduated +"cum laude" from the University of Copenhagen in 1822, obtained the +degree of Master of Arts during the following year, entered the +department of theology and graduated from there three years later, also +"cum laude." In 1830 he accepted a call to become pastor of the parish of +Otterup and Sorterup on the island of Fyn. Here he won high praise for +his conspicuously able and faithful work. Together with the gifted Bishop +P. C. Kirkegaard, he was editor for a number of years of the influential +periodical "Nordisk Tidsskrift for Kristelig Teologi," and also of the +outstanding foreign mission paper, "Dansk Missionsblad." Through these +papers he exerted a powerful and always beneficent influence upon the +churches of both Denmark and Norway. His outstanding and richly blest +service was cut short by death in 1842 when he was only 37 years old. He +was carried to the grave to the strains of his own appealing hymn: +"Thine, O Jesus, Thine Forever." + +Oldenburg's quite numerous hymns were printed from time to time in +various periodicals. They express in a noble and highly lyrical style the +firm faith and warm religious fervor of his own consecrated life. + +The hymn given below was written for a foreign mission convention shortly +before his death. + + + Deep and precious, + Strong and gracious + Is the word of God above, + Gently calling + Sinners falling, + To the Savior's arm of love. + Unto all the word is given: + Jesus is the way to heaven. + + Blessed Savior, + Wondrous favor + Hast Thou shown our fallen race! + Times may alter, + Worlds may falter, + Nothing moves Thy word of grace. + With Thy word Thy grace abideth, + And for all our needs provideth. + + By Thy merit, + Through the Spirit + Draw all sinners, Lord, to Thee. + Sin and error, + Death and terror + By Thy word shall vanquished be. + Guide us all through life's straight portal, + Bear us into life immortal. + + +Besides Grundtvig the foremost hymnwriter of this period was his close +friend, Bernhard Severin Ingemann, one of Denmark's most popular and +beloved writers. He was born in 1789 in a parsonage on the island of +Falster. His father died in 1800 when the son was only 11 years old, and +his mother left the parsonage to settle in Slagelse, an old city on the +island of Sjælland. Having graduated from the Latin school there in 1806, +Ingemann entered the University of Copenhagen in the fall of the same +year. During the English attack on Copenhagen in 1807, he enrolled in the +student's volunteer corps and fought honorably in defense of the city. +After graduating from the University, he was granted free board and room +at Walkendorf's Collegium, an institution for the aid of indigent but +promising young students. Here he devoted most of his time to literary +pursuits and, during the following three years, he published a large +number of works which won him a favorable name as a gifted lyrical poet +of a highly idealistic type. As an encouragement to further efforts, the +government granted him a two year stipend for travel and study in foreign +parts. He visited Germany, France, Switzerland and Italy, and became +acquainted with many famous literary leaders of that day, especially in +Germany. On his return from abroad in 1822 he was appointed a lector at +the famous school at Sorø on the island of Sjælland. In this charming old +city with its splendid cathedral and idyllic surroundings he spent the +remainder of his life in the peace and quiet that agreed so well with his +own mild and seraphic nature. He died in 1862. + +Inspired by Oehlenschlaeger and strongly encouraged by Grundtvig, +Ingemann in 1824 began the issuance of his famous historical novels, +based upon episodes from the romantic period of Danish history during the +13th and 14th centuries. To some extent the novels are modeled upon the +similar works of Walter Scott but are written in a livelier style and +more idealistic spirit than their English prototype. In later years their +historical veracity has been gravely questioned. Enjoying an immense +popularity both in Denmark and in Norway, these highly idealized pictures +of the past did much to arouse that national spirit which especially +Grundtvig had labored long to awaken. After completing his historical +novels, Ingemann again resumed his lyrical and fictional writings, +producing a large number of poems, fairy-tales and novels that further +increased his already immense popularity. + + Bernhard Severin Ingemann + +Despite the great popularity of Ingemann's secular writings, it is, +nevertheless, his hymns and spiritual songs which will preserve his name +the longest. His first collection of hymns, a small volume of morning and +evening songs, appeared in 1822. This collection was followed in 1825 by +a volume of church hymns, which was enlarged and reprinted in 1843. The +favorable reception of these hymns caused Ingemann to be selected to +prepare the new church hymnal, published in 1855, a task which he +accomplished to the general satisfaction of all. + +Ingemann's hymns faithfully reflect his own serene and idealistic nature. +Their outstanding merits are a limpid, lyrical style and an implicit +trust in the essential goodness of life and its Author. Of Kingo's +realistic conception of evil or Grundtvig's mighty vision of existence as +a heroic battle between life and death, he has little understanding. The +world of his songs is as peaceful and idyllic as the quiet countryside +around his beloved Sorø. If at times he tries to take the deeper note, +his voice falters and becomes artificial. But though his hymns on such +themes as sin and redemption are largely a failure, he has written +imperishable hymns of idealistic faith and childlike trust in the +goodness and love of God. + +The extreme lyrical quality and highly involved and irregular metre of +many of Ingemann's hymns make them extremely difficult to translate, and +their English translations fail on the whole to do justice. The +translation given below is perhaps one of the best. It is the work of the +Rev. P. C. Paulsen. + + + As wide as the skies is Thy mercy, O God; + Thy faithfulness shieldeth creation. + Thy bounteous hand from the mountains abroad + Is stretched over country and nation. + + Like heaven's embrace is Thy mercy, O Lord; + In judgment profound Thou appearest. + Thou savest our souls through Thy life-giving word, + The cries of Thy children Thou hearest. + + How precious Thy goodness, O Father above, + Where children of men are abiding. + Thou spreadest through darkness the wings of Thy love; + We under their pinions are hiding. + + For languishing souls Thou preparest a rest; + The quivering dove Thou protectest; + Thou givest us being, eternal and blest, + In mercy our life Thou perfectest. + + +The following hymn is also quite popular. + + + The sun is rising in the east, + It gilds the heavens wide, + And scatters light on mountain crest, + On shore and countryside. + + It rises from the valley bright, + Where Paradise once lay, + And bringeth life, and joy and light + To all upon its way. + + It greets us from the land afar + Where man with grace was crowned, + And from that wondrous Morning Star, + Which Eastern sages found. + + The starry host bow down before + The sun that passes them; + It seems so like that star of yore + Which shone on Bethlehem. + + Thou Sun of Suns, from heaven come, + In Thee our praises rise + For every message from Thy home + And from Thy Paradise. + + +The most beloved of all Ingemann's hymns is his splendid "Pilgrim Song." + + + Dejlig er Jorden, + Prægtig er Guds Himmel, + Skøn er Sjælenes Pilgrimsgang. + Gennem de fagre + Riger paa Jorden + Gaa vi til Paradis med Sang. + + +This hymn is written to the tune of "Beautiful Savior" which Ingemann, in +common with many others, accepted as a marching tune from the period of +the crusades. Although this historic origin has now been disproved, the +tune united with Ingemann's text undoubtedly will remain the most beloved +pilgrim song among the Danish and Norwegian peoples. Though fully aware +of the impossibility of translating this tenderly beautiful song so that +it is acceptable to those who know the original, the author presents the +following translation in the hope that it may interest those who cannot +read the original. + + + Fair is creation,[12] + Fairer God's heaven, + Blest is the marching pilgrim throng. + Onward through lovely + Regions of beauty + Go we to Paradise with song. + + Ages are coming, + Ages are passing + Nations arise and disappear. + Never the joyful + Message from heaven + Wanes through the soul's brief sojourn here. + + Angels proclaimed it + Once to the shepherds, + Henceforth from soul to soul it passed: + Unto all people + Peace and rejoicing, + Us is a Savior born at last. + + +Of other hymns by Ingemann, which are now available in English, we may +mention "Jesus, My Savior, My Shepherd Blest," "The Country Lies in Deep +Repose" and "I Live and I Know the Span of My Years." + + +---------- + +[12]Another translation: "Beauty around us" by S. D. Rodholm in "A World + of Song." + +The last half of the 19th century also brought forth a number of Danish +hymnwriters of considerable merit, such as Chr. Richardt, Pastor J. P. M. +Paulli, Pastor Olfert Ricard and Pastor J. Schjorring. The latter is +especially known by one song which has been translated into many +languages and with which it seems appropriate to close this survey of +Danish hymnody. + + + Love from God our Lord, + Has forever poured + Like a fountain pure and clear. + In its quiet source, + In its silent course + Doth the precious pearl appear. + + Love from God our Lord, + Comes with sweet accord, + Like a pure and lovely bride. + Dwell within my heart, + Peace from God impart, + Heaven doth with Thee abide. + + Love from God our Lord, + Has to man restored + Life and peace from heaven above. + Who in love remains, + Peace from God obtains; + God Himself is ever love. + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Hymns and Hymnwriters of Denmark, by +Jens Christian Aaberg + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HYMNS AND HYMNWRITERS OF DENMARK *** + +***** This file should be named 29666-8.txt or 29666-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/9/6/6/29666/ + +Produced by Stephen Hutcheson and Ken Jentsch + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/29666-8.zip b/29666-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8f3049a --- /dev/null +++ b/29666-8.zip diff --git a/29666-h.zip b/29666-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..62ee327 --- /dev/null +++ b/29666-h.zip diff --git a/29666-h/29666-h.htm b/29666-h/29666-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..516be21 --- /dev/null +++ b/29666-h/29666-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,7716 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> +<!-- terminate if block for class html --> +<title>Hymns and Hymnwriters of Denmark</title> + <!-- END OF THML-EXCLUSIVE METADATA --> +<style type="text/css"> + /* == XML-ONLY MARKUP == + */ + /* == GLOBAL MARKUP == */ + body, table.twocol tr td { margin-left:2em; margin-right:2em; } /* BODY */ + h1, h2, h3, h5, h6, .titlepg p { text-align:center; clear:right; } /* HEADINGS */ + h3 { } + h6 { font-size:100%; font-style:italic; } + h6.var { font-size:80%; font-style:normal; } + .titlepg { margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border-style: groove; clear:both; } + h4 { font-style:italic; text-align:right; clear:right; } + span.chaptertitle { font-style:normal; display:block; text-align:center; font-size:150%; } + p, blockquote { text-align:justify; } /* PARAGRAPHS */ + .bq { margin-left:2em; margin-right:2em; font-size:90%; } + p.indent {text-indent:2em; text-align:left; } + sup { font-size:50%; } + span.pb, div.pb, dt.pb, p.pb /* PAGE BREAKS */ + { text-align: right; float:right; margin-right:0em; } + div.pb { display:inline; } + .pb { text-align:right; float:right; margin-left: 1.5em; + margin-top:.5em; margin-bottom:.5em; display:inline; + font-size:80%; font-style:normal; font-weight:bold; } + div.index .pb { display:block; } + div.img {text-align:center; } + .center { text-align:center; clear:both; } /* TEXTUAL MARKUP */ + table.center { clear:both; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } + .small { font-size:80%; } + .smaller { font-size:66%; } + .smallest { font-size:50%; } + .larger { font-size:150%; } + .large { font-size:125%; } + .gs { letter-spacing:1em; } + .gs3 { letter-spacing:2em; } + .gslarge { letter-spacing:.3em; font-size:125%; } + .sc { font-variant:small-caps; font-style: normal; } + .rubric { color: red; } + hr { width:20%; } + .shorthr { width:5%; } + .jl { text-align:left; } + .jr { text-align:right; } + .jr1 { text-align:right; margin-right:2em; } + .ind1 { text-align:left; margin-left:2em; } + .u { text-decoration:underline; } +dl.hymntab dt { text-align:right; } +dl.hymntab dt .jl { display:block; text-align:left; float:left; } + table.hymntab { text-align:right; } + table.hymntab tr td { vertical-align:bottom; } + table.center { border-style: groove; } + table.center, table.hymntab { clear:both; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } +dl.toc { clear:both; } /* CONTENTS (.TOC) */ + .toc dt { text-align:right; clear:left; } + .toc dd { text-align:right; clear:both; } + .toc dt a, .toc dd a{ text-align:left; clear:right; float:left; } + .toc dt.sc { text-align:right; clear:both; } + .toc dt.scl { text-align:left; clear:both; font-variant:small-caps; } + .toc dt.sct { text-align:right; clear:both; font-variant:small-caps; margin-left:1em; } + .toc dt.jl { text-align:left; clear:both; font-variant:normal; } + .toc dt.scc { text-align:center; clear:both; font-variant:small-caps; } + .toc dt span.lj { text-align:left; display:block; float:left; } + /* INDEX (.INDEX) */ +dl.index { clear:both; } + .index dd { clear:both; text-align:right; } + .index dd span { text-align:left; display:block; float:left; } + .xxindex dd a { text-align:right; float:right; clear:left; display: block; } + div.notes p { margin-left:1em; text-indent:-1em; /* FOOTNOTE BLOCKS */ + text-align:justify; } + .lnum { text-align:right; float:right; margin-left:.5em; /* POETRY LINE NUMBER */ + display:inline; color: red; } + .hymn { text-align:left; } /* HYMN AND VERSE: HTML */ + .Verse, .verse { text-align:left; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:1em; font-size:90%; } + .verse p { font-size:100%; } + .originc { text-align:center; } + .subttl { text-align:center; font-size:80%; } + p.t0, p.l, .t0, .l, div.l, l { margin-left:3em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } + p.t, div.t, .t { margin-left:4em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } + p.t2, div.t2, .t2 { margin-left:5em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } + p.t3, div.t3, .t3 { margin-left:6em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } + p.t4, div.t4, .t4 { margin-left:7em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } + p.t5, div.t5, .t5 { margin-left:8em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } + p.t6, div.t6, .t6 { margin-left:9em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } + p.t7, div.t7, .t7 { margin-left:10em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } + p.t8, div.t8, .t8 { margin-left:11em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } + p.t9, div.t9, .t9 { margin-left:12em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } + p.t10,div.t10,.t10 { margin-left:13em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } + .argument { text-align:center; font-size:90%; } + .author, .meter { text-align:center; font-size:75%; } + .source { text-align:right; font-size:75%; } + .subhead { text-align:center; font-size:80%; } + .firstl { text-align:left; font-size:90%; } + .sidenote { width:20%; margin-left:1.5em; text-align:right; /* SPECIAL: SIDENOTES */ + float:right; clear:right; font-size:80%; + font-weight:bold; margin-top:.5em; } + .hymninfo {font-size:90%; } + .fnblock { margin-top:1.5em; } + .fndef { text-align:justify; margin-left:1.5em; text-indent:-1.5em; } + g { color:red; } +</style> +</head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Hymns and Hymnwriters of Denmark, by +Jens Christian Aaberg + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Hymns and Hymnwriters of Denmark + +Author: Jens Christian Aaberg + +Release Date: August 11, 2009 [EBook #29666] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HYMNS AND HYMNWRITERS OF DENMARK *** + + + + +Produced by Stephen Hutcheson and Ken Jentsch + + + + + +</pre> + +<div id="home" class="titlepg" title="Hymns and Hymnwriters of Denmark"> +<h1>Hymns and Hymnwriters of Denmark</h1> +<p class="center">By +<br />J. C. AABERG</p> +<p class="center"><span class="smaller">Published by +<br />The Committee on Publication +<br />of the Danish Evangelical Lutheran Church in America +<br />Des Moines, Ia. +<br />1945</span></p> +<p class="center"><span class="smaller">Copyright 1945 +<br />The Danish Ev. Luth. Church In America</span></p> +<p class="center"><span class="smaller">Printed in Lutheran Publishing House +<br />Blair, Nebr.</span></p> +</div> +<div id="foreword" title="Foreword"> +<div class="pb" id="pg_5">[5]</div> +<h3>Foreword</h3> +<p>This book deals with a subject which is new to most English +readers. For though Danish hymnody long ago became favorably +known in Northern Europe, no adequate presentation of the subject +has appeared in English. Newer American Lutheran hymnals +contain a number of Danish hymns, some of which have gained +considerable popularity, but the subject as a whole has not been +presented.</p> +<p>A hymn is a child both of its author and of the time in which +he lived. A proper knowledge of the writer and the age that gave +it birth will enhance our understanding both of the hymn and of +the spiritual movement it represents. No other branches of literature +furnish a more illuminating index to the inner life of Christendom +than the great lyrics of the Church. Henry Ward Beecher +said truly: “He who knows the way that hymns flowed, knows +where the blood of true piety ran, and can trace its veins and +arteries to its very heart.”</p> +<p>Aside from whatever value they may have in themselves, the +hymns presented on the following pages therefore should convey +an impression of the main currents within the Danish church, and +the men that helped to create them.</p> +<p>The names of Kingo, Brorson and Grundtvig are known to +many, but so far no biographies of these men except of the sketchiest +kind have appeared in English. It is hoped that the fairly +comprehensive presentation of their life and work in the following +pages may fill a timely need.</p> +<p>In selecting the hymns care has been taken to choose those +that are most characteristic of their authors, their times and the +<span class="pb" id="pg_6">[6]</span> +movements out of which they were born. While the translator has +sought to produce faithfully the metre, poetry and sentiment of +the originals, he has attempted no slavishly literal reproduction. +Many of the finest Danish hymns are frankly lyrical, a fact which +greatly increases the difficulty of translation. But while the +writer is conscious that his translations at times fail to reproduce +the full beauty of the originals, he still hopes that they may convey +a fair impression of these and constitute a not unworthy contribution +to American hymnody.</p> +<p>An examination of any standard American church hymnal +will prove that American church song has been greatly enriched +by transplantations of hymns from many lands and languages. +If the following contribution from a heretofore meagerly represented +branch of hymnody adds even a little to that enrichment, +the writer will feel amply rewarded for the many hours of concentrated +labor he has spent upon it.</p> +<p>Most of the translations are by the writer himself. When translations +by others have been used, credit has been given to them +except where only parts of a hymn have been presented.</p> +<p>Minneapolis, Minnesota, September 21st, 1944.</p> +</div> +<div id="index" class="toc" title="Index"> +<div class="pb" id="pg_7">[7]</div> +<h3>INDEX</h3> +<dl class="toc"> +<dt><span class="lj">Chapter</span> Page</dt> +<dt><a href="#index">Table of Contents</a> 7</dt> +<dt><a href="#c01">I Early Danish Hymnody</a> 9</dt> +<dt><a href="#c02">II Reformation Hymnody</a> 11</dt> +<dt><a href="#c03">III Kingo’s Childhood and Youth</a> 21</dt> +<dt><a href="#c04">IV Kingo, the Hymnwriter</a> 31</dt> +<dt><a href="#c05">V Kingo’s Psalmbook</a> 41</dt> +<dt><a href="#c06">VI Kingo’s Church Hymns</a> 44</dt> +<dt><a href="#c07">VII Kingo’s Later Years</a> 51</dt> +<dt><a href="#c08">VIII Brorson’s Childhood and Youth</a> 59</dt> +<dt><a href="#c09">IX Brorson, the Singer of Pietism</a> 65</dt> +<dt><a href="#c10">X Brorson’s Swan Song</a> 84</dt> +<dt><a href="#c11">XI Grundtvig’s Early Years</a> 93</dt> +<dt><a href="#c12">XII The Lonely Defender of the Bible</a> 103</dt> +<dt><a href="#c13">XIII The Living Word</a> 112</dt> +<dt><a href="#c14">XIV Grundtvig, the Hymnwriter</a> 121</dt> +<dt><a href="#c15">XV Grundtvig’s Hymns</a> 128</dt> +<dt><a href="#c16">XVI Grundtvig’s Later Years</a> 150</dt> +<dt><a href="#c17">XVII Other Danish Hymnwriters</a> 161</dt> +</dl> +</div> +<div id="c01" title="Early Danish Hymnody"> +<div class="pb" id="pg_9">[9]</div> +<h4>Chapter One +<span class="chaptertitle">Early Danish Hymnody</span></h4> +<p>Danish hymnody, like that of other Protestant countries, +is largely a child of the Reformation. The Northern peoples +were from ancient times lovers of song. Much of their early +history is preserved in poetry, and no one was more honored +among them than the skjald who most skillfully presented their +thoughts and deeds in song. Nor was this love of poetry lost with +the transition from paganism to Christianity. The splendid folk +songs of the Middle Ages prove conclusively that both the love of +poetry and the skill in writing it survived into the new age. One +can only wonder what fine songs the stirring advent of Christianity +might have produced among a people so naturally gifted in +poetry if the church had encouraged rather than discouraged this +native gift.</p> +<p>But the Church of Rome evinced little interest in the ancient +ways of the people among whom she took root. Her priests received +their training in a foreign tongue; her services were conducted +in Latin; and the native language and literature were +neglected. Except for a few lawbooks, the seven hundred years +of Catholic supremacy in Denmark did not produce a single book +in the Danish language. The ordinances of the church, furthermore, +expressly forbade congregational singing at the church services, +holding that, since it was unlawful for the laity to preach, +it was also impermissible for them to sing in the sanctuary. It is +thus likely that a Danish hymn had never been sung, except on a +<span class="pb" id="pg_10">[10]</span> +few special occasions in a Danish church before the triumph of the +Reformation.</p> +<p>It is not likely, however, that this prohibition of hymn singing +could be effectively extended to the homes or occasional private +gatherings. Hans Thomisson, who compiled the most important +of the early Danish hymnals, thus includes five “old hymns” in his +collection with the explanation that he had done so to show “that +even during the recent times of error there were pious Christians +who, by the grace of God, preserved the true Gospel. And though +these songs were not sung in the churches—which were filled with +songs in Latin that the people did not understand—they were sung +in the homes and before the doors”.</p> +<p>Most of these earlier hymns no doubt were songs to the Virgin +Mary or legendary hymns, two types of songs which were then +very common and popular throughout the church. Of the few real +hymns in use, some were composed with alternating lines of Danish +and Latin, indicating that they may have been sung responsively. +Among these hymns we find the oldest known Danish Christmas +hymn, which, in the beautiful recast of Grundtvig, is still one of +the most favored Christmas songs in Danish.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Christmas with gladness sounds,</p> +<p class="t0">Joy abounds</p> +<p class="t0">When praising God, our Father,</p> +<p class="t0">We gather.</p> +<p class="t0">We were in bondage lying,</p> +<p class="t0">But He hath heard our prayer.</p> +<p class="t0">Our inmost need supplying,</p> +<p class="t0">He sent the Savior here.</p> +<p class="t0">Therefore with praises ringing,</p> +<p class="t0">Our hearts for joy are singing:</p> +<p class="t">All Glory, praise and might</p> +<p class="t">Be God’s for Christmas night.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Right in a golden year,</p> +<p class="t0">Came He here.</p> +<p class="t0">Throughout a world confounded</p> +<p class="t0">Resounded</p> +<p class="t0">The tidings fraught with gladness</p> +<p class="t0">For every tribe of man</p> +<p class="t0">That He hath borne our sadness</p> +<p class="t0">And brought us joy again,</p> +<p class="t0">That He in death descended,</p> +<p class="t0">Like sun when day is ended,</p> +<p class="t">And rose on Easter morn</p> +<p class="t">With life and joy reborn.</p> +</div> +<div class="pb" id="pg_11">[11]</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">He hath for every grief</p> +<p class="t0">Brought relief.</p> +<p class="t0">Each grateful heart His praises</p> +<p class="t0">Now raises.</p> +<p class="t0">With angels at the manger,</p> +<p class="t0">We sing the Savior’s birth,</p> +<p class="t0">Who wrought release from danger</p> +<p class="t0">And peace to man on earth,</p> +<p class="t0">Who satisfies our yearning,</p> +<p class="t0">And grief to joy is turning</p> +<p class="t">Till we with Him arise</p> +<p class="t">And dwell in Paradise.</p> +</div> +<p>The earliest Danish texts were translations from the Latin. Of +these the fine translations of the well known hymns, “Stabat Mater +Dolorosa”, and “Dies Est Laetitia in Ortu Regali”, are still used, the +latter especially in Grundtvig’s beautiful recast “Joy is the Guest +of Earth Today”.</p> +<p>At a somewhat later period, but still well in advance of the +Reformation, the first original Danish hymns must have appeared. +Foremost among these, we may mention the splendid hymns, “I +Will Now Hymn His Praises Who All My Sin Hath Borne”, “On +Mary, Virgin Undefiled, Did God Bestow His Favor”, and the +beautiful advent hymn, “O Bride of Christ, Rejoice”, all hymns that +breathe a truly Evangelical spirit and testify to a remarkable skill +in the use of a language then so sorely neglected.</p> +<p>Best known of all Pre-Reformation songs in Danish is “The +Old Christian Day Song”—the name under which it was printed +by Hans Thomisson. Of the three manuscript copies of this song, +which are preserved in the library of Upsala, Sweden, the oldest +is commonly dated at “not later than 1450”. The song itself, however, +is thought to be much older, dating probably from the latter +part of the 14th century. Its place of origin is uncertain, with both +Sweden and Denmark contending for the honor. The fact that the +text printed by Hans Thomisson is identical, except for minor variations +in dialect, with that of the oldest Swedish manuscript +proves, at least, that the same version was also current in Danish, +and that no conclusion as to its origin can now be drawn from the +chance preservation of its text in Sweden. The following translation +is based on Grundtvig’s splendid revision of the song for the +thousand years’ festival of the Danish church.<sup><a id="fr_1" href="#fn_1">[1]</a></sup></p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_12">[12]</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">With gladness we hail the blessed day</p> +<p class="t0">Now out of the sea ascending,</p> +<p class="t0">Illuming the earth upon its way</p> +<p class="t0">And cheer to all mortals lending.</p> +<p class="t0">God grant that His children everywhere</p> +<p class="t0">May prove that the night is ending.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">How blest was that wondrous midnight hour</p> +<p class="t0">When Jesus was born of Mary!</p> +<p class="t0">Then dawned in the East with mighty power</p> +<p class="t0">The day that anew shall carry</p> +<p class="t0">The light of God’s grace to every soul</p> +<p class="t0">That still with the Lord would tarry.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Should every creature in song rejoice,</p> +<p class="t0">And were every leaflet singing,</p> +<p class="t0">They could not His grace and glory voice,</p> +<p class="t0">Though earth with their praise were ringing,</p> +<p class="t0">For henceforth now shines the Light of Life,</p> +<p class="t0">Great joy to all mortals bringing.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Like gold is the blush of morning bright,</p> +<p class="t0">When day has from death arisen.</p> +<p class="t0">Blest comfort too holds the peaceful night</p> +<p class="t0">When skies in the sunset glisten.</p> +<p class="t0">So sparkle the eyes of those whose hearts</p> +<p class="t0">In peace for God’s summons listen.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Then journey we to our fatherland,</p> +<p class="t0">Where summer reigns bright and vernal.</p> +<p class="t0">Where ready for us God’s mansions stand</p> +<p class="t0">With thrones in their halls supernal.</p> +<p class="t0">So happily there with friends of light</p> +<p class="t0">We joy in the peace eternal.</p> +</div> +<p>In this imperishable song, Pre-Reformation hymnody reached +its highest excellence, an excellence that later hymnody seldom +has surpassed. “The Old Christian Day Song” shows, besides, that +Northern hymnwriters even “during the time of popery” had +caught the true spirit of Evangelical hymnody. Their songs were +few, and they were often bandied about like homeless waifs, but +they embodied the purest Christian ideals of that day and served +in a measure to link the old church with the new.</p> +<div class="fnblock"> +<div class="fndef"><sup><a id="fn_1" href="#fr_1">[1]</a></sup>Other translations: +<br />“O day full of grace, which we behold” by C. Doving +in “Hymnal for Church and Home.” +<br />“The dawn from on high is on our shore” by S. D. Rodholm +in “World of Song”. +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div id="c02" title="Reformation Hymnody"> +<div class="pb" id="pg_13">[13]</div> +<h4>Chapter Two +<span class="chaptertitle">Reformation Hymnody</span></h4> +<p>The Danish Reformation began quietly about 1520, and +culminated peacefully in the establishment of the Lutheran +church as the church of the realm in 1536. The movement was +not, as in some other countries, the work of a single outstanding +reformer. It came rather as an almost spontaneous uprising of the +people under several independent leaders, among whom men like +Hans Tausen, Jorgen Sadolin, Claus Mortensen, Hans Spandemager +and others merely stand out as the most prominent. And it was +probably this very spontaneity which invested the movement with +such an irresistible force that within in a few years it was able to +overthrow an establishment that had exerted a powerful influence +over the country for more than seven centuries.</p> +<p>In this accomplishment Evangelical hymnody played a prominent +part. Though the Reformation gained little momentum before +1526, the Papists began as early as 1527, to preach against “the +sacrilegious custom of roaring Danish ballads at the church service”. +As no collection of hymns had then been published, the +hymns thus used must have been circulated privately, showing the +eagerness of the people to adopt the new custom. The leaders of +the Reformation were quick to recognize the new interest and make +use of it in the furtherance of their cause. The first Danish hymnal +was published at Malmø in 1528 by Hans Mortensen. It contained +ten hymns and a splendid liturgy for the morning service. This +small collection proved so popular that it was soon enlarged by +the addition of thirty new hymns and appropriate liturgies for the +various other services, that were held on the Sabbath day. Independent +collections were almost simultaneously published by Hans +Tausen, Arvid Petersen and others. And, as these different collections +all circulated throughout the country, the result was confusing. +At a meeting in Copenhagen of Evangelical leaders from +all parts of the country, it was decided to revise the various collections +and to combine them into one hymnal. This first common +hymnal for the Danish church appeared in 1531, and served as the +hymnal of the church till 1544, when it was revised and enlarged +by Hans Tausen. Tausen’s hymnal was replaced in 1569 by <b>The +Danish Psalmbook</b>, compiled by Hans Thomisson, a pastor of the +<span class="pb" id="pg_14">[14]</span> +Church of Our Lady at Copenhagen, and the ablest translator and +hymnwriter of the Reformation period. <b>Hans Thomisson’s Hymnal</b>—as +it was popularly named—was beyond question the finest +hymnal of the transition period. It was exceptionally well printed, +contained 268 hymns, set to their appropriate tunes, and served +through innumerable reprints as the hymnal of the Danish church +for more than 150 years.</p> +<div class="img" title="Den Danske Psalmebog"> +<img height="784" width="500" alt="Den Danske Psalmebog" src="images/psalmbok.png" /> +</div> +<p>Thus the Reformation, in less than fifty years, had produced an +acceptable hymnal and had established congregational singing as +an indispensable part of the church service. The great upheaval +had failed, nevertheless, to produce a single hymnwriter of outstanding +merit. The leaders in the movement were able men, +striving earnestly to satisfy a pressing need. But they were not +poets. Their work consisted of passable translations, selections +from Pre-Reformation material and a few original hymns by Claus +Mortensen, Arvid Petersen, Hans Thomisson and others. It represented +an honest effort, but failed to attain greatness. People loved +their new hymns, however, and clung to them despite their halting +metres and crude style, even when newer and much finer songs +<span class="pb" id="pg_15">[15]</span> +were available. But when these at last had gained acceptance, the +old hymns gradually disappeared, and very few of them are now +included in the Danish hymnal. The Reformation produced a +worthy hymnal, but none of the great hymnwriters whose splendid +work later won Danish hymnody an honorable place in the church.</p> +<p>Hans Chrestensen Sthen, the first notable hymnwriter of the +Danish church, was already on the scene, however, when Hans +Thomisson’s Hymnal left the printers. He is thought to have been +born at Roskilde about 1540; but neither the date nor the place +of his birth is now known with certainty. He is reported to have +been orphaned at an early age, and subsequently, to have been +adopted and reared by the renowned Royal Chamberlain, Christopher +Walkendorf. After receiving an excellent education, he became +rector of a Latin school at Helsingør, the Elsinore of Shakespeare’s +<b>Hamlet</b>, and later was appointed to a pastorate in the +same city. In this latter office he was singularly successful. Lysander, +one of his biographers, says of him that he was exceptionally +well educated, known as a fine orator and noted as a successful +author and translator. His hymns prove that he was also an earnest +and warm-hearted Christian. The peoples of Helsingør loved him +dearly, and for many years, after he had left their city, continued +to “remember him with gifts of love for his long and faithful service +among them”. In 1583, to the sorrow of his congregation he +had accepted a call to Malmø, a city on the eastern shore of the +Sound. But in this new field his earnest Evangelical preaching, +provoked the resentment of a number of his most influential parishioners, +who, motivated by a wish to blacken his name and secure +his removal, instigated a suit against him for having mismanaged +an inheritance left to his children by his first wife. The children +themselves appeared in his defence, however, and expressed +their complete satisfaction with his administration of their property; +and the trumped up charge was wholly disproved. But his +enemies still wanted to have him removed and, choosing a new +method of attack, forwarded a petition to the king in which they +claimed that “Master Hans Chrestensen Sthen because of weakness +and old age was incompetent to discharge his duties as a pastor”, +and asked for his removal to the parishes of Tygelse and Klagstrup. +Though the king is reported to have granted the petition, +other things seem to have intervened to prevent its execution, and +the ill-used pastor appears to have remained at Malmø until his +death, the date of which is unknown.</p> +<p>Sthen’s fame as a poet and hymnwriter rests mainly on two +<span class="pb" id="pg_16">[16]</span> +thin volumes of poetry. <b>A Small Handbook, Containing Diverse +Prayers and Songs Together with Some Rules for Life, Composed +in Verse</b>, which appeared in 1578, and <b>A Small Wander Book</b>, +published in 1591. The books contain both a number of translations +and some original poems. In some of the latter Sthen readopts +the style of the old folk songs with their free metre, native imagery +and characteristic refrain. His most successful compositions in +this style are his fine morning and evening hymns, one of which +is given below.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">The gloomy night to morning yields,</p> +<p class="t0">So brightly the day is breaking;</p> +<p class="t0">The sun ascends over hills and fields,</p> +<p class="t0">And birds are with song awaking.</p> +<p class="t">Lord, lend us Thy counsel and speed our days,</p> +<p class="t">The light of Thy grace surround us.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Our grateful thanks to God ascend,</p> +<p class="t0">Whose mercy guarded our slumber.</p> +<p class="t0">May ever His peace our days attend</p> +<p class="t0">And shield us from troubles somber.</p> +<p class="t">Lord, lend us Thy counsel and speed our days,</p> +<p class="t">The light of Thy grace surround us.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Redeem us, Master, from death’s strong hand,</p> +<p class="t0">Thy grace from sin us deliver;</p> +<p class="t0">Enlighten us till with Thine we stand,</p> +<p class="t0">And make us Thy servants ever.</p> +<p class="t">Lord, lend us Thy counsel and speed our days,</p> +<p class="t">The light of Thy grace surround us.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Then shall with praise we seek repose</p> +<p class="t0">When day unto night hath yielded,</p> +<p class="t0">And safe in Thine arms our eyelids close</p> +<p class="t0">To rest by Thy mercy shielded.</p> +<p class="t">Lord, lend us Thy counsel and speed our days,</p> +<p class="t">The light of Thy grace surround us.</p> +</div> +<p>Sthen’s hymns all breathe a meek and lowly spirit. They express +in the simplest words the faith, hope and fears of a humble, +earnest Christian. The following still beloved hymn thus presents +a vivid picture of the meek and prayerful spirit of its author.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">O Lord, my heart is turning</p> +<p class="t0">To Thee with ceaseless yearning</p> +<p class="t0">And praying for Thy grace.</p> +<p class="t0">Thou art my sole reliance</p> +<p class="t0">Against my foes’ defiance;</p> +<p class="t0">Be Thou my stay in every place.</p> +</div> +<div class="pb" id="pg_17">[17]</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">I offer a confession</p> +<p class="t0">Of my severe transgression;</p> +<p class="t0">In me is nothing good.</p> +<p class="t0">But, Lord, Thou wilt not leave me</p> +<p class="t0">And, like the world, deceive me;</p> +<p class="t0">Thou hast redeemed me with Thy blood.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Blest Lord of Life most holy,</p> +<p class="t0">Thou wilt the sinner lowly</p> +<p class="t0">Not leave in sin and death;</p> +<p class="t0">Thine anger wilt not sever</p> +<p class="t0">The child from Thee forever</p> +<p class="t0">That pleads with Thee for life and breath.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">O Holy Spirit, guide me!</p> +<p class="t0">With wisdom true provide me;</p> +<p class="t0">Help me my cross to bear.</p> +<p class="t0">Uphold me in my calling</p> +<p class="t0">And, when the night is falling,</p> +<p class="t0">Grant me Thy heavenly home to share.</p> +</div> +<p>Most widely known of all Sthen’s hymns is his beloved “Lord +Jesus Christ, My Savior Blest”. In its unabbreviated form this +hymn contains eight stanzas of which the initial letters spell the +words: “Hans Anno”; and it has become known therefore as +“Sthen’s Name Hymn”. The method of thus affixing one’s name +to a song was frequently practiced by authors for the purpose of +impressing people with their erudition. The meek and anxious +spirit that pervades this hymn makes it unlikely, however, that +Sthen would have employed his undoubted skill as a poet for such +a purpose. The hymn is thought to have been written at Malmø +at the time its author encountered his most severe trials there. +And its intimate personal note makes it likely that he thus ineradicably +affixed his name to his hymn in order to indicate its +connection with his own faith and experience. “Sthen’s Name +Hymn” thus should be placed among the numerous great hymns +of the church that have been born out of the sorrows and travails +of their authors’ believing but anxious hearts. The translation +given below is from the abbreviated text now used in all Danish +hymnals.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Lord Jesus Christ,</p> +<p class="t0">My Savior blest,</p> +<p class="t0">My refuge and salvation,</p> +<p class="t0">I trust in Thee,</p> +<p class="t0">Abide with me,</p> +<p class="t0">Thy word shall be</p> +<p class="t0">My shield and consolation.</p> +</div> +<div class="pb" id="pg_18">[18]</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">I will confide,</p> +<p class="t0">Whate’er betide,</p> +<p class="t0">In Thy compassion tender.</p> +<p class="t0">When grief and stress</p> +<p class="t0">My heart oppress,</p> +<p class="t0">Thou wilt redress</p> +<p class="t0">And constant solace render.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">When grief befalls</p> +<p class="t0">And woe appalls</p> +<p class="t0">Thy loving care enfolds me.</p> +<p class="t0">I have no fear</p> +<p class="t0">When Thou art near,</p> +<p class="t0">My Savior dear;</p> +<p class="t0">Thy saving hand upholds me.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Lord, I will be</p> +<p class="t0">Alway with Thee</p> +<p class="t0">Wherever Thou wilt have me.</p> +<p class="t0">Do Thou control</p> +<p class="t0">My heart and soul</p> +<p class="t0">And make me whole;</p> +<p class="t0">Thy grace alone can save me.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Yea, help us, Lord,</p> +<p class="t0">With one accord</p> +<p class="t0">To love and serve Thee solely,</p> +<p class="t0">That henceforth we</p> +<p class="t0">May dwell with Thee</p> +<p class="t0">Most happily</p> +<p class="t0">And see Thy presence holy.</p> +</div> +<p>With Sthen the fervid spirit of the Reformation period appears +to have spent itself. The following century added nothing to Danish +hymnody. Anders Chrestensen Arrebo, Bishop at Tronhjem, +and an ardent lover and advocate of a richer cultivation of the +Danish language and literature, published a versification of the +Psalms of David and a few hymns in 1623. But the Danish church +never became a psalm singing church, and his hymns have disappeared. +Hans Thomisson’s hymnal continued to be printed with +occasional additions of new material, most of which possessed no +permanent value. But the old hymns entered into the very heart +and spirit of the people and held their affection so firmly that even +Kingo lost much of his popularity when he attempted to revise +them and remove some of their worst poetical and linguistic defects. +They were no longer imprinted merely on the pages of a +book but in the very heart and affection of a nation.</p> +</div> +<div id="s1" title="Thomas Kingo, the Easter Poet of Denmark"> +<div class="pb" id="pg_19">[19]</div> +<h2>Thomas Kingo, the Easter Poet of Denmark</h2> +<div id="c03" title="Kingo’s Childhood and Youth"> +<div class="pb" id="pg_21">[21]</div> +<h4>Chapter Three +<span class="chaptertitle">Kingo’s Childhood and Youth</span></h4> +<p>Thomas Kingo, the first of the great Danish hymnwriters, +grew forth as a root out of dry ground. There was nothing +in the religious and secular life of the times to foreshadow +the appearance of one of the great hymnwriters, not only of Denmark +but of the world.</p> +<p>The latter part of the 16th and the first half of the 17th centuries +mark a rather barren period in the religious and cultural +life of Denmark. The spiritual ferment of the Reformation had +subsided into a staid and uniform Lutheran orthodoxy. Jesper +Brochman, a bishop of Sjælland and the most famous theologian +of that age, praised king Christian IV for “the zeal with which from +the beginning of his reign he had exerted himself to make all his +subjects think and talk alike about divine things”. That the foremost +leader of the church thus should recommend an effort to +impose uniformity upon the church by governmental action proves +to what extent church life had become stagnant. Nor did such +secular culture as there was present a better picture. The Reformation +had uprooted much of the cultural life that had grown up +during the long period of Catholic supremacy, but had produced +no adequate substitute. Even the once refreshing springs of the +folk-sings had dried up. Writers were laboriously endeavoring to +master the newer and more artistic forms of poetry introduced +from other countries, but when the forms had been achieved the +spirit had often fled, leaving only an empty shell. Of all that was +written during these years only one song of any consequence, +“Denmark’s Lovely Fields and Meadows”, has survived.</p> +<p>Against this bleak background the work of Kingo stands out +<span class="pb" id="pg_22">[22]</span> +as an amazing achievement. Leaping all the impediments of an +undeveloped language and an equally undeveloped form, Danish +poetry by one miraculous sweep attained a perfection which later +ages have scarcely surpassed.</p> +<div class="img" title="Thomas Kingo"> +<img height="633" alt="Thomas Kingo" width="500" src="images/kingo.png" /> +<p class="center">Thomas Kingo</p> +</div> +<p>Of this accomplishment, Grundtvig wrote two hundred years +later: “Kingo’s hymns represent not only the greatest miracle of +the 17th century but such an exceptional phenomenon in the realm +of poetry that it is explainable only by the fates who in their wisdom +preserved the seed of an Easter Lily for a thousand years, +and then returned it across the sea that it might flower in its original +soil”. Kingo’s family on the paternal side had immigrated to +Denmark from that part of Scotland which once had been settled +by the poetic Northern sea rovers, and Grundtvig thus conceives +the poetic genius of Kingo to be a revival of an ancestral gift, +brought about by the return of his family to its original home and +a new infusion of pure Northern blood. The conception, like so +much that Grundtvig wrote is at least ingenious, and it is recommended +<span class="pb" id="pg_23">[23]</span> +by the fact that Kingo’s poetry does convey a spirit of +robust realism that is far more characteristic of the age of the Vikings +than of his own.</p> +<p>Thomas Kingo, the grandfather of the poet, immigrated from +Crail, Scotland, to Denmark about 1590, and settled at Helsingør, +Sjælland, where he worked as a tapestry weaver. He seems to have +attained a position of some prominence, and it is related that King +James IV of Scotland, during a visit to Helsingør, lodged at his +home. His son, Hans Thomeson Kingo, who was about two years +old when the family arrived in Denmark, does not appear to have +prospered as well as his father. He learned the trade of linen and +damask weaving, and established a modest business of his own at +Slangerup, a town in the northern part of Sjælland and close to +the famous royal castle of Frederiksborg. At the age of thirty-eight +he married a young peasant girl, Karen Sørendatter, and +built a modest but eminently respectable home. In this home, +Thomas Kingo, the future hymnwriter, was born December 15, 1634.</p> +<p>It was an unusually cold and unfriendly world that greeted +the advent of the coming poet. The winter of his birth was long +remembered as one of the hardest ever experienced in Denmark. +The country’s unsuccessful participation in the Thirty Year’s War +had brought on a depression that threatened its very existence as +a nation; and a terrible pestilence followed by new wars increased +and prolonged the general misery, making the years of Kingo’s +childhood and youth one of the darkest periods in Danish history.</p> +<p>But although these conditions brought sorrow and ruin to +thousands, even among the wealthy, the humble home of the +Kingos somehow managed to survive. Beneath its roof industry +and frugality worked hand in hand with piety and mutual love to +brave the storms that wrecked so many and apparently far stronger +establishments. Kingo always speaks with the greatest respect +and gratitude of his “poor but honest parents”. In a poetic description +of his childhood years he vividly recalls their indulgent +kindness to him.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">I took my pilgrim staff in hand</p> +<p class="t0">Ere I attempted talking;</p> +<p class="t0">I had scarce left my swaddling-band</p> +<p class="t0">Before they set me walking.</p> +<p class="t0">They coached me onward with a smile</p> +<p class="t0">And suited me when tearful.</p> +<p class="t0">One step was farther than a mile,</p> +<p class="t0">For I was small and fearful.</p> +</div> +<div class="pb" id="pg_24">[24]</div> +<p>But discipline was not forgotten. Parents in those days usually +kept the rod close to the apple, often too close. And Kingo’s parents, +despite their kindness, made no exception to the rule. He +was a lively, headstrong boy in need of a firm hand, and the hand +was not wanting.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">As a child my daily bread</p> +<p class="t0">I with rod and penance had,</p> +</div> +<p>he wrote later, adding that the fruits of that chastisement are now +sweet to him. Nor do his parents ever appear to have treated him +with the cold, almost loveless austerity that so many elders frequently +felt it their duty to adopt toward their children. Their +discipline was tempered by kindness and an earnest Christian +faith. Although Hans Kingo seems to some extent to have been +influenced by the strict Presbyterianism of his Scotch forebears, +he does not appear, like so many followers of that stern faith, to +have taught his children to believe in God as the strict judge rather +than as the loving Father of Jesus Christ. In his later years the +son at least gives us an attractive picture of his childhood faith:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">I gratefully remember</p> +<p class="t0">God’s loving care for me</p> +<p class="t0">Since from my nursery chamber</p> +<p class="t0">I toddled fearfully.</p> +<p class="t0">I lived contented in His care</p> +<p class="t0">And trusted in His children’s prayer.</p> +</div> +<p>These bright years of his happy childhood were somewhat darkened, +however, when, at the age of six, he entered the Danish and, +two years later, the Latin school of his home town. Nothing could +be more unsuited for a child of tender years than the average +school of those days. The curriculum was meager, the teaching +poor and the discipline cruel. Every day saw its whipping scenes. +For a day’s unexplained absence the punishment for the smaller +boys was three lashes on their bare seats and for the larger an +equal number on their bare backs. For graver offences up to +twenty lashes might be administered. On entering the Latin school +every boy had to adopt a new language. Only Latin could be +spoken within its classical confines; and woe be to the tike who so +far forgot himself as to speak a word in the native tongue anywhere +upon the school premises. The only way anyone, discovered +to have perpetrated such a crime, could escape the severest punishment +was to report another culprit guilty of the same offense. +Under such conditions one cannot wonder that Kingo complains:</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_25">[25]</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">The daily round from home to school</p> +<p class="t0">Was often hard and weary.</p> +<p class="t0">It did my youthful ardour cool</p> +<p class="t0">And made my childhood dreary.</p> +</div> +<p>At the age of fifteen Kingo, for reasons now unknown, was +transferred from the school of his home town to that at the neighboring +city of Hillerød. Here, on account of his outstanding ability, +he was accepted into the home of his new rector, Albert Bartholin, +a young man of distinguished family and conspicuous personal +endowments.</p> +<p>Although the school at Hillerød was larger, it probably was +not much better than that at Slangerup; but the close association +of the humble weaver’s son with his distinguished rector and his +refined family, no doubt, was a distinct advantage to him. The +location of Hillerød on the shores of the idyllic Frederiksborg Lake +and close to the magnificent castle of the same name is one of the +loveliest in Denmark. The castle had recently been rebuilt, and +presented, together with its lovely surroundings, a most entrancing +spectacle. Its famous builder, Christian IV, had just gone the +way of all flesh; but the new king, Frederik, known for his fondness +for royal pomp, frequently resided at the castle together with +his court, and thus Kingo must often have enjoyed the opportunity +to see both the king and the outstanding men of his government.</p> +<p>It is not unlikely that this near view of the beauty and splendor +of his country, the finest that Denmark had to offer, served +to awaken in Kingo that ardent love for all things Danish for which +he is noticed. While still at Hillerød he, at any rate, commenced a +comprehensive study of Danish literature, a most unusual thing +for a young student to do at a time when German was the common +language of all the upper classes and Danish was despised as the +speech of traders and peasants. As neither his school nor the general +sentiment of the intellectual classes did anything to encourage +interest in native culture, some other influence must have aroused +in the young Kingo what one of his early biographers calls “his +peculiar inclination for his native tongue and Danish poetry”. A +few patriotic and forward looking men, it is true, had risen above +the general indifference and sought to inspire a greater interest +in the use and cultivation of the Danish language; but this work +was still very much in its infancy, and it is not likely that the +young Kingo knew much about it.</p> +<p>He graduated from Hillerød in the spring of 1654, and enrolled +<span class="pb" id="pg_26">[26]</span> +at the university of Copenhagen on May 6 of the same year. But +a terrific outbreak of the plague forced the university to close on +May 30, and Kingo returned to his home. The scourge raged for +about eight months, carrying away one third of the city’s population, +and it was winter before Kingo returned to the school and +enrolled in the department of theology. The rules of the university +required each student, at the beginning of his course, to choose a +preceptor, a sort of guardian who should direct his charge in his +studies and counsel him in his personal life and conduct. For this +very important position Kingo wisely chose one of the most distinguished +and respected teachers at the university, Prof. Bartholin, +a brother of his former rector. Professor Bartholin was not +only a learned man, known for his years of travel and study in +foreign parts, but he was also a man of rare personal gifts and sincere +piety. In his younger days he had spent four years at the +castle of Rosenholm where the godly and scholarly nobleman, +Holger Rosenkrans, then gathered groups of young nobles about +him for study and meditation. Rosenkrans was a close friend of +John Arndt, a leader in the early Pietist movement in Germany, +to which the young Bartholin under his influence became deeply +attached. Nor had this attachment lessened with the years. And +Bartholin’s influence upon Kingo was so strong that the latter, +when entering upon his own work, lost no time in showing his +adherence to the Arndt-Rosenkrans view of Christianity.</p> +<p>Meanwhile he applied himself diligently to his work at the +university. Like other disciplines the study of theology at that +time was affected by a considerable portion of dry-rust. Orthodoxy +ruled the cathedra. With that as a weapon, the student must +be trained to meet all the wiles of the devil and perversions of the +heretics. Its greatest Danish exponent, Jesper Brochman, had +just passed to his reward, but his monumental work, <b>The System +of Danish Theology</b>, remained after him, and continued to serve +as an authoritative textbook for many years to come. Though dry +and devoted to hairsplitting as orthodoxy no doubt was, it probably +was not quite as lifeless as later generations represent it to have +been. Kingo is often named “The Singer of Orthodoxy”, yet no +one can read his soul-stirring hymns with their profound sense of +sin and grace without feeling that he, at least, possessed a deeper +knowledge of Christianity than a mere dogmatic training could +give him.</p> +<p>Kingo’s last months at the university were disturbed by a new +war with Sweden that for a while threatened the independent existence +<span class="pb" id="pg_27">[27]</span> +of the country, a threat which was averted only by the +ceding of some of its finest provinces. During these stirring events, +Kingo had to prepare for his final examinations which he passed +with highest honors in the spring of 1658.</p> +<p>Thus with considerable deprivation and sacrifice, the humble +weaver’s son had attained his membership in the academic world, +an unusual accomplishment for a man of his standing in those days. +His good parents had reason to be proud of their promising and +well educated son who now, after his many years of study, returned +to the parental home. His stay there was short, however, +for he obtained almost immediate employment as a private tutor, +first with the family of Jørgen Sørensen, the overseer at Frederiksborg +castle, and later, with the Baroness Lena Rud of Vedby +Manor, a position which to an impecunious but ambitious young +man like Kingo must have appeared especially desirable. Lena +Rud belonged to what at that time was one of the wealthiest and +most influential families in the country. Many of her relatives +occupied neighboring estates, a circumstance which enabled Kingo +to become personally acquainted with a number of them; and with +one of them, the worthy Karsten Atke, he soon formed a close +and lasting friendship. He also appears to have made a very favorable +impression upon his influential patrons and, despite his subordinate +position, to have become something of a social leader, especially +among the younger members of the group.</p> +<p>Meanwhile the country once again had been plunged into a +desperate struggle. The Swedish king, Gustav X, soon repented +of the peace he had made when the whole country was apparently +at his mercy, and renewed the war in the hope of affixing the Danish +crown to his own. This hope vanished in the desperate battle +of Copenhagen in 1659, where the Swedish army suffered a decisive +defeat by the hand of an aroused citizenry. But detachments +of the defeated army still occupied large sections of the +country districts where they, like all armies of that day, robbed, +pillaged and murdered at will, driving thousands of people away +from their homes and forcing them to roam homeless and destitute +through the wasted countryside. Acts of robbery and violence +belonged to the order of the day. Even Kingo received a bullet +through his mouth in a fight with a Swedish dragoon, whom he +boldly attempted to stop from stealing one of his employer’s horses. +When the country finally emerged from the conflict, her resources +were depleted, her trade destroyed, and large sections of her country +districts laid waste, losses which it required years for her to +<span class="pb" id="pg_28">[28]</span> +regain. But youth must be served. Despite the gravity and hardships +of the day, the young people from Vedby managed to have +their parties and other youthful diversions. And at these, Kingo +soon became a welcome and valued guest. His attractive personality, +sprightly humor and distinct social gifts caused his highly +placed friends to accept him with delight.</p> +<p>This popularity, if he had cared to exploit it, might have carried +him far. In those days the usual road to fame and fortune for +an obscure young man was to attach himself to some wealthy +patron and acquire a position through him. With the aid of his +wealthy friends Kingo could easily enough have obtained employment +as a companion to some young noble going abroad for travel +and study. It came, therefore, as a surprise to all when he accepted +a call as assistant to the Reverend Jacobsen Worm at Kirkehelsinge, +a country parish a few miles from Vedby. The position was +so far short of what a young man of Kingo’s undoubted ability and +excellent connections might have obtained, that one may well ask +for his motive in accepting it. And although Kingo himself has +left no direct explanation of his action, the following verses, which +he is thought to have written about this time, may furnish a key.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Wherever in the world I went</p> +<p class="t0">Upon my work or pleasure bent,</p> +<p class="t0">I everywhere my Lord did find,</p> +<p class="t0">He so absorbed my heart and mind</p> +<p class="t0">That I His blessed image traced</p> +<p class="t0">In everything I saw or faced.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">My thoughts on heaven ever dwelt,</p> +<p class="t0">For earth I but aversion felt.</p> +<p class="t0">My heart exalted Jesus’ name,</p> +<p class="t0">His kingdom was my constant theme;</p> +<p class="t0">My prayer was, by repentance true,</p> +<p class="t0">All carnal passions to subdue.</p> +</div> +<p>It is understandable, at least, that a young man with such sentiments +should forego the prospect of worldly honor for a chance +to serve his Master.</p> +<p>Kingo was ordained in the Church of Our Lady at Copenhagen +in September, 1661, and was installed in his new office a few +weeks later. The seven years that he spent in the obscure parish +were, no doubt, among the most fruitful years of Kingo’s life, +proving the truth of the old adage that it is better that a man +should confer honor on his position than that the position should +confer honor upon him. His fiery, forceful eloquence made him +<span class="pb" id="pg_29">[29]</span> +known as an exceptionally able and earnest pastor, and his literary +work established his fame as one of the foremost Danish poets of +his day.</p> +<p>While still at Vedby, Kingo had written a number of poems +which, widely circulated in manuscripts, had gained him a local +fame. But he now published a number of new works that attained +nation-wide recognition. These latter works compare well with +the best poetry of the period and contain passages that still may +be read with interest. The style is vigorous, the imagery striking +and at times beautiful, but the Danish language was too little cultivated +and contemporary taste too uncertain to sustain a work of +consistent excellence. Most successful of Kingo’s early poems are +“Karsten Atke’s Farewell to Lion County”, a truly felt and finely +expressed greeting to his friends, the Atkes, on their departure +from their former home, and “Chrysillis”, a lovesong, written in +a popular French style that was then very much admired in Denmark. +Both poems contain parts that are surprisingly fine, and +they attained an immense popularity. But although Kingo throughout +his life continued to write secular poetry that won him the +highest praise, that part of his work is now well nigh forgotten. +It is truly interesting to compare the faded beauty of his secular +poems with the perennial freshness of his hymns.</p> +<p>It was inevitable that Kingo, with his high ambitions and +undoubted ability should desire a larger field of labor. His salary +was so small that he had to live in the home of his employer, a +circumstance that for various reasons was not always pleasant. +Pastor Worm had married thrice and had a large family of children +of all ages from a babe in arms to a son at the university. +This son, Jacob Worm, was a brilliant but irascible and excessively +proud youth only a few years younger than Kingo. From +what we know about him in later years, it is likely that Kingo’s +contact with him during his vacations at home must have proved +exceedingly trying. The bitter enmity that later existed between +the two men probably had its inception at this time. In 1666, Kingo, +therefore, applied for a waiting appointment to his home church +at Slangerup, where the pastor was growing old and, in the course +of nature, could be expected ere long to be called to his reward. +The application was granted, and when the pastor did die two +years later, Kingo at once was installed as his successor.</p> +<p>Slangerup was only a small city, but it had a new and very +beautiful church, which still stands almost unchanged. One may +still sit in the same pews and see the same elaborately carved +<span class="pb" id="pg_30">[30]</span> +pulpit and altar which graced its lofty chancel during the pastorate +of the great hymnwriter. A beautiful chandelier, which he donated +and inscribed, still adorns the arched nave. In this splendid +sanctuary it must have been inspiring to listen to the known eloquence +of its most famous pastor as he preached the gospel or, +with his fine musical voice, chanted the liturgy before the altar. +The church was always well attended when Kingo conducted +the service. People soon recognized his exceptional ability and +showed their appreciation of his devoted ministry. The position +of a pastor was then much more prominent than it is now. He was +the official head of numerous enterprises, both spiritual and civic, +and the social equal of the best people in the community. With +many people the custom of calling him “Father” was then by no +means an empty phrase. Parishioners sought their pastor and +accepted his counsel in numerous affairs that are now considered +to be outside of his domain. In view of Kingo’s humble antecedents, +a position of such prominence might well have proved difficult +to maintain among a people that knew his former station. But +of such difficulties the record of his pastorate gives no indication. +He was, it appears, one exception to the rule that a prophet is not +respected in his own country.</p> +<p>When he moved to Slangerup, Kingo was still unmarried. But +about two years later he married the widow of his former superior, +Pastor Worm, becoming at once the head of a large family consisting +of the children of his wife and those of her first husband +by his previous marriage. It was a serious responsibility to assume, +both morally and financially. The parish was quite large, +but his income was considerably reduced by the payment of a +pension to the widow of the former pastor and the salary to an +assistant. With such a drain on his income and with a large family +to support, Kingo’s economic circumstances must have been +strained. But he was happy with his wife and proved himself a +kind and conscientious stepfather to her children who, even after +their maturity, maintained a close relationship with him.</p> +<p>Kingo’s happiness proved, however, to be but a brief interlude +to a period of intense sorrows and disappointments. His wife died +less than a year after their marriage; his father, whom he loved +and revered, passed away the same year; and the conduct of his +stepson, the formerly mentioned Jacob Worm, caused him bitter +trouble and humiliation. The bright prospect of this brilliant but +erratic youth had quickly faded. After a number of failures, he had +been forced to accept a position as rector of the small and insignificant +<span class="pb" id="pg_31">[31]</span> +Latin school at Slangerup, thus coming under the immediate +authority of Kingo, who, as pastor, supervised the educational +institutions of the parish. Worm always seems to have thought of +Kingo as a former assistant to his father, and his position as an +inferior to a former inferior in his own home, therefore, bitterly +wounded his pride. Seeking an outlet for his bitterness, he wrote +a number of extremely abusive poems about his stepfather and +circulated them among the people of the parish. This unwarranted +abuse aroused the anger of Kingo and provoked him to answer in +kind. The ensuing battle of vituperation and name-calling brought +no honor to either side. Worm’s conduct toward his superior, the +man who was unselfishly caring for his minor sisters and brothers, +deserves nothing but condemnation; but it is painful, nevertheless, +to behold the great hymnwriter himself employing the abusive +language of his worthless opponent. The times were violent, however, +and Kingo possessed his share of their temper. Kingo’s last +act in this drama between himself and his stepson throws a somewhat +softening light upon his conduct. Embittered by persistent +failures, Worm continued to pour out his bitterness not only upon +his stepfather, but upon other and much higher placed persons +until at last he was caught and sentenced to die on the gallows for +“having written and circulated grossly defamatory poems about +the royal family”. In this extremity, he appealed to Kingo, who +successfully exerted his then great influence to have the sentence +commuted to banishment for life to the Danish colony in India.</p> +</div> +<div id="c04" title="Kingo, the Hymnwriter"> +<h4>Chapter Four +<span class="chaptertitle">Kingo, the Hymnwriter</span></h4> +<p>Kingo’s first hymns appeared shortly before Christmas, +1673, in a small volume entitled <b>Spiritual Song-Choir, Part I</b>. +The book contained fifteen morning and evening hymns and +seven paraphrases of the psalms. Later editions were enlarged by +seven “Morning and Evening Sighs” short hymns that belong to +the very best in the collection.</p> +<p>In a foreword addressed to the king, Kingo states that “he has +written these hymns with the hope that they might serve to edify +his fellow Christians, advance the teaching of the Gospel and benefit +<span class="pb" id="pg_32">[32]</span> +the royal household at those daily devotions which it is the duty +of every Christian home to practice”. He prays, therefore, he continues, +that “the king will graciously bestow the same approval +upon this work that he has so kindly given to his previous efforts, +and thereby encourage him to continue his endeavor until the +Danes shall possess a hymnody that they have neither begged nor +borrowed from other nations. For the Danish spirit,” he concludes, +“is assuredly neither so weak nor so poor that it cannot fly as +high toward heaven as that of other peoples without being borne +upon strange and foreign wings”.</p> +<div class="img" title="Spiritual Song-Choir, Part I"> +<img height="785" width="500" alt="Spiritual Song-Choir, Part I" src="images/songkoor.png" /> +</div> +<p>Commenting on the content of the book, Kingo further explains +that he expects sensitive readers will discover imperfections in +his work which he himself has failed to see, and that it would +please him to have such blemishes called to his attention so that +they might be corrected in future issues. His choice of tunes will, +he fears, provoke criticism. He has set a number of hymns to the +melodies of popular songs in order that “those, who for the sake +of its tune, now gladly listen to a song of Sodom may, if they be +Christians, with the more pleasure use it with a hymn about Zion. +<span class="pb" id="pg_33">[33]</span> +By examining the work of other hymnwriters possible critics might +assure themselves, however, that he had in this matter only followed +their example.” But Kingo need not have apologized for his +choice of tunes, for they were on the whole fine and were received +without objection.</p> +<p>It would be difficult to overstate the enthusiasm with which +Kingo’s hymns were received. Within a few years they were +printed in numerous editions and translated into several foreign +languages. Their enthusiastic reception was well deserved. Viewed +against the background of literary mediocrity that characterized +the period, Kingo’s hymns stand out with amazing perfection. +Danish hymnody contained nothing that could compare with them, +and other countries, as far as morning and evening hymns were +concerned, were in the same position. Paul Gerhardt’s fine hymn, +“Now Rests Beneath Night’s Shadow”, which was written twenty +years earlier, had been ridiculed into disuse; Ken’s famous morning +hymn dates from twenty years later; and none of these are as +fine as the best of Kingo’s.</p> +<p>As might be expected, the hymns are not all of the same merit. +Some of them are exceedingly fine; others show the defects of +an imperfectly developed language and a deficient literary taste. +In the matter of style and form the author had almost nothing to +guide him. It is not surprising, therefore, that his work shows +crudities which no present day writer would commit, but that +it should contain so much that is truly beautiful, even when measured +by the standards of today.</p> +<p>Kingo had the true poet’s ability to see things poetically. To +him the rays of the rising sun were not only shining but “laughing +on the roof” of his home. His imagery is rich and skillfully applied. +Many of his hymns abound in striking similes. Their outstanding +characteristic, however, is a distinctive, forceful realism. Kingo, +when he chose to do so, could touch the lyre with enhancing +gentleness, but he preferred the strong note and searched always +for the most graphic expression, sometimes too graphic, as when +he speaks of the “frothing wrath of God” and “the oozy slime of +sin”. Yet it is this trait of robust reality that invests his hymns +with a large part of their enduring merit. “When Kingo sings of +God, one feels as though He were right there with him”, one of his +commentators exclaims. Nor is that realism a mere literary pose. +Like most great hymns, his best hymns are reflections of his own +experiences. Kingo never attained a state of saintly serenity. +Whatever peace he found was gained only through a continuous +<span class="pb" id="pg_34">[34]</span> +struggle with his own fiery and passionate nature. Few hymns +convey a more vivid impression of a believing, struggling soul than +Kingo’s.</p> +<p>His morning hymns are among his best. He loved light and +gloried in the birth of each new day. The sun is his favorite symbol. +Its rising signifies to him the final triumph of life over death, +and the new day is a token thereof. It sounds a joyful call to wake +and resume life anew.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">“Awake, my soul, the sun is risen,</p> +<p class="t0">Upon my roof its rays now laugh,—”</p> +</div> +<p>Every Christian should rejoice in the newborn day and thank +God for it:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Break now forth in Jesus’ name,</p> +<p class="t0">Blessed morn, in all thy splendor!</p> +<p class="t0">I will sweetest music render</p> +<p class="t0">And thy wondrous gifts proclaim.</p> +<p class="t0">All my spirit with rejoicing</p> +<p class="t0">Thanks the Lord for rest and care</p> +<p class="t0">And, His grace and goodness voicing,</p> +<p class="t0">Wings its way to Him in prayer.</p> +</div> +<p>But the commencing day also calls for consecration lest its hours +be wasted and its opportunities lost:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Grant me, Lord, that on this day</p> +<p class="t0">Now with light and grace beginning,</p> +<p class="t0">I shall not submit to sinning</p> +<p class="t0">Nor Thy word and way betray.</p> +<p class="t0">Blessed Jesus, hover ever</p> +<p class="t0">Over me, my Sun and Shield,</p> +<p class="t0">That I firm may stand and never</p> +<p class="t0">Unto sin and Satan yield.</p> +</div> +<p>And the passing hours must admonish the Christian to work +while it is day and to prepare for the evening that is coming:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Let each fleeting hour of grace</p> +<p class="t0">And the chiming bells remind me</p> +<p class="t0">That to earth I must not bind me</p> +<p class="t0">But Thy life and gifts embrace.</p> +<p class="t0">And when dawns my final morrow,</p> +<p class="t0">Let me go to Thee for aye,</p> +<p class="t0">Let my sin and care and sorrow</p> +<p class="t0">With my dust be put away.</p> +</div> +<p>Finest of all Kingo’s morning hymns is the splendid “The Sun +Arises Now in Light and Glory”. This hymn presents all the finest +<span class="pb" id="pg_35">[35]</span> +traits of Kingo’s poetry, its vivid imagery, forceful style and robust +faith. The following translation is by the Rev. P. C. Paulsen.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">The sun arises now</p> +<p class="t0">In light and glory</p> +<p class="t0">And gilds the rugged brow</p> +<p class="t0">Of mountains hoary.</p> +<p class="t0">Rejoice, my soul, and lift</p> +<p class="t0">Thy voice in singing</p> +<p class="t0">To God from earth below,</p> +<p class="t0">Thy song with joy aglow</p> +<p class="t0">And praises ringing.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">As countless as the sand</p> +<p class="t0">And beyond measure,</p> +<p class="t0">As wide as sea and land</p> +<p class="t0">So is the treasure</p> +<p class="t0">Of grace which God each day</p> +<p class="t0">Anew bestoweth</p> +<p class="t0">And which, like pouring rain,</p> +<p class="t0">Into my soul again</p> +<p class="t0">Each morning floweth.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Preserve my soul today</p> +<p class="t0">From sin and blindness;</p> +<p class="t0">Surround me on my way</p> +<p class="t0">With loving kindness.</p> +<p class="t0">Embue my heart, O Lord,</p> +<p class="t0">With joy from heaven;</p> +<p class="t0">I then shall ask no more</p> +<p class="t0">Than what Thou hast of yore</p> +<p class="t0">In wisdom given.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Thou knowest best my needs,</p> +<p class="t0">My sighs Thou heedest,</p> +<p class="t0">Thy hand Thy children leads,</p> +<p class="t0">Thine own Thou feedest.</p> +<p class="t0">What should I more desire,</p> +<p class="t0">With Thee deciding</p> +<p class="t0">The course that I must take,</p> +<p class="t0">Than follow in the wake</p> +<p class="t0">Where Thou art guiding.</p> +</div> +<p>Evening naturally inspires a different sentiment than morning. +The rising sun calls for activity, the setting sun for reflection. As +the sun sets, as work ceases and the busy day merges into the +quiet night the soul begins to take account of its gains and losses, +its assets and liabilities. The dying day also conveys a sense of +insecurity, of approaching death and the need for pardon and protection. +All these sentiments, so different from the hopes and +<span class="pb" id="pg_36">[36]</span> +prospects of the morning, are wonderfully portrayed in Kingo’s +evening hymns, as for instance:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Vanish now all sinful dreaming,</p> +<p class="t0">Let the joy from heaven streaming</p> +<p class="t0">Occupy my soul and mind.</p> +<p class="t0">Watch, my spirit, and prepare thee,</p> +<p class="t0">Lest the cunning foe ensnare thee</p> +<p class="t0">When repose hath made thee blind.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Sleep now in God’s care appeasing.</p> +<p class="t0">While the noise of day is ceasing,</p> +<p class="t0">Lean upon thy Savior’s breast.</p> +<p class="t0">He will guard thee through the somber</p> +<p class="t0">Night and make thy final slumber</p> +<p class="t0">Quiet, peaceful, happy, blest.</p> +</div> +<p>In the last line with its crescendo of peace and happiness one +almost sees the night merge into the final rest.</p> +<p>Among his evening hymns now available in English, the following, +perhaps, is the best known.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Softly now the day is ending,</p> +<p class="t0">Night o’er hill and vale descending,</p> +<p class="t0">I will kneel before Thee, Lord.</p> +<p class="t0">Unto Thee my thanks I render</p> +<p class="t0">That Thou didst in mercy tender</p> +<p class="t0">Life and peace to me accord.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">May Thy church Thy peace inherit,</p> +<p class="t0">Guide our leaders by Thy spirit,</p> +<p class="t0">Grant our country strength and peace.</p> +<p class="t0">To the straying, sad and dreary,</p> +<p class="t0">To each Christian faint or weary</p> +<p class="t0">Grant Thou solace and surcease.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Keep me, Jesus, while I slumber!</p> +<p class="t0">From my perils without number,</p> +<p class="t0">Shield me, Master, in Thy might,</p> +<p class="t0">That, released from sin and sorrow,</p> +<p class="t0">I may sing this song tomorrow:</p> +<p class="t0">Jesus was my Sun this night.</p> +</div> +<p>The publication of these hymns firmly established Kingo’s reputation +as the foremost poet of his country. Expressions of appreciation +poured in upon him from high and low. The king, to whom +the hymns were dedicated, so greatly appreciated the gift that, +only three years later, he called their otherwise obscure author to +become bishop of Fyn, one of the largest and most important +dioceses of the country.</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_37">[37]</div> +<p>Kingo was only forty-two years old when he assumed his new +position. His quick elevation from an obscure parish to one of the +highest offices within the church might well have strained the +abilities of an older and more experienced man. But there can be +no doubt that he filled his high position with signal ability. He was +both able and earnest, both practical and spiritual. His diocese +prospered under his care and his work as a bishop, aside from his +renown as a poet, was outstanding enough to give him an enviable +reputation in his own generation.</p> +<p>But since his permanent fame and importance rest upon his +achievement as a hymnwriter, his appointment as bishop probably +must be counted as a loss, both to himself and to the church. His +new responsibilities and the multifarious duties of his high office +naturally left him less time for other pursuits. He traveled, visited +and preached almost continuously throughout his large charge, +and it appears like a miracle that under these circumstances, he +still found time to write hymns. But in 1684, only two years after +his consecration as bishop, he published the second part of <b>Spiritual +Song-Choir</b>.</p> +<p>This book bears a dedication to the queen, Charlotte Amalia. +She was German by birth and a pious, able and distinguished +woman in her own right. Kingo praises her especially for her +effort to learn and speak the Danish language. In this respect, he +declares, “Her Majesty put many to shame who have eaten the +king’s bread for thirty years without learning to speak thirty words +of Danish, because they hold it to be a homespun language, too +coarse for their silky tongues”.</p> +<p><b>Spiritual Song-Choir, Part II</b> contains twenty hymns and seventeen +“sighs”, thus outwardly following the arrangement of Part I. +But the content is very different. The hymns are songs of penitence, +repentance and faith. They show mastery of form, a wealth +of imagery, a facility for concentrated expression and a range of +sentiment from stark despair to the most confident trust that is, +perhaps, unequalled in Danish poetry. It is an embattled soul that +speaks through these hymns, a soul that has faced the abyss and +clung heroically, but not always successfully, to the pinnacle of +faith. One feels that the man who penned the following lines has +not merely imagined the nearness of the pit but felt himself standing +on the very brink of it.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Mountains of transgressions press</p> +<p class="t0">On my evil burdened shoulders,</p> +<p class="t0">Guilt bestrews my path with boulders,</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_38">[38]</div> +<p class="t0">Sin pollutes both soul and flesh,</p> +<p class="t0">Law and justice are proclaiming</p> +<p class="t0">Judgment on my guilty head,</p> +<p class="t0">Hell’s eternal fires are flaming,</p> +<p class="t0">Filling all my soul with dread.</p> +</div> +<p>Of an even darker mood is the great hymn: “Sorrow and Unhappiness”, +with the searching verse:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Is there then no one that cares,</p> +<p class="t0">Is there no redress for sorrow,</p> +<p class="t0">Is there no relief to borrow,</p> +<p class="t0">Is there no response to prayers,</p> +<p class="t0">Is the fount of mercy closing,</p> +<p class="t0">Is the soul to bondage sold,</p> +<p class="t0">Is the Lord my plea opposing,</p> +<p class="t0">Is His heart to sinners cold?</p> +</div> +<p>The poet answers his questions in the following stanzas by +assuring himself that the Sun of God’s grace can and will pierce +even his “cloud of despair”, and that he must wait therefore in +quietness and trust:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">O my soul, be quiet then!</p> +<p class="t0">Jesus will redress thy sadness,</p> +<p class="t0">Jesus will restore thy gladness,</p> +<p class="t0">Jesus will thy help remain.</p> +<p class="t0">Jesus is thy solace ever</p> +<p class="t0">And thy hope in life and death;</p> +<p class="t0">Jesus will thee soon deliver;</p> +<p class="t0">Thou must cling to that blest faith.</p> +</div> +<p>The uncertainty of life and its fortunes furnished a favored +theme for many of his hymns, as for instance in the splendid—</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Sorrow and gladness oft journey together,</p> +<p class="t0">Trouble and happiness swift company keep;</p> +<p class="t0">Luck and misfortune change like the weather;</p> +<p class="t0">Sunshine and clouds quickly vary their sweep.</p> +</div> +<p>which is, poetically at least, one of his finest compositions. The +poet’s own career so far had been one of continuous and rather +swift advancement. But there was, if not in his own outward fortune, +then in the fortunes of other notables of his day, enough to +remind him of the inconstancy of worldly honor and glory. Only +a few months before the publication of his hymns, Leonora Christine +Ulfeldt, the once beautiful, admired and talented daughter +<span class="pb" id="pg_39">[39]</span> +of Christian IV, had been released from twenty-two years of imprisonment +in a bare and almost lightless prison-cell; Peder Griffenfeldt, +a man who from humble antecedents swiftly had risen to +become the most powerful man in the kingdom, had been stript +even more swiftly of all his honors and thrown into a dismal +prison on a rocky isle by the coast of Norway; and there were +other and well known instances of swift changes in the fortunes +of men in those days when they were subject not only to the +ordinary vicissitudes of human existence but to the fickle humor +of an absolute monarch. It is, therefore, as though Kingo at the +height of his own fortune would remind himself of the quickness +with which it might vanish, of the evanescense and vanity of all +worldly glory. That idea is strikingly emphasized in the following +famous hymn:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t">Vain world, fare thee well!</p> +<p class="t0">I purpose no more in thy bondage to dwell;</p> +<p class="t0">The burdens which thou hast enticed me to bear,</p> +<p class="t0">I cast now aside with their troubles and care.</p> +<p class="t0">I spurn thy allurements, which tempt and appall;</p> +<p class="t">’Tis vanity all!</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t">What merit and worth</p> +<p class="t0">Hath all that the world puts so temptingly forth!</p> +<p class="t0">It is naught but bubbles and tinctured glass,</p> +<p class="t0">Loud clamoring cymbals and shrill sounding brass.</p> +<p class="t0">What are their seductions which lure and enthrall;</p> +<p class="t">’Tis vanity all!</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t">O honor and gold,</p> +<p class="t0">Vain idols which many with worship behold!</p> +<p class="t0">False are your affluence, your pleasure and fame;</p> +<p class="t0">Your wages are envy, deception and shame,</p> +<p class="t0">Your garlands soon wither, your kingdom shall fall;</p> +<p class="t">’Tis vanity all!</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t">O carnal desire,</p> +<p class="t0">Thou tempting, consuming and treacherous fire,</p> +<p class="t0">That catches like tinder and scorches like flame,</p> +<p class="t0">Consigning the victim to sorrow and shame,</p> +<p class="t0">Thy honeyest potion is wormwood and gall;</p> +<p class="t">’Tis vanity all!</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t">Then, fare thee farewell,</p> +<p class="t0">Vain world, with thy tempting and glamorous spell!</p> +<p class="t0">Thy wiles shall no longer my spirit enslave,</p> +<p class="t0">Thy splendor and joy are designed for the grave</p> +<p class="t0">I yearn for the solace from sorrows and harm</p> +<p class="t">Of Abraham’s arm!</p> +</div> +<div class="pb" id="pg_40">[40]</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t">There shall all my years</p> +<p class="t0">I bloom like the lily when summer appears;</p> +<p class="t0">There day is not ruled by the course of the sun</p> +<p class="t0">Nor night by the silvery light of the moon;</p> +<p class="t0">Lord Jesus shall shine as my sun every day</p> +<p class="t">In heaven for aye.</p> +</div> +<p>This is an eloquent farewell, clothed in all the expressive wealth +of language and imagery of which Kingo was such a master. One +cannot repress the feeling, however, that it presents a challenge +rather than a farewell. A man that so passionately avows his +repudiation of the world must have felt its attraction, its power to +tempt and enthrall. He fights against it; the spirit contends with +the flesh, but the fight is not easy. And it is in part this very +human trait in Kingo that endears his song to us. What Christian +does not recognize some of his own experiences in the following +characteristic song:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Ever trouble walks beside me,<sup><a id="fr_2" href="#fn_2">[2]</a></sup></p> +<p class="t0">Ever God with grace provides me,</p> +<p class="t0">Ever have I fear and grief,</p> +<p class="t0">Ever Jesus brings relief.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Ever sin my heart accuses,</p> +<p class="t0">Ever Jesus help induces,</p> +<p class="t0">Ever am I weighed with care,</p> +<p class="t0">Ever full of praise and prayer.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">So is joy by grief attended,</p> +<p class="t0">Fortune with misfortune blended;</p> +<p class="t0">Blessings mixed with grief and strife</p> +<p class="t0">Is the measure of my life.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">But, O Jesus, I am crying:</p> +<p class="t0">Help that faith, on Thee relying,</p> +<p class="t0">Over sin and grief alway</p> +<p class="t0">Shall prevail and gain the day.</p> +</div> +<p>Some statements in this hymn have frequently been criticized +as contradictory, for how can one be “always” full of care and +“always” full of praise and prayer? The terms cancel each other. +But are not such contradictions expressive of life itself? Few—if +any—are wholly one thing or wholly another. People are complex. +Their joys struggle with their sorrows, their most earnest +faith with their doubts and fears. It brings Kingo nearer to us to +know that he shared that struggle. His songs have appealed to +<span class="pb" id="pg_41">[41]</span> +millions because they are both so spiritual and so human. How +expressive of human need and Christian trust are not the following +brief lines:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Lord, though I may</p> +<p class="t0">The whole long day</p> +<p class="t0">Find no relief from sorrow,</p> +<p class="t0">Yea, should the night</p> +<p class="t0">Afford no light</p> +<p class="t0">To ease my plight—</p> +<p class="t0">Thou comest on the morrow.</p> +</div> +<div class="fnblock"> +<div class="fndef"><sup><a id="fn_2" href="#fr_2">[2]</a></sup>Another translation:<br />“Ever is a peril near me” by C. Doving in “Hymnal for Church and Home”. +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div id="c05" title="Kingo’s Psalmbook"> +<h4>Chapter Five +<span class="chaptertitle">Kingo’s Psalmbook</span></h4> +<p>After the publication of <b>Spiritual Song-Choir II</b>, Kingo stood +at the very height of his fame. His hymns were sung everywhere, +and nobles and commoners vied with each other in +chanting his praises. But a much more difficult task now awaited +him—that of preparing a new hymnal.</p> +<p>Hans Thomisson’s hymnal had become antiquated after serving +the church for nearly one hundred and twenty-five years. It had +served its purpose well. Its hymns had been sung by high and low +until they had entered into the thoughts and conscience of all. A +changing language and a fast developing literary taste long ago +had shown their need for revision; but the people so far had opposed +all attempts to change their beloved old songs. Their defects +by now had become so conspicuous, however, that even the more +conservative admitted the desirability of at least a limited revision. +And the only man for the undertaking of such a task was, of course, +Kingo.</p> +<p>In March, 1683, King Christian V, therefore, commissioned +Thomas Kingo to prepare and publish a new church hymnal for +the kingdom of Denmark and Norway. The carefully prepared instructions +of his commission directed him to eliminate undesirable +hymns; to revise antiquated rhymes and expressions; to adopt at +least two new hymns by himself or another for every pericope and +epistle of the church year, but under no circumstances to make any +changes in Luther’s hymns that would alter their meaning.</p> +<p>Kingo would undoubtedly have saved himself a great deal of +<span class="pb" id="pg_42">[42]</span> +disappointment if he had conscientiously followed his instructions. +But the draft of the first half of the hymnal, which was sent to the +king six years later, showed that, intentionally or otherwise, he had +ignored them almost completely. The draft contained 267 hymns of +which 137 were his own and the remainder those of various authors, +both old and new. Though Kingo might reasonably have been criticized +for adopting such a proportionally large number of his own +compositions, it was not, however, his selection of new hymns but +his treatment of the old hymns that provoked the greatest opposition. +For he had not contented himself with merely revising the +latter but in many instances had rewritten them so completely that +they were unrecognizable. And it mattered not that the new texts +were on the whole much finer than the old, for people were not +yet ready to relinquish these. The opposition grew so strong that +the king, though he had already approved the proposed hymnal, +a few weeks later revoked not only his approval but Kingo’s commission.</p> +<p>This summary action came as an almost stunning blow to Kingo, +affecting seriously both his pride and his finances. On the +strength of the king’s approval, he had already bought a printing +press, acquired large quantities of material and printed a large edition +of the book. And these investments, which represented a large +part of his private fortune, were now apparently lost. It helped but +little that the king, in order to salve the wound he had inflicted +upon one of his most distinguished subjects, elevated him to the +nobility, for the hurt was too deep to be healed by a mere gesture.</p> +<p>One cannot deny, however, that the monarch had serious reason +for his action. Not only had Kingo violated his instructions +but he had planned a book that hardly could have proved satisfactory. +It would have been both too large and too expensive for +common use. He himself, on the other hand, had reason to complain +that he had not been consulted before the work, on which he +had spent so much of his time and substance, was summarily rejected. +No doubt the king had acted with unseemly haste and lack +of consideration.</p> +<p>The work was now held in abeyance for a few years. But the +need for a new hymnal was too pressing to be permanently ignored. +The king, therefore, appointed Søren Jonasson, a provost at the +cathedral of Roskilde, to undertake the work. Jonasson was known +as an excellent translator of German hymns, and the choice appeared +reasonable. He worked fast and in less than two years was +able to present a draft of his work. This contained a well balanced +<span class="pb" id="pg_43">[43]</span> +selection of the old hymns and about twenty new hymns by +himself and various German authors, but not a single hymn by +Kingo. The omission no doubt reflects the envy that the poet’s +quick rise to fame had stirred up against him in certain influential +circles. His enemies, however, had overshot their mark. Even the +king realized that it would be impossible at this time to publish a +hymnal that ignored the work of the country’s greatest hymnwriter. +And so Jonasson’s work promptly shared the fate of his predecessor’s.</p> +<p>The troublesome problem now rested again for a few years until +it was revived by the zealous efforts of the king’s chaplain, Peter +Jespersen, a close friend of the Norwegian hymnwriter, Peter +Dass and himself a native of the northern country.</p> +<p>A committee was appointed to prepare and publish a new +hymnal “that should give due recognition” to the work of Kingo. +Although it was not specifically directed to do so, the committee +proved its good will toward the harshly treated poet by entering +into correspondence with him and asking him to forward the material +he already possessed, and to write the additional hymns that +might be needed to complete the hymnal. With this request Kingo +gladly complied, hoping that thus after all the greater part of +his work would be put to use. In this, however, he was disappointed. +When the hymnal finally appeared it contained 297 hymns of +which only 85 were by Kingo. This represented, it is true, a great +change from Jonasson’s proposal, but when it is remembered that +the first half of the work, proposed by himself, contained 136 of his +own hymns, and that he had written an additional number by the +request of the committee, it will be seen that even now less than +half of his hymns found a place in the hymnal.</p> +<p>Aside from this deplorable loss, it must be conceded that the +committee had done an excellent work and that its hymnal was +much better suited for general use than Kingo’s proposed hymnal +would have been. The committee also had shown its fairness toward +Kingo by commissioning him to print the hymnal and to enjoy exclusive +rights of its distribution for ten years, so that he might recoup +some of the losses he had sustained by the rejection of his own +book. He repaid the favor by turning out a most excellent piece of +work; and the book, both in content and appearance undoubtedly +rated as the finest hymnal the Danish church had so far produced. +It served the church for more than a hundred years, and was always +known as “Kingo’s Hymnal”, for, after all, his great hymns were +what gave it permanent value.</p> +</div> +<div id="c06" title="Kingo’s Church Hymns"> +<div class="pb" id="pg_44">[44]</div> +<h4>Chapter Six +<span class="chaptertitle">Kingo’s Church Hymns</span></h4> +<p>Kingo’s church hymns naturally differ from his spiritual +songs. They are more objective in form and less fiery in +spirit. Most of them follow their themes quite closely, reproducing +in many instances even the words of their text. Kingo +is too vital, however, to confine himself wholly to an objective +presentation. Usually the last stanzas of his hymns are devoted to +a brief and often striking application of their text. He possessed +to a singular degree the ability to express a thought tersely, as for +instance in the following stanza, the last of a hymn on the baptism +of the Lord:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Our Lord is then our brother</p> +<p class="t0">In whom we may confide,</p> +<p class="t0">The Church of God our mother,</p> +<p class="t0">The Holy Ghost our guide;</p> +<p class="t0">Our blest baptismal dower</p> +<p class="t0">The bands of hell has riven</p> +<p class="t0">And opened us God’s heaven,</p> +<p class="t0">This is our faith each hour.</p> +</div> +<p>The hymns may be classed under four headings: Festival +Hymns, Sacramental Hymns, Historical Hymns and Hymns on the +Gospels and Epistles.</p> +<p>With the exception of his Easter anthem, his festival hymns +cannot compare with those of later authors. Some of his Pentecost +hymns, such as the hymns given below, are, however, still favorites.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">The day of Pentecost draws nigh;</p> +<p class="t0">Come, Holy Spirit from on high,</p> +<p class="t0">Who with the Father and the Son</p> +<p class="t0">Is God eternal, three in one.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">O God triune, Thy grace impart</p> +<p class="t0">Into my carnal, sinful heart,</p> +<p class="t0">That it a temple blest may be</p> +<p class="t0">Prepared and set aside for Thee.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Come, Holy Ghost, and witness bear</p> +<p class="t0">That I the life of Christ do share,</p> +<p class="t0">And that I know no other name</p> +<p class="t0">To save my soul from guilt and shame.</p> +</div> +<div class="pb" id="pg_45">[45]</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">O Counselor of truth and light,</p> +<p class="t0">Teach me to know my Lord aright,</p> +<p class="t0">That from the way of faith I may</p> +<p class="t0">Not even for a moment stray.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Blest Spirit of my God and Lord,</p> +<p class="t0">Preserve me in Thy way and word,</p> +<p class="t0">Imbue me with Thy life and breath,</p> +<p class="t0">Console me in the hour of death.</p> +</div> +<p>Kingo frequently is referred to as “the Easter Singer of Denmark”. +His claim to this title rests mainly on one song. Easter with +its story of triumphant victory appealed especially to him; and +he wrote several excellent hymns on the theme, but they are all +overshadowed by the splendid anthem presented below.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Like the golden sun ascending</p> +<p class="t0">In the darkly clouded sky</p> +<p class="t0">And on earth its glory spending</p> +<p class="t0">Until clouds and darkness fly,</p> +<p class="t0">So my Jesus from the grave,</p> +<p class="t0">From death’s dark, abysmal cave,</p> +<p class="t0">Rose triumphant Easter morning,</p> +<p class="t0">Brighter than the sun returning.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Thanks, O thanks, to Thee arisen</p> +<p class="t0">Lord and God Immanuel,</p> +<p class="t0">That the foe could not imprison</p> +<p class="t0">Thee within his hell-dark cell.</p> +<p class="t0">Thanks that Thou didst meet our foe</p> +<p class="t0">And his kingdom overthrow.</p> +<p class="t0">Jubilant my spirit raises</p> +<p class="t0">New Thy never ending praises.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Sin and death and every arrow</p> +<p class="t0">Satan hence may point at me</p> +<p class="t0">Fall now broken at the narrow</p> +<p class="t0">Tomb that saw Thy victory;</p> +<p class="t0">There Thou didst them all destroy</p> +<p class="t0">Giving me the cup of joy</p> +<p class="t0">That Thou glorious resurrection</p> +<p class="t0">Wrought my pardon and protection.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Thou wilt hence to life awake me</p> +<p class="t0">By Thy resurrection power;</p> +<p class="t0">Death may wound and overtake me,</p> +<p class="t0">Worms my flesh and bones devour,</p> +<p class="t0">But I face the threat of death</p> +<p class="t0">With the sure and joyful faith</p> +<p class="t0">That its fearful reign was ended</p> +<p class="t0">When Thy might its portal rended.</p> +</div> +<div class="pb" id="pg_46">[46]</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Blessed Jesus, let the Spirit</p> +<p class="t0">So imbue my heart with grace</p> +<p class="t0">That I walk by Thy blest merit</p> +<p class="t0">And no more the way retrace</p> +<p class="t0">To the vile and miry pit</p> +<p class="t0">Where I lay condemned, unfit,</p> +<p class="t0">Till redeemed to life victorious</p> +<p class="t0">By Thy resurrection glorious.</p> +</div> +<p>In this rugged hymn Kingo is at his best—fiery, vital, a master +of imagery and graphic expression.</p> +<p>His hymns on the sacraments faithfully reflect the doctrines +of the Lutheran Church. Here he most clearly shows his ability +to present objective truths in a devotional spirit. We meet in these +a Christian who humbly and prayerfully accepts the whole mystery +of God. For centuries these rugged songs have served to express +the sentiments of millions as they met at the baptismal font or +knelt before the altar. The following is one of the most favored +baptismal hymns both in the Danish and Norwegian churches:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Whoso believes and is baptized<sup><a id="fr_3" href="#fn_3">[3]</a></sup></p> +<p class="t0">God’s kingdom shall inherit,</p> +<p class="t0">For he is cleansed by Jesus Christ</p> +<p class="t0">Who, by His grace and merit,</p> +<p class="t0">Adopts him as His child and heir,</p> +<p class="t0">Grants him in heaven’s bliss to share</p> +<p class="t0">And seals him with His Spirit.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">We ask with earnest faith of Thee,</p> +<p class="t0">Our Lord and blest Defender,</p> +<p class="t0">That Thou wilt guide us constantly</p> +<p class="t0">And, in Thy mercy tender,</p> +<p class="t0">Keep us in our baptismal grace</p> +<p class="t0">Until at last we take our place</p> +<p class="t0">With Thee ’midst heaven’s splendor.</p> +</div> +<p>Kingo’s communion hymns have to a large extent been superseded +by later hymns of Grundtvig and others. But some of them +are still in common use. The following characteristic hymn is +frequently used before the communion.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Lord Jesus Christ receive me now</p> +<p class="t0">As with a heart contrite I bow</p> +<p class="t0">Before Thine altar, blessed Lamb,</p> +<p class="t0">Who bore my sorrow, sin and shame.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">I am today my Saviour’s guest.</p> +<p class="t0">Bethink, my soul, the honor blest,</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_47">[47]</div> +<p class="t0">That He, Thy Lord, will sup with thee</p> +<p class="t0">And will Himself Thy nurture be.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">He offers to thee with the bread</p> +<p class="t0">His body riven for thy aid,</p> +<p class="t0">And with the wine His precious blood,</p> +<p class="t0">The price of thy eternal good.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">How this can be, I cannot tell;</p> +<p class="t0">He did not on the mystery dwell;</p> +<p class="t0">No mind the secret can perceive,</p> +<p class="t0">It is enough that I believe.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Rejoice, then, O my soul today</p> +<p class="t0">That God’s appointed servant may</p> +<p class="t0">Now offer thee the gift so free</p> +<p class="t0">Through which thy Lord unites with thee.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">O Lord, I offer Thee my soul</p> +<p class="t0">To nourish, strengthen and make whole.</p> +<p class="t0">Uphold me by Thy means of grace</p> +<p class="t0">Until I see Thee face to face.</p> +</div> +<p>The short hymn given below is a favorite after the communion +in numerous Danish and Norwegian churches.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">O dearest Lord, receive from me</p> +<p class="t0">The heartfelt thanks I offer Thee,</p> +<p class="t0">Who through Thy body and Thy blood</p> +<p class="t0">Hast wrought my soul’s eternal good.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Break forth, my soul, in joy and praise;</p> +<p class="t0">What wealth is mine this day of days!</p> +<p class="t0">My Jesus dwells within my soul;</p> +<p class="t0">Let every tongue His grace extol.</p> +</div> +<p>Kingo’s historical hymns, that is, his hymns on the stories of +the Gospels, usually are not counted among the best. Yet there are +many fine hymns among them, such as the annunciation hymn, +“There Came a Message from the Sky”; the hymn about the wedding +at Cana, “How Blessed Was that Wedding Feast”; and the +splendid hymn on the transfiguration of the Lord, “I Lift My Eyes +and Spirit Up unto the Hallowed Mountain Top Where Jesus Once +Ascended”. Best known among this group of hymns is, however, +his great sequence of songs on our Lord’s passion. In these inspired +hymns we meet again the Kingo that we know from his spiritual +songs, fiery, eloquent, imaginative, seeking to picture every detail +and mood of the Savior’s suffering from the garden to the cross. +Though it is difficult to choose among hymns so universally fine, +the one given below is, at least, fairly representative of the group.</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_48">[48]</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Over Kedron Jesus passes</p> +<p class="t0">Ready for His passion day,</p> +<p class="t0">While the Prince of Darkness masses</p> +<p class="t0">All his legions for the fray.</p> +<p class="t0">Wily foes with evil hearts</p> +<p class="t0">Bend their bows and point their darts,</p> +<p class="t0">Aiming at the Savior solely,</p> +<p class="t0">As the world forsakes Him wholly.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">David once in great affliction</p> +<p class="t0">Crossed the Kedron’s narrow stream,</p> +<p class="t0">While his foes without restriction</p> +<p class="t0">Hatched their vile and cunning scheme.</p> +<p class="t0">Darker far the shadows now</p> +<p class="t0">Bend about the Savior’s brow</p> +<p class="t0">As He hastens to His passion</p> +<p class="t0">For the sinful world’s salvation.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">See Him, torn by woe appalling,</p> +<p class="t0">Kneeling in the garden still,</p> +<p class="t0">And upon His Father calling</p> +<p class="t0">That, if possible, He will</p> +<p class="t0">Take the bitter cup away.</p> +<p class="t0">But how meekly He doth pray!</p> +<p class="t0">What the Father shall Him offer,</p> +<p class="t0">He obediently will suffer.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">See, what agony assails Him</p> +<p class="t0">In that dark and fearful hour;</p> +<p class="t0">Every friend deserts or fails Him;</p> +<p class="t0">Satan strikes with all his power;</p> +<p class="t0">And the flowers beneath Him grow</p> +<p class="t0">Crimson with the purple flow</p> +<p class="t0">From His anguished frame distilling</p> +<p class="t0">As His cup of woe is filling.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">But, O flower, whose tender blossom</p> +<p class="t0">Caught that precious, purple dew</p> +<p class="t0">From the Saviour’s riven bosom,</p> +<p class="t0">In a blessed hour you grew!</p> +<p class="t0">Eden’s flowers did not bear</p> +<p class="t0">Fruits that could with yours compare:</p> +<p class="t0">By the blood your petals staining,</p> +<p class="t0">I am now salvation gaining.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">When I like the flower must wither,</p> +<p class="t0">When I wilt and fade like grass,</p> +<p class="t0">When the hour of death draws hither,</p> +<p class="t0">When I from this world shall pass,</p> +<p class="t0">When my heart has ceased to beat</p> +<p class="t0">When I face God’s judgment seat,</p> +<p class="t0">Then His blood, which stained the garden,</p> +<p class="t0">Shall procure my lasting pardon.</p> +</div> +<div class="pb" id="pg_49">[49]</div> +<p>Kingo’s hymns on the pericopes have proved less resistant to +time than most of his other work. They are in reality brief commentaries, +presenting a practical rather than a poetical exposition +and application of their texts. But even so, the singular freshness +of their thought and style has preserved many of them until our day. +The following hymn on Matthew 8, 23-27, the stilling of the storm, +furnishes a characteristic example of this group of hymns.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">What vessel is that passing</p> +<p class="t0">Across the boundless deep,</p> +<p class="t0">On which the billows massing</p> +<p class="t0">In foaming fury sweep?</p> +<p class="t0">She seems in sore distress</p> +<p class="t0">As though she soon would founder</p> +<p class="t0">Upon the shoals around her</p> +<p class="t0">And sink without redress.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">It is the storm-tossed vessel</p> +<p class="t0">Of God’s own church on earth,</p> +<p class="t0">With which the world doth wrestle,</p> +<p class="t0">And send its fury forth,</p> +<p class="t0">While Jesus oft appears</p> +<p class="t0">As though He still were sleeping,</p> +<p class="t0">With His disciples weeping</p> +<p class="t0">And crying out in fears.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">But let the world with fury</p> +<p class="t0">Against the church but rave,</p> +<p class="t0">And spend its might to bury</p> +<p class="t0">Her in the roaring wave!</p> +<p class="t0">It only takes a word</p> +<p class="t0">To hush the wild commotion</p> +<p class="t0">And show the mighty ocean</p> +<p class="t0">Her Lord is still aboard.</p> +</div> +<p>Kingo is often called the singer of orthodoxy. His hymns faithfully +present the accepted doctrines of his church. No hymnwriter +is more staunchly Lutheran than he. But he was too vital to become +a mere doctrinaire. With him orthodoxy was only a means +to an end, a more vigorous Christian life. Many of his hymns present +a forceful and straightforward appeal for a real personal life +with God. The following hymn may be called an orthodox revival +hymn. It was a favorite with the great Norwegian lay preacher, +Hans Nielsen Hauge.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">The power of sin no longer</p> +<p class="t0">Within my heart shall reign;</p> +<p class="t0">Faith must grow ever stronger</p> +<p class="t0">And carnal lust be slain;</p> +<p class="t0">For when I was baptized,</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_50">[50]</div> +<p class="t0">The bonds of sin were severed</p> +<p class="t0">And I by grace delivered</p> +<p class="t0">To live for Jesus Christ.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Would I accept the merit</p> +<p class="t0">Of my baptismal grace</p> +<p class="t0">And with my faith and spirit</p> +<p class="t0">The Savior’s cross embrace,</p> +<p class="t0">How great would be my blame</p> +<p class="t0">Should I abide in evil</p> +<p class="t0">And not renounce the devil</p> +<p class="t0">In Christ my Savior’s name.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">It can bestow no treasure</p> +<p class="t0">On me that Christ arose.</p> +<p class="t0">If I will not with pleasure</p> +<p class="t0">The power of death oppose,</p> +<p class="t0">And with my heart embrace</p> +<p class="t0">The Savior, who is risen</p> +<p class="t0">And has from error’s prison</p> +<p class="t0">Redeemed me by His grace.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Lord Jesus, help me ever</p> +<p class="t0">To fight “the old man” so</p> +<p class="t0">That he shall not deliver</p> +<p class="t0">Me to eternal woe,</p> +<p class="t0">But that I here may die</p> +<p class="t0">From sin and all offences</p> +<p class="t0">And, by the blood that cleanses,</p> +<p class="t0">Attain my home on high.</p> +</div> +<p>Thus, the permanent value of Kingo’s hymns rests not only on +their rugged and expressive poetry but on the earnest and warm-hearted +Christian spirit that breathes through them. In the perennial +freshness of this spirit succeeding generations have experienced +their kinship with the poet and found expression for their +own hope and faith. The following ageless prayer expresses not +only the spirit of the poet but that of earnest Christians everywhere +and of every age.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Print Thine image pure and holy<sup><a id="fr_4" href="#fn_4">[4]</a></sup></p> +<p class="t0">On my heart, O Lord of Grace;</p> +<p class="t0">So that nothing high nor lowly</p> +<p class="t0">Thy blest likeness can efface.</p> +<p class="t0">Let the clear inscription be:</p> +<p class="t0">Jesus, crucified for me,</p> +<p class="t0">And the Lord of all creation,</p> +<p class="t0">Is my refuge and salvation.</p> +</div> +<div class="fnblock"> +<div class="fndef"><sup><a id="fn_3" href="#fr_3">[3]</a></sup>Another translation: “He that believes and is baptized” by G. T. Rygh in “Hymnal for Church and Home”. +</div> +<div class="fndef"><sup><a id="fn_4" href="#fr_4">[4]</a></sup>Another translation: “On my heart imprint thine image” by P. O. Stromme in “Hymnal for Church and Home”. +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div id="c07" title="Kingo’s Later Years"> +<div class="pb" id="pg_51">[51]</div> +<h4>Chapter Seven +<span class="chaptertitle">Kingo’s Later Years</span></h4> +<p>Kingo’s work with the hymnal had brought him much +disappointment and some loss of popularity. He felt not +without justification that he had been ill treated. He did not +sulk in his tent, however, but pursued his work with unabated zeal. +His diocese was large, comprising not only Fyn but a large number +of smaller islands besides. The work of making periodical visits to all +parishes within such a far-flung charge was, considering the then +available means of transportation, not only strenuous but hazardous. +Roads were bad and vessels weak and slow. Hardships and danger +beset his almost continuous voyages and journeys. A number of +poems relating the adventures of the traveler are reminiscenses of +his own experiences.</p> +<p>But his work of visiting the churches constituted, of course, +only a part of his duties. He had to preach in the cathedral at +Odense at least every Wednesday in Lent and on all festival Sundays; +examine the work and conduct of all pastors within the +diocese; act as an arbiter in disputes between them and their parishioners; +make sure that the financial affairs of the church and +its institutions were honestly conducted; attend to the collection +of church taxes; and superintend all schools, hospitals and institutions +of charity. The efficient accomplishment of all these tasks +might well test the strength and ability of any man.</p> +<p>His manifold duties also engendered numerous occasions for +friction, especially with the civil authorities, whose rights and +duties often overlapped his own. And he did not escape the danger +of such bickerings with their resultant ill-feeling. There is nothing +to indicate that he was contentious by nature. But he was no doubt +zealous in defending the prerogatives of his office. His temper was +quick and somewhat martial. “One could very well,” one of his +biographers declares, “envision him as a knight in full armor +leading a troop in the charge.” With the exception of his active +enemies, most of his contemporaries agree, however, that he was +commonly more than patient in his dealings with others.</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_52">[52]</div> +<p>Kingo was an able administrator, and the institutions and finances +of the diocese prospered under his care. But it was as an earnest +Christian and a tireless worker for the spiritual improvement +of his people that he won their respect. He was known as an “eloquent +man, mighty in the Scriptures.” One of his contemporaries +said of him: “Were we not forced after hearing him preach to say +with the disciples, ‘Did not our hearts burn within us when he +opened the Scriptures to us and, like a son of thunder, published +the sins of the house of Jacob, or, like Barnabas, the son of comfort, +bound up our wounds and comforted us with the comfort with +which he had himself been so richly comforted by God.’” The few +extracts of his sermons that have come down to us verify the truth +of this statement. They show us a man firmly grounded in his +own faith and zealous in impressing its truth upon others. His +preaching was strictly orthodox and yet fiery and practical. The +poetical language and forceful eloquence of his sermons remind +one of the best of his spiritual songs.</p> +<p>Kingo’s writings and frequent travels brought him into contact +with most of the outstanding personages of his country in his +day. His charming personality, lively conversation and fine +sense of humor made him a welcome guest wherever he appeared. +On the island of Taasinge, he was a frequent and beloved guest in +the stately castle of the famous, pious and revered admiral, Niels +Juul, and his equally beloved wife, Birgitte Ulfeldt. His friendship +with this worthy couple was intimate and lasting. When admiral +Juul died, Kingo wrote the beautiful epitaph that still adorns his +tomb in the Holmen church at Copenhagen. On the island of Falster +he often visited the proud and domineering ex-queen, Carolina +Amalia. He was likewise a frequent visitor at the neighboring +estate of the once beautiful and adored daughter of king Christian +IV, Leonora Ulfeldt, whom the pride and hatred of the ex-queen +had consigned for twenty-two years to a dark and lonely +prison cell. Years of suffering, as we learn from her still famous +book <i>Memories of Misery</i>, had made the princess a deeply religious +woman. Imprisonment had aged her body, but had neither dulled +her brilliant mind nor hardened her heart. She spent her remaining +years in doing good, and she was a great admirer of Kingo.</p> +<p>Thus duty and inclination alike brought him in contact with +people of very different stations and conditions in life. His position +and high personal endowments made him a notable figure wherever +he went. But he had his enemies and detractors as well as +<span class="pb" id="pg_53">[53]</span> +his friends. It was not everyone who could see why a poor weaver’s +son should be raised to such a high position. Kingo was accused +of being greedy, vain, over-ambitious and self-seeking, all of which +probably contained at least a grain of truth. We should have missed +some of his greatest hymns, if he had been a saint, and not a man +of flesh and blood, of passionate feelings and desires, a man who +knew from his own experiences that without Christ he could do +nothing.</p> +<p>Despite certain peculiar complications, Kingo’s private life was +quite happy. Four years after the death of his first wife, he entered +into marriage with Johanne Lund, a widow many years older +than he. She brought with her a daughter from her former marriage. +And Kingo thus had the exceptional experience of being +stepfather to three sets of children, the daughter of his second wife +and the children and stepchildren of his first. To be the head of +such a family must inevitably have presented confusing problems +to a man who had no children of his own. But with the exception +of his stepson, all the children appear to have loved him and +maintained their relation to him as long as he lived.</p> +<p>His second wife died in 1694, when she was seventy-six and he +sixty years old. During the later years of her life she had been a +helpless invalid, demanding a great deal of patience and care of her +busy husband. Contemporaries comment on the frequent sight of +the famous bishop good-humoredly carrying his wife about like a +helpless child. Less than a year after her death, Kingo entered into +a new marriage, this time with an attractive young lady of the +nobility, Birgitte Balslev, his junior by more than thirty years. This +new marriage provoked a great deal of gossip and many predictions +of disaster on account of the great disparity in years of the +contracting parties. But the predictions proved wholly unfounded, +and the marriage singularly happy. Kingo and Birgitte, a contemporary +tells us, were “inseparable as heart and soul.” She was an +accomplished and highly intelligent woman, and Kingo found in +her, perhaps for the first time in his life, a woman with whom he +could share fully the rich treasure of his own heart and mind. He +is credited with the remark that he had done what all ought to do: +married an elderly woman in his young days, whom he could care +for when she grew old, and a young woman in his later years, who +could comfort him in his old age.</p> +<p>But Kingo did not show the effect of his years. He was still as +energetic and vigorous as ever in the prosecution of his manifold +<span class="pb" id="pg_54">[54]</span> +duties. For a number of years after his marriage, he even continued +his strenuous visits to all parts of his see, now always accompanied +by his wife. His leisure hours were usually spent on +a beautiful estate a few miles from Odense, which belonged to his +wife. At this favored retreat and in the company of friends, he +still could relax and become the liveliest of them all.</p> +<p>The years, however, would not be denied. At the turn of the +century, he suffered a first attack of the illness, a bladder complaint, +that later laid him in his grave. He made light of it and refused +to ease his strenuous activity. But the attack returned with +increasing frequency and, on a visit to Copenhagen in the fall of +1702, he was compelled to take to his bed. He recovered somewhat +and was able to return home. But it was now clear to all that the +days of the great bishop were numbered. Early in the new year he +became bedfast and suffered excruciatingly at times. “But he submitted +himself wholly to God’s will and bore his terrible suffering +with true Christian patience,” one of his biographers tells us. To +those who asked about his condition, his invariable answer was, +that all was well with him. If anyone expressed sympathy with +him, he usually smiled and said that “it could not be expected that +the two old friends, soul and body, should part from each other +without pain.” When someone prayed or sang for him he followed +him eagerly, expressing his interest with his eyes, hands and whole +being.</p> +<p>A week before his death he called the members of his family +to his bed, shared the Holy Communion with them and thanked +them and especially his wife, for their great kindness to him during +his illness. On October 13, a Saturday, he slept throughout +the day, but awoke in the evening and exclaimed: “Lord God, tomorrow +we shall hear wonderful music!” And on the morning of +October 14, 1703, just as the great bells of the cathedral of St. Knud +called people to the service, his soul departed peacefully to join +the Church above. God had heard at last the earnest prayer of his +own great hymns:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">But, O Jesus, I am crying:</p> +<p class="t0">Help that faith, on Thee relying,</p> +<p class="t0">Over sin and sorrow may</p> +<p class="t0">Ever rise and win the day.</p> +</div> +<p>His body was laid to rest in a small village church a few miles +outside of Odense. There one still may see the stone of his tomb, +<span class="pb" id="pg_55">[55]</span> +bearing an inscription that likens him to a sun which, although it +has set, still lights the way for all true lovers of virtue. Other +monuments to his memory have been raised at Slangerup, Odense and +other places. But his finest and most lasting memorials are his own +great hymns. In these his warm, passionate spirit still speaks to +a larger audience than he ever reached in his own day. The years +have served only to emphasize the truth of Grundtvig’s beautiful +epitaph to him on his monument at Odense:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Thomas Kingo is the psalmist</p> +<p class="t0">Of the Danish temple choir.</p> +<p class="t0">This his people will remember</p> +<p class="t0">Long as song their hearts inspire.</p> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div id="cs2" title="Hans Adolph Brorson, the Christmas Singer of Denmark"> +<div class="pb" id="pg_57">[57]</div> +<h2>Hans Adolph Brorson, the Christmas Singer of Denmark</h2> +<div id="c08" title="Brorson’s Childhood and Youth"> +<div class="pb" id="pg_59">[59]</div> +<h4>Chapter Eight +<span class="chaptertitle">Brorson’s Childhood and Youth</span></h4> +<p>Hans Adolph Brorson came from Schleswig, the border +province between Denmark and Germany which for centuries has constituted +a battleground between the two countries +and cost the Danes so much in blood and tears. His family +was old in the district and presented an unbroken line of substantial +farmers until his grandfather, Broder Pedersen, broke it by +studying for the ministry and becoming pastor at Randrup, a small +country parish on the west coast of the province.</p> +<p>Broder Pedersen remained at Randrup till his death in 1646, +and was then succeeded by his son, Broder Brodersen, a young +man only twenty-three years old, who shortly before his installation +had married Catherine Margaret Clausen, a daughter of the +manager of Trojborg manor, the estate to which the church at +Randrup belonged. Catherine Clausen bore her husband three +sons, Nicolaj Brodersen, born July 23, 1690, Broder Brodersen, +born September 12, 1692, and Hans Adolph Brodersen—or Brorson—as +his name was later written—born June 20, 1694.</p> +<p>Broder Brodersen was a quiet, serious-minded man, anxious +to give his boys the best possible training for life. Although his +income was small, he managed somehow to provide private tutors +for them. Both he and his wife were earnest Christians, and the +fine example of their own lives was no doubt of greater value to +their boys than the formal instruction they received from hired +teachers. Thus an early biographer of the Brorsons writes: “Their +good parents earnestly instructed their boys in all that was good, +but especially in the fear and knowledge of God. Knowing that a +good example is more productive of good than the best precept, +they were not content with merely teaching them what is good, +but strove earnestly to live so that their own daily lives might present +a worthy pattern for their sons to follow.”</p> +<p>Broder Brodersen was not granted the privilege of seeing his +sons attain their honored manhood. He died in 1704, when the +<span class="pb" id="pg_60">[60]</span> +eldest of them was fourteen and the youngest only ten years old. +Upon realizing that he must leave them, he is said to have comforted +himself with the words of Kingo:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">If for my children I</p> +<p class="t0">Would weep and sorrow</p> +<p class="t0">And every moment cry:</p> +<p class="t0">Who shall tomorrow</p> +<p class="t0">With needful counsel, home and care provide them?</p> +<p class="t0">The Lord still reigns above,</p> +<p class="t0">He will with changeless love</p> +<p class="t0">Sustain and guide them.</p> +</div> +<p>Nor was the faith of the dying pastor put to shame. A year after +his death, his widow married his successor in the pastorate, Pastor +Ole Holbeck, who proved himself a most excellent stepfather to +his adopted sons.</p> +<p>Reverend Holbeck personally taught the boys until Nicolaj, +and a year later, Broder and Hans Adolph were prepared to enter +the Latin school at Ribe. This old and once famous school was then +in a state of decay. The town itself had declined from a proud city, +a favored residence of kings and nobles, to an insignificant village +of about fifteen hundred inhabitants. Of its former glory only a +few old buildings and, especially, the beautiful cathedral still remained. +And the Latin school had shared the fate of the city. Its +once fine buildings were decaying; its faculty, which in former +times included some of the best known savants of the country, was +poorly paid and poorly equipped; and the number of its students +had shrunk from about 1200 to less than a score. Only the course +of study remained unchanged from the Middle Ages. Latin and +religion were still the main subjects of instruction. It mattered +little if the student could neither speak nor write Danish correctly, +but he must be able to define the finest points in a Latin grammar +of more than 1200 pages. Attendance at religious services was compulsory; +but the services were cold and spiritless, offering little +attraction to an adolescent youth.</p> +<p>The boys completed their course at Ribe and entered the university +of Copenhagen, Nicolaj in the fall of 1710 and the younger +brothers a year later. But the change offered them little improvement. +The whole country suffered from a severe spiritual decline. +Signs of an awakening were here and there, but not at the university +where Lutheran orthodoxy still maintained its undisputed +reign of more than a hundred years, though it had now become +more dry and spiritless than ever.</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_61">[61]</div> +<p>The brothers all intended to prepare for the ministry. But after +two years Nicolaj for various reasons left the University of Copenhagen +to complete his course at the University of Kiel. Broder +remained at Copenhagen, completing his course there in the spring +of 1715. Hans Adolph studied for three years more and, even then, +failed to complete his course.</p> +<div class="img" title="Hans Adolph Brorson"> +<img height="631" width="500" alt="Hans Adolph Brorson" src="images/brorson.png" /> +<p class="center">Hans Adolph Brorson</p> +</div> +<p>It was a period of transition and spiritual unrest. The spiritual +revival now clearly discernible throughout the country had at +last reached the university. For the first time in many years the +prevailing orthodoxy with its settled answers to every question +of faith and conduct was meeting an effective challenge. Many +turned definitely away from religion, seeking in other fields such +as history, philosophy and especially the natural sciences for a +more adequate answer to their problems than religion appeared to +offer. Others searched for a solution of their difficulty in new +approaches to the old faith. The result was a spiritual confusion such +as often precedes the dawn of a new awakening. And Brorson appears +<span class="pb" id="pg_62">[62]</span> +to have been caught in it. His failure to complete his course +was by no means caused by indolence. He had, on the contrary, +broadened his studies to include a number of subjects foreign to +his course, and he had worked so hard that he had seriously impaired +his health. But he had lost his direction, and also, for the time +being, all interest in theology.</p> +<p>It was, therefore, as a somewhat spiritually confused and +physically broken young man that he gave up his studies and returned +to his home at Randrup. His brothers were already well +started upon their conspicuously successful careers, while he was +still drifting, confused and uncertain, a failure, as some no doubt +would call him. His good stepfather, nevertheless, received him +with the utmost kindness. If he harbored any disappointment in +him, he does not appear to have shown it. His stepson remained +with him for about a year, assisting him with whatever he could, +and had then so far recovered that he was able to accept a position +as tutor in the family of his maternal uncle, Nicolaj Clausen, at +Løgum Kloster.</p> +<p>Løgum Kloster had once been a large and powerful institution +and a center of great historic events. The magnificent building of +the cloister itself had been turned into a county courthouse, at +which Nicolaj Clausen served as county president, but the splendid +old church of the cloister still remained, serving as the parish +church. In these interesting surroundings and in the quiet family +circle of his uncle, Brorson made further progress toward normal +health. But his full recovery came only after a sincere spiritual +awakening in 1720.</p> +<p>The strong revival movement that was sweeping the country +and displacing the old orthodoxy, was engendered by the German +Pietist movement, entering Denmark through Slesvig. The two +conceptions of Christianity differed, it has been said, only in their +emphasis. Orthodoxy emphasized doctrine and Pietism, life. Both +conceptions were one-sided. If orthodoxy had resulted in a lifeless +formalism, Pietism soon lost its effectiveness in a sentimental subjectivism. +Its neglect of sound doctrine eventually gave birth to +Rationalism. But for the moment Pietism appeared to supply what +orthodoxy lacked: an urgent call to Christians to live what they +professed to believe.</p> +<p>A number of the early leaders of the movement in Denmark +lived in the neighborhood of Løgum Kloster, and were personally +known to Brorson. But whether or not any of these leaders was +<span class="pb" id="pg_63">[63]</span> +instrumental in his awakening is now unknown. One of his contemporaries +simply states that “Brorson at this time sought to employ +his solitude in a closer walk with God in Christ and, in so doing, +received a perfect assurance of the Lord’s faithfulness to those that +trust in Him.” Thus whatever influence neighboring Pietists may +have contributed to the great change in his life, the change itself +seems to have been brought about through his own Jacob-like +struggle with God. And it was a complete change. If he had formerly +been troubled by many things, he henceforth evinced but +one desire to know Christ and to be known by Him.</p> +<p>A first fruit of his awakening was an eager desire to enter the +ministry. He was offered a position as rector of a Latin school, but +his stepfather’s death, just as he was considering the offer, caused +him to refuse the appointment and instead to apply for the pastorate +at Randrup. His application granted, he at once hastened back +to the university to finish his formerly uncompleted course and obtain +his degree. Having accomplished this in the fall of the same +year, on April 6, 1722, he was ordained to the ministry together +with his brother, Broder Brorson, who had resigned a position as +rector of a Latin school to become pastor at Mjolden, a parish adjoining +Randrup. As his brother, Nicolaj Brorson, shortly before +had accepted the pastorate of another adjoining parish, the three +brothers thus enjoyed the unusual privilege of living and working +together in the same neighborhood.</p> +<p>The eight years that Brorson spent at Randrup where his father +and grandfather had worked before him were probably the +happiest in his life. The parish is located in a low, treeless plain +bordering the North Sea. Its climate, except for a few months of +summer, is raw and blustery. In stormy weather the sea frequently +floods its lower fields, causing severe losses in crops, stocks and +even in human life. Thus Brorson’s stepfather died from a cold +caught during a flight from a flood that threatened the parsonage. +The severe climate and constant threat of the sea, however, fosters +a hardy race. From this region the Jutes together with their neighbors, +the Angles and Saxons, once set out to conquer and settle +the British Isles. And the hardihood of the old sea-rovers was not +wholly lost in their descendants when Brorson settled among them, +although it had long been directed into other and more peaceful +channels.</p> +<p>The parsonage in which the Brorsons lived stood on a low +ridge, rising gently above its surroundings and affording a splendid +<span class="pb" id="pg_64">[64]</span> +view over far reaches of fields, meadows and the ever changing +sea. The view was especially beautiful in early summer when wild +flowers carpeted the meadows in a profusion of colors, countless +birds soared and sang above the meadows and shoals of fish played +in the reed bordered streams. It was without doubt this scene that +inspired the splendid hymn “Arise, All Things that God Hath +Made.”</p> +<p>Brorson was happy to return to Randrup. The parish was just +then the center of all that was dearest to him in this world. His +beloved mother still lived there, his brothers were close neighbors, +and he brought with him his young wife, Catherine Clausen, whom +he had married a few days before his installation.</p> +<p>Nicolaj and Broder Brorson had, like him, joined the Pietist +movement, and the three brothers, therefore, could work together +in complete harmony for the spiritual revival of their parishes. +And they did not spare themselves. Both separately and cooperatively, +they labored zealously to increase church attendance, revive +family devotions, encourage Bible reading and hymn singing, +and minimize the many worldly and doubtful amusements that, +then as now, caused many Christians to fall. They also began to +hold private assemblies in the homes, a work for which they were +bitterly condemned by many and severely reprimanded by the +authorities. It could not be expected, of course, that a work so +devoted to the furtherance of a new conception of the Christian +life would be tolerated without opposition. But their work, nevertheless, +was blest with abundant fruit, both in their own parishes +and throughout neighboring districts. Churches were refilled with +worshippers, family altars rebuilt, and a new song was born in +thousands of homes. People expressed their love for the three +brothers by naming them “The Rare Three-Leafed Clover from +Randrup.” It is said that the revival inspired by the Brorsons even +now, more than two hundred years later, is plainly evident in the +spiritual life of the district.</p> +<p>Thus the years passed fruitfully for the young pastor at Randrup. +He rejoiced in his home, his work and the warm devotion +of his people. It came, therefore, as a signal disappointment to all +that he was the first to break the happy circle by accepting a call +as assistant pastor at Christ church in Tønder, a small city a few +miles south of Randrup.</p> +</div> +<div id="c09" title="The Singer of Pietism"> +<div class="pb" id="pg_65">[65]</div> +<h4>Chapter Nine +<span class="chaptertitle">The Singer of Pietism</span></h4> +<p>The city of Tønder, when Brorson located there, had about +two thousand inhabitants. At one time it had belonged to +the German Dukes of Gottorp, and it was still largely German +speaking. Its splendid church had three pastors, two of whom +preached in German and the third, Brorson, in Danish.</p> +<p>The parish Pastor, Johan Herman Schraeder, was an outstanding +and highly respected man. Born at Hamburg in 1684, he +had in his younger days served as a tutor for the children of King +Frederick IV, Princess Charlotte Amalia and Prince Christian, +now reigning as King Christian VI.</p> +<p>Pastor Schraeder was a zealous Pietist and a leader of the +Pietist movement in Tønder and its neighboring territory. Like +the Brorsons he sought to encourage family devotions, Bible reading +and, especially, hymn singing. People are said to have become +so interested in the latter that they brought their hymnals +with them to work so that they might sing from them during lunch +hours. He himself was a noted hymnwriter and hymn collector, +who, shortly after Brorson became his assistant, published a German +hymnal, containing no less than 1157 hymns.</p> +<p>Schraeder, we are told, had been personally active in inducing +Brorson to leave his beloved Randrup and accept the call to +Tønder. As Brorson was known as an ardent Pietist, Schraeder’s +interest in bringing him to Tønder may have originated in a natural +wish to secure a congenial co-worker, but it may also have +sprung from an acquaintance with his work as a hymnwriter. For +although there is no direct evidence that any of Brorson’s hymns +were written at Randrup, a number of circumstances make it +highly probable that some of them were composed there and that +Schraeder was acquainted with them. Such a mutual interest +also helps to explain why Brorson should leave his fruitful work +at Randrup for an inferior position in a new field. It is certain +that the change brought him no outward advantages, and his +position as a Danish pastor in a largely German speaking community +must have presented certain unavoidable difficulties.</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_66">[66]</div> +<p>Although Brorson to our knowledge took no part in the endless +contest between German and Danish, his personal preference was, +no doubt, for the latter. It is thus significant that, although he must +have been about equally familiar with both languages, he did not +write a single hymn in German. He showed no ill will toward his +German speaking compatriots, however, and worked harmoniously +with his German speaking co-workers. But this strongly +German atmosphere does constitute a peculiar setting for one of +the greatest hymnwriters of the Danish church.</p> +<p>The congregation at Tønder had formed the peculiar custom of +singing in German—even at the Danish service. It is self-evident, +however, that such a custom could not be satisfactory to Brorson. +He was a Pietist with the fervent longing of that movement for a +real spiritual communion with his fellow Christians. But a custom +that compelled the pastor and his congregation to speak in different +tongues was, of necessity, a hindrance to the consummation +of such a desire. And now Christmas was drawing near, that +joyful season which Brorson, as his hymns prove, loved so well +and must heartily have desired to share with his hearers, a desire +which this mixture of tongues to a certain extent, made impossible. +He and his congregation had to be one in language before they +could wholly be one in spirit.</p> +<p>And so, shortly before the great festival in 1732, he published a +small and unpretentious booklet entitled: <b>Some Christmas Hymns, +Composed to the Honor of God, the Edification of Christian Souls +and, in Particular, of My Beloved Congregation during the Approaching +Joyful Christmastide, Humbly and Hastily Written by +Hans Adolph Brorson</b>.</p> +<p>This simple appearing booklet at once places Brorson among the +great hymnwriters of the Christian church. It contains ten hymns, +seven of which are for the Christmas season. Nearly every one +of them is now counted among the classics of Danish hymnody.</p> +<p>Brorson seems at once to have reached the height of his ability +as a hymnwriter. His Christmas hymns present an intensity of +sentiment, a mastery of form and a perfection of poetical skill that +he rarely attained in his later work. They are frankly lyrical. +Unlike his great English contemporary, Isaac Watts, who held that +a hymn should not be a lyrical poem and deliberately reduced +the poetical quality of his work, Brorson believed that a Christian +should use “all his thought and skill to magnify the grace of God”. +The opinion of an English literary critic “that hymns cannot be +<span class="pb" id="pg_67">[67]</span> +considered as poetry” is disproved by Brorson’s work. Some of +his hymns contain poetry of the highest merit. Their phrasing is +in parts extremely lyrical, utilizing to the fullest extent the softness +and flexibility that is supposed to be an outstanding characteristic +of the Danish tongue; their metres are most skillfully blended +and their rhymes exceedingly varied. His masterly use of what +was often considered an inconsequential appendage to poetry is +extraordinarily skillful. Thus he frequently chooses a harsh or a +soft rhyme to emphasize the predominating sentiment of his verse.</p> +<p>Brorson is without doubt the most lyrical of all Danish hymnwriters. +Literary critics have rated some of his hymns with the +finest lyrics in the Danish language. Yet his poetry seldom degenerates +to a mere form. His fervid lyrical style usually serves +as an admirable vehicle for the warm religious sentiment of his song.</p> +<p>In their warm spirit and fervid style Brorson’s hymns in some +ways strikingly resemble the work of his great English contemporaries, +the Wesleys. Nor is this similarity a mere chance. The +Wesleys, as we know, were strongly influenced first by the Moravians +and later by the German Pietists. Besides a number of +Moravian hymns, John Wesley also translated several hymns from +the hymnbook compiled by the well-known Pietist, Johan Freylinghausen. +The fervid style and varied metres of these hymns +introduced a new type of church song into the English and American +churches. But Freylinghausen’s <b>Gesang-Buch</b> also formed the +basis of the hymnal compiled by Johan Herman Schraeder from +which Brorson chose most of the originals of his translations. Thus +both he and the Wesleys in a measure drew their inspiration from +the same source. The Danish poet and his English contemporaries +worked independently and mediated their inspiration in their +own way, but the resemblance of their work is unmistakable. In +poetical merit, however, the work of Brorson far excels that of +the Wesleys. But his Christmas hymns also surpass most earlier +Danish hymns and even the greater part of his own later work.</p> +<p>One’s first impression of the booklet that so greatly has enriched +the Christmas festival of Denmark and Norway, is likely to +be disappointing. At the time of Brorson the festival was frequently +desecrated by a ceaseless round of worldly amusements. +People attended the festival services of the church and spent the +remainder of the season in a whirl of secular and far from innocent +pleasures. With his Pietistic views Brorson naturally deplored +<span class="pb" id="pg_68">[68]</span> +such a misuse of the season. And his first hymn, therefore, sounds +an earnest call to cease these unseemly pleasures and to use the +festival in a Christian way.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Cast out all worldly pleasure</p> +<p class="t0">This blessed Christmastide,</p> +<p class="t0">And seek the boundless treasure</p> +<p class="t0">That Jesus doth provide.</p> +</div> +<p>But although such a warning may have been timely, then as +now, it hardly expresses the real Christmas spirit. In the next +hymn, however, he at once strikes the true festival note in one +of the most triumphant Christmas anthems in the Danish or any +other language.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">This blessed Christmastide we will,</p> +<p class="t0">With heart and mind rejoicing,</p> +<p class="t0">Employ our every thought and skill,</p> +<p class="t0">God’s grace and honor voicing.</p> +<p class="t0">In Him that in the manger lay</p> +<p class="t0">We will with all our might today</p> +<p class="t0">Exult in heart and spirit,</p> +<p class="t0">And hail Him as our Lord and King</p> +<p class="t0">Till earth’s remotest bounds shall ring</p> +<p class="t0">With praises of His merit.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">A little Child of Jesse’s stem,</p> +<p class="t0">And Son of God in heaven,</p> +<p class="t0">To earth from heaven’s glory came</p> +<p class="t0">And was for sinners given.</p> +<p class="t0">It so distressed His loving heart</p> +<p class="t0">To see the world from God depart</p> +<p class="t0">And in transgression languish,</p> +<p class="t0">That He forsook His home above</p> +<p class="t0">And came to earth in tender love</p> +<p class="t0">To bear our grief and anguish.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Therefore we hymn His praises here</p> +<p class="t0">And though we are but lowly,</p> +<p class="t0">Our loud hosannas everywhere</p> +<p class="t0">Shall voice His mercy holy.</p> +<p class="t0">The tent of God is now with man,</p> +<p class="t0">And He will dwell with us again</p> +<p class="t0">When in His name assembling.</p> +<p class="t0">And we shall shout His name anew</p> +<p class="t0">Till hell itself must listen to</p> +<p class="t0">Our Christmas song with trembling.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">And though our song of joy be fraught</p> +<p class="t0">With strains of lamentation,</p> +<p class="t0">The burden of our cross shall not</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_69">[69]</div> +<p class="t0">Subdue our jubilation.</p> +<p class="t0">For when the heart is most distressed,</p> +<p class="t0">The harp of joy is tuned so best</p> +<p class="t0">Its chords of joy are ringing,</p> +<p class="t0">And broken hearts best comprehend</p> +<p class="t0">The boundless joy our Lord and Friend</p> +<p class="t0">This Christmas day is bringing.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Hallelujah, our strife is o’er!</p> +<p class="t0">Who would henceforth with sadness</p> +<p class="t0">Repine and weep in sorrow sore</p> +<p class="t0">This blessed day of gladness.</p> +<p class="t0">Rejoice, rejoice, ye saints on earth,</p> +<p class="t0">And sing the wonders of His birth</p> +<p class="t0">Whose glory none can measure.</p> +<p class="t0">Hallelujah, the Lord is mine,</p> +<p class="t0">And I am now by grace divine</p> +<p class="t0">The heir of all His treasure!</p> +</div> +<p>Equally fine but more quietly contemplative is the next hymn +in the collection which takes us right to the focal point of Christmas +worship, the stable at Bethlehem.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">My heart remains in wonder</p> +<p class="t0">Before that lowly bed</p> +<p class="t0">Within the stable yonder</p> +<p class="t0">Where Christ, my Lord, was laid.</p> +<p class="t0">My faith finds there its treasure,</p> +<p class="t0">My soul its pure delight,</p> +<p class="t0">Its joy beyond all measure,</p> +<p class="t0">The Lord of Christmas night.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">But Oh! my heart is riven</p> +<p class="t0">With grief and sore dismay</p> +<p class="t0">To see the Lord of heaven</p> +<p class="t0">Must rest on straw and hay,</p> +<p class="t0">That He whom angels offer</p> +<p class="t0">Their worship and acclaim</p> +<p class="t0">From sinful man must suffer</p> +<p class="t0">Such scorn, neglect and shame.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Why should not castles royal</p> +<p class="t0">Before Him open stand,</p> +<p class="t0">And kings, as servants loyal,</p> +<p class="t0">Obey His least command?</p> +<p class="t0">Why came He not in splendor</p> +<p class="t0">Arrayed in robes of light</p> +<p class="t0">And called the world to render</p> +<p class="t0">Its homage to His might?</p> +</div> +<div class="pb" id="pg_70">[70]</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">The sparrow finds a gable</p> +<p class="t0">Where it may build its nest,</p> +<p class="t0">The oxen know a stable</p> +<p class="t0">For shelter, food and rest;</p> +<p class="t0">Must then my Lord and Savior</p> +<p class="t0">A homeless stranger be,</p> +<p class="t0">Denied the simplest favor</p> +<p class="t0">His lowly creatures see.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">O come, my Lord, I pray Thee,</p> +<p class="t0">And be my honored guest.</p> +<p class="t0">I will in love array Thee</p> +<p class="t0">A home within my breast.</p> +<p class="t0">It cannot be a stranger</p> +<p class="t0">To Thee, who made it free.</p> +<p class="t0">Thou shalt find there a manger</p> +<p class="t0">Warmed by my love to Thee.</p> +</div> +<p>Far different from this song of quiet contemplation is the +searching hymn that follows it.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">How do we exalt the Father</p> +<p class="t0">That He sent His Son to earth.</p> +<p class="t0">Many with indifference gather</p> +<p class="t0">At His gift of boundless worth.</p> +</div> +<p>This is followed by another hymn of praise.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Lift up your voice once more</p> +<p class="t0">The Savior to adore.</p> +<p class="t0">Let all unite in spirit</p> +<p class="t0">And praise the grace and merit</p> +<p class="t0">Of Jesus Christ, the Holy,</p> +<p class="t0">Our joy and glory solely.</p> +</div> +<p>And then comes “The Fairest of Roses”, which a distinguished +critic calls “one of the most perfect lyrics in the Danish language”. +This hymn is inspired by a text from the Song of Songs “I am the +rose of Sharon and the lily of the valley”. It is written as +an allegory, a somewhat subdued form of expression that in this +case serves admirably to convey an impression of restrained fire. +Its style is reminiscent of the folk songs, with the first stanza +introducing the general theme of the song, the appearance of the +rose, that is, of the Savior in a lost and indifferent world. The +remainder of the verses are naturally divided into three parts: a +description of the dying world in which God causes the rose to +appear, a lament over the world’s indifference to the gift which it +should have received with joy and gratitude, and a glowing +declaration of what the rose means to the poet himself.</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_71">[71]</div> +<p>Many chapters have been written about the poetic excellencies +of this hymn, such as the perfect balance of its parts, the admirable +treatment of the contrast between the rose and the thorns, +and the skillful choice of rhymes to underscore the predominating +sentiment of each verse. But some of these excellencies have no +doubt been lost in the translation and can be appreciated only +by a study of the original. English translations of the hymn have +been made by German-, Swedish-, and Norwegian-American writers, +indicating its wide popularity. The following is but another +attempt to produce a more adequate rendering of this beautiful +song.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Now found is the fairest of roses,</p> +<p class="t0">Midst briars it sweetly reposes.</p> +<p class="t0">My Jesus, unsullied and holy,</p> +<p class="t0">Abode among sinners most lowly.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Since man his Creator deserted,</p> +<p class="t0">And wholly His image perverted,</p> +<p class="t0">The world like a desert was lying,</p> +<p class="t0">And all in transgressions were dying.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">But God, as His promises granted,</p> +<p class="t0">A rose in the desert hath planted,</p> +<p class="t0">Which now with its sweetness endoweth</p> +<p class="t0">The race that in sinfulness groweth.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">All people should now with sweet savor</p> +<p class="t0">Give praise unto God for His favor;</p> +<p class="t0">But many have ne’er comprehended</p> +<p class="t0">The rose to the world hath descended.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Ye sinners as vile in behavior</p> +<p class="t0">As thorns in the crown of the Savior,</p> +<p class="t0">Why are ye so prideful in spirit,</p> +<p class="t0">Content with your self-righteous merit?</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">O seek ye the places more lowly,</p> +<p class="t0">And weep before Jesus, the Holy,</p> +<p class="t0">Then come ye His likeness the nearest;</p> +<p class="t0">The rose in the valley grows fairest.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">My Jesus, Thou ever remainest</p> +<p class="t0">My wonderful rose who sustainest</p> +<p class="t0">My heart in the fullness of pleasure;</p> +<p class="t0">Thy sweetness alone I will treasure.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">The world may of all things bereave me,</p> +<p class="t0">Its thorns may assail and aggrieve me,</p> +<p class="t0">The foe may great anguish engender:</p> +<p class="t0">My rose I will never surrender.</p> +</div> +<div class="pb" id="pg_72">[72]</div> +<p>The last Christmas hymn of the collection is printed under the +heading: “A Little Hymn for the Children”, and is composed from +the text “Have ye not read, Out of the mouth of babes and sucklings +thou hast perfected praise”. Said to be the oldest children’s +hymn in Danish, it is still one of the finest. It is written as a +processional. The children come hastening on to Bethlehem to find +the new-born Lord and offer Him their homage. One almost hears +their pattering feet and happy voices as they rush forward singing:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Here come Thy little ones, O Lord,</p> +<p class="t0">To Thee in Bethlehem adored.</p> +<p class="t0">Enlighten now our heart and mind</p> +<p class="t0">That we the way to Thee may find.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">We hasten with a song to greet</p> +<p class="t0">And kneel before Thee at Thy feet.</p> +<p class="t0">O blessed hour, O sacred night,</p> +<p class="t0">When Thou wert born, our soul’s Delight!</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Be welcome from Thy heavenly home</p> +<p class="t0">Unto this vale of tears and gloom,</p> +<p class="t0">Where man to Thee no honor gave</p> +<p class="t0">But stable, manger, cross and grave.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">But Jesus, oh! how can it be</p> +<p class="t0">That but so few will think of Thee</p> +<p class="t0">And of that tender, wondrous love</p> +<p class="t0">Which drew Thee to us from above?</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">O draw us little children near</p> +<p class="t0">To Thee, our Friend and Brother dear,</p> +<p class="t0">That each of us so heartily</p> +<p class="t0">In faith and love may cling to Thee.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Let not the world lead us astray</p> +<p class="t0">That we our Christian faith betray,</p> +<p class="t0">But grant that all our longings be</p> +<p class="t0">Directed always unto Thee.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Then shall the happy day once come</p> +<p class="t0">When we shall gather in Thy home</p> +<p class="t0">And join the angels’ joyful throng</p> +<p class="t0">In praising Thee with triumph song.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">We gather now about Thee close</p> +<p class="t0">Like leaves around the budding rose,</p> +<p class="t0">O grant us, Savior, that we may</p> +<p class="t0">Thus cluster round Thy throne for aye.</p> +</div> +<div class="pb" id="pg_73">[73]</div> +<p>His Christmas hymns were so well received that Brorson was +encouraged to continue his writing. During the following year +he published no less than five collections bearing the titles: <b>Some +Advent Hymns</b>, <b>Some Passion Hymns</b>, <b>Some Easter Hymns</b>, <b>Some +Pentecost Hymns</b>, and <b>Hymns for the Minor Festivals</b>. All of these +hymns were likewise kindly received and therefore he continued +to send out new collections, publishing during the following years +a whole series of hymns on various phases of Christian faith and +life. In 1739, all these hymns were collected into one volume and +published under the title: <b>The Rare Clenod of Faith</b>.</p> +<p>This now famous book contains in all 67 original and 216 translated +hymns. The arrangement of the hymns follows in the main +the order of the Lutheran catechism, covering not only every +division but almost every subdivision of the book. Brorson, it +appears, must have written his hymns after a preconceived plan, +a rather unusual method for a hymnwriter to follow.</p> +<p><b>The Rare Clenod of Faith</b> fails as a whole to maintain the high +standard of the Christmas hymns. Although the language, as in +all that Brorson wrote, is pure and melodious, the poetic flight and +fresh sentiment of his earlier work is lacking to some extent in +the latter part of the collection. One reason for this is thought to +be that Brorson, on locating at Tønder, had come into closer contact +with the more extreme views of Pietism. The imprint of that +movement, at least, is more distinct upon his later than upon his +earlier work. The great preponderance of his translated over his +original hymns also affects the spirit of the collection. He was not +always fortunate in the selection of the original material for his +translations. Some of these express the excessive Pietistic contemplation +of the Savior’s blood and wounds; others are rhymed +sermons rather than songs of praise.</p> +<p>Despite these defects, <b>The Rare Clenod of Faith</b>, still ranks +with the great books of hymnody. It contains a wealth of hymns +that will never die. Even the less successful of its compositions +present a true Evangelical message, a message that, at times, +sounds a stern call to awake and “shake off that sinful sleep before +to you is closed the open door” and, at others, pleads softly for a +closer walk with God, a deeper understanding of His ways and a +firmer trust in His grace. There are many strings on Brorson’s +harp, but they all sound a note of vital faith.</p> +<p>Judging Brorson’s original hymns to be far superior to his +translations, some have deplored that he should have spent so +<span class="pb" id="pg_74">[74]</span> +much of his time in transferring the work of others. And it is, no +doubt, true that his original hymns are as a whole superior to his +translations. But many of these are so fine that their elimination +would now appear like an irreplaceable loss to Danish hymnody. +The constant love with which many of them have been used for +more than two hundred years should silence the claim that a translated +hymn must of necessity be less valuable than an original. A +considerable number of the originals of Brorson’s most favored +translations have long been forgotten.</p> +<p>As a translator Brorson is usually quite faithful to the originals, +following them as closely as the differences in language +and mode of expression permit. He is not slavishly bound, however, +to his text. His constant aim is to reproduce his text in a pure +and idiomatic Danish. And as his own poetic skill in most cases +was superior to that of the original writer, his translations are +often greatly superior to their originals in poetical merit.</p> +<p>Although the translation of a translation of necessity presents +a very unreliable yard-stick of a man’s work, the following translation +of Brorson’s version of the well-known German hymn, “Ich +Will Dich Lieben, Meine Starke” may at least indicate the nature +of his work as a translator.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Thee will I love, my strength, my Treasure;</p> +<p class="t0">My heart in Thee finds peace and joy.</p> +<p class="t0">Thee will I love in fullest measure,</p> +<p class="t0">And in Thy cause my life employ.</p> +<p class="t0">Thee will I love and serve alone.</p> +<p class="t0">Lord, take me as Thine own.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Thee will I love, my Life Eternal,</p> +<p class="t0">My Guide and Shepherd on Life’s way.</p> +<p class="t0">Thou leadest me to pastures vernal,</p> +<p class="t0">And to the light of endless day.</p> +<p class="t0">Thee will I love, Whose blood was spilt</p> +<p class="t0">To cleanse my soul from guilt.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Long, long wert Thou to me a stranger,</p> +<p class="t0">Though Thou didst love me first of all,</p> +<p class="t0">I strayed afar in sin and danger</p> +<p class="t0">And heeded not Thy loving call</p> +<p class="t0">Until I found that peace of heart</p> +<p class="t0">Thou canst alone impart.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Lord, cast not out Thy child, returning</p> +<p class="t0">A wanderer, naked and forlorn.</p> +<p class="t0">The tempting world, I sought with yearning,</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_75">[75]</div> +<p class="t0">Had naught to give but grief and scorn.</p> +<p class="t0">In Thee alone for all its grief</p> +<p class="t0">My heart now finds relief.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Thee will I love and worship ever,</p> +<p class="t0">My Lord, my God and Brother dear!</p> +<p class="t0">Must every earthly tie I sever</p> +<p class="t0">And naught but sorrow suffer here,</p> +<p class="t0">Thee will I love, my Lord divine;</p> +<p class="t0">O Jesus, call me Thine.</p> +</div> +<p>Equally characteristic of his work is his translation of the less-known +but appealing German hymn “Der Schmale Weg Ist Breit +Genug zum Leben”.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">The narrow way is wide enough to heaven</p> +<p class="t0">For those who walk straight-forward and with care</p> +<p class="t0">And take each step with watchfulness and prayer.</p> +<p class="t0">When we are by the Spirit driven,</p> +<p class="t0">The narrow way is wide enough to heaven.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">The way of God is full of grace and beauty</p> +<p class="t0">For those who unto Him in faith have turned</p> +<p class="t0">And have His way with love and ardor learned.</p> +<p class="t0">When we accept His call and duty,</p> +<p class="t0">The way of God is full of grace and beauty.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">The yoke of God is not too hard to carry</p> +<p class="t0">For those who love His blessed will and way</p> +<p class="t0">And shall their carnal pride in meekness slay.</p> +<p class="t0">When we with Him in faith will tarry,</p> +<p class="t0">The yoke of God is not too hard to carry.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">O Jesus, help me Thy blest way to follow.</p> +<p class="t0">Thou knowest best my weak and fainting heart</p> +<p class="t0">And must not let me from Thy way depart.</p> +<p class="t0">I shall Thy name with praises hallow,</p> +<p class="t0">If Thou wilt help me Thy blest way to follow.</p> +</div> +<p>But fine as many of his translations are, Brorson’s main claim +to fame must rest, of course, upon his original compositions. +These are of varying merit. His Christmas hymns were followed +by a number of hymns for the festivals of the church year. While +some of these are excellent, others are merely rhymed meditations +upon the meaning of the season and lack the freshness of his +Christmas anthems. The triumphant Easter hymn given below +belongs to the finest of the group.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Christians, who with sorrow</p> +<p class="t0">On this Easter morrow</p> +<p class="t0">Watch the Savior’s tomb,</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_76">[76]</div> +<p class="t0">Banish all your sadness,</p> +<p class="t0">On this day of gladness</p> +<p class="t0">Joy must vanquish gloom.</p> +<p class="t0">Christ this hour</p> +<p class="t0">With mighty power</p> +<p class="t0">Crushed the foe who would detain Him;</p> +<p class="t0">Nothing could restrain Him.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Rise, ye feeble-hearted,</p> +<p class="t0">Who have pined and smarted,</p> +<p class="t0">Vexed by sin and dread.</p> +<p class="t0">He has burst the prison</p> +<p class="t0">And with might arisen,</p> +<p class="t0">Jesus, Who was dead.</p> +<p class="t0">And His bride</p> +<p class="t0">For whom He died,</p> +<p class="t0">He from sin and death now raises;</p> +<p class="t0">Hail Him then with praises.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">When our sins aggrieve us,</p> +<p class="t0">Jesus will receive us,</p> +<p class="t0">All our debt He paid.</p> +<p class="t0">We, who were transgressors</p> +<p class="t0">Are now blest possessors</p> +<p class="t0">Of His grace and aid.</p> +<p class="t0">When in death</p> +<p class="t0">He gave His breath</p> +<p class="t0">To the cruel foe He yielded</p> +<p class="t0">That we should be shielded.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Earth! where are thy wonders!</p> +<p class="t0">Hell! where are thy thunders!</p> +<p class="t0">Death, where is thy sting!</p> +<p class="t0">Jesus rose victorious,</p> +<p class="t0">Reigns in heaven glorious</p> +<p class="t0">As our Lord and King.</p> +<p class="t0">Him, the Lord,</p> +<p class="t0">Who did accord</p> +<p class="t0">Us so great a joy and favor,</p> +<p class="t0">We will praise forever.</p> +</div> +<p>Brorson’s other hymns are too numerous to permit a more than +cursory review. Beginning with the subject of creation, he wrote +a number of excellent hymns on the work and providence of God. +Best known among these is the hymn given below, which is said +to have so pleased the king that he chose its author to become +bishop. The hymn is thought to have been written while Brorson +was still at Randrup. But whether this be so or not, it is evidently +inspired by the natural scenery of that locality.</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_77">[77]</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Arise, all things that God hath made<sup><a id="fr_5" href="#fn_5">[5]</a></sup></p> +<p class="t0">And praise His name and glory;</p> +<p class="t0">Great is the least His hand arrayed,</p> +<p class="t0">And tells a wondrous story.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Would all the kings of earth display</p> +<p class="t0">Their utmost pomp and power,</p> +<p class="t0">They could not make a leaflet stay</p> +<p class="t0">And grow upon a flower.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">How could the wisdom I compass</p> +<p class="t0">To show the grace and wonder</p> +<p class="t0">Of but the smallest blade of grass</p> +<p class="t0">On which the mind would ponder.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">What shall I say when I admire</p> +<p class="t0">The verdant meadows blooming,</p> +<p class="t0">And listen to the joyful choir</p> +<p class="t0">Of birds above them zooming.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">What shall I say when I descry</p> +<p class="t0">Deep in the restless ocean</p> +<p class="t0">The myriad creatures passing by</p> +<p class="t0">In swift and ceaseless motion.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">What shall I say when I behold</p> +<p class="t0">The stars in countless numbers</p> +<p class="t0">Display their light and charm untold</p> +<p class="t0">While nature sweetly slumbers.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">What shall I say when I ascend</p> +<p class="t0">To Him Who made creation,</p> +<p class="t0">And see the angel host attend</p> +<p class="t0">His throne with adoration.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">What shall I say—vain are my words</p> +<p class="t0">And humble my opinion!</p> +<p class="t0">Great is Thy wisdom, Lord of lords,</p> +<p class="t0">Thy glory and dominion!</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Lift up your voice with one accord</p> +<p class="t0">Now, every tribe and nation:</p> +<p class="t0">Hallelujah, great is our Lord</p> +<p class="t0">And wondrous His creation!</p> +</div> +<p>The Pietist movement is known for its fervid glorification of +the Savior, and particularly of His blood and wounds, a glorification +which at times appears objectionable because of the too-familiar +and realistic terms in which it is expressed. Brorson did +not wholly escape the excesses of the movement in this respect, +<span class="pb" id="pg_78">[78]</span> +especially in his translations. In his original hymns the excesses +are less apparent. However faithful he might be to the movement +he possessed a wholesome restraint which, when he was +not following others, caused him to moderate its most inappropriate +extravagances. What can be more reverent than this beautiful +tribute to the Savior:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Jesus, name of wondrous grace,</p> +<p class="t0">Fount of mercy and salvation,</p> +<p class="t0">First fruit of the new creation,</p> +<p class="t0">Weary sinners’ resting place,</p> +<p class="t0">Banner of the faith victorious,</p> +<p class="t0">Anchor of our hope and love,</p> +<p class="t0">Guide us in Thy footsteps glorious,</p> +<p class="t0">Bear us to Thy home above.</p> +</div> +<p>Or more expressive than this jubilant hymn of adoration:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">O Thou blest Immanuel!</p> +<p class="t0">What exceeding joy from heaven</p> +<p class="t0">Hast Thou caused in me to dwell</p> +<p class="t0">By Thy life for sinners given.</p> +<p class="t0">Thou hast broke the bands at last</p> +<p class="t0">Which my yearning soul held fast.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">In Thine arms I find relief,</p> +<p class="t0">Soon Thy home I shall inherit,</p> +<p class="t0">Sin and sorrow, death and grief</p> +<p class="t0">Nevermore shall vex my spirit.</p> +<p class="t0">For Thy word confirms the pledge</p> +<p class="t0">Of my lasting heritage.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Lord, my praise ascends to Thee</p> +<p class="t0">For these days of joy and sorrow;</p> +<p class="t0">They shall end in jubilee</p> +<p class="t0">On that blest eternal morrow</p> +<p class="t0">When the Sun of Paradise</p> +<p class="t0">Shall for me in splendor rise.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Rise in joyful faith, my soul!</p> +<p class="t0">Banish all thy grief and sadness.</p> +<p class="t0">Strong the stream of life shall roll</p> +<p class="t0">Through my heart with constant gladness.</p> +<p class="t0">Jesus, Who mine anguish bore,</p> +<p class="t0">Be now praised for evermore.</p> +</div> +<p>Most beautiful is also his hymn to the Lamb of God, translated +by Pastor D. G. M. Bach.</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_79">[79]</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">I see Thee stand, O Lamb of God,</p> +<p class="t0">On Zion’s mountain peak.</p> +<p class="t0">But Oh the way that Thou hast trod,</p> +<p class="t0">So long, so hard, so bleak!</p> +<p class="t0">What Thou didst suffer for our woe,</p> +<p class="t0">No man can ever know.</p> +</div> +<p>Though Brorson made a number of excellent translations of +hymns to the Spirit such as the beautiful, “Come, Rains from the +Heavens, to Strengthen and Nourish the Languishing Field,” he +wrote no outstanding Pentecost hymns of his own composition. +It remained for Grundtvig to supply the Danish church with a +wealth of unexcelled hymns on the Holy Ghost.</p> +<p>Aside from his Christmas hymns, Brorson’s greatest contribution +to hymnody is perhaps his revival hymns, a type in which +the Lutheran church is rather poor. The special message of the +Pietist movement was an earnest call to awake, and Brorson +repeated that call with an appealing insistence and earnestness. +The word of God has been sown, but where are its fruits?</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">O Father, may Thy word prevail</p> +<p class="t0">Against the power of Hell!</p> +<p class="t0">Behold the vineyard Thou hast tilled</p> +<p class="t0">With thorns and thistles filled.</p> +<p class="t0">’Tis true, the plants are there,</p> +<p class="t0">But ah, how weak and rare,</p> +<p class="t0">How slight the power and evidence</p> +<p class="t0">Of word and sacraments.</p> +</div> +<p>It is, therefore, time for all Christians to awake.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Awaken from your idle dreaming!</p> +<p class="t0">Ye lukewarm Christians, now arise.</p> +<p class="t0">Behold, the light from heaven streaming</p> +<p class="t0">Proclaims the day of mercy flies.</p> +<p class="t0">Throw off that sinful sleep before</p> +<p class="t0">To you is closed the open door.</p> +</div> +<p>Many are heedless, taking no thought of the day when all shall +appear before the judgment of God. Such people should arouse +themselves and prepare for the rendering of their account.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">O heart, prepare to give account</p> +<p class="t0">Of all thy sore transgression.</p> +<p class="t0">To God, of grace and love the Fount,</p> +<p class="t0">Make thou a full confession.</p> +<p class="t0">What hast thou done these many years</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_80">[80]</div> +<p class="t0">The Lord hath thee afforded.</p> +<p class="t0">Nothing but sin and earthly cares</p> +<p class="t0">Is in God’s book recorded.</p> +</div> +<p>He realizes that many continue in their sin because of ignorance, +and with these he pleads so softly:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">If thou but knew the life that thou are leading</p> +<p class="t0">In sin and shame is Satan’s tyranny,</p> +<p class="t0">Thou wouldest kneel and with the Lord be pleading</p> +<p class="t0">That He thy soul from bondage would set free.</p> +<p class="t0">Oh, how the Saviour would rejoice</p> +<p class="t0">If thou today should’st listen to His voice!</p> +</div> +<p>And the day of salvation is now at hand.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">O, seek the Lord today,</p> +<p class="t0">Today He hath salvation.</p> +<p class="t0">Approach Him while He may</p> +<p class="t0">Still hear thy supplication.</p> +<p class="t0">Repent and seek His grace</p> +<p class="t0">While yet His call doth sound,</p> +<p class="t0">Yea turn to Him thy face</p> +<p class="t0">While still He may be found.</p> +</div> +<p>Orthodoxy had instilled a formal, but often spiritless faith. +Pietism aimed to awaken the great mass of formal believers to a +new life, a living and active faith. This is strongly expressed in +the very popular hymn below.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">The faith that Christ embraces<sup><a id="fr_6" href="#fn_6">[6]</a></sup></p> +<p class="t0">And purifies the hearts</p> +<p class="t0">The faith that boldly faces</p> +<p class="t0">The devil’s fiery darts,</p> +<p class="t0">That faith is strong and must</p> +<p class="t0">Withstand the world’s temptation</p> +<p class="t0">And in all tribulation,</p> +<p class="t0">In Christ, the Saviour, trust.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">The faith that knows no struggle</p> +<p class="t0">Against the power of sin,</p> +<p class="t0">The faith that sounds no bugle</p> +<p class="t0">To waken, fight and win,</p> +<p class="t0">That faith is dead and vain,</p> +<p class="t0">Its sacred name disgracing,</p> +<p class="t0">And impotent when facing</p> +<p class="t0">The devil’s mighty reign.</p> +</div> +<div class="pb" id="pg_81">[81]</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">A Christian wears his armor</p> +<p class="t0">To wage the war of faith</p> +<p class="t0">Against the crafty charmer,</p> +<p class="t0">His foe in life and death.</p> +<p class="t0">With Jesus he must stand</p> +<p class="t0">Undaunted and victorious,</p> +<p class="t0">If he would win his glorious</p> +<p class="t0">Reward at God’s right hand.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">It is a comfort pleasing</p> +<p class="t0">In our embattled life,</p> +<p class="t0">To feel our strength increasing</p> +<p class="t0">In trying days of strife.</p> +<p class="t0">And as our days shall be</p> +<p class="t0">The Lord will help accord us</p> +<p class="t0">And with His gifts reward us</p> +<p class="t0">When striving faithfully.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">O Lord, my hope most fervent,</p> +<p class="t0">My refuge in all woe,</p> +<p class="t0">I will hence be Thy servant</p> +<p class="t0">Through all my days below.</p> +<p class="t0">Let come whatever may,</p> +<p class="t0">I will exalt Thee ever,</p> +<p class="t0">And ask no other favor</p> +<p class="t0">Than live with Thee for aye.</p> +</div> +<p>Although Brorson knew that—</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">The cost is greater than at first expected</p> +<p class="t0">To be in God's unbounded gifts perfected.</p> +</div> +<p>he holds that</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">It does not cost too hard a strife</p> +<p class="t0">To be a Christian, pure and heaven-minded,—</p> +</div> +<p>But a Christian must be steadfast and persevering, as he admonishes +himself and others in the following very popular hymn. +The translation is by Pastor P. C. Paulsen.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Stand fast, my soul, stand fast</p> +<p class="t0">In Christ, thy Saviour!</p> +<p class="t0">Lose not the war at last</p> +<p class="t0">By faint behaviour.</p> +<p class="t0">It is of no avail</p> +<p class="t0">That thou hast known Him</p> +<p class="t0">If when thy foes assail,</p> +<p class="t0">Thou shalt His banner fail,</p> +<p class="t0">And thus disown Him.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">To brandish high thy sword,</p> +<p class="t0">With calm assurance,</p> +<p class="t0">And face the devil’s horde</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_82">[82]</div> +<p class="t0">With brave endurance,</p> +<p class="t0">Is meet and well begun,</p> +<p class="t0">And merits praising.</p> +<p class="t0">But from the strife to run,</p> +<p class="t0">When blows thy courage stun,</p> +<p class="t0">Is most disgracing.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Let Satan rave and rage</p> +<p class="t0">By hosts attended,</p> +<p class="t0">The war for Christ I wage</p> +<p class="t0">Until it’s ended.</p> +<p class="t0">When leaning on His arm</p> +<p class="t0">With firm reliance,</p> +<p class="t0">I need not take alarm,</p> +<p class="t0">To me can come no harm</p> +<p class="t0">From Hell’s defiance.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">When Jesus’ love I see,</p> +<p class="t0">It me constraineth,</p> +<p class="t0">So that from carnal glee</p> +<p class="t0">My soul abstaineth.</p> +<p class="t0">When heaven to me is dear,</p> +<p class="t0">Its joys attractive,</p> +<p class="t0">Of hell I have no fear,</p> +<p class="t0">For Christ, my Lord, is near,</p> +<p class="t0">In battle active.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">In just a little while</p> +<p class="t0">The strife is ended,</p> +<p class="t0">And I from Satan’s guile</p> +<p class="t0">For aye defended.</p> +<p class="t0">Then I, where all is well,</p> +<p class="t0">In heaven’s glory,</p> +<p class="t0">Among the saints shall dwell,</p> +<p class="t0">And with rejoicing tell</p> +<p class="t0">Salvation’s story.</p> +</div> +<p>Therefore children of God should rejoice.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Children of God, born again by His Spirit,</p> +<p class="t0">Never ye cease in His name to rejoice;</p> +<p class="t0">Jesus believing and saved by His merit,</p> +<p class="t0">Come we to Him with a jubilant voice.</p> +</div> +<p>But even a child of God must not expect to escape from the +common trials and perils of life. God promises assistance but not +exemption to those who love Him. In the following striking hymn, +Brorson vividly pictures both the trials and the comfort of a +child of God.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">I walk in danger everywhere,<sup><a id="fr_7" href="#fn_7">[7]</a></sup></p> +<p class="t0">The thought must never leave me,</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_83">[83]</div> +<p class="t0">That Satan watches to ensnare</p> +<p class="t0">And with his guile deceive me.</p> +<p class="t0">His cunning pitfalls may</p> +<p class="t0">Make me an easy prey</p> +<p class="t0">Unless I guard myself with care;</p> +<p class="t0">I walk in danger everywhere.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">I walk through trials everywhere;</p> +<p class="t0">The world no help can offer.</p> +<p class="t0">The burdens I am called to bear</p> +<p class="t0">I must with patience suffer;</p> +<p class="t0">Though often I discern</p> +<p class="t0">No place where I may turn</p> +<p class="t0">When clouds surround me far and near;</p> +<p class="t0">Death walks beside me everywhere.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Death walks besides me everywhere;</p> +<p class="t0">Its shadows oft appall me.</p> +<p class="t0">I know not when the hour is here</p> +<p class="t0">When God from earth shall call me.</p> +<p class="t0">A moment’s failing breath,</p> +<p class="t0">And I am cold in death,</p> +<p class="t0">Faced with eternity fore’er;</p> +<p class="t0">Death walks besides me everywhere.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">I walk ’mongst angels everywhere;</p> +<p class="t0">They are my sure defenders;</p> +<p class="t0">The hordes of hell in vain prepare</p> +<p class="t0">Against such strong contenders.</p> +<p class="t0">All doubts and fears must flee,</p> +<p class="t0">With angels guarding me;</p> +<p class="t0">No foe can harm me in their care;</p> +<p class="t0">I walk ’mongst angels everywhere.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">I walk with Jesus everywhere;</p> +<p class="t0">His goodness never fails me.</p> +<p class="t0">I rest beneath His shielding care</p> +<p class="t0">When trouble sore assails me.</p> +<p class="t0">And by His footsteps led,</p> +<p class="t0">My path I safely tread.</p> +<p class="t0">Despite all ills my foes prepare:</p> +<p class="t0">I walk with Jesus everywhere.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">I walk to heaven everywhere,</p> +<p class="t0">Preparing for the morrow</p> +<p class="t0">When God shall hear my anxious prayer</p> +<p class="t0">And banish all my sorrow.</p> +<p class="t0">Be quiet then, my soul,</p> +<p class="t0">Press onward to thy goal.</p> +<p class="t0">All carnal pleasures thou forswear,</p> +<p class="t0">And walk to heaven everywhere.</p> +</div> +<div class="pb" id="pg_84">[84]</div> +<p>Unlike Kingo and Grundtvig, Brorson wrote no outstanding +hymns on the sacraments. Pietism was in the main a revival +movement and placed no special emphasis on the means of grace. +And although Brorson remained a loyal son of the established +church, he wrote his finest hymns on those phases of Christianity +most earnestly emphasized by the movement to which he belonged. +While this is only what could be expected, it indicates both his +strength and limitation as a hymnwriter. He was above all the +sweet singer of Pietism.</p> +<p>The hymns of Brorson that appeared during his lifetime were +all written within the space of four years. In that brief period he +composed a volume of songs that rank with the finest in the Christian +church, and just as he might have been expected to produce +his finest work, he discontinued his effort. The hymns of the +<b>Swan-Song</b>—which we shall discuss later—though written for his +own edification, indicate what he might have attained if he had +continued to write for publication. His reason for thus putting +aside the lyre, which for a little while he had played so appealingly, +is unknown. Some have suggested that he wrote his hymns +according to a preconceived plan, which, when completed, he felt +no inclination to enlarge; others have surmised that the new and +ardent duties, bestowed upon him about this time, deprived him +of the leisure to write. But as Brorson himself expressed no reason +for his action, no one really knows why this sweet singer of Pietism +so suddenly ceased to sing.</p> +<div class="fnblock"> +<div class="fndef"><sup><a id="fn_5" href="#fr_5">[5]</a></sup>Another translation with the same first line by A. M. Andersen in “Hymnal for Church and Home”. +</div> +<div class="fndef"><sup><a id="fn_6" href="#fr_6">[6]</a></sup>Another translation: “The faith that God believeth” by P. C. Paulsen in “Hymnal for Church and Home”. +</div> +<div class="fndef"><sup><a id="fn_7" href="#fr_7">[7]</a></sup>Another translation: “I walk in danger all the way” by D. G. Ristad in “Hymnal for Church and Home”. +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div id="c10" title="Brorson’s SWAN-SONG"> +<h4>Chapter Ten +<span class="chaptertitle">Brorson’s SWAN-SONG</span></h4> +<p>The Pietist movement, new and numerically small when +the Brorsons aligned themselves with it, made such sweeping +progress that within a few years it became the most powerful +movement within the Danish church. And in 1739, it ascended the +throne in the persons of King Christian VI and his consort, Queen +Sophia Magdalene of Kulmbach, an event of great significance to +the fortunes of the Brorsons.</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_85">[85]</div> +<p>In Denmark the king is officially the head of the church. At +the time of Brorson all church appointments belonged to him, and +King Christian VI, if he had so wanted, could thus have filled all +vacancies with adherents of the movement in which he sincerely +believed. He was, however, no fanatic. Earnestly concerned, as +he no doubt was, to further the spiritual welfare of his subjects, +his only desire was to supply all church positions at his disposal +with good and able men. And as such the Brorsons were recommended +to him by his old tutor and adviser in church affairs, +John Herman Schraeder. On this recommendation, he successively +invited the brothers to preach at court. Their impression upon him +was so favorable that within a few years he appointed Nicolaj to +become pastor of Nicolaj church in Copenhagen, one of the largest +churches in the capital, Broder to become Provost of the cathedral +at Ribe and, two years later, Bishop of Aalborg, and Hans +Adolph to succeed his brother at Ribe and, four years later, to become +bishop of that large and historically famous bishopric. Thus +the brothers in a few years had been elevated from obscurity to +leading positions within their church.</p> +<p>Contemporaries express highly different estimates of Brorson +as a bishop. While praised by some, he is severely criticized by +others as unfit both by ability and temperament for the high office +he occupied. This last estimate now is generally held to be +unjust and, to some extent at least, inspired by jealousy of his quick +rise to fame and by antagonism to his pietistic views. A close +examination of church records and his official correspondence proves +him to have been both efficient in the administration of his office +and moderate in his dealings with others. He was by all accounts +an eloquent and effective speaker. Although Ribe was a small +city, its large cathedral was usually crowded whenever it was +known that Brorson would conduct the service. People came from +far away to hear him. And his preaching at home and on his frequent +visits to all parts of his large bishopric bore fruit in a signal +quickening of the Christian life in many of the parishes under his +charge. He was, we are told, as happy as a child when he found +pastors and their people working faithfully together for the upbuilding +of the kingdom. But his own zeal caused him to look +for the same earnestness in others. And he was usually stern and, +at times, implacable, in his judgment of neglect and slothfulness, +especially in the pastors.</p> +<p>His private life was by all accounts exceptionally pure and +<span class="pb" id="pg_86">[86]</span> +simple, a true expression of his sincere faith and earnest piety. +A domestic, who for many years served in his home has furnished +us with a most interesting account of his home life. Brorson, she +testifies, was an exceptionally kind and friendly man, always +gentle and considerate in his dealing with others except when +they had provoked him by some gross neglect or inattention to +right and duty. He was generous to a fault toward others, but +very frugal, even parsimonious in his home and in his personal +habits. Only at Christmas or on other special occasion would he +urge his household to spare nothing. He was a ceaseless and +industrious worker, giving close personal attention to the multiple +duties of his important position and office. His daily life bore +eloquent witness of his sincere piety. When at home, no matter +how busy, he always gathered his whole household for daily devotions. +Music constituted his sole diversion. He enjoyed an evening +spent in playing and singing with his family and servants. If +he chanced to hear a popular song with a pleasing tune, he often +adopted it to his own words, and sang it in the family circle. Many +of the hymns in his Swan-Song are said to have been composed +and sung in that way.</p> +<p>His life was rich in trials and suffering. His first wife died just +as he was preparing to go to Copenhagen for his consecration as +a bishop, and the loss affected him so deeply that only the pleading +of his friends prevented him from resigning the office. He +later married a most excellent woman, Johanne Riese, but could +never forget the wife of his youth. Several of his children preceded +him in death, some of them while still in their infancy, and others +in the prime of their youth. His own health was always delicate +and he passed through several severe illnesses from which his +recovery was considered miraculous. His heaviest cross was, +perhaps, the hopeless insanity of his first-born son, who throughout +his life had to be confined to a locked and barred room as a +hopeless and dangerous lunatic. A visitor in the bishop’s palace, +it is related, once remarked: “You speak so often about sorrows +and trials, Bishop Brorson, but you have your ample income and +live comfortably in this fine mansion, so how can you know about +these things?” Without answering, Brorson beckoned his visitor +to follow him to the graveyard where he showed him the grave +of his wife and several of his children, and into the palace where +he showed him the sad spectacle of his insane son. Then the visitor +understood that position and material comfort are no guaranty +against sorrow.</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_87">[87]</div> +<p>A very sensitive man, Brorson was often deeply afflicted by +his trials, but though cast down, he was not downcast. The words +of his own beloved hymn, “Whatever I am called to bear, I must +in patience suffer,” no doubt express his own attitude toward +the burdens of his life. His trials engendered in him, however, an +intense yearning for release, especially during his later years. The +hymns of his <b>Swan-Song</b> are eloquent testimonies of his desire +to depart and be at home with God.</p> +<p>With the passing years his health became progressively poorer +and his weakening body less able to support the strain of his +exacting office. He would listen to no plea for relaxation, however, +until his decreasing strength clearly made it impossible for him +to continue. Even then he refused to rest and planned to publish +a series of weekly sermons that he might thus continue to speak +to his people. But his strength waned so quickly that he +was able to complete only one of the sermons.</p> +<p>On May 29, 1764, he begged a government official to complete +a case before him at his earliest convenience “for I am now seventy +years old, feeble, bedridden and praying for release from this +unhappy world.” Only a day later, his illness took a grave turn +for the worse. He sank into a stupor that lasted until dusk when +he awoke and said clearly, “My Jesus is praying for me in heaven. +I see it by faith and am anxious to go. Come quickly, my Lord, +and take me home!” He lingered until the morning of June 3, when +he passed away peacefully just as the great bells of the cathedral +announced the morning service.</p> +<p>Several fine memorials have been raised to his memory, among +them an excellent statue at the entrance to the cathedral at Ribe, +and a tablet on the inside wall of the building right beside a similar +remembrance of Hans Tausen, the leader of the Danish reformation +and a former bishop of the diocese. But the finest memorial +was raised to him by his son through the publication of <b>Hans +Adolph Brorson’s Swan-Song</b>, a collection of hymns and songs +selected from his unpublished writings.</p> +<p>The songs of the <b>Swan-Song</b> were evidently written for the +poet’s own consolation and diversion. They are of very different +types and merit, and a number of them might without loss have +been left out of the collection. A few of them stand unexcelled, +however, for beauty, sentiment and poetic excellence. There are +songs of patience such as the inimitable:</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_88">[88]</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Her vil ties, her vil bies,</p> +<p class="t0">Her vil bies, o svage Sind.</p> +<p class="t0">Vist skal du hente, kun ved at vente,</p> +<p class="t0">Kun ved at vente, vor Sommer ind.</p> +<p class="t0">Her vil ties, her vil bies,</p> +<p class="t0">Her vil bies, o svage Sind.</p> +</div> +<p>which one can hardly transfer to another language without +marring its tender beauty. And there are songs of yearning such +as the greatly favored,</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">O Holy Ghost, my spirit</p> +<p class="t0">With yearning longs to see</p> +<p class="t2">Jerusalem</p> +<p class="t2">That precious gem,</p> +<p class="t0">Where I shall soon inherit</p> +<p class="t0">The home prepared for me.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">But O the stormy waters!</p> +<p class="t0">How shall I find my way</p> +<p class="t2">Mid hidden shoals,</p> +<p class="t2">Where darkness rolls,</p> +<p class="t0">And join thy sons and daughters</p> +<p class="t0">Who dwell in thee for aye.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Lord, strengthen my assurance</p> +<p class="t0">Of dwelling soon with Thee,</p> +<p class="t2">That I may brave</p> +<p class="t2">The threatening wave</p> +<p class="t0">With firm and calm endurance;</p> +<p class="t0">Thyself my pilot be.</p> +</div> +<p>And there is “The Great White Host”, most beloved of all Brorson’s +hymns, which Dr. Ryden, a Swedish-American Hymnologist, +calls the most popular Scandinavian hymn in the English language. +Several English translations of this song are available. The translation +presented below is from the new English hymnal of the +Danish Lutheran churches in America.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Behold the mighty, whiterobed band<sup><a id="fr_8" href="#fn_8">[8]</a></sup></p> +<p class="t0">Like thousand snowclad mountains stand</p> +<p class="t2">With waving palms</p> +<p class="t2">And swelling psalms</p> +<p class="t0">Above at God’s right hand.</p> +<p class="t0">These are the heroes brave that came</p> +<p class="t0">Through tribulation, war and flame</p> +<p class="t2">And in the flood</p> +<p class="t2">Of Jesus’ blood</p> +<p class="t0">Were cleansed from sin and shame.</p> +<p class="t0">Now with the ransomed, heavenly Throng</p> +<p class="t0">They praise the Lord in every tongue,</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_89">[89]</div> +<p class="t2">And anthems swell</p> +<p class="t2">Where God doth dwell</p> +<p class="t0">Amidst the angels’ song.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">They braved the world’s contempt and might,</p> +<p class="t0">But see them now in glory bright</p> +<p class="t2">With golden crowns,</p> +<p class="t2">In priestly gowns</p> +<p class="t0">Before the throne of light.</p> +<p class="t0">The world oft weighed them with dismay.</p> +<p class="t0">And tears would flow without allay,</p> +<p class="t2">But there above</p> +<p class="t2">The Saviour’s love</p> +<p class="t0">Has wiped their tears away.</p> +<p class="t0">Theirs is henceforth the Sabbath rest,</p> +<p class="t0">The Paschal banquet of the blest,</p> +<p class="t2">Where fountains play</p> +<p class="t2">And Christ for aye</p> +<p class="t0">Is host as well as guest.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">All hail to you, blest heroes, then!</p> +<p class="t0">A thousand fold is now your gain</p> +<p class="t2">That ye stood fast</p> +<p class="t2">Unto the last</p> +<p class="t0">And did your goal attain.</p> +<p class="t0">Ye spurned all worldly joy and fame,</p> +<p class="t0">And harvest now in Jesus’ name</p> +<p class="t2">What ye have sown</p> +<p class="t2">With tears unknown</p> +<p class="t0">Mid angels’ glad acclaim.</p> +<p class="t0">Lift up your voice, wave high your palm,</p> +<p class="t0">Compass the heavens with your psalm:</p> +<p class="t2">All glory be</p> +<p class="t2">Eternally</p> +<p class="t0">To God and to the Lamb.</p> +</div> +<p>Brorson’s hymns were received with immediate favor. <b>The +Rare Clenod of Faith</b> passed through six editions before the death +of its author, and a new church hymnal published in 1740 contained +ninety of his hymns. Pietism swept the country and adopted +Brorson as its poet. But its reign was surprisingly short. King +Christian VI died in 1746, and the new king, a luxury-loving +worldling, showed little interest in religion and none at all in Pietism. +Under his influence the movement quickly waned. During +the latter part of the eighteenth century it was overpowered by a +wave of religious rationalism which engulfed the greater part of +the intellectual classes and the younger clergy. The intelligentsia +adopted Voltaire and Rousseau as their prophets and talked +endlessly of the new age of enlightenment in which religion was +<span class="pb" id="pg_90">[90]</span> +to be shorn of its mysteries and people were to be delivered from +the bonds of superstition.</p> +<p>In such an atmosphere the old hymns and, least of all, Brorson’s +hymns with their mystic contemplation of the Saviour’s blood and +wounds could not survive. The leading spirits in the movement +demanded a new hymnal that expressed the spirit of the new age. +The preparation of such a book was undertaken by a committee +of popular writers, many of whom openly mocked Evangelical +Christianity. Their work was published under the title <b>The Evangelical +Christian Hymnal</b>, a peculiar name for a book which, as +has been justly said, was neither Evangelical nor Christian. The +compilers had eliminated many of the finest hymns of Kingo and +Brorson and ruthlessly altered others so that they were irrecognizable. +To compensate for this loss, a great number of “poetically +perfect hymns” by newer writers—nearly all of whom have happily +been forgotten—were adopted.</p> +<p>But while would-be leaders discarded or mutilated the old +hymns and, with a zeal worthy of a better cause, sought to force +their new songs upon the congregations, many of these clung +tenaciously to their old hymnal and stoutly refused to accept the +new. In places the controversy even developed into a singing +contest, with the congregations singing the numbers from the old +hymnal and the deacons from the new. And these contests were, +of course, expressive of an even greater controversy than the choice +of hymns. They represented the struggle between pastors, working +for the spread of the new gospel, and congregations still clinging +to the old. With the highest authorities actively supporting +the new movement, the result of the contest was, however, a foregone +conclusion. The new enlightenment triumphed, and thousands +of Evangelical Christians became homeless in their own +church.</p> +<p>During the subsequent period of triumphant Rationalism, +groups of Evangelical laymen began to hold private assemblies +in their own homes and to provide for their own spiritual nourishment +by reading Luther’s sermons and singing the old hymns. +In these assemblies Brorson’s hymns retained their favor until +a new Evangelical awakening during the middle part of the nineteenth +century produced a new appreciation of the old hymns and +restored them to their rightful place in the worship of the church. +And the songs of the Sweet Singer of Pietism have, perhaps, +never enjoyed a greater favor in his church than they do today.</p> +<div class="fnblock"> +<div class="fndef"><sup><a id="fn_8" href="#fr_8">[8]</a></sup>Another translation: “Like thousand mountains brightly crowned” by S. D. Rodholm in “World of Song”. +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div id="s3" title="Nicolaj Frederik Severin Grundtvig the Singer of Pentecost"> +<div class="pb" id="pg_91">[91]</div> +<h2>Nicolaj Frederik Severin Grundtvig +<br />the Singer of Pentecost</h2> +<div id="c11" title="Nicolaj Frederik Severin Grundtvig the Singer of Pentecost"> +<div class="pb" id="pg_93">[93]</div> +<h4>Chapter Eleven +<span class="chaptertitle">Grundtvig’s Early Years</span></h4> +<p>The latter part of the eighteenth and the earlier part of +the nineteenth century produced a number of great changes +in the spiritual, intellectual and economic life of Denmark. +The strong Pietist movement at the time of Brorson, as we have +seen, lost much of its momentum with the death of King Christian +VI, and within a few years was overwhelmed by a wave of the +intellectual and religious Rationalism then engulfing a large part +of Europe. Religion, it was claimed, should be divested of its mysteries +and reason made supreme. Whatever could not justify itself +before the bar of the human intellect should be discarded as outworn +conceptions of a less enlightened age. The movement, however, +comprised all shades of opinions from pure agnosticism to +an idealistic belief in God, virtue and immortality.</p> +<p>Although firmly opposed by some of the most influential Danish +leaders of that day, such as the valiant bishop of Sjælland, Johan +Edinger Balle, Rationalism swept the country with irresistible +force. Invested in the attractive robe of human enlightenment and +appealing to man’s natural intellectual vanity, the movement attracted +the majority of the upper classes and a large proportion +of the clergy. Its adherents studied Rousseau and Voltaire, talked +resoundingly of human enlightenment, organized endless numbers +of clubs, and—in some instances—worked zealously for the social +and economic uplift of the depressed classes.</p> +<p>In this latter endeavor many pastors assumed a commendable +part. Having lost the old Gospel, the men of the cloth became +eager exponents of the “social gospel” of that day. While we may +not approve their Christmas sermons “on improved methods of +stable feeding,” or their Easter sermons “on the profitable cultivation +of buckwheat,” we cannot but recognize their devoted labor +for the educational and economic uplift, especially of the hard-pressed +peasants.</p> +<p>Their well-meant efforts, however, bore little fruit. The great +majority of the people had sunk into a slough of spiritual apathy +from which neither the work of the Rationalists nor the stirring +events of the time could arouse them.</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_94">[94]</div> +<p>The nineteenth century began threateningly for Denmark, +heaping calamity after calamity upon her. England attacked her +in 1801 and 1807, robbing her of her fine fleet and forcing her to +enter the European war on the side of Napoleon. The war wrecked +her trade, bankrupted her finances and ended with the severance +of her long union with Norway in 1814. But through it all Holger +Danske slept peacefully, apparently unaware that the very existence +of the nation was threatened.</p> +<p>It is against this background of spiritual and national indifference +that the towering figure of Grundtvig must be seen. For +it was he, more than any other, who awakened his people from their +lethargic indifference and started them upon the road toward a +happier day spiritually and nationally.</p> +<p>Nicolaj Frederik Severin Grundtvig, like so many of Denmark’s +greatest men, was the son of a parson. He was born September +8, 1783, at Udby, a country parish in the south-eastern +part of Sjælland. His father, Johan Ottesen Grundtvig, was a pastor +of the old school, an upright, earnest and staunch supporter +of the Evangelical Lutheran faith. His mother, Catherine Marie +Bang, was a high-minded, finely educated woman with an ardent +love for her country, its history, traditions and culture. Her son +claimed that he had inherited his love of “song and saga” from her.</p> +<p>The Grundtvigs on both sides of the family were descendants +of a long line of distinguished forebears, the most famous of +whom was Archbishop Absalon, the founder of Copenhagen and +one of the most powerful figures in 13th Century Denmark. And +they still had relatives in high places. Thus Johan Edinger Balle, +the formerly mentioned bishop of Sjælland, was a brother-in-law +of Johan Grundtvig; Cathrine Grundtvig’s brother, Dr. Johan Frederik +Bang, was a well-known professor of medicine and the stepfather +of Jacob Peter Mynster; and her younger sister, Susanna +Kristine Steffens, was the mother of Henrik Steffens, a professor at +the universities of Halle and Breslau, a friend of Goethe and +Schiller, and a leader of the early Romantic movement, both in +Germany and Denmark.</p> +<p>Cathrine Grundtvig bore her husband five children, of whom +Nicolaj was the youngest. But even with such a large household +to manage, she found time to supervise the early schooling of her +youngest son. She taught him to read, told him the sagas of his +people and gave him his first lessons in the history and literature, +both of his own and of other nations.</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_95">[95]</div> +<p>It was a period of stirring events. Wars and revolutions raged +in many parts of Europe. And these events were eagerly followed +and discussed in the parsonage. Listening to his elders, Grundtvig +saw, as it were, history in its making and acquired an interest in +the subject that produced rich fruits in later years. The wholesome +Christian life of his home and the devotional spirit of the services +in his father’s church also made a deep impression upon him, an +impression that even the scepticism of his youth could not eradicate.</p> +<p>But his happy childhood years ended all too quickly. At the +age of nine he left his home to continue his studies under a former +tutor, Pastor L. Feld of Thyregod, a country parish in Jylland. +There he spent six lonely but quite fruitful years, receiving among +other things a solid training in the classical languages. In 1798, he +completed his studies with Rev. Feld and enrolled in the Latin +school at Aarhus, the principal city of Jylland. But the change +proved most unfortunate for young Grundtvig. Under the wise +and kindly guidance of Rev. Feld he had preserved the wholesome, +eager spirit of his childhood, but the lifeless teaching, the compulsory +religious exercises and the whole spiritless atmosphere of his +new school soon changed him into an indifferent, sophisticated and +self-satisfied cynic with little interest in his studies, and none at +all in religion.</p> +<p>At the completion of his course, however, this attitude did not +deter him from enrolling at the University of Copenhagen with the +intention of studying for the ministry. A university education was +then considered almost indispensable to a man of his social position, +and his parents earnestly wished him to enter the church. Nor +was his attitude toward Christianity greatly different from that of +his fellow students or even from that of many pastors already +preaching the emasculated gospel of God, Virtue, and Immortality +which the Rationalists held to be the true essence of the Christian +religion. Believing the important part of the Gospel to be its ethical +precepts, Grundtvig, furthermore, prided himself upon the correctness +of his own moral conduct and his ability to control all unworthy +passions. “I was at that time,” he later complained, “nothing +but an insufferably vain and narrow-minded Pharisee.”</p> +<p>From this spirit of superior self-sufficiency, only two things +momentarily aroused him during his university years—the English +attacks upon Copenhagen; and a series of lectures by his cousin, +Henrik Steffens.</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_96">[96]</div> +<p>Steffens, as a student at Jena, had met and become an enthusiastic +disciple of Schelling, the father of natural philosophy, a pantheistic +colored conception of life, opposed to the narrowly materialistic +views of most Rationalists. Lecturing at the university +during the years 1802-1803, Steffens aroused a tremendous enthusiasm, +both among the students and some of the older intellectuals. +“He was a fiery speaker,” Grundtvig remarks later, “and his lectures +both shocked and inspired us although I often laughed at him +afterward.”</p> +<p>Despite his attempt to laugh away the impression of the fiery +speaker, Grundtvig, nevertheless, retained at least two lasting memories +from the lectures—the power of the spoken word, a power +that even against his will could arouse him from his cynical indifference, +and the reverence with which Steffens spoke of Christ as +“the center of history.” The human race, he contended, had sunk +progressively lower and lower from the fall of man until the time +of Nero, when the process had been reversed and man had begun +the slow upward climb that was still continuing. And of this progress +the speaker in glowing terms pictured Christ as the living center.</p> +<p>Grundtvig was graduated from the university in the spring of +1803. He wished to remain in Copenhagen but could find no employment +and was forced, therefore, to return to his home. Here +he remained for about a year, after which he succeeded in obtaining +a position as tutor for the son of Lieutenant Steensen Leth +of Egelykke, a large estate on the island of Langeland.</p> +<p>Except for the fact that Egelykke was far from Copenhagen, +Grundtvig soon became quite satisfied with his new position. Both +the manor and its surroundings were extremely beautiful, and his +work was congenial. His employer, a former naval officer, proved +to be a rough, hard-drinking worldling; but his hostess, Constance +Leth, was a charming, well-educated woman whose cultural interests +made the manor a favored gathering place for a group of +like-minded ladies from the neighborhood. And with these cultured +women, Grundtvig soon felt himself much more at home than +with his rough-spoken employer and hard-drinking companions.</p> +<p>But if Grundtvig unexpectedly was beginning to enjoy his stay +at Egelykke, this enjoyment vanished like a dream when he suddenly +discovered that he was falling passionately in love with his +attractive hostess. It availed him nothing that others as he well +knew might have accepted such a situation with complacence; to +<span class="pb" id="pg_97">[97]</span> +him it appeared an unpardonable reproach both to his intelligence +and his honor. Having proudly asserted the ability of any intelligent +man to master his passions, he was both horrified and humiliated +to discover that he could not control his own.</p> +<div class="img" title="Nicolaj Frederik Severin Grundtvig"> +<img height="761" width="500" alt="Nicolaj Frederik Severin Grundtvig" src="images/grundtvg.png" /> +<p class="center">Nicolaj Frederik Severin Grundtvig</p> +</div> +<p>Grundtvig never consciously revealed his true sentiment to +Constance Leth. At the cost of an intense struggle, he managed +outwardly to maintain his code of honorable conduct. But he still +felt humbled and shaken by his inability to suppress his inner and +as he saw it guilty passion. And under this blow to his proud self-sufficiency, +he felt, perhaps for the first time in his life, the need +for a power greater than his own. “To win in this struggle,” he +wrote in his diary, “lies beyond my own power. I must look for +help from above or sink as the stone sinks while the lightly floating +leaves mock it and wonder why it cannot float as they do.”</p> +<p>The struggle against his passion engendered a need for work. +“In order to quiet the storm within me,” he writes, “I forced my +mind to occupy itself with the most difficult labor.” Although he +<span class="pb" id="pg_98">[98]</span> +had paid small attention to the suggestion at the time, he now remembered +and began to read some of the authors Steffens had +recommended in his lectures: Goethe, Schiller, Schelling, Fichte, +Shakespeare and others. He also studied the work of newer Danish +writers, such as Prof. Jens Møller, a writer on Northern mythology, +and Adam Oehlenschlaeger, a young man who, inspired by Steffens, +was becoming the foremost dramatic poet of Denmark. He +even renewed the study of his long neglected Bible. The motive +of his extensive reading was, no doubt, ethical rather than esthetic, +a search for that outside power of which the battle within him revealed +his urgent need. Thus he wrote:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">My spirit opened its eyes,</p> +<p class="t0">Saw itself on the brink of the abyss,</p> +<p class="t0">Searched with trembling and fear</p> +<p class="t0">Everywhere for a power to save,</p> +<p class="t0">And found God in all things,</p> +<p class="t0">Found Him in the songs of the poets,</p> +<p class="t0">Found Him in the work of the sages,</p> +<p class="t0">Found Him in the myths of the North,</p> +<p class="t0">Found Him in the records of history,</p> +<p class="t0">But clearest of all it still</p> +<p class="t0">Found Him in the Book of Books.</p> +</div> +<p>The fate that appears to crush a man may also exalt him. And +so it was with Grundtvig. His suffering crushed the stony shell of +cynical indifference in which he had long enclosed his naturally +warm and impetuous spirit and released the great latent forces +within him. In the midst of his struggle, new ideas germinated +springlike in his mind. He read, thought and wrote, especially on +the subject that was always near to his heart, the mythology and +early traditions of the Northern peoples. And after three years of +struggle, he was at last ready to break away from Egelykke. If he +had not yet conquered his passion, he had so far mastered it that +he could aspire to other things.</p> +<p>Thus ended what a modern Danish writer, Skovgaard-Petersen, +calls “the finest love story in Danish history.” The event had +caused Grundtvig much pain, but it left no festering wounds. His +firm refusal to permit his passion to sully himself or degrade the +woman he loved had, on the contrary, made it one of the greatest +incitations to good in his whole life.</p> +<p>On his return to Copenhagen Grundtvig almost at once obtained +a position as teacher in history at Borch’s Collegium for boys. +His new position satisfied him eminently by affording him a chance +<span class="pb" id="pg_99">[99]</span> +to work with his favorite subject and to expand his other intellectual +interests. He soon made friends with a number of promising +young intellectuals who, in turn, introduced him to some of the outstanding +intellectual and literary lights of the country, and within +a short while the list of his acquaintances read like a Blue Book of +the city’s intelligentsia.</p> +<p>Although Grundtvig was still quite unknown except for a few +articles in a current magazine, there was something about him, an +originality of view, an arresting way of phrasing his thoughts, a +quiet sense of humor, that commanded attention. His young friends +willingly acknowledged his leadership, and the older watched him +with expectation. Nor were they disappointed. His <b>Northern Mythology</b> +appeared in 1808, and <b>Episodes from the Decay of Northern +Heroism</b> only a year later. And these strikingly original and finely +written works immediately established his reputation as one of +the foremost writers of Denmark. There were even those who in +their enthusiasm compared him with the revered Oehlenschlaeger. +A satirical poem, “The Masquerade Ball of Denmark,” inspired by +the frivolous indifference with which many people had reacted to +the English bombardment of Copenhagen in 1807, showed his power +of burning scorn and biting satire.</p> +<p>In the midst of this success and the preparation of plans for +new and more ambitious works, Grundtvig received a request from +his old father to come home and assist him with his parish work. +The request was not at all pleasing to him. His personal attitude +toward Christianity was still uncertain, and his removal from the +capital would interfere with his literary career. But as the wish +of his good parents could not be ignored, he reluctantly applied +for ordination and began to prepare his probation sermon.</p> +<p>This now famous sermon was delivered before the proper +officials March 17, 1810. Knowing that few besides the censors +would be present to hear him and feeling that an ordinary sermon +would be out of place before such an audience, Grundtvig prepared +his sermon as an historical survey of the present state of the church +rather than as an Evangelical discourse.</p> +<p>His study of history had convinced him of the mighty influence +Christianity had once exerted upon the nations, and he, therefore, +posed the question why this influence was now in decline. “Are the +glad tidings,” he asked, “which through seventeen hundred years +passed from confessing lips to listening ears still not preached?” +And the answer is “no”. Even the very name of Jesus is now without +<span class="pb" id="pg_100">[100]</span> +significance and worth to most people of the younger generation, +“for the Word of God has departed from His house and that +which is preached there is not the Word of God, but the earth-bound +speculations of men. The holy men of old believed in the +message they were called to preach, but the human spirit has now +become so proud that it feels itself capable of discovering the truth +without the light of the Gospel, and so faith has died. My Brethren!” +he exclaims, “Let us not, if we share this blindness and contempt +for the heavenly light, be false and shameless enough to desecrate +the Holy Place by appearing there as preachers of a Christianity in +which we ourselves do not believe!”</p> +<p>The sermon was delivered with much force and eloquence. +Grundtvig felt himself stirred by the strength of his own argument; +and a comparison of the warm devotional spirit of a church service, +as he remembered it from his childhood, with the cold indifference +of later days moved him to sentimental tears, the first pious tears +that he had shed for many years, he said later. Even the censors +were so impressed that they unanimously awarded him the mark +of excellent, a generosity they bitterly regretted a few weeks later. +For Grundtvig, contrary to his promise—as the censors asserted +but Grundtvig denied—published his sermon. And it was warmly +received by the Evangelicals as the first manna that had fallen in +a desert for many years. But the Rationalists violently condemned +it and presented the Committee on Church Affairs with an indignant +protest against its author “for having grossly insulted the +Danish clergy.”</p> +<p>Considering the enthusiastic approval the sermon had received +in various quarters, the committee would gladly have squashed the +complaint. But the complainers, comprising many of the most influential +pastors in the city, were too powerful to be ignored. And +so Grundtvig was found guilty “of having willfully insulted the +Danish clergy, both individually and as a body,” and sentenced to +receive a reprimand by the dean of the theological faculty.</p> +<p>When Grundtvig on January 11, 1811, presented himself before +the dean to receive his reprimand, he looked so pale and shaken +that even the worthy official took compassion upon him and advised +him privately that he must not take his sentence too seriously. +It was not, however, the stern reprimand of the dean but an experience +of far greater consequence that so visibly blanched the +cheeks of the defendant.</p> +<p>The prospect of entering the active ministry caused Grundtvig +<span class="pb" id="pg_101">[101]</span> +to examine seriously his own attitude toward Christianity. And +although the bishop vetoed his assignment to Udby and thus released +him from the immediate prospect of entering the pulpit, +this did not stop the trend of his thoughts. He had lost his former +indifference toward religion and discovered the historical significance +of Christianity, but just what did the Christian faith mean +to him personally?</p> +<p>He was still pondering this question, when in the fall of 1810, +he commenced a study of the Crusades, “the heroic age of Christianity,” +as one historian called the period. The phrase appealed +to him. He had lately wandered through the mystic halls of Northern +gods and heroes and deplored the decay of their heroic spirit. +He admired the heroic, and his heart still wavered between the +mighty Wodin and the meek and lowly Christ. But the heroic age +of Christianity—was it possible then that Christianity too could +rise to the heroic?</p> +<p>In the course of his study he read <b>The Early History of Prussia</b> +by A. von Kotzebue in which the author, after ridiculing “the missionary +zeal that, like a fire on the steppes, caught the kings of +Poland and Scandinavia and moved them to frantic efforts for the +conversion of neighboring peoples,” proudly stated, “But while her +neighbors all accepted Christianity and the withered cross drew +steadily nearer to the green oak, Prussia remained faithful to her +ancient gods.”</p> +<p>“The withered Cross!” The words stung Grundtvig to the +quick. He hurled the book away, sprang up and stormed about the +room, vowing that he would henceforth dedicate his life to the +cause of the spurned emblem.</p> +<p>A few weeks of restless exaltation followed. He read his Bible, +studied Luther’s catechism and pondered the ways and means of +accomplishing a reform of his church, especially a reform inspired +by pen and ink. But his <b>New Year’s Night</b>, a small book published +during this period, shows his still troublesome uncertainty, his constant +wavering between the old gods and the Christ of the Gospels, +between various degrees of Rationalism and a full acceptance of the +mystery of the cross. In a mighty hymn of praise to the suffering +Savior, he wrote many years later: “Yes, my heart believes the +wonder of Thy cross, which ages ponder”—but he had yet to pass +through the depths before he could say that. Even so, he now exultingly +wrote: “On the rim of the bottomless abyss toward which +our age is blindly hastening, I will stand and confront it with a picture, +<span class="pb" id="pg_102">[102]</span> +illumined by two shining lights, the Word of God, and the +testimony of history. As long as God gives me strength to lift up +my voice, I will call and admonish my people in His name.”</p> +<p>But from this pinnacle of proud exultation, he was suddenly +hurled into the abyss when, like a bolt of lightning, the thought +struck him: But are you yourself a Christian, have you received +the forgiveness of your sin?</p> +<p>“It struck me like a hammer, crashing the rock,” he said later, +“what the Lord tells the ungodly: ‘What hast thou to declare my +statutes or that thou shouldest take my covenant into thy mouth, +seeing that thou hatest my instruction and castest my word behind +thee!’” Gone like a dream were now all his proud fancies. Only +one thought filled his whole being—to obtain the forgiveness of +his sin and the assurance of God’s grace. But so violent became his +struggle that his mind at times reeled on the brink of insanity. His +young friends stood loyally by him, comforting and guarding him +as far as they could. And when it became clear that he must be +removed from the noise of the city, one of them, F. Sibbern, volunteered +to take him home. There his old parents received him +with understanding, even rejoicing that anxiety for his soul and +not other things had so disturbed his mind.</p> +<p>The peace of the quiet countryside, the understanding care of +his parents and the soothing influence of their firm Evangelical +faith acted as a balm to Grundtvig’s struggling spirit. He loved to +enter the old church of his childhood, to hear his father preach, or +sit alone before the altar in meditation and prayer. And there before +the altar of the church in which he had been baptized and +confirmed, he at last found peace, the true peace of God that passeth +all understanding.</p> +<p>After the great change in his life, Grundtvig now wished most +heartily to become his father’s assistant. The elder Grundtvig had +already forwarded his resignation from the pastorate but was more +than happy to apply for its return and for the appointment of his +son as his assistant. And so, Grundtvig was ordained at Copenhagen, +May 11, 1811, and installed at Udby a few days later. He +was back again in the old church of his childhood.</p> +</div> +<div id="c12" title="The Lonely Defender of the Bible"> +<div class="pb" id="pg_103">[103]</div> +<h4>Chapter Twelve +<span class="chaptertitle">The Lonely Defender of the Bible</span></h4> +<p>Grundtvig began his work at Udby with all the zeal of a +new convert. He ministered to young and old, spent himself +in work for the sick and the poor, and preached the Gospel +with a fervor that was new, not only to the people of Udby, but to +most people of that generation. If other things had not intervened, +like his father, he might have spent his life as a successful country +pastor. But his father died January 5, 1813. The authorities refused +to confirm Grundtvig in the vacant charge, and he and his +mother, shortly afterward, were compelled to leave the parsonage +that had been their home for more than forty years. His mother +settled in Prastø, a small city a few miles from Udby, and Grundtvig +returned to Copenhagen to search for a new position, a task +that this time proved both long and painful.</p> +<p>Among available positions, Grundtvig especially coveted a professorship +in history at the newly founded university of Oslo, Norway, +at which three of his friends, S. B. Hersleb, Niels Trechow +and George Sverdrup, had already obtained employment. But although +these friends worked zealously for his appointment, even +after the separation of Norway from Denmark, their efforts were +fruitless. Grundtvig was not destined to leave his native land. +Nor were his attempts to secure other work successful. In spite of +the fact that he applied for almost every vacancy in the church, +even the smallest, his powerful enemies among the Rationalists +were influential enough to prevent his appointment to any of them.</p> +<p>Meanwhile he was by no means idle. Following his conversion, +he felt for a time like a man suddenly emerging from darkness into +the brightness of a new day. Old things had passed away, but the +brilliance of the new light confused him. What could he do? How +many of his former interests were reconcilable with his new views? +Could he, for instance, continue his writings? “When my eyes were +opened,” he writes, “I considered all things not directly concerned +with God a hindrance to the blessed knowledge of my Lord, Jesus +Christ.” After a time he saw, however, that his ability to write +might be accepted as a gift from God to be used in His service. +“The poet when inspired,” he says, “may proclaim a message from +<span class="pb" id="pg_104">[104]</span> +above to the world below,” and so, “after dedicating it to Himself, +the Lord again handed me the harp that I had placed upon His +altar.”</p> +<p>During his brief stay at Udby, Grundtvig published three +larger works: <b>Episodes from the Battle between Ases and Norns</b>, +<b>Saga</b> and <b>A New Year’s Gift for 1812</b>.<sup><a id="fr_9" href="#fn_9">[9]</a></sup> +The first of these was nearly +completed before his conversion, and as he now reread the manuscript, +its content almost shocked him. Was it possible that he had +felt and written thus only a few months ago! He thought of destroying +the work but decided to recast it in conformity with his +present views and to express these clearly in a preface. With the +completion of this task, however, he took a long leave from the +“ice-cold giants of the North” that had so long engrossed his attention.</p> +<p>After his brief visit with the heroes of the past, Grundtvig +again turned his attention to their descendants in the present. And +the contrast was almost startling. The war still was dragging on +and the country sinking deeper and deeper into the morass of +political, commercial and economic difficulties. But the majority +of the people seemed completely indifferent to her plight. “They +talked of nothing,” Grundtvig says, “but of what they had eaten, +worn and amused themselves with yesterday, or what they would +eat, wear and amuse themselves with tomorrow.” Was it possible +that these people could be descendants of the giants whose valor +and aggressive spirit had once challenged the greater part of +Europe?</p> +<p>Grundtvig was convinced that the spiritual apathy of his people +resulted from the failure of their spiritual leaders to uphold the +Evangelical faith, and that the salvation of the nation depended on +a true revival of Evangelical Christianity. For this reason he now +exerted every means at his command to induce the people and, +especially, their leaders to return to the old paths. In numerous +works, both in verse and in prose, he urged the people to renew +the faith of their fathers and challenged their leaders to take a +definite stand for Biblical Christianity. He became the lonely +defender of the Bible.</p> +<p>Among outstanding personalities of that day, there were especially +two that attracted widespread attention: J. P. Mynster, +assistant pastor at the Church of Our Lady in Copenhagen, and +Adam Gottlieb Oehlenschlaeger, the dramatic poet, then at the +height of his fame. With their influence these men, as Grundtvig +<span class="pb" id="pg_105">[105]</span> +saw it, might give a strong impetus to the much needed awakening; +and, he therefore, approached them personally.</p> +<p>Rev. Mynster, a stepson of Grundtvig’s maternal uncle, after +a period of rationalism, had experienced a quiet conversion to +Evangelical faith and won a respected name as a faithful and gifted +preacher of the Gospel, a name which he retained throughout his +conspicuous career as pastor of the Church of Our Lady in Copenhagen +and, later, as Bishop of Sjælland. He and Grundtvig, working +to the same purpose, ought to have united with another, but +they were both too individualistic in temperament and views to +join forces. Mynster was coldly logical, calm and reserved, a lover +of form and orderly progress. Grundtvig was impetuous, and volcanic, +in constant ferment, always in search of spiritual reality +and wholly indifferent to outward appearances. His own experience +had led him to believe that a return to Evangelical Christianity +could be effected only through a clean break with Rationalism, and +he could not understand Mynster’s apparent attempt to temporize +and bring about a gradual transition from one to the other. There +should be no compromise between truth and falsehood. All believers +in the Gospel should stand up and proclaim it fearlessly, +no matter what the consequences.</p> +<p>And so Grundtvig wrote to Mynster: “Dear Rev. Mynster, I +owe you an apology for asking a question that in our days may appear +inexcusable: What is your real belief regarding the Bible and +the faith of Jesus Christ? If you humbly believe in God’s Word, +I shall rejoice with you even if you differ with me in all other +things. Dear Rev. Mynster—for you are that to me—if my question +appears unseemly, you must not let it hurt you, for I have +written only as my heart dictates.” But Mynster did feel offended +and answered Grundtvig very coldly that his questions implied an +unwarranted and offensive doubt of his sincerity that must make +future intercourse between them difficult—if not impossible.</p> +<p>Nor was Grundtvig more successful with a letter of similar +purport to Oehlenschlaeger whose later writings he found lacked +the spiritual sincerity of his earlier work. “My concern about this,” +he wrote, “is increased by the thought that this lessening of spirituality +must be expressive of a change in your own spiritual outlook, +your inner relationship with God whom all spiritual workers should +serve, counting it a greater achievement to inspire their fellow men +with a true adoration of our Lord than to win the acclaim of the +world.” But like Mynster the highly feted poet accepted this frank +<span class="pb" id="pg_106">[106]</span> +questioning of his inner motive as an unwarranted impertinence, +the stupid intrusion of an intolerable fanatic with whom no friend +of true enlightenment could have anything to do. Grundtvig was +fast finding out what it means to be counted a fool for Christ’s sake—or +for what he thought was Christ’s sake.</p> +<p>In the midst of these troubles Grundtvig again turned his attention +to history, his favorite subject from childhood days. His +retreat from the present to the past implied no abolition, however, +of his resolve to dedicate himself to a spiritual revival of his people. +Through his historical work he wished to show the influence +of Christianity upon the people of Europe. “That the life of every +people,” he writes, “is and must be a fruit of faith should be clear +to all. For who can dispute that every human action—irrespective +of how little considered it may have been—is expressive of its doer’s +attitude, of his way of feeling and thinking. But what determines +a man’s way of thinking except his essential thoughts concerning +the relationship between God and the world, the visible +and the invisible? Every serious thinker, therefore, must recognize +the importance of faith in the furtherance of science, the progress +of nations and the life of the state. It is a fearful delusion that +man can be immoral, an unbeliever, even an enemy of the cross +of Christ, and yet a furtherer of morality and science, a good neighbor +and a benefactor to his country.”</p> +<p><b>A Brief Survey of the World’s History</b>, which Grundtvig published +in 1812, is thus the opposite of an objective presentation of +historical events. It is a Christian philosophy of history, an attempt +to prove the truth of the Gospel by its effect upon the nations. +With the Bible before him Grundtvig weighs and evaluates +people and events upon the scale of the revealed word. And his +judgment is often relentless, stripping both persons and events of +the glorified robes in which history and traditions invested them. +In answer to countless protests against such a method of reading +history, Grundtvig contends that the Christian historian must accept +the consequences of his faith. He cannot profess the truth of +Christianity and ignore its implication in the life of the world. If +the Gospel be true, history must be measured by its relation to its +truth.</p> +<p>Grundtvig’s history caused a sensation, especially on account +of its frank appraisal of many well-known persons. Nearly all +praised its lucid style; a few, such as George Sverdrup, spoke highly +of its strikingly original estimate and correlation of events; but the +<span class="pb" id="pg_107">[107]</span> +intelligentsia condemned it as the work of an impossible fanatic. +With this work, they claimed, Grundtvig had clearly removed himself +from the pale of intelligent men.</p> +<p>But while his enemies raged, Grundtvig was already busy +with another work: <b>A Brief Account of God’s Way with the Danish +and Norwegian Peoples</b>. This history which, written in verse and +later published under the title of <b>Roskilde Rhymes</b>, was first read +at a diocesan convention in Roskilde Cathedral, the Westminster +Abbey of Denmark. Although the poem contained many urgent +calls to the assembled pastors to awake and return to the way of +the fathers, whose bones rested within the walls of the historic +sanctuary, its reading caused no immediate resentment. Most of +the reverend listeners are reported, in fact, to have been peacefully +asleep when late in the evening Grundtvig finished the reading of +his lengthy manuscript. But a paper on “Polemics and Tolerance” +which he read at another convention two years later kept his listeners +wide awake.</p> +<p>“Our day has inherited two shibboleths from the eighteenth +century: enlightenment and tolerance. By the last of these words +most people understand an attitude of superior neutrality toward +the opinions of others, even when these opinions concern the highest +spiritual welfare of man. Such an attitude has for its premise +that good and evil, truth and falsehood are not separate and irreconcilable +realities but only different phases of the same question. +But every Christian, thoroughly convinced of the antagonism +and irreconcilability of truth with falsehood, must inevitably hate +and reject such a supposition. If Christianity be true, tolerance toward +opinions and teachings denying its truth is nothing but a +craven betrayal of both God and man. It is written, ‘Judge and +condemn no one’ but not ‘Judge and condemn nothing.’ For every +Christian must surely both judge and condemn evil.</p> +<p>“There are times when to fight for Christianity may not be an +urgent necessity; but that cannot be so in our days when every one +of its divine truths is mocked and assailed.</p> +<p>“You call me a self-seeking fanatic, but if I be that, why are +you yourself silent? If I be misleading those who follow me, why +are you, the true watchmen of Zion, not exerting yourself to lead +them aright? I stand here the humblest of Danish pastors, a minister +without a pulpit, a man reviled by the world, shorn of my +reputation as a writer, and held to be devoid of all intelligence and +truth. Even so I solemnly declare that the religion now preached +<span class="pb" id="pg_108">[108]</span> +in our Danish church is not Christianity, is nothing but a tissue of +deception and falsehood, and that unless Danish pastors bestir +themselves and fight for the restoration of God’s word and the +Christian faith there will soon be no Christian church in Denmark.”</p> +<p>The immediate effect of this bold challenge was a stern reprimand +from Bishop Frederik Munter, accompanied by a solemn +warning that if he ever again ventured to voice a similar judgment +upon his fellow pastors, sterner measures would at once be taken +against him. Besides this, his enemies raved, some of his few remaining +friends broke with him, and H. C. Ørsted, the famous discoverer +of electro-magnetism, continued an attack upon him that +for bitterness has no counterpart in Danish letters. In the midst +of this storm Grundtvig remained self-possessed, answering his +critic quite calmly and even with a touch of humor. Although relentless +in a fight for principles, he was never vindictive toward his +personal enemies. In 1815, he published a collection of poems, +<b>Kvaedlinger</b>, in which he asks, “Who knoweth of peace who never +has fought, whoso has been saved and suffered naught?” And +these lines no doubt express his personal attitude toward the battles +of life.</p> +<p>Being without a pulpit of his own, Grundtvig, after his return +to Copenhagen, frequently accepted invitations to preach for other +pastors. But as the opposition against him grew, these invitations +decreased and, after the Roskilde affair, only one church, the church +of Frederiksberg, was still open to him. Grundtvig felt his exclusion +very keenly, but he knew that even friendly pastors hesitated +to invite him for fear of incurring the disapproval of superiors +or the displeasure of influential parishioners. And so, at +the close of a Christmas service in the Frederiksberg church in +1815, he solemnly announced that he would not enter a pulpit +again until he had been duly appointed to do so by the proper +authorities.</p> +<p>Grundtvig’s withdrawal from the church, though pleasing to +his active enemies, was a great disappointment to his friends. His +services had always been well attended, and his earnest message +had brought comfort to many, especially among the distressed +Evangelicals. But others, too, felt the power of his word. Thus a +man in Copenhagen, after attending one of his services, wrote to a +friend, “that he had laughed at the beginning of the sermon and +wept at its conclusion” and that “it was the only earnest testimony +<span class="pb" id="pg_109">[109]</span> +he had ever heard from a pulpit.” And a reporter writing to a +Copenhagen newspaper about his last service said, “Our famous +Grundtvig preached yesterday at Frederiksberg church to such a +crowd of people that the church was much too small to accommodate +them. Here were people from all walks of life, and the speaker, +we are convinced, stirred them to the bottom of their souls. Here +was a Mynster’s clarity, a Fallesen’s earnestness, and a Balle’s appeal +united with a Nordahl Brun’s manliness and admirable language.” +And this about a man for whom his church had no room!</p> +<p>Thus Grundtvig instead of the friendly co-operation he had +hoped for especially from the spiritual and intellectual leaders of +the people found himself virtually shut out from the circle to which +he naturally belonged, and from the church he loved, perhaps better +than any man of his generation.</p> +<p>But if his hope of enlisting the leaders in a campaign to revive +the spiritual life of the common people had been disappointed, his +own determination to devote his life to that purpose remained unshaken. +If he could look for no help from the recognized leaders +of his nation, he must somehow gain a hearing from the common +people themselves. His personal contact with these, however, was +rather slight. Except for his brief work as a pastor, he had so far +spent the greater part of his life in intellectual pursuits quite removed +from the interest of the common man. And the question was +then how he, a man without any special position and influence, +could reach the ears of his countrymen.</p> +<p>In searching for an answer to this question, he remembered +the two things that most profoundly had influenced his own spiritual +outlook, his study of the traditions and history of his people, +and his religious awakening in 1810. Was it not possible then that +a like change might be engendered in others by presenting them +with a picture of their own glorious past or, as his friend Ingemann +later expressed it, by calling forth the generations that died to testify +against the generation that lived? In presenting such a picture +he would not have to rely on his own inventiveness but could use +material already existing, foremost among which were the famous +<b>Sagas of Norwegian Kings</b> by Snorra Sturlason, and <b>Denmark’s +Chronicle</b> by Saxo Grammaticus, the former written in Icelandic, +and the latter in Latin.</p> +<p>When Grundtvig presented this plan to his remaining friends, +they received it at once with enthusiasm and began the organization +<span class="pb" id="pg_110">[110]</span> +of societies both in Denmark and Norway for the purpose of +sponsoring its execution, in itself a most herculean task.</p> +<p>The two books contain together about fifteen hundred large +and closely printed pages and present a circumstantial account of +the early mythological and factual history of the two nations. Even +a merely literal translation of them might well consume years of +labor. But Grundtvig’s plan went much farther than mere literal +translation. Wishing to appeal to the common people, he purposed +to popularize the books and to transcribe them in a purer and more +idiomatic Danish than the accepted literary language of the day, a +Danish to be based on the dialects of the common people, the folk-songs, +popular proverbs, and the old hymns. It was a bold undertaking, +comparable to the work of Luther in modelling the language +of the German Bible after the speech of the man in the street +and the mother at the cradle, or to the great effort of Norway in our +days to supplant the Danish-Norwegian tongue with a language from +the various dialects of her people. Nor can it be said that Grundtvig +was immediately successful in his attempt. His version of the +sagas sounds somewhat stilted and artificial, and it never became +popular among the common people for whom it was especially intended. +Eventually, however, he did develop his new style into a +plain, forceful mode of expression that has greatly enriched the +Danish language of today.</p> +<p>For seven years Grundtvig buried himself in “the giant’s +mount,” emerging only occasionally for the pursuit of various +studies in connection with his work or to voice his views on certain +issues that particularly interested him. He discovered a number of +errors in the Icelandic version of Beowulf and made a new Danish +translation of that important work; he engaged in a bitter literary +battle with Paul Mueller, a leader among the younger academicians, +in defence of the celebrated lyric poet, Jens Baggesen, who had +aroused the wrath of the students by criticising their revered dramatist, +Oehlenschlaeger; and he fought a furious contest with the +greatly admired song and comedy writer, John L. Heiberg, in defence +of his good friend, Bernhard Severin Ingemann, whose excellent +but overly sentimental lyrics had invited the barbed wit of +the humorist. But although Grundtvig’s contributions to these disputes +were both able and pointed, their main effect was to widen +the breach between him and the already antagonistic intellectuals.</p> +<p>In 1817 Grundtvig published the second part of <b>World Chronicles</b>, +and a few issues of a short-lived periodical entitled “Dannevirke” +which among other excellent contributions presented his +<span class="pb" id="pg_111">[111]</span> +splendid poem, “The Easter Lily,” a poetic dramatization of our +Lord’s resurrection, about which the poet, Baggesen, said that “it +outweighed all Oehlenschlaeger’s tragedies and that he himself +had moments when he would rather have been the author of this +incomparably beautiful poem than of everything he himself had +written.”</p> +<p>Grundtvig began his translation of the sagas on a wave of high +enthusiasm. But as the years multiplied, the interest of his supporters +waned and he himself wearied of the task. He began, besides, +to doubt his ability to resurrect the heroic dead in such a +manner that they could revive the dropping spirit of the living.</p> +<p>In a welcome to Ingemann, on his return from a tour abroad, +he expresses the hope that the poet will now devote his gifts to a +reincarnation of his country’s old heroes. He himself has tried to +do this. “He has made armor, shields and swords for them of saga’s +steel, and borrowed horses for them from the ancient bards, but he +has no cloth fit for the coats of such elegant knights nor feathers +beautiful enough to adorn their helmets. He can sound a challenge +but has no voice for singing; he can ring a bell but can not play +the lute.” In other words, he can depict the thoughts and ideals of +the old heroes but lacks the poetical ability to recreate them as +living personalities—a remarkably true estimate of his own limitations.</p> +<p>The discovery that his translation of the sagas was not accomplishing +its intended purpose, and a growing apprehension that the +written word was, perhaps, impotent to revive the spiritual life of +his people, engendered in him an increasing wish to leave “the +mount of the dead” and re-enter the world of the living. His economic +circumstances also necessitated a change. In 1818 he had married +Elizabeth Blicher, the daughter of a brother pastor, and he +found it well nigh impossible to support his wife and growing family +on the meager returns from his writings and a small pension +which the government allowed him for his work with the sagas.</p> +<p>Spurred by these reasons, he applied for almost every vacancy +in the church, even the smallest, and, in 1821, succeeded in obtaining +an appointment to the pastorate at Prastø, a small city on the +south-eastern shores of Sjælland.</p> +<p>Grundtvig was well satisfied with his new charge. He was +kindly received by his congregation; the city was quite close to his +beloved Udby, and his mother still lived there. “In the loveliest +surroundings my eyes have ever seen and among a friendly people,” +<span class="pb" id="pg_112">[112]</span> +he writes, “my strength soon revived so that I could continue +my literary work and even complete my wearisome translation of +the sagas.”</p> +<p>An incident is related from his work at Prastø which throws a +somewhat revealing light upon his ability as a pastor. At his only +confirmation service there, the confirmants, we are told, wept so +that he had to pause several times in his address to them in order +to let them regain their composure. Since he was always quite +objective in his preaching and heartily disbelieved in the usual revival +methods, the incident illustrates his rare ability to profoundly +stir even the less mature of his hearers by his objective presentation +of the Gospel. Even his bitterest enemies could not deny the evident +effectiveness of his ministry in every charge he served.</p> +<p>His work at Prastø was, however, of brief duration. In 1822, +less than two years after his installation, he received and accepted +a call as assistant pastor at Our Savior’s Church in Copenhagen, +thus attaining his long deferred wish for a pulpit in the capital.</p> +<div class="fnblock"> +<div class="fndef"><sup><a id="fn_9" href="#fr_9">[9]</a></sup>The printed +text is corrupt here. <b>Saga: A New Year’s Gift for 1812</b> is one +work. Possibly the third work referenced is <b>World Chronicles</b>, the +first part of which was published in 1812. +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div id="c13" title="The Living Word"> +<h4>Chapter Thirteen +<span class="chaptertitle">The Living Word</span></h4> +<p>Grundtvig began his ministry in the capital with high hopes, +but he was soon disappointed. His services as usual attracted +large audiences, audiences that frequently overflowed the +spacious sanctuary. But these came from all parts of the city, an +ever changing throng from which it was quite impossible to create +a real congregation. The parish itself was so large that the mere +routine duties of his office consumed much of his time. There were +mass weddings, mass baptisms, mass funerals for people of whom +he knew little and could have no assurance that he was not “giving +the holy unto dogs or casting pearls before swine.” With the prevailing +decay of church-life most pastors accepted these conditions +with equanimity, but to Grundtvig they constituted an increasingly +heavy burden.</p> +<p>He was still lonely. Awakened Christians were few, and his +<span class="pb" id="pg_113">[113]</span> +fellow pastors were nearly all Rationalists who looked upon him +as a dangerous fanatic whom it was best to avoid. Grundtvig’s +opinion about them, though different, was scarcely higher. It provoked +him to observe pastors openly repudiating doctrines and +ordinances which they had sworn to defend. To his mind such a +course was both dishonorable to themselves and unjust toward +their congregations which, whether or not they approved of these +unlawful acts, had to be served by their parish pastors. The majority, +it is true, accepted the new doctrines with indifference. Rationalism +then as now promoted apathy rather than heresy. But +Grundtvig observed its blighting effect everywhere, even upon +himself.</p> +<p>Signs of a new awakening, nevertheless, were appearing here +and there, especially in certain rural communities. Influenced by +the Haugean movement in Norway and Grundtvig’s own earlier +work, scattering groups of Evangelicals and Pietists began to +evince new life and activity. Peasants in a number of parishes in +Jutland refused to accept the Evangelical Christian hymnal and +a new rationalistic colored catechism, choosing to go to jail rather +than to compromise their faith; and groups of Evangelical laymen +on the island of Fyn began to hold private assemblies at which +they nourished themselves by reading Luther’s sermons and singing +Kingo’s and Brorson’s hymns. Most if not all of these groups +admired Grundtvig for his bold defiance of Biblical Christianity +and looked hopefully to him for encouragement. If, as his enemies +charged, he had wished to make himself the head of a party, he +could easily have done so by assuming the leadership of the private +assemblies.</p> +<p>But Grundtvig never compromised his views for the sake of +attracting a following, and he did not approve of private assemblies. +Such groups, he wrote, had frequently disrupted the church, +bred contempt for Scripture, and fostered a perverted form of +piety. Even as a release from the present deplorable situation, they +might easily produce more harm than good.</p> +<p>Although Grundtvig could not approve of the assemblies he, +nevertheless, sympathized deeply with the distressed laity. A layman +was then bound to his parish, and Grundtvig clearly understood +the difficulty of laymen who had to accept the ministry, +have their children baptized, instructed and confirmed by pastors +denying fundamental doctrines of their faith. With his usual frankness +he therefore threw caution to the winds and reminded the +<span class="pb" id="pg_114">[114]</span> +pastors that it was their own failure to preach and defend the Lutheran +faith that was forcing Evangelical laymen to seek in the +assemblies what was arbitrarily withheld from them in the church. +“Whether it be good or bad, recommendable or deplorable,” +Grundtvig wrote, “it is, at any rate, a fact that the spirit of the +church service has changed so greatly during the last half century +that it is almost impossible for an Evangelical Christian to derive +any benefit from it, and it is this situation that has forced earnest +laymen to invent such a substitute for the church as the private +assemblies evidently are.”</p> +<p>For a number of years Grundtvig thought and wrote almost +ceaselessly about this problem. With conditions so perverted that +the lawbreakers were imprisoning the victims of their own lawlessness, +something ought evidently to be done about it. But what +could he do?</p> +<p>He tried to attack Rationalism from new angles. In a carefully +written article in “The Theological Monthly,” a magazine +that he published in collaboration with the learned but crusty Dr. +G. A. Rudelbach, he argued that any inquiry concerning the nature +of Christianity should distinguish between the questions: +What is true Christianity? and Is Christianity True? The first was +a historical question, and could be answered only by an examination +of the original teachings of Christianity; the second was a question +of conscience and depended on the attitude of the individual. He was +he asserted, perfectly willing to recognize the right of the Rationalists +to believe what ever they choose, but as a historian he had to +protest against the propagation of any belief under the name of +Christianity that clearly denied what Christianity originally affirmed.</p> +<p>His writing, however, produced no evident result. The rationalists +either maintained a contemptuous silence or answered him +by their favorite cry of ignorance and fanaticism. The true teachings +of Christianity, they asserted, could be ascertained only by +the trained theologian, able to read the Bible in the original and +trained to interpret it in the light of current knowledge. Such men +knew, it was claimed, that many of the doctrines formerly held by +the church, such as the divinity of Christ, the atonement and the +triunity of God, were not found in the Scriptures at all or were +based on misread or misinterpreted texts.</p> +<p>Although these contentions were almost as old as Christianity +itself, Grundtvig still found that a clear refutation of them was practically +<span class="pb" id="pg_115">[115]</span> +impossible. He could not disprove them by Scripture, for +the Rationalists would claim their interpretation of the Bible to +be as trustworthy as his own; nor could he appeal to the confessions, +for his opponents openly repudiated these as antiquated conceptions +of a less enlightened age. His only hope of giving any real +guidance to the confused and distressed laity of his church thus +appeared to depend on the possibility of discovering an expression +of Christianity so authoritative that the most learned perverter of +the faith could not repudiate it and so plain that the humblest believer +could understand it. In his anxiety it even seemed to him +that the Lord had failed adequately to provide for His little ones +if He had not supplied them with such a shield against the storm of +confusing doctrines.</p> +<p>“Being greatly distressed with the thought that all humble +Christians must either fall into doubt concerning their only Savior +and His Gospel or build their faith on the contradictory teachings +of learned theologians,” he wrote, “I perceived clearly the pressing +need of the church for a simpler, more dependable and authoritative +statement of that word of God which shall never pass away +than all the book-worms of the world could ever produce. But +while my anxiety for the distressed laity of my church grew and +I sought night and day for a clear testimony of Jesus that would +enable them to try the spirits whether they be of God, a good +angel whispered to me: ‘Why seekest thou the living among the +dead?’ Then the scales fell from my eyes, and I saw clearly that +the word of God which I so anxiously sought could be no other +than that which at all times, in all churches and by all Christians +has been accepted as a true expression of their faith and the covenant +of their baptism, the Apostolic Creed.”</p> +<p>In his search for an effective means of arming the laity against +the confusing claims of the Rationalists, Grundtvig thus came to +place the Creed above the Bible, or rather to assert that the two +should stand side by side, and that all explanations of the latter +should agree with the plain articles of the former so that every +Christian personally could weigh the truth or error of what was +taught by comparing it with his baptismal covenant.</p> +<p>Grundtvig supported his “great discovery” with passages from +the Bible and the church fathers, especially Irenaeus. He advanced +the theory that Jesus had taught the Creed to His disciples during +the forty days after His resurrection in which He remained with +them, “speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God”; +<span class="pb" id="pg_116">[116]</span> +that the Creed through the early centuries had been regarded as +too sacred to commit to writing and, therefore had been transmitted +orally; and that it constituted, together with the words of institution +of the sacraments and the Lord’s prayer, in a special sense +“the living word of God” by which He builds and vivifies His +church. It should be stated, however, that Grundtvig’s intention +by distinguishing between what he called “the living” and “the +written word,” was not to belittle the Bible but only to define its +proper place, the place of enlightening and guiding those, who +through God’s living covenant with them in their baptism already +have become Christians. A Christian, he believed, is reborn in his +baptism, nourished in the Communion and enlightened by the +Word.</p> +<p>A critical examination of Grundtvig’s theory, about which +thousands of pages have been written, lies beyond the scope of +this work. Grundtvig himself felt that his “discovery” had given +him a solid foundation for his stand against the Rationalists. And +his theory unquestionably did enable him, in the midst of an almost +hopeless religious confusion, to reassert the essentials of Evangelical +Christianity, to refute the contentions of the Rationalists by +weighing them on an acknowledged historical basis of faith, and to +reemphasize that the Christian church is not a creation of theological +speculations but of God’s own work in His word and sacraments.</p> +<p>Grundtvig for some time previous to his discovery had felt exceedingly +depressed. His long struggle for the reawakening of his +people to a richer Christian and national life appeared fruitless. +Most of the intellectual and spiritual leaders of his time looked +upon the very idea of sharing the richer cultural and spiritual +values of life with the common man as a visionary conception of +an unstable and erratic mind. One ought naturally, they admitted, +to be interested in improving the social and economic conditions +of the lower classes, but the higher treasures of mind and spirit +belonged in the very nature of things to the cultured few and could +not be shared with the common herd.</p> +<p>In spite of these discouragements, Grundtvig somehow experienced +a wonderful rebirth of his hope in the spring of 1824, an +experience to which he gave eloquent expression in his great poem, +“New Year’s Morning.” He writes in the preface that he has “long +enough battled with a witch called indifference, and has discovered +that the battle wherein one is most likely to be defeated is +<span class="pb" id="pg_117">[117]</span> +the battle against nothing.” He therefore urges his friends to ignore +the witch and join him in a determined crusade for a reawakening +of the Northern spirit to the accomplishment of Christian deed.</p> +<p>Grundtvig’s hope for a season of quiet and peaceful cooperation +with his friends was, however, soon shattered. In the summer +of 1825, a young professor of theology, H. N. Clausen, published +a book entitled: <b>The Constitution, Doctrine and Rituals of Catholicism +and Protestantism</b>. As Prof. Clausen enjoyed a great popularity +among his students and, as a teacher of theology, might influence +the course of the Danish church for many years, Grundtvig was +very much interested in what he had to say. He obtained the book +and read it quickly but thoughtfully, underscoring the points with +which he disagreed. And these were numerous. At the very beginning +of the book, he found the author asserting that “the Protestant +theologian, since he need recognize no restriction of his interpretations +by creeds, traditions, or ecclesiastical authorities, is +as once infinitely more free and important than his Catholic colleague. +For as the Protestant church unlike the Catholic possesses +no conclusive and authoritative system of belief either in her creeds +or in Scripture, it devolves upon her trained theologians to set +forth what the true teachings of Christianity really are. “Why, O +why!” the professor exclaims, “should eternal Wisdom have willed +revelation to appear in a form so imperfect? What other purpose, +I ask you, can an all-wise Providence have had with such a plan +than to compel the children of man to recognize that it is only +through the exercise of their own, human intelligence that the +revelation of God can be comprehended!”</p> +<p>As Grundtvig mused upon these assertions so expressive of +all that he had denied and fought against, he felt at once that they +constituted a challenge which he could not leave unanswered. He +had shortly before written to a friend: “Since the perverters of +Christianity have become so self-confident that they will not answer +any charge against them except when it is addressed to themselves +personally and by name, one may eventually have to employ +that form of attack.” And that was the form he chose to use in his +now famous book. <b>The Reply of the Church to Prof. H. N. Clausen</b>.</p> +<p>“By the publication of this book,” he writes, “Prof. Clausen +has put himself forward as a leader among the enemies of the +church and the perverters of God’s word in this country. A church, +such as he advocates, that has no determinable form, exists only in +the brains of the theologians, and must be construed from theological +<span class="pb" id="pg_118">[118]</span> +speculations on the basis of a discredited Bible and according +to the changing thoughts and opinions of man, is plainly nothing +but a fantastic dream, a comic if it were not so tragic conception +of a Christian congregation which claims to confess the same faith, +but knows not what it is, and holds that it is instituted by God, +but cannot tell for what purpose before the theologians have found +it out.</p> +<p>“Against such a church, I place the historical church, that is +the church of the Gospel, instituted by Christ Himself, created by +His word and vivified by His Spirit. For I contend that the Christian +church now as always consists of that body of believers who +truly accept the faith of their baptismal covenant, Holy Baptism +and the Lord’s Supper as the faith and means of salvation.”</p> +<p><b>The Reply of the Church</b> caused a sensation. It was read and +discussed everywhere. But if Grundtvig had hoped to force a general +discussion of the plight of the church, he was disappointed. +Prof. Clausen answered him with a lawsuit “for malicious injury +to his professional honor”; his enemies all condemned him, and his +friends were silent. If they approved of the substance of his charges, +they disapproved of their form. Grundtvig appeared to have +thrown away the last remnant of his already tattered reputation, +and only the years would reveal that in doing so he had struck a +deadlier blow against Rationalism than he had expected, that he +had, in fact, for years to come made Rationalism impossible in Denmark +as a form of Christianity.</p> +<p>Meanwhile the Danish church was preparing to celebrate its +thousandth anniversary in May, 1826. Grundtvig looked forward +to the event with almost child-like anticipation, hoping that the +celebration might serve to awaken a new appreciation of the old +church. To heighten the festivities the authorities had authorized +pastors to select the hymns for the services in their own churches, +and Grundtvig had written and published a pamphlet of hymns to +be used in his church. But shortly before the festival, his bishop +informed him that only hymns from the authorized hymnal could +be chosen. As no one else had composed hymns for the occasion, +Grundtvig could not doubt that this new ruling was aimed solely +at him, and this new evidence at the length to which his enemies +would go for the sake of humiliating him appeared to him like the +last straw. He had long suffered under the difficulty of serving a +church which honored the law-breaker and persecuted the law-abiding +and thought of resigning. But he had a family to support. +<span class="pb" id="pg_119">[119]</span> +And while he himself would gladly bear the poverty his resignation +would inevitably bring him, he doubted his right to impose such a +burden upon his family. The difficulty was finally solved for him +by his wife, who one day came into his study and said: “Father, I +know what is troubling you. You wish to resign and hesitate to do +so for our sake. But I want you to do whatever you think is right. +The Lord will provide for us.”</p> +<p>And so it was settled. His resignation was handed to the authorities +a few days before the festival, and it was accepted so +quickly that he was released from office before the following Sunday. +When the festive Sunday came which he had looked forward +to with so much pleasure, he sat idly in his study across from the +church and watched people come for the service, but another pastor +preached the sermon, he had earnestly wished to deliver, and +other hymns than his own beloved songs served as vehicles for the +people’s praise.</p> +<p>Public sentiment regarding Grundtvig’s resignation varied. His +friends deplored the action, holding that he should have remained +in his pastorate both for the sake of his congregation and the cause +which he had so ably championed. But his opponents rejoiced, +seeing in his resignation just another proof of an erratic mentality. +For who had ever heard of a normal person withdrawing from a +secure and respectable position without even asking for the pension +to which he was entitled?</p> +<p>The six years during which Grundtvig remained without a +pulpit were among the busiest and most fruitful of his life. He +published his <b>Sunday-Book</b>, a collection of sermons which many +still rate among the finest devotional books in Danish; made extended +visits to England in 1829-1831, for the purpose of studying +the old Anglo Saxon manuscripts kept there, an undertaking that +awakened the interest of the English themselves in these great +treasures; wrote his splendid <b>Northern Mythology or Picture Language</b>, +and <b>The World’s History after the Best Sources</b>, works in +which he presents the fundamental aspects of his historical, folk +and educational views that have made his name known not only +in Scandinavia but in almost every country in the world.</p> +<p>Meanwhile he again had entered the pulpit. As a compensation +for the loss of his ministry, a group of his friends shortly after his +resignation began to hold private assemblies. When Grundtvig +still firmly refused to take part in these, they decided to organize +an independent congregation, petition the government for permission +<span class="pb" id="pg_120">[120]</span> +to use an abandoned German Lutheran church and call Grundtvig +as their pastor. The petition was promptly refused, though +Grundtvig himself pleaded with the authorities to permit the organization +of an independent congregation as the best means of relieving +the dissatisfied members of the church and declared that he +would himself join the assemblies unless some such measure of relief +was granted. When the authorities ignored his plea, Grundtvig +made good his threat and appeared at the assemblies, drawing such +a crowd that no private home could possibly hold it, whereupon it +was decided to secure a public hall for future meetings. But when +the authorities heard this, they suddenly experienced a change of +heart and offered the troublesome preacher and his friends the use +of Frederik’s church for a vesper service each Sunday.</p> +<p>The eight years Grundtvig served as an independent preacher +at the Frederik’s church were among the happiest in his life. He +rejoiced to know that the large, diversified audience crowding the +sanctuary each Sunday came wholly of its own free will. It also +pleased the now gray-haired pastor to see an increasing number of +students become constant attendants at his services. Even so, his +position had its drawbacks. He was permitted neither to administer +the sacraments nor to instruct the young people, and the authorities +even denied him the right to confirm his own sons. +Grundtvig felt especially this refusal so keenly that he again was +thinking of resigning his pulpit when the king offered him an appointment +as pastor of Vartov, a large institution for the aged.</p> +<p>Thus from 1839 until Grundtvig’s death the chapel at Vartov +became his home and that of his friends and the center of the fast +growing Grundtvigian movement. People from all walks of life, +from the Queen to the common laborer, became regular attendants +at the unpretentious sanctuary, and the eyes of some old people +still shine when they recall the moving spirit of the services there, +the venerable appearance and warm monotone voice of the pastor, +and, especially, the hearty, soul-stirring singing. Many of Grundtvig’s +own great hymns were introduced at Vartov. From there they +spread throughout the church. And it was to a large extent the +hearty, inspiring congregational singing at Vartov which made the +Danish church a singing church.</p> +</div> +<div id="c14" title="The Hymnwriter"> +<div class="pb" id="pg_121">[121]</div> +<h4>Chapter Fourteen +<span class="chaptertitle">The Hymnwriter</span></h4> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Splendid are the heavens high,</p> +<p class="t0">Beautiful the radiant sky,</p> +<p class="t0">Where the golden stars are shining,</p> +<p class="t0">And their rays, to earth inclining,</p> +<p class="t0">-: Beckon us to heaven above :-</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">It was on a Christmas night,</p> +<p class="t0">Darkness veiled the starry height;</p> +<p class="t0">But at once the heavens hoary</p> +<p class="t0">Beamed with radiant light and glory,</p> +<p class="t0">-: Coming from a wondrous star :-</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">When this star so bright and clear</p> +<p class="t0">Should illume the midnight drear,</p> +<p class="t0">Then, according to tradition,</p> +<p class="t0">Should a king of matchless vision</p> +<p class="t0">-: Unto earth from heaven descend :-</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Sages from the East afar</p> +<p class="t0">When they saw this wondrous star,</p> +<p class="t0">Went to worship and adore Him</p> +<p class="t0">And to lay their gifts before Him</p> +<p class="t0">-: Who was born that midnight hour :-</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Him they found in Bethlehem</p> +<p class="t0">Without crown or diadem,</p> +<p class="t0">They but saw a maiden lowly</p> +<p class="t0">With an infant pure and holy</p> +<p class="t0">-: Resting in her loving arms :-</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Guided by the star they found</p> +<p class="t0">Him whose praise the ages sound.</p> +<p class="t0">We have still a star to guide us</p> +<p class="t0">Whose unsullied rays provide us</p> +<p class="t0">-: With the light to find our Lord :-</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">And this star so fair and bright</p> +<p class="t0">Which will ever lead aright,</p> +<p class="t0">Is God’s word, divine and holy,</p> +<p class="t0">Guiding all His children lowly</p> +<p class="t0">-: Unto Christ, our Lord and King :-</p> +</div> +<p>This lovely, childlike hymn, the first to appear from Grundtvig’s +pen, was written in the fall of 1810 when its author was still +battling with despair and his mind faltering on the brink of insanity. +<span class="pb" id="pg_122">[122]</span> +Against this background the hymn appears like a ray of +sunlight breaking through a clouded sky. And as such it must undoubtedly +have come to its author. As an indication of Grundtvig’s +simple trust in God, it is noteworthy that another of his most childlike +hymns, “God’s Child, Do Now Rest Thee,” was likewise composed +during a similar period of distress that beset him many years later.</p> +<p>For a number of years Grundtvig’s hymn of the Wise Men +represented his sole contribution to hymnody. Other interests engaged +his attention and absorbed his energy. During his years of +intense work with the sagas he only occasionally broke his “engagement” +with the dead to strike the lyre for the living. In 1815 +he translated “In Death’s Strong Bonds Our Savior Lay” from +Luther, and “Christ Is Risen from the Dead” from the Latin. The +three hundredth anniversary of the Reformation brought his adaptation +of Kingo’s “Like the Golden Sun Ascending” and translations +of Luther’s “A Mighty Fortress Is Our God” and “The Bells +Ring in the Christmastide.” In 1820 he published his now popular +“A Babe Is Born at Bethlehem” from an old Latin-Danish text, and +1824 saw his splendid rendering of “The Old Day Song,” “With +Gladness We Hail the Blessed Day,” and his original “On Its Rock +the Church of Jesus Stood Mongst Us a Thousand Years.”</p> +<p>These songs constitute his whole contribution to hymnody from +1810 to 1825. But the latter year brought a signal increase. In the +midst of his fierce battle with the Rationalists he published the first +of his really great hymns, a song of comfort to the daughters of +Zion, sitting disconsolately at the sickbed of their mother, the +church. Her present state may appear so hopeless that her children +fear to remember her former glory:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Dares the anxious heart envision</p> +<p class="t0">Still its morning dream,</p> +<p class="t0">View, despite the world’s derision,</p> +<p class="t0">Zion’s sunlit height and stream?</p> +<p class="t0">Wields still anyone the power</p> +<p class="t0">To repeat her anthems strong,</p> +<p class="t0">And with joyful heart embower,</p> +<p class="t0">Zion with triumphant song.</p> +</div> +<p>Her condition is not hopeless, however, if her children will gather +about her.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Zion’s sons and daughters rally</p> +<p class="t0">Now upon her ancient wall!</p> +<p class="t0">Have her foemen gained the valley,</p> +<p class="t0">Yet her ramparts did not fall.</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_123">[123]</div> +<p class="t0">Were her outer walls forsaken</p> +<p class="t0">Still her cornerstone remains,</p> +<p class="t0">Firm, unconquered and unshaken,</p> +<p class="t0">Making futile all their gains.</p> +</div> +<p>Another of his great hymns dates from the same year. Grundtvig +was in the habit of remaining up all night when he had to speak +on the following day. The Christmas of 1825 was particularly trying +to him. He had apparently forfeited his last vestige of honor by +publishing his <b>Reply of the Church</b>; the suit started against him by +Professor Clausen still dragged its laborious way through the court; +and his anxiety over the present state of the church was greatly +increased by the weight of his personal troubles. He felt very much +like the shepherds watching their flocks at night, except that no +angels appeared to help him with the message his people would +expect him to deliver in the morning. Perhaps he was unworthy +of such a favor. He rose, as was his custom, and made a round into +the bedrooms to watch his children. How innocently they slept! +If the angels could not come to him, they ought at least to visit +the children. If they heard the message, their elders might perchance +catch it through them.</p> +<p>Some such thought must have passed through the mind of the +lonely pastor as he sat musing upon his sermon throughout the +night, for he appeared unusually cheerful as he ascended his pulpit +Christmas morning, preached a joyful sermon, and said, at its conclusion, +that he had that night begotten a song which he wished to +read to them. That song has since become one of the most beloved +Christmas songs in the Danish language. To give an adequate reproduction +of its simple, childlike spirit in another language is perhaps +impossible, but it is hoped that the translation given below +will convey at least an impression of its cheerful welcome to the +Christmas angels.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Be welcome again, God’s angels bright</p> +<p class="t0">From mansions of light and glory</p> +<p class="t0">To publish anew this wintry night</p> +<p class="t0">The wonderful Christmas story.</p> +<p class="t0">Ye herald to all that yearn for light</p> +<p class="t0">New year after winter hoary.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">With gladness we hear your sweet refrain</p> +<p class="t0">In praise of God’s glory solely;</p> +<p class="t0">Ye will not this wintry night disdain</p> +<p class="t0">To enter our dwellings lowly.</p> +<p class="t0">And bring to each yearning heart again</p> +<p class="t0">The joy that is pure and holy.</p> +</div> +<div class="pb" id="pg_124">[124]</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">In humble homes as in mansions rare</p> +<p class="t0">With light in the windows glowing,</p> +<p class="t0">We harbor the babes as sweet and fair</p> +<p class="t0">As flowers in meadows growing.</p> +<p class="t0">Oh, deign with these little ones to share</p> +<p class="t0">The joy from your message flowing.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Reveal the child in the manger still</p> +<p class="t0">With angels around Him singing</p> +<p class="t0">The song of God’s glory, peace, good-will</p> +<p class="t0">That joy to all hearts is bringing,</p> +<p class="t0">While far over mountain, field and hill,</p> +<p class="t0">The bells are with gladness ringing.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">God’s angels with joy to earth descend</p> +<p class="t0">When hymns to His praise are chanted;</p> +<p class="t0">His comfort and peace our Lord will lend</p> +<p class="t0">To all who for peace have panted;</p> +<p class="t0">The portals of heaven open stand;</p> +<p class="t0">The Kingdom to us is granted.</p> +</div> +<p>In 1826 Grundtvig, as already related, published his hymns for +the thousand years’ festival of his church. But a few months later +he again buried himself in his study, putting aside the lyre, which +for a little while he had played so beautifully. Many had already +noticed his hymns, however, and continued to plead with him for +more. The new Evangelical revival, which he had largely inspired, +intensified the general dissatisfaction with the rationalistic Evangelical +Christian Hymnal, and called for hymns embodying the +spirit of the new movement. And who could better furnish these +than Grundtvig? Of those who pleaded with him for new hymns, +none was more persistent than his friend, Pastor Gunni Busck. +When Grundtvig wrote to him in 1832 that his <b>Northern Mythology</b> +was nearing completion, Busck at once answered: “Do not forget +your more important work; do not forget our old hymns! I know +no one else with your ability to brush the dust off our old songs.” +But Grundtvig was still too busy with other things to comply with +the wish of his most faithful and helpful friend.</p> +<p>During the ensuing years, however, a few hymns occasionally +appeared from his pen. A theological student, L. C. Hagen, secured +a few adapted and original hymns from him for a small collection +of <b>Historical Hymns and Rhymes for Children</b>, which was published +in 1832. But the adaptations were not successful. Despite the good +opinion of Gunni Busck, Grundtvig was too independent a spirit to +adjust himself to the style and mode of others. His originals were +much more successful. Among these we find such gems as “Mongst +<span class="pb" id="pg_125">[125]</span> +His Brothers Called the Little,” “Move the Signs of Grief and +Mourning from the Garden of the Dead,” and “O Land of Our +King,” hymns that rank with the finest he has written.</p> +<p>In 1835 Grundtvig at last wrote to Gunni Busck that he was +now ready to commence the long deferred attempt to renew the +hymnody of his church. Busck received the information joyfully +and at once sent him a thousand dollars to support him during his +work. Others contributed their mite, making Grundtvig richer +financially than he had been for many years. He rented a small +home on the shores of the Sound and began to prepare himself for +the work before him by an extensive study of Christian hymnody, +both ancient and modern.</p> +<p>“The old hymns sound beautiful to me out here under the +sunny sky and with the blue water of the Sound before me,” he +wrote to Busck. He did not spend his days day-dreaming, however, +but worked with such intensity that only a year later he was +able to invite subscriptions on the first part of his work. The complete +collection was published in 1837 under the title: <b>Songs of the +Danish Church</b>. It contains in all 401 hymns and songs composed of +originals, translations and adaptations from Greek, Latin, German, +Icelandic, Anglo-Saxon, English and Scandinavian sources. The +material is of very unequal merit, ranging from the superior to +the commonplace. As originally composed, the collection could +not be used as a hymnal. But many of the finest hymns now used in +the Danish church have been selected or adapted from it.</p> +<p>Although <b>Songs for the Danish Church</b> is now counted among +the great books in Danish, its appearance attracted little attention +outside the circle of Grundtvig’s friends. It was not even reviewed +in the press. The literati, both inside and outside the church, still +publicly ignored Grundtvig. But privately a few of them expressed +their opinion about the work. Thus a Pastor P. Hjort wrote to +Bishop Mynster, “Have you read Grundtvig’s <b>Songs of the Danish +Church</b>? It is a typical Grundtvigian book, wordy, ingenious, mystical, +poetical and full of half digested ideas. His language is rich +and wonderfully expressive. But he is not humble enough to write +hymns.”</p> +<p>Meanwhile the demand for a new hymnal or at least for a +supplement to the old had become so insistent that something had +to be done. J. P. Mynster who, shortly before, had been appointed +Bishop of Sjælland, favored a supplement and obtained an authorization +from the king for the appointment of a committee to prepare +<span class="pb" id="pg_126">[126]</span> +it. The only logical man to head such a committee was, of +course, Grundtvig. But Mynster’s dislike of his volcanic relative +was so deep-rooted that he was incapable of giving any recognition +to him. And so in order to avoid a too obvious slight to his country’s +best known hymnwriter, he assigned the work to an already +existing committee on liturgy, of which he himself was president. +Thus Grundtvig was forced to sit idly by while the work naturally +belonging to him was being executed by a man with no special +ability for the task. The supplement appeared in 1843. It contained +thirty-six hymns of which six were written by Kingo, seven by +Brorson, and one by Grundtvig, the latter being, as Grundtvig +humorously remarked, set to the tune of the hymn, “Lord, I Have +Done Wrong.”</p> +<p>Mynster’s influence was great enough to secure the supplement +a wide circulation. The collection, nevertheless, failed to satisfy +the need of the church. Dissatisfaction with it was so general that +the pastors’ conference of Copenhagen appointed a committee consisting +of Grundtvig, Prof. Martensen, Mynster’s own son-in-law, +Rev. Pauli, his successor as Provost of the Church of Our Lady, and +two other pastors to prepare and present a proposal for a new +hymnal. It was an able committee from which a meritorious work +might reasonably be expected.</p> +<p>Grundtvig was assigned to the important work of selecting and +revising the old hymns to be included in the collection. He was an +inspiring but at times difficult co-worker. Martensen recalls how +Grundtvig at times aroused the committee to enthusiasm by an impromptu +talk on hymnody or a recitation of one of the old hymns, +which he loved so well. But he also recalls how he sometimes flared +up and stormed out of the committee room in anger over some proposed +change or correction of his work. When his anger subsided, +however, he always conscientiously attempted to effect whatever +changes the committee agreed on proposing. Yet excellent as much +of his own work was, he possessed no particular gift for mending +the work of others, and his corrections of one defect often resulted +in another.</p> +<p>The committee submitted its work to the judgment of the conference +in January 1845. The proposal included 109 hymns of which +nineteen were by Kingo, seven by Brorson, ten by Ingemann, twenty-five +by Grundtvig and the remainder by various other writers, +old and new. It appeared to be a well balanced collection, giving +due recognition to such newer writers as Boye, Ingemann, Grundtvig +<span class="pb" id="pg_127">[127]</span> +and others. But the conference voted to reject it. Admitting its +poetical excellence and its sound Evangelical tenor, some of the +pastors complained that it contained too many new and too few +old hymns; others held that it bore too clearly the imprint of one +man, a complaint which no doubt expressed the sentiment of Mynster +and his friends. A petition to allow such churches as should by +a majority vote indicate their wish to use the collection was likewise +rejected by the Bishop.</p> +<p>Grundtvig was naturally disappointed by the rejection of a +work upon which he had spent so much time and energy. The rejection +furthermore showed him that he still could expect no consideration +from the authorities with Mynster in control. He was +soon able, however, to comfort himself with the fact that his hymns +were becoming popular in private assemblies throughout the country, +and that even a number of churches were beginning to use +them at their regular services in defiance of official edicts. The +demand for granting more liberty to the laymen in their church +life, a demand Grundtvig long had advocated, was in fact becoming +so strong that the authorities at times found it advisable to overlook +minor infractions of official rulings. Noting this new policy, Grundtvig +himself ventured to introduce some of the new hymns into his +church. In the fall of 1845, he published a small collection of +Christmas hymns to be used at the impending Christmas festival. +When the innovation passed without objections, a similar collection +of Easter hymns was introduced at the Easter services, after which +other collections for the various seasons of the church year appeared +quite regularly until all special prints were collected into +one volume and used as “the hymnal of Vartov.”</p> +<p>The work of preparing a new authorized hymnal was finally +given to Grundtvig’s closest friend, Ingemann. This hymnal appeared +in 1855, under the title, <b>Roskilde Convent’s Psalmbook</b>. +This book served as the authorized hymnal of the Danish church +until 1899, when it was replaced by <b>Hymnal for Church and Home</b>, +the hymnal now used in nearly all Danish churches both at home +and abroad. It contains in all 675 hymns of which 96 are by Kingo, +107 by Brorson, 29 by Ingemann and 173 by Grundtvig, showing +that the latter at last had been recognized as the foremost hymnwriter +of the Danish church.</p> +</div> +<div id="c15" title="Grundtvig’s Hymns"> +<div class="pb" id="pg_128">[128]</div> +<h4>Chapter Fifteen +<span class="chaptertitle">Grundtvig’s Hymns</span></h4> +<p>Grundtvig wrote most of his hymns when he was past middle +age, a man of extensive learning, proved poetical ability and +mature judgment, especially in spiritual things. Years of hard +struggles and unjust neglect had sobered and mellowed but not +aged or embittered him.</p> +<p>His long study of hymnology together with his exceptional +poetical gift enabled him to adopt material from all ages and +branches of Christian song, and to wield it into a homogenous +hymnody for his own church. His treatment of the material is +usually very free, so free that it is often difficult to discover any +relationship between his translations and their supposed originals. +Instead of endeavoring to transfer the metre, phrasing and sentiment +of the original text, he frequently adopts only a single thought +or a general idea from its content, and expresses this in his own +language and form.</p> +<p>His original hymns likewise bear the imprint of his ripe knowledge +and spiritual understanding. They are for the most part objective +in content and sentiment, depicting the great themes of +Biblical history, doctrine and life rather than the personal feeling +and experiences of the individual. A large number of his hymns +are, in fact, faithful but often striking adaptations of Bible stories +and texts. For though he was frequently accused of belittling the +Book of Books, his hymns to a larger extent than those of any other +Danish hymnwriter are directly inspired by the language of the +Bible. He possessed an exceptional ability to absorb the essential +implications of a text and to present it with the terseness and force +of an adage.</p> +<p>Although Grundtvig’s hymns at times attain the height of pure +poetry, their poetic merit is incidental rather than sought. In the +pride of his youth he had striven, as he once complained, to win +the laurel wreath, but had found it to be an empty honor. His +style is more often forceful than lyrical. When the mood was upon +him he could play the lyre with entrancing beauty and gentleness, +but he preferred the organ with all stops out.</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_129">[129]</div> +<p>His style is often rough but expressive and rich in imagery. In +this he strove to supplant time-honored similes and illustrations +from Biblical lands with native allusions and scenes. Pictures drawn +from the Danish landscape, lakes and streams, summer and winter, +customs and life abound in his songs, giving them a home-like touch +that has endeared them to millions.</p> +<p>His poetry is of very unequal merit. He was a prolific writer, +producing, besides many volumes of poetry on various subjects, +about three thousand hymns and songs. Among much that is excellent +in this vast production there are also dreary stretches of +rambling loquacity, hollow rhetoric and unintelligible jumbles of +words and phrases. He could be insupportably dull and again express +more in a single stanza, couplet or phrase than many have +said in a whole book. A study of his poetry is, therefore, not unlike +a journey through a vast country, alternating in fertile valleys, +barren plains and lofty heights with entrancing views into far, dim +vistas.</p> +<p>This inconsistency in the work of a man so eminently gifted as +Grundtvig is explainable only by his method of writing. He was +an intuitive writer and preferred to be called a “skjald” instead of +a poet. The distinction is significant but somewhat difficult to define. +As Grundtvig himself understood the term, the “skjald”, besides +being a poet, must also be a seer, a man able to envision and +express what was still hidden to the common mortal. “The skjald +is,” he says, “the chosen lookout of life who must reveal from his +mountain what he sees at life’s deep fountain. When gripped by his +vision,” he says further, the skjald is “neither quiescent nor lifeless +but, on the contrary, lifted up into an exceptional state of sensitiveness +in which he sees and feels things with peculiar vividness and +power. I know of nothing in this material world to which the +skjald may more fittingly be likened than a tuned harp with the +wind playing upon it.”</p> +<p>A skjald in Grundtvig’s conception was thus a man endowed +with the gift of receiving direct impressions of life and things, of +perceiving especially the deeper and more fundamental truths of +existence intuitively instead of intellectually. Such perceptions, he +admitted, might lack the apparent clarity of reasoned conclusions, +but would approach nearer to the truth. For life must be understood +from within, must be spiritually discerned. It could never be +comprehended by mere intellect or catalogued by supposed science.</p> +<p>He knew, however, that his work was frequently criticized for +<span class="pb" id="pg_130">[130]</span> +its ambiguity and lack of consistency. But he claimed that these +defects were unavoidable consequences of his way of writing. He +had to write what he saw and could not be expected to express that +clearly which he himself saw only dimly. “I naturally desire to +please my readers,” he wrote to Ingemann, “but when I write as +my intuition dictates, it works well; ideas and images come to me +without effort, and I fly lightly as the gazelle from crag to crag, +whereas if I warn myself that there must be a limit to everything +and that I must restrain myself and write sensibly, I am stopped +right there. And I have thus to choose between writing as the spirit +moves me, or not writing at all.”</p> +<p>This statement, although it casts a revealing light both upon his +genius and its evident limitations, is no doubt extreme. However +much Grundtvig may have depended on his momentary inspiration +for the poetical development of his ideas, his fundamental views on +life were exceptionally clear and comprehensive. He knew what he +believed regarding the essential verities of existence, of God and +man, of good and evil, of life and death. And all other conceptions +of his intuitive and far-reaching spirit were consistently correlated +to these basic beliefs.</p> +<p>Bishop H. Martensen, the celebrated theologian, relates an illuminating +conversation between Grundtvig and the German theologian, +P. K. Marheincke, during a visit which the Bishop had arranged +between the two men. Dr. Marheincke commenced a +lengthy discourse on the great opposites in life, as for instance between +thinking and being, and Grundtvig replied, “My opposites are +life and death” (Mein Gegensatz ist Leben und Tod).</p> +<p>“The professor accepted my statement somewhat dubiously,” +Grundtvig said later, “and admitted that that was indeed a great +contrast, but—” The difference between the two men no doubt lay +in the fact that Prof. Marheincke, the speculative theologian, was +principally interested in the first part of the assumed contrast—thinking, +whereas Grundtvig’s main concern was with the last—being, +existence, life. In real life there could be no more fundamental, +no farther reaching contrast than the continuous and irreconcilable +difference between life and death. The thought of this +contrast lies at the root of all his thinking and colors all his views. +From the day of his conversion until the hour of his death, his one +consuming interest was to illuminate the contrast between the two +irreconcilable enemies and to encourage anything that would +strengthen the one and defeat the other.</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_131">[131]</div> +<p>Grundtvig loved life in all its highest aspects and implications, +and he hated death under whatever form he saw it. “Life is from +heaven, death is from hell,” he says in a characteristic poem. The +one is representative of all the good the Creator intended for his +creatures, the other of all the evil, frustration and destruction the +great destroyer brought into the world. There can be no reconciliation +or peace between the two, the one must inevitably destroy +or be destroyed by the other. He could see nothing but deception +in the attempts of certain philosophical or theological phrasemakers +to minimize or explain away the eternal malignity of death, man’s +most relentless foe. A human being could fall no lower than to accept +death as a friend. Thus in a poem:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Yea, hear it, ye heavens, with loathing and grief;</p> +<p class="t0">The sons of the Highest now look for relief</p> +<p class="t2">In the ways of damnation</p> +<p class="t2">And find consolation</p> +<p class="t0">In hopes of eternal death.</p> +</div> +<p>But death is not present only at the hour of our demise. It is +present everywhere; it is active in all things. It destroys nations, +corrupts society, robs the child of its innocence, wipes the bloom +from the cheeks of youth, frustrates the possibilities of manhood and +makes pitiful the white hair of the aged. For death, as all must see, +is only the wage of sin, the ripe fruit of evil.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">I recognize now clearly;</p> +<p class="t0">Death is the wage of sin,</p> +<p class="t0">It is the fruitage merely</p> +<p class="t0">Of evil’s growth within.</p> +</div> +<p>And its danger is so actual because it is active in every individual +in himself as well as in others:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">When I view the true condition</p> +<p class="t0">Of my troubled, restless heart,</p> +<p class="t0">Naught but sin can I envision</p> +<p class="t0">Even to its inmost part.</p> +</div> +<p>Such then is his fundamental view of the condition of man, a being +in the destructive grip of a relentless foe, a creature whose greatest +need is “a hero who can break the bonds of death”. And there is but +one who can do that, the Son of God.</p> +<p>Grundtvig’s hymns abound in terms of adoration for the Savior +of Man. He names Him the “Joy of Heaven”, “The Fortune of +Earth”, “The Fount of Light”, “The Sovereign of Life”, “The Fear +of Darkness”, “The Terror of Death”, and speaks of the day when +<span class="pb" id="pg_132">[132]</span> +all the “nations of the earth shall offer praise in the offer bowl of +His name.” But he sees the Christ less as the suffering Lamb of +God than as the invincible conqueror of death and the heroic deliverer +of man.</p> +<p>Like his other hymns most of his hymns to the Savior are objective +rather than subjective. They present the Christ of the Gospels, +covering his life so fully that it would be possible to compile +from them an almost complete sequence on His life, work and resurrection. +The following stately hymn may serve as an appropriate +introduction to a necessarily brief survey of the group:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Jesus, the name without compare;</p> +<p class="t0">Honored on earth and in heaven,</p> +<p class="t0">Wherein the Father’s love and care</p> +<p class="t0">Are to His children now given.</p> +<p class="t0">Saviour of all that saved would be,</p> +<p class="t0">Fount of salvation full and free</p> +<p class="t0">Is the Lord Jesus forever.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Jesus, the name alone on earth</p> +<p class="t0">For our salvation afforded.</p> +<p class="t0">So on His cross of precious worth</p> +<p class="t0">Is in His blood it recorded.</p> +<p class="t0">Only in that our prayers are heard,</p> +<p class="t0">Only in that when hearts are stirred</p> +<p class="t0">Doth now the Spirit us comfort.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Jesus, the name above the sky</p> +<p class="t0">Wherein, when seasons are ended,</p> +<p class="t0">Peoples shall come to God on high,</p> +<p class="t0">And every knee shall be bended,</p> +<p class="t0">While all the saved in sweet accord</p> +<p class="t0">Chorus the praise of Christ, the Lord,</p> +<p class="t0">Savior beloved by the Father.</p> +</div> +<p>Grundtvig sang of Christmas morning “as his heaven on earth”, +and he wrote some of the finest Christmas hymns in the Danish +language. A number of these have already been given. The following +simple hymn from an old Latin-Danish text is still very popular.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">A babe is born in Bethlehem,</p> +<p class="t0">Bethlehem,</p> +<p class="t0">Rejoice, rejoice Jerusalem;</p> +<p class="t0">Hallelujah, hallelujah.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">A lowly virgin gave Him birth,</p> +<p class="t0">Gave Him birth,</p> +<p class="t0">Who rules the heavens and the earth;</p> +<p class="t0">Hallelujah, hallelujah.</p> +</div> +<div class="pb" id="pg_133">[133]</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">He in a simple manger lay,</p> +<p class="t0">Manger lay,</p> +<p class="t0">Whom angels praise with joy for aye;</p> +<p class="t0">Hallelujah, hallelujah.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">And wise men from the East did bring,</p> +<p class="t0">East did bring,</p> +<p class="t0">Gold, myrrh and incense to the King;</p> +<p class="t0">Hallelujah, hallelujah.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Now all our fears have passed away,</p> +<p class="t0">Passed away,</p> +<p class="t0">The Savior blest was born today;</p> +<p class="t0">Hallelujah, hallelujah.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">God’s blessed children we became,</p> +<p class="t0">We became,</p> +<p class="t0">And shall in heaven praise His name;</p> +<p class="t0">Hallelujah, hallelujah.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">There like the angels we shall be,</p> +<p class="t0">We shall be,</p> +<p class="t0">And shall the Lord in glory see;</p> +<p class="t0">Hallelujah, hallelujah.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">With gladsome praises we adore,</p> +<p class="t0">We adore,</p> +<p class="t0">Our Lord and Savior evermore;</p> +<p class="t0">Hallelujah, hallelujah.</p> +</div> +<p>His hymns on the life and work of our Lord are too numerous +to be more than indicated here. The following hymn on the text, +“Blessed are the eyes that see what ye see, and the ears that hear +what ye hear”, is typical of his expository hymns.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Blessed were the eyes that truly</p> +<p class="t0">Here on earth beheld the Lord;</p> +<p class="t0">Happy were the ears that duly</p> +<p class="t0">Listened to His living word.</p> +<p class="t0">Which proclaimed the wondrous story</p> +<p class="t0">Of God’s mercy, love and glory.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Kings and prophets long with yearning</p> +<p class="t0">Prayed to see His day appear;</p> +<p class="t0">Angels with desire were burning</p> +<p class="t0">To behold the golden year</p> +<p class="t0">When God’s light and grace should quicken</p> +<p class="t0">All that sin and death had stricken.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">He who, light and life revealing,</p> +<p class="t0">By His Spirit stills our want;</p> +<p class="t0">He, who broken hearts is healing</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_134">[134]</div> +<p class="t0">By His cup and at the font,</p> +<p class="t0">Jesus, Fount of joy incessant,</p> +<p class="t0">Is with light and grace now present.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Eyes by sin and darkness blinded</p> +<p class="t0">May now see His glory bright;</p> +<p class="t0">Hearts perverse and carnal minded</p> +<p class="t0">May obtain His Spirit’s light.</p> +<p class="t0">When, contrite and sorely yearning,</p> +<p class="t0">They in faith to Him are turning.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Blessed are the eyes that truly</p> +<p class="t0">Now on earth behold the Lord;</p> +<p class="t0">Happy are the ears that duly</p> +<p class="t0">Listen to His living word!</p> +<p class="t0">When His words our spirits nourish</p> +<p class="t0">Shall the kingdom in us flourish.</p> +</div> +<p>Grundtvig reaches his greatest height in his hymns of praise +to Christ, the Redeemer. Many of his passion hymns have not been +translated into English. In the original, the following hymn undoubtedly +ranks with the greatest songs of praise to the suffering +Lord.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Hail Thee, Savior and Atoner!</p> +<p class="t0">Though the world Thy name dishonor,</p> +<p class="t0">Moved by love my heart proposes</p> +<p class="t0">To adorn Thy cross with roses</p> +<p class="t0">And to offer praise to Thee.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">O what moved Thee so to love us,</p> +<p class="t0">When enthroned with God above us,</p> +<p class="t0">That for us Thou all wouldst offer</p> +<p class="t0">And in deep compassion suffer</p> +<p class="t0">Even death that we might live.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Love alone Thy heart was filling</p> +<p class="t0">When to suffer Thou wert willing.</p> +<p class="t0">Rather givest Thou than takest,</p> +<p class="t0">Hence, O Savior, Thou forsakest</p> +<p class="t0">All to die in sinner’s place.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Ah, my heart in deep contrition</p> +<p class="t0">Now perceives its true condition,</p> +<p class="t0">Cold and barren like a mountain,</p> +<p class="t0">How could I deserve the fountain</p> +<p class="t0">Of Thy love, my Savior dear.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Yet I know that from thy passion</p> +<p class="t0">Flows a river of salvation</p> +<p class="t0">Which can bid the mountain vanish,</p> +<p class="t0">Which can sin and coldness banish,</p> +<p class="t0">And restore my heart in Thee.</p> +</div> +<div class="pb" id="pg_135">[135]</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Lord, with tears I pray Thee ever:</p> +<p class="t0">Lead into my heart that river,</p> +<p class="t0">Which with grace redeeming cleanses</p> +<p class="t0">Heart and soul of all offences,</p> +<p class="t0">Blotting out my guilt and shame.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Lord, Thy life for sinners giving,</p> +<p class="t0">Let in Thee me find my living</p> +<p class="t0">So for Thee my heart is beating,</p> +<p class="t0">All my thoughts in Thee are meeting,</p> +<p class="t0">Finding there their light and joy.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Though all earthly things I cherish</p> +<p class="t0">Like the flowers may fade and perish,</p> +<p class="t0">Thou, I know, wilt stand beside me;</p> +<p class="t0">And from death and judgment hide me;</p> +<p class="t0">Thou hast paid the wage of sin.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Yes, my heart believes the wonder</p> +<p class="t0">Of Thy cross, which ages ponder!</p> +<p class="t0">Shield me, Lord, when foes assail me,</p> +<p class="t0">Be my staff when life shall fail me;</p> +<p class="t0">Take me to Thy Paradise.</p> +</div> +<p>Grundtvig’s Easter hymns strike the triumphant note, especially +such hymns as “Christ Arose in Glory”, “Easter Morrow Stills +Our Sorrow”, and the very popular,</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Move the signs of gloom and mourning<sup><a id="fr_10" href="#fn_10">[10]</a></sup></p> +<p class="t0">From the garden of the dead.</p> +<p class="t0">For the wreaths of grief and yearning,</p> +<p class="t0">Plant bright lilies in their stead.</p> +<p class="t0">Carve instead of sighs of grief</p> +<p class="t0">Angels’ wings in bold relief,</p> +<p class="t0">And for columns, cold and broken,</p> +<p class="t0">Words of hope by Jesus spoken.</p> +</div> +<p>His Easter hymns fail as a whole to reach the height of his songs +for other church festivals. In this respect, they resemble the hymnody +of the whole church, which contains remarkably few really +great hymns on the greatest events in its history. It is as though +the theme were too great to be expressed in the language of man.</p> +<p>Grundtvig wrote a number of magnificent hymns on the themes +of our Lord’s ascension and His return to judge the quick and the +dead. Of the latter, the hymn given below is perhaps the most favored +of those now available in English.</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_136">[136]</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Lift up thy head, O Christendom!</p> +<p class="t0">Behold above the blessed home</p> +<p class="t0">For which thy heart is yearning.</p> +<p class="t0">There dwells the Lord, thy soul’s delight,</p> +<p class="t0">Who soon with power and glory bright</p> +<p class="t0">Is for His bride returning.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">And when in every land and clime,</p> +<p class="t0">All shall behold His signs sublime,</p> +<p class="t0">The guilty world appalling,</p> +<p class="t0">Then shalt with joy thou lift thine eyes</p> +<p class="t0">And see Him coming in the skies,</p> +<p class="t0">While suns and stars are falling.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">While for His coming thou dost yearn,</p> +<p class="t0">Forget not why His last return</p> +<p class="t0">The Savior is delaying,</p> +<p class="t0">And ask Him not before His hour</p> +<p class="t0">To shake the heavens with His power,</p> +<p class="t0">Nor judge the lost and straying.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">O saints of God, for Sodom pray</p> +<p class="t0">Until your prayers no more can stay</p> +<p class="t0">The judgment day impending.</p> +<p class="t0">Then cries the Lord: “Behold, I come!”</p> +<p class="t0">And ye shall answer: “To Thy home</p> +<p class="t0">We are with joy ascending!”</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Then loud and clear the trumpet calls,</p> +<p class="t0">The dead awake, death’s kingdom falls,</p> +<p class="t0">And God’s elect assemble.</p> +<p class="t0">The Lord ascends the judgment throne,</p> +<p class="t0">And calls His ransomed for His own,</p> +<p class="t0">While hearts in gladness tremble.</p> +</div> +<p>Grundtvig is often called the Singer of Pentecost. And his +hymns on the nature and work of the Spirit do rank with his very +best. He believed in the reality of the Spirit as the living, active +agent of Christ in His church. As the church came into being by +the outpouring of the Holy Ghost on the day of Pentecost, so our +Lord still builds and sanctifies it by the Spirit, working through +His words and sacraments. His numerous hymns on the Spirit are +drawn from many sources, both ancient and modern. His treatment +of the originals is so free, however, that it is difficult in most cases +to know whether his versions should be accepted as adaptations or +originals. Of mere translations there are none. The following version +of the widely known hymn, “Veni Sancte Spiritus,” may serve +to illustrate his work as a transplanter of hymns.</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_137">[137]</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Holy Spirit, come with light,</p> +<p class="t0">Break the dark and gloomy night</p> +<p class="t0">With Thy day unending.</p> +<p class="t0">Help us with a joyful lay</p> +<p class="t0">Greet the Lord’s triumphant day</p> +<p class="t0">Now with might ascending.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Comforter so wondrous kind,</p> +<p class="t0">Noble guest of heart and mind</p> +<p class="t0">Fix in us Thy dwelling.</p> +<p class="t0">Give us peace in storm and strife,</p> +<p class="t0">Fill each troubled heart and life</p> +<p class="t0">With Thy joy excelling.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Make salvation clear to us,</p> +<p class="t0">Who despite our sin and dross</p> +<p class="t0">Would exalt the Spirit.</p> +<p class="t0">For without Thine aid and love</p> +<p class="t0">All our life and work must prove</p> +<p class="t0">Vain and without merit.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Raise or bow us with Thine arm,</p> +<p class="t0">Break temptation’s evil charm,</p> +<p class="t0">Clear our clouded vision.</p> +<p class="t0">Fill our hearts with longing new,</p> +<p class="t0">Cleanse us with Thy morning dew,</p> +<p class="t0">Tears of deep contrition.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Blessed Fount of life and breath,</p> +<p class="t0">Let our hope in view of death</p> +<p class="t0">Blossom bright and vernal;</p> +<p class="t0">And above the silent tomb</p> +<p class="t0">Let the Easter lilies bloom,</p> +<p class="t0">Signs of life eternal.</p> +</div> +<p>Many of Grundtvig’s original hymns evince a strong Danish +coloring, a fact which is especially evident in a number of his Pentecost +hymns. Pentecost comes in Denmark at the first breath of +summer when nature, prompted by balmy breezes, begins to unfold +her latent life and beauty. This similarity between the life of nature +and the work of the Spirit is strikingly expressed in a number of his +Pentecost hymns.</p> +<p>The following hymn, together with its beautiful tune, is rated +as one of the most beautiful and, lyrically, most perfect hymns in +Danish. Because of its strong Danish flavor, however, it may not +make an equal appeal to American readers. The main thought of +the hymn is that, as in nature, so also in the realm of the Spirit, +summer is now at hand. The coming of the Spirit completes God’s +<span class="pb" id="pg_138">[138]</span> +plan of salvation and opens the door for the unfolding of a new +life. The translation is by Prof. S. D. Rodholm.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">The sun now shines in all its splendor,</p> +<p class="t0">The fount of life and mercy tender;</p> +<p class="t0">Now bright Whitsunday lilies grow</p> +<p class="t0">And summer sparkles high and low;</p> +<p class="t0">Sweet songsters sing of harvest gold</p> +<p class="t0">In Jesus’ name a thousand fold.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">The peaceful nightingales are filling</p> +<p class="t0">The quiet night with music thrilling.</p> +<p class="t0">Thus all that to the Lord belong</p> +<p class="t0">May rest in peace and wake with song,</p> +<p class="t0">May dream of life beyond the skies,</p> +<p class="t0">And with God’s praise at daylight rise.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">It breathes from heaven on the flowers,</p> +<p class="t0">It whispers home-like in the bowers,</p> +<p class="t0">A balmy breeze comes to our coast</p> +<p class="t0">From Paradise, no longer closed,</p> +<p class="t0">And gently purls a brooklet sweet</p> +<p class="t0">Of life’s clear water at our feet.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">This works the Spirit, still descending,</p> +<p class="t0">And tongues of fire to mortals lending,</p> +<p class="t0">That broken hearts may now be healed,</p> +<p class="t0">And life with grace and love revealed</p> +<p class="t0">In Him, who came from yonder land</p> +<p class="t0">And has returned to God’s right hand.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Awaken then all tongues to honor</p> +<p class="t0">Lord Jesus Christ, our blest Atoner;</p> +<p class="t0">Let every voice in anthems rise</p> +<p class="t0">To praise the Savior’s sacrifice.</p> +<p class="t0">And thou, His Church, with one accord</p> +<p class="t0">Arise and glorify the Lord.</p> +</div> +<p>Of his other numerous hymns on the Spirit, the one given below +is, perhaps, one of the most characteristic.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Holy Ghost, our Interceder,</p> +<p class="t0">Blessed Comforter and Pleader</p> +<p class="t0">With the Lord for all we need,</p> +<p class="t0">Deign to hold with us communion</p> +<p class="t0">That with Thee in blessed union</p> +<p class="t0">We may in our life succeed.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Heavenly Counsellor and Teacher,</p> +<p class="t0">Make us through Thy guidance richer</p> +<p class="t0">In the grace our Lord hath won.</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_139">[139]</div> +<p class="t0">Blest Partaker of God’s fullness,</p> +<p class="t0">Make us all, despite our dullness,</p> +<p class="t0">Wiser e’en than Solomon.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Helper of the helpless, harken</p> +<p class="t0">To our pleas when shadows darken;</p> +<p class="t0">Shield us from the beasts of prey.</p> +<p class="t0">Rouse the careless, help the weary,</p> +<p class="t0">Bow the prideful, cheer the dreary,</p> +<p class="t0">Be our guest each passing day.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Comforter, whose comfort lightens</p> +<p class="t0">Every cross that scars and frightens,</p> +<p class="t0">Succor us from guilt and shame.</p> +<p class="t0">Warm our heart, inspire our vision,</p> +<p class="t0">Add Thy voice to our petition</p> +<p class="t0">As we pray in Jesus’ name.</p> +</div> +<p>Believing in the Spirit, Grundtvig also believed in the kingdom +of God, not only as a promise of the future but as a reality of the +present.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Right among us is God’s kingdom</p> +<p class="t0">With His Spirit and His word,</p> +<p class="t0">With His grace and love abundant</p> +<p class="t0">At His font and altar-board.</p> +</div> +<p>Among his numerous hymns on the nature and work of God’s +kingdom, the following is one of the most favored.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Founded our Lord has upon earth a realm of the Spirit</p> +<p class="t0">Wherein He fosters a people restored by His merit.</p> +<p class="t3">It shall remain</p> +<p class="t3">People its glory attain,</p> +<p class="t0">They shall the kingdom inherit.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Forward like light of the morning its message is speeding,</p> +<p class="t0">Millions receive and proclaim it with gladness exceeding</p> +<p class="t3">For with His word</p> +<p class="t3">God doth His Spirit accord,</p> +<p class="t0">Raising all barriers impeding.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Jesus, our Savior, with God in the highest residing,</p> +<p class="t0">And by the Spirit the wants of Thy people providing,</p> +<p class="t3">Be Thou our life,</p> +<p class="t3">Shield and defender in strife,</p> +<p class="t0">Always among us abiding.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Then shall Thy people as Lord of the nations restore Thee,</p> +<p class="t0">Even by us shall a pathway be straightened before Thee</p> +<p class="t3">Till everywhere,</p> +<p class="t3">Bending in worship and prayer,</p> +<p class="t0">All shall as Savior adore Thee.</p> +</div> +<div class="pb" id="pg_140">[140]</div> +<p>The kingdom of God is the most wonderful thing on earth.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Most wonderful of all things is</p> +<p class="t0">The kingdom Jesus founded.</p> +<p class="t0">Its glory, treasure, peace and bliss</p> +<p class="t0">No tongue has fully sounded.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Invisible as mind and soul,</p> +<p class="t0">And yet of light the fountain,</p> +<p class="t0">It sheds its light from pole to pole</p> +<p class="t0">Like beacons from a mountain.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Its secret is the word of God,</p> +<p class="t0">Which works what it proposes,</p> +<p class="t0">Which lowers mountains high and broad</p> +<p class="t0">And clothes the wastes with roses.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Though foes against the kingdom rage</p> +<p class="t0">With hatred and derision,</p> +<p class="t0">God spreads its reign from age to age,</p> +<p class="t0">And brings it to fruition.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Its glory rises like a morn</p> +<p class="t0">When waves at sunrise glitter,</p> +<p class="t0">Or as in June the golden corn</p> +<p class="t0">While birds above it twitter.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">It is the glory of the King</p> +<p class="t0">Who bore affliction solely</p> +<p class="t0">That he the crown of life might bring</p> +<p class="t0">To sinners poor and lowly.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">And when His advent comes to pass,</p> +<p class="t0">The Christian’s strife is ended,</p> +<p class="t0">What now we see as in a glass</p> +<p class="t0">Shall then be comprehended.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Then shall the kingdom bright appear</p> +<p class="t0">In glory true and vernal,</p> +<p class="t0">And usher in the golden year</p> +<p class="t0">Of peace and joy eternal.</p> +</div> +<p>But the kingdom of God here on earth is represented by the +Christian church, wherein Christ works by the Spirit through His +word and sacraments. Of Grundtvig’s many splendid hymns of the +church, the following, in the translation of Pastor Carl Doving, has +become widely known in all branches of the Lutheran church in +America. Pastor Doving’s translation is not wholly satisfactory, +however, to those who know the forceful and yet so appealing +language of the original, a fate which, we are fully aware, may also +befall the following new version.</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_141">[141]</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Built on a rock the church of God</p> +<p class="t0">Stands though its towers be falling;</p> +<p class="t0">Many have crumbled beneath the sod,</p> +<p class="t0">Bells still are chiming and calling,</p> +<p class="t0">Calling the young and old to come,</p> +<p class="t0">But above all the souls that roam,</p> +<p class="t0">Weary for rest everlasting.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">God, the most high, abides not in</p> +<p class="t0">Temples that hands have erected.</p> +<p class="t0">High above earthly strife and sin,</p> +<p class="t0">He hath his mansions perfected.</p> +<p class="t0">Yet He, whom heavens cannot contain,</p> +<p class="t0">Chose to abide on earth with man</p> +<p class="t0">Making their body His temple.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">We are God’s house of living stones,</p> +<p class="t0">Built for the Spirit’s indwelling.</p> +<p class="t0">He at His font and table owns</p> +<p class="t0">Us for His glory excelling.</p> +<p class="t0">Should only two confess His name,</p> +<p class="t0">He would yet come and dwell with them,</p> +<p class="t0">Granting His mercy abounding.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Even the temples built on earth</p> +<p class="t0">Unto the praise of the Father,</p> +<p class="t0">Are like the homes of hallowed worth</p> +<p class="t0">Whence we as children did gather.</p> +<p class="t0">Glorious things in them are said,</p> +<p class="t0">God there with us His covenant made,</p> +<p class="t0">Making us heirs of His kingdom.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">There we behold the font at which</p> +<p class="t0">God as His children received us;</p> +<p class="t0">There stands the altar where His rich</p> +<p class="t0">Mercy from hunger relieved us.</p> +<p class="t0">There His blest word to us proclaim:</p> +<p class="t0">Jesus is now and e’er the same,</p> +<p class="t0">So is His way of salvation.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Grant then, O Lord, where’er we roam,</p> +<p class="t0">That, when the church bells are ringing,</p> +<p class="t0">People in Jesus’ name may come,</p> +<p class="t0">Praising His glory with singing.</p> +<p class="t0">“Ye, not the world, my face shall see;</p> +<p class="t0">I will abide with you,” said He.</p> +<p class="t0">“My peace I leave with you ever.”</p> +</div> +<p>As a believer in objective Christianity, Grundtvig naturally +exalts the God-given means of grace, the word and sacraments, +through which the Spirit works. In one of the epigrammatic expressions +often found in his writings, he says:</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_142">[142]</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">We are and remain,</p> +<p class="t0">We live and attain</p> +<p class="t0">In Jesus, God’s living word</p> +<p class="t0">When His word we embrace</p> +<p class="t0">And live by its grace,</p> +<p class="t0">Then dwells He within us, our Lord.</p> +</div> +<p>This firm belief in the actual presence of Christ in His word +and sacraments lends an exceptional realism to many of his hymns +on the means of grace. Through the translation by Pastor Doving +the following brief hymn has gained wide renown in America.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">God’s word is our great heritage,</p> +<p class="t0">And shall be ours forever.</p> +<p class="t0">To spread its light from age to age,</p> +<p class="t0">Shall be our chief endeavor.</p> +<p class="t0">Through life it guards our way,</p> +<p class="t0">In death it is our stay.</p> +<p class="t0">Lord, grant, while worlds endure,</p> +<p class="t0">We keep its teachings pure</p> +<p class="t0">Throughout all generations.</p> +</div> +<p>Of his numerous hymns on baptism, the following, which an +American authority on hymnody calls the finest baptismal hymn +ever written, is perhaps the most representative.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">O let Thy spirit with us tarry,</p> +<p class="t0">Our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ,</p> +<p class="t0">So that the babes we to Thee carry</p> +<p class="t0">May be unto Thy death baptized.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Lord, after Thee we humbly name them,</p> +<p class="t0">O let them in Thy name arise!</p> +<p class="t0">If they should stumble, Lord, reclaim them,</p> +<p class="t0">That they may reach Thy paradise.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">If long their course, let them not falter.</p> +<p class="t0">Give to Thine aged servants rest.</p> +<p class="t0">If short their race, let by Thine altar</p> +<p class="t0">Them like the swallows find a rest.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Upon their heart, Thy name be written,</p> +<p class="t0">And theirs within Thine own right hand,</p> +<p class="t0">That even when by trials smitten,</p> +<p class="t0">They in Thy covenant firm may stand.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Thine angels sing for children sleeping,</p> +<p class="t0">May they still sing when death draws nigh.</p> +<p class="t0">Both cross and crown are in Thy keeping.</p> +<p class="t0">Lord, lead us all to Thee on high.</p> +</div> +<div class="pb" id="pg_143">[143]</div> +<p>His communion hymns are gathered from many sources. Of his +originals the following tender hymn is perhaps the most typical.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Savior, whither should we go</p> +<p class="t0">From the truest friend we know,</p> +<p class="t0">From the Son of God above,</p> +<p class="t0">From the Fount of saving love,</p> +<p class="t0">Who in all this world of strife</p> +<p class="t0">Hath alone the word of life.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">No, I dare not turn from Thee,</p> +<p class="t0">Though Thy word oft chasten me,</p> +<p class="t0">For throughout this world, O Lord,</p> +<p class="t0">Death is still the cruel word.</p> +<p class="t0">Whoso saves the soul from death</p> +<p class="t0">Brings redemption, life and breath.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">“Eat my flesh and drink my blood.”</p> +<p class="t0">Saith our Lord, so kind and good.</p> +<p class="t0">“Whoso takes the bread and wine,</p> +<p class="t0">Shall receive my life divine,</p> +<p class="t0">Be redeemed from all his foes</p> +<p class="t0">And arise as I arose.”</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Hear Him then, my heart distressed,</p> +<p class="t0">Beating anxious in my breast.</p> +<p class="t0">Take Thy Savior at His word,</p> +<p class="t0">Meet Him at His altar-board,</p> +<p class="t0">Eat His body, drink His blood,</p> +<p class="t0">And obtain eternal good.</p> +</div> +<p>Grundtvig also produced a great number of hymns for the enrichment +of other parts of the church service. Few hymns thus +strike a more appropriate and festive note for the opening service +than the short hymn given below.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Come, Zion, and sing to the Father above;</p> +<p class="t0">Angels join with you</p> +<p class="t0">And thank Him for Jesus, the gifts of His love.</p> +<p class="t3">We sing before God in the highest.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Strike firmly, O Psalmist, the jubilant chord;</p> +<p class="t0">Golden be your harp</p> +<p class="t0">In praise of Christ Jesus, our Savior and Lord.</p> +<p class="t3">We sing before God in the highest.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Then hear we with rapture the tongues as of fire,</p> +<p class="t0">The Spirit draws nigh,</p> +<p class="t0">Whose counsels with comforts our spirits inspire,</p> +<p class="t3">We sing before God in the highest.</p> +</div> +<div class="pb" id="pg_144">[144]</div> +<p>Equally fine is his free rendering of the 84th psalm.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Fair beyond telling,</p> +<p class="t0">Lord, is Thy dwelling,</p> +<p class="t0">Filled with Thy peace.</p> +<p class="t0">Oh how I languish</p> +<p class="t0">And, in my anguish,</p> +<p class="t0">Wait for release</p> +<p class="t0">That I may enter Thy temple, O Lord,</p> +<p class="t0">With Thee communing in deepest accord.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">With Thy compassion,</p> +<p class="t0">Lord of Salvation,</p> +<p class="t0">Naught can compare.</p> +<p class="t0">Even the sparrow</p> +<p class="t0">Safe from the arrow</p> +<p class="t0">Rests in Thy care.</p> +<p class="t0">And as Thou shieldest the bird in its nest,</p> +<p class="t0">So let my heart in Thy temple find rest.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Years full of splendors,</p> +<p class="t0">Which to offenders</p> +<p class="t0">Earth may afford,</p> +<p class="t0">Never can measure</p> +<p class="t0">One day of pleasure</p> +<p class="t0">Found with Thee, Lord,</p> +<p class="t0">When on the wings of Thy quickening word</p> +<p class="t0">Souls are uplifted and Thou art adored.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Quicken in spirit,</p> +<p class="t0">Grow in Thy merit</p> +<p class="t0">Shall now Thy friends.</p> +<p class="t0">Blessings in showers</p> +<p class="t0">Filled with Thy powers</p> +<p class="t0">On them descends</p> +<p class="t0">Until at home in the city of gold</p> +<p class="t0">All shall in wonder Thy presence behold.</p> +</div> +<p>Grundtvig’s hymns are for the most part church hymns, presenting +the objective rather than the subjective phase of Christian +faith. He wrote for the congregation and held that a hymn for congregational +singing should express the common faith and hope of +the worshippers, rather than the personal feelings and experiences +of the individual. Because of this his hymns are frequently criticized +for their lack of personal sentiment. The personal note is not +wholly lacking in his work, however, as witnessed by the following +hymn.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t3">Suffer and languish,</p> +<p class="t3">Tremble in anguish</p> +<p class="t0">Must every soul that awakes to its guilt.</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_145">[145]</div> +<p class="t3">Sternly from yonder,</p> +<p class="t3">Sinai doth thunder:</p> +<p class="t0">Die or achieve what no sinner fulfilled.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t3">Tremble with gladness,</p> +<p class="t3">Smile through their sadness</p> +<p class="t0">Shall all that rest in the arms of the Lord.</p> +<p class="t3">Grace beyond measure,</p> +<p class="t3">Comfort and treasure</p> +<p class="t0">Gathers the heart from His merciful word.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t3">Bravely to suffer,</p> +<p class="t3">Gladly to offer</p> +<p class="t0">Praises to God ’neath the weight of our cross,</p> +<p class="t3">This will the Spirit</p> +<p class="t3">Help us to merit</p> +<p class="t0">Granting a breath from God’s heaven to us.</p> +</div> +<p>Even stronger is the personal sentiment of this appealing hymn.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">With her cruse of alabaster,</p> +<p class="t0">Filled with ointment rare and sweet,</p> +<p class="t0">Came the woman to the Master,</p> +<p class="t0">Knelt contritely at His feet,</p> +<p class="t0">Feeling with unfeigned contrition</p> +<p class="t0">How unfit was her condition</p> +<p class="t0">To approach the Holy One.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Like this woman, I contritely</p> +<p class="t0">Often must approach the Lord,</p> +<p class="t0">Knowing that I cannot rightly</p> +<p class="t0">Ask a place beside His board.</p> +<p class="t0">Sinful and devoid of merit,</p> +<p class="t0">I can only cry in spirit:</p> +<p class="t0">Lord, be merciful to me.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Lord of Grace and Mercy, harken</p> +<p class="t0">To my plea for grace and light.</p> +<p class="t0">Threatening clouds and tempests darken</p> +<p class="t0">Now my soul with gloomy night.</p> +<p class="t0">Let, despite my guilt and error,</p> +<p class="t0">My repenting tears still mirror</p> +<p class="t0">Thy forgiving smile, O Lord.</p> +</div> +<p>The following hymn likewise voices the need for personal perseverance.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Hast to the plow thou put thy hand</p> +<p class="t0">Let not thy spirit waver,</p> +<p class="t0">Heed not the world’s allurements grand,</p> +<p class="t0">Nor pause for Sodom’s favor.</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_146">[146]</div> +<p class="t0">But plow thy furrow, sow the seed,</p> +<p class="t0">Though tares and thorns thy work impede;</p> +<p class="t0">For they, who sow with weeping,</p> +<p class="t0">With joy shall soon be reaping.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">But should at times thy courage fail—</p> +<p class="t0">For all may fail and falter—</p> +<p class="t0">Let not the tempting world prevail</p> +<p class="t0">On thee thy course to alter.</p> +<p class="t0">Each moment lost in faint retreat</p> +<p class="t0">May bring disaster and defeat.</p> +<p class="t0">If foes bid thee defiance,</p> +<p class="t0">On God be thy reliance.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">If steadfast in the race we keep,</p> +<p class="t0">Our course is soon completed.</p> +<p class="t0">And death itself is but a sleep,</p> +<p class="t0">Its dreaded might defeated.</p> +<p class="t0">But those who conquer in the strife</p> +<p class="t0">Obtain the victor’s crown of life</p> +<p class="t0">And shall in constant gladness</p> +<p class="t0">Forget these days of sadness.</p> +</div> +<p>It is, perhaps, in his numerous hymns on Christian trust, comfort +and hope that Grundtvig reaches his highest. His contributions +to this type of hymns are too numerous to be more than indicated +here. But the hymn given below presents a fair example of +the simplicity and poetic beauty that characterize many of them.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">God’s little child, what troubles you!</p> +<p class="t0">Think of your Heavenly Father true.</p> +<p class="t0">He will uphold you by His hand,</p> +<p class="t0">None can His might and grace withstand.</p> +<p class="t3">The Lord be praised!</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Shelter and food and counsel tried</p> +<p class="t0">God for His children will provide.</p> +<p class="t0">They shall not starve, nor homeless roam,</p> +<p class="t0">Children may claim their Father’s home.</p> +<p class="t3">The Lord be praised!</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Birds with a song toward heaven soar,</p> +<p class="t0">Neither they reap nor lay in store,</p> +<p class="t0">But where the hoarder dies from need,</p> +<p class="t0">Gathers the little bird a seed.</p> +<p class="t3">The Lord be praised!</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Clad are the flowers in raiment fair,</p> +<p class="t0">Wondrous to see on deserts bare.</p> +<p class="t0">Neither they spin nor weave nor sew</p> +<p class="t0">Yet no king could such beauty show.</p> +<p class="t3">The Lord be praised!</p> +</div> +<div class="pb" id="pg_147">[147]</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Flowers that bloom at break of dawn</p> +<p class="t0">Only to die when day is gone,</p> +<p class="t0">How can they with the child compare</p> +<p class="t0">That shall the Father’s glory share?</p> +<p class="t3">The Lord be praised!</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">God’s little child, do then fore’er</p> +<p class="t0">Cast on the Lord your every care.</p> +<p class="t0">Trust in His love, His grace and might</p> +<p class="t0">Then shall His peace your soul delight.</p> +<p class="t3">The Lord be praised!</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">God will your every need allay</p> +<p class="t0">Even tomorrow as yesterday,</p> +<p class="t0">And when the sun for you goes down</p> +<p class="t0">He will your soul with glory crown.</p> +<p class="t3">The Lord be praised!</p> +</div> +<p>Grundtvig’s friends were sometimes called the “Merry Christians.” +There was nothing superficial or lighthearted, however, +about the Christianity of their leader. It had been gained through +intense struggles and maintained at the cost of worldly position and +honor. But he did believe that God is love, and that love is the +root and fount of life, as he says in the following splendid hymn. +The translation is by the Reverend Doving.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Love, the fount of light from heaven,</p> +<p class="t0">Is the root and source of life;</p> +<p class="t0">Therefore God’s decrees are given</p> +<p class="t0">With His lovingkindness rife.</p> +<p class="t0">As our Savior blest declareth</p> +<p class="t0">And the Spirit witness beareth,</p> +<p class="t0">As we in God’s service prove;</p> +<p class="t0">God is light and God is love.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Love, the crown of life eternal,</p> +<p class="t0">Love the brightness is of light;</p> +<p class="t0">Therefore on His throne supernal</p> +<p class="t0">Jesus sits in glory bright.</p> +<p class="t0">He the Light and Life of heaven,</p> +<p class="t0">Who Himself for us hath given,</p> +<p class="t0">Still abides and reigns above</p> +<p class="t0">In His Father’s boundless love.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Love, alone the law fulfilling,</p> +<p class="t0">Is the bond of perfectness;</p> +<p class="t0">Love, who came, a victim willing,</p> +<p class="t0">Wrought our peace and righteousness.</p> +<p class="t0">Therefore love and peace in union</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_148">[148]</div> +<p class="t0">Ever work in sweet communion</p> +<p class="t0">That through love we may abide</p> +<p class="t0">One with Him who for us died.</p> +</div> +<p>But the fruit of God’s love is peace. As Grundtvig, in the +hymn above, sings of God’s love, so in the sweet hymn given below +he sings of God’s peace. The translation is by Pastor Doving.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Peace to soothe our bitter woes</p> +<p class="t0">God in Christ on us bestows;</p> +<p class="t0">Jesus wrought our peace with God</p> +<p class="t0">Through His holy, precious blood;</p> +<p class="t0">Peace in Him for sinners found</p> +<p class="t0">Is the Gospel’s joyful sound.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Peace to us the church doth tell.</p> +<p class="t0">’Tis her welcome and farewell.</p> +<p class="t0">Peace was our baptismal dower;</p> +<p class="t0">Peace shall bless our dying hour.</p> +<p class="t0">Peace be with you full and free</p> +<p class="t0">Now and in eternity.</p> +</div> +<p>In this peace Christians find refuge and rest.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">The peace of God protects our hearts</p> +<p class="t0">Against the tempter’s fiery darts.</p> +<p class="t0">It is as sure when evening falls</p> +<p class="t0">As when the golden morning calls.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">This peace our Savior wrought for us</p> +<p class="t0">In agony upon the cross,</p> +<p class="t0">And when He up to heaven soared,</p> +<p class="t0">His peace He left us in His word.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">His word of peace new strength imparts</p> +<p class="t0">Each day to faint and troubled hearts,</p> +<p class="t0">And in His cup and at the font</p> +<p class="t0">It stills our deepest need and want.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">This blessed peace our Lord will give</p> +<p class="t0">To all who in His Spirit live.</p> +<p class="t0">And even at their dying breath</p> +<p class="t0">Its comfort breaks the sting of death.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">When Christ for us His peace hath won</p> +<p class="t0">He asked for faith and faith alone.</p> +<p class="t0">By faith and not by merits vain,</p> +<p class="t0">Our hearts God’s blessed peace obtain.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Peace be with you, our Savior saith</p> +<p class="t0">In answer to the word of faith.</p> +<p class="t0">Whoso hath faith, shall find release</p> +<p class="t0">And dwell in God’s eternal peace.</p> +</div> +<div class="pb" id="pg_149">[149]</div> +<p>Grundtvig’s hymns of comfort for the sick and dying rank with +the finest ever written. He hates and fears death, hoping even that +Christ may return before his own hour comes; but if He does not, +he prays that the Savior will be right with him.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Lord, when my final hours impend,</p> +<p class="t0">Come in the person of a friend</p> +<p class="t0">And take Thy place beside me,</p> +<p class="t0">And talk to me as man to man</p> +<p class="t0">Of where we soon shall meet again</p> +<p class="t0">And all Thy joy betide me.</p> +</div> +<p>For though he knows he cannot master the enemy alone, if the +Savior is there—</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Death is but the last pretender</p> +<p class="t0">We with Christ as our defender</p> +<p class="t0">Shall engage and put to flight.</p> +</div> +<p>And His word will dispel all fear of the struggle:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Like dew upon the meadow</p> +<p class="t0">So falls the word of life</p> +<p class="t0">On Christians in the shadow</p> +<p class="t0">Of mortal’s final strife.</p> +<p class="t0">The first fruit of its blessing</p> +<p class="t0">Is balm for fears distressing,</p> +<p class="t0">So gone is like a breath</p> +<p class="t0">The bitterness of death.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Like sun, when night is falling,</p> +<p class="t0">Sets stilly in the west</p> +<p class="t0">While birds are softly calling</p> +<p class="t0">Each other from their nest,</p> +<p class="t0">So when its brief day closes</p> +<p class="t0">That soul in peace reposes</p> +<p class="t0">Which knows that Christ the Lord</p> +<p class="t0">Is with it in His word.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">And as we shiver slightly</p> +<p class="t0">An early summer morn</p> +<p class="t0">When blushing heavens brightly</p> +<p class="t0">Announce a day new-born,</p> +<p class="t0">So moves the soul immortal</p> +<p class="t0">With calmness through death’s portal</p> +<p class="t0">That through its final strife</p> +<p class="t0">Beholds the Light of Life.</p> +</div> +<div class="pb" id="pg_150">[150]</div> +<p>He could therefore exclaim:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Christian! what a morn of splendor</p> +<p class="t0">Full reward for every fear,</p> +<p class="t0">When the ransomed host shall render</p> +<p class="t0">Praises to its Savior dear,</p> +<p class="t0">Shall in heaven’s hall of glory</p> +<p class="t0">Tell salvation’s wondrous story,</p> +<p class="t0">And with the angelic throng</p> +<p class="t0">Sing the Lamb’s eternal song.</p> +</div> +<div class="fnblock"> +<div class="fndef"><sup><a id="fn_10" href="#fr_10">[10]</a></sup>Another translation: “Take away the signs of mourning” by P. C. Paulsen in “Hymnal for Church and Home”. +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div id="c16" title="Grundtvig’s Later Years"> +<h4>Chapter Sixteen +<span class="chaptertitle">Grundtvig’s Later Years</span></h4> +<p>Grundtvig’s later years present a striking contrast to +the years of his earlier manhood. The lonely Defender of the +Bible became a respected sage and the acknowledged leader of +a fast growing religious and folk movement, both in Denmark and +the other Scandinavian countries. His long years of continuous +struggles were followed by years of fruitful work and an extensive +growth of his religious and educational ideals until he was generally +recognized as one of the most vital spiritual leaders of Scandinavia.</p> +<p>The first break in the wall of isolation that surrounded him +came with an invitation from a group of students to “the excellent +historian, N. F. S. Grundtvig, who has never asked for a reward +but only for a chance to do good,” to deliver a series of historical +lectures at Borch’s Collegium in Copenhagen. These lectures—seventy-one +in all—were delivered before packed audiences during +the summer and fall of 1838, and were so enthusiastically received +that the students, on the evening of the concluding lecture, arranged +a splendid banquet for the speaker, at which one of them sang:</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Yes, through years of lonely struggle</p> +<p class="t0">Did you bravely fight,</p> +<p class="t0">Bearing scorn without complaining</p> +<p class="t0">Till your hair turned white.</p> +</div> +<p>During his most lonely years Grundtvig once comforted himself +with the words of a Greek sage: “Speak to the people of yesterday, +and you will be heard by the people of tomorrow.” Thus it +<span class="pb" id="pg_151">[151]</span> +was, no doubt, a great satisfaction to him that the first public honor +bestowed upon him should be accorded him by his nation’s youth.</p> +<p>From that day his reputation and influence grew steadily. He +became an honored member of several influential societies, such as +the Society for Northern Studies, and the Scandinavian Society, an +association of academicians from all the Scandinavian countries for +the purpose of effecting a closer spiritual and cultural union between +them. He also received frequent invitations to lecture both +on outstanding occasions and before special groups. His work as +a lecturer probably reached its culmination at a public meeting on +the Skamlingsbanke, a wooded hill on the borders of Slesvig, +where he spoke to thousands of profoundly stirred listeners, and at +a great meeting of Scandinavian students at Oslo, Norway, in 1851, +to which he was invited as the guest of honor and acclaimed both +by the students and the Norwegian people. When Denmark became +a constitutional kingdom in 1848, he was a member of the +constitutional assembly and was elected several times to the Riksdag.</p> +<p>Meanwhile he worked ceaselessly for the development of his +folk and educational ideals. After his conversion, he felt for a +time that his new outlook was incompatible with his previous enthusiasm +for the heroic life and ideals of the old North, and that he +must now devote himself solely to the preaching of the Gospel. But +the formerly mentioned decline of all phases of Danish life during +the early part of the nineteenth century and the failure of his +preaching to evoke any response from an indifferent people caused +him to suspect a closer relationship between a people’s religious +and national or folk-life than he had hitherto recognized. Was not +the folk life of a people, after all, the soil in which the Word of God +must be sown, and could the Word bear fruit in a soil completely +hardened and unprepared to receive it? If it could not, was not a +folk awakening a necessary preparation for a Christian?</p> +<p>Under the spur of this question he undertook the translation +of the sagas and developed his now widely recognized ideas of folk +life and folk education, which later were embodied in the Grundtvigian +folk schools. The first of these schools was opened at Rødding, +Slesvig in 1844. The war between Denmark and Germany +from 1848 to 1850 delayed the establishment of other similar +schools. But in 1851, Christian Kold, the man who more than any +other realized Grundtvig’s idea of a school for life—as the folk +schools were frequently called—opened his first school at Ryslinge, +<span class="pb" id="pg_152">[152]</span> +Fyn. From there the movement spread rapidly not only to all +parts of Denmark but also to Norway, Finland and Sweden. The +latter country now has more schools of the Grundtvigian type than +Denmark, and Norway and Finland have about have as +many.<sup><a id="fr_11" href="#fn_11">[11]</a></sup></p> +<p>To extend the influence of the movement lecture societies, +reading circles, gymnastic societies, choral groups and the like +were organized in almost every parish of Denmark. Thus before +Grundtvig died, he had the satisfaction of seeing his work bear +fruit in one of the most vital folk and educational movements of +Scandinavia, a movement which has made a tremendous imprint +upon all phases of life in the Northern countries and which today +is spreading to many other parts of the world.</p> +<p>Grundtvig held that the life of a nation, Christian as well as +national, never rose above the real culture of its common people. +To be real, a culture had to be national, had to be based on a +people’s natural characteristics and developed in accordance with +native history and traditions. The aim of all true folk-education +was the awakening and enrichment of life and not a mere mental +or practical training. The natural means for the attainment of +this aim was a living presentation of a people’s own cultural heritage, +their native tradition, history, literature and folk life. But +in all cases the medium of this presentation was the living, that is +the spoken word by men and women who were themselves spiritually +alive. Christianity, in his opinion, had not come to destroy +but to cleanse and vivify the folk life of a people, and, since the +latter was the soil in which the former had to grow, the fruitfulness +of both demanded a living inter-action so that national life +might become Christian and Christianity national.</p> +<p>In the practical application of these educational theories, +Grundtvig took no active part. Aside from his conception of the +idea and the development of much of the material used in the folk-school, +his greatest contributions to their work are probably, his innumerable +Biblical, historical and folk songs that were and are +used in the schools.</p> +<p>Meanwhile he by no means neglected his religious work. Rationalism +had been defeated, a sound Evangelical movement was +fast revitalizing the church, and he could therefore concentrate +his energy on a further development of the view that had come to +him during his years of struggle. Among innumerable other works, +he produced during his later years the splendid <b>Enlightenment of +the Church</b>, published 1840-1844; <b>Teachings of Our Christian Childhood</b>, +<span class="pb" id="pg_153">[153]</span> +published 1855-1862; <b>The Seven Stars of the Churches</b>, published +1854-1855; and <b>The Church Mirror</b>, a series of lectures on +the main currents of church history, published 1861-1863.</p> +<p>Although Grundtvig’s views, and especially his distinction between +the “living” and the “written” word, were strongly opposed +by many, his profoundly spiritual conception of the church, as the +body of Christ, and of the sacraments, as its true means of life, has +greatly influenced all branches of the Danish church. In emphasizing +the true indwelling of Christ in the creed and sacraments, he +visualized the real presence of Him in the church and underscored +the vital center of congregational worship with a realism that no +theological dissertation can ever convey. Nor did he feel that in +so doing he was in any sense diverging from true Lutheranism. The +fact that Luther himself chose the creed and the words of institution +of the sacrament as a basis for his catechism, showed, he contended, +that the great Reformer also had recognized their distinction.</p> +<p>Despite frequent charges to the contrary, Grundtvig had no desire +to engender a separatist movement in the church. He constantly +warned his followers against any such tendency. In a closing +speech to the Meeting of Friends in 1863, he said, “You can no +more forbid the world to call you Grundtvigians than those whom +Luther called to the Lord could forbid anyone to call them Lutherans, +but do not yourself adopt that name. For history shows that +some have let themselves be called Lutherans until they have almost +lost the name of Christians. If anyone wishes to name us +after any other than Christ, we ought to tell them that we accept +nothing unto salvation except what the Christian church has taught +and confessed from generation to generation. To or from that we +neither add nor detract. We acknowledge without reservation +that word of faith which Paul says is believed to righteousness and +confessed unto salvation. The manner of teaching and believing +that faith so that the Old Adam may be put off and the new put on, +we hold to be a matter of enlightenment in which we shall be guided +by Grundtvig, as we are guided by Luther, only in so far as we +are convinced that he has been guided by Scripture and the Spirit. +We also disclaim any intention of making our conception of Scripture +an article of faith which must be accepted by the church.” +Grundtvig’s followers would, no doubt, have profited greatly by +remembering this truly liberal view of their leader.</p> +<p>Thus his years passed quietly onward, filled with fruitful labor +<span class="pb" id="pg_154">[154]</span> +even unto the end. In contrast to his often stormy public career, +Grundtvig’s private life was quite peaceful and commonplace, +subject only to the usual trials and sorrows of human existence. +During the greater part of his life he was extremely poor, subsisting +on a small government pension, the meager returns from his +writings and occasional gifts from friends. For his own part this +did not trouble him; his wants were few and easily satisfied. But +he “liked to see shining faces around him,” as he once wrote, and +he had discovered that the face of a child could often be brightened +by a small gift, which he was frequently too poor to give. “But if +we would follow the Lord in these days,” he wrote to a friend, “we +must evidently be prepared to renounce all things for His sake +and cast out all these heathen worries for dross and chaff with +which we as Christians often distress ourselves.”</p> +<p>Grundtvig was thrice married. His first wife, Lise Grundtvig, +died January 4, 1851, after a long illness. Her husband said at her +grave, “I stand here as an old man who is taking a decided step +toward my own grave by burying the bride of my youth and the +mother of my children who for more than forty years with unfailing +loyalty shared all my joys and sorrows—and mostly latter.”</p> +<p>But Grundtvig did not appear to be growing old. During the +following summer he attended the great meeting of Scandinavian +students at Oslo, where he was hailed as the youngest of them all. +And on October 4 of the same year, he rejoiced his enemies and +grieved many of his friends by marrying Marie Toft, of Rennebeck’s +Manor, a wealthy widow and his junior by thirty years. +And despite dire predictions to the contrary, the marriage was +very happy. Marie Toft was a highly intelligent and spiritual-minded +woman who wholeheartedly shared her husband’s spiritual +views and ideals; and her death in 1854 came, therefore, as an +almost overwhelming blow. In a letter to a friend a few weeks +after her death, Grundtvig writes, “It was wonderful to be loved +as unselfishly as Marie loved me. But she belonged wholly to God. +He gave and He took; and despite all objections by the world and +our own selfish flesh, the believing heart must exclaim, His name +be praised. When I consider the greatness of the treasure that the +Lord gave to me by opening this loving heart to me in my old age, +I confess that it probably would have proved beyond my strength +continuously to bear such good days; for had I not already become +critical of all that were not like her, and indifferent to all things +that were not concerned with her?”</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_155">[155]</div> +<p>The last remark, perhaps, refers to a complaint by his friends +that he had become so absorbed in his wife that he neglected other +things. If this had been the case, he now made amends by throwing +himself into a whirl of activity that would have taxed the +strength of a much younger man. During the following years, he +wrote part of his formerly mentioned books on the church and +Christian education, delivered a large number of lectures, resumed +his seat in the Riksdag and, of course, attended to his growing work +as a pastor. As he was also very neglectful of his own comfort in +other ways, it was evident to all that such a strenuous life must +soon exhaust his strength unless someone could be constantly about +him and minister to his need. For this reason a high-minded young +widow, the Baroness Asta Tugendreich Reetz, entered into marriage +with him that she might help to conserve the strength of the +man whom she considered one of the greatest assets her country +possessed.</p> +<p>Grundtvig once said of his marriages that the first was an idyl, +the second a romance and the third a fairy-tale. Others said harsher +things. But Asta Grundtvig paid no attention to the scandal +mongers. A very earnest Christian woman herself, she devoted +all her energy to create a real Christian home for her husband and +family. As Grundtvig had always lived much by himself, she +wished especially to make their home a ready gathering place for +all his friends and co-workers. In this she succeeded so well that +their modest dwelling was frequently crowded with visitors from +far and near, many of whom later counted their visit with Grundtvig +among the richest experiences of their life.</p> +<p>Grundtvig’s fiftieth anniversary as a pastor was celebrated +with impressive festivities on May 29, 1861. The celebration was +attended by representatives from all departments of government +and the church as well as by a host of people from all parts of +Scandinavia; and the celebrant was showered with gifts and honors. +The king conferred upon him the title of bishop; the former queen, +Carolina Amalia, presented him with a seven armed candlestick of +gold from women in Norway, Sweden and Denmark; his friend, +Pastor P. A. Fenger, handed him a gift of three thousand dollars +from friends in Denmark and Norway to finance a popular edition +of his <b>Hymns and Songs for the Danish Church</b>; and another +friend, Gunni Busck, presented him with a plaque of gold engraved +with his likeness and a line from his hymns, a gift from the congregation +of Vartov.</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_156">[156]</div> +<p>Many of those who participated in this splendid jubilee felt +that it would be of great benefit to them to meet again for mutual +fellowship and discussion of pressing religious and national questions. +And with the willing cooperation of Asta Grundtvig, it was +decided to invite all who might be interested to a meeting in Copenhagen +on Grundtvig’s eightieth birthday, September 8, the following +year. This Meeting of Friends—as it was named—proved so +successful that it henceforth became an annual event, attended by +people from all parts of Scandinavia. Although Grundtvig earnestly +desired that these meetings should actually be what they were +designed to be, meetings of friends for mutual help and enlightenment, +his own part in them was naturally important. His powers +were still unimpaired, and his contributions were rich in wisdom +and spiritual insight. Knowing himself surrounded by friends, he +often spoke with an appealing heartiness and power that made the +Meetings of Friends unforgettable experiences to many.</p> +<p>Thus the once loneliest man in Denmark found himself in his +old age honored by his nation, surrounded by friends, and besieged +by visitors and co-workers, seeking his help and advice. He was +always very approachable. In his younger days he had frequently +been harsh and self-assertive in his judgment of others; but in his +latter years he learned that kindness is always more fruitful than +wrath. Sitting in his easy chair and smoking his long pipe, he +talked frankly and often wittily with the many who came to visit +him. Thus Bishop H. Martensen, the theologian, tells us that his +conversation was admirably eloquent and interspersed with wit +and humor. And a prominent Swedish author, P. Wisselgren, +writes: “Some years ago I spent one of the most delightful evenings +of my life with Bishop Grundtvig. I doubt that I have ever +met a greater poet of conversation. Each thought was an inspiration +and his heart was in every word he said.”</p> +<p>Grundtvig’s outward appearance, especially during his later +years, was extremely charming. His strong countenance framed +by long white locks and a full beard bore the imprint of a profound +spiritual intellect and a benevolent calmness. The queen, Caroline +Amalia, after her first meeting with him wrote, “Grundtvig +has a most beautiful countenance, and he attracted me at once by +his indescribably kind and benevolent appearance. What an interesting +man he is, and what a pleasure it is to listen to his open +and forthright conversation.”</p> +<p>And so, still active and surrounded by friends, he saw his long, +<span class="pb" id="pg_157">[157]</span> +fruitful life drawing quietly toward its close. In 1871, he opened +the annual Meeting of Friends by speaking from the text: “See, I +die, but the Lord shall be with you,” and said in all likelihood this +meeting would be the last at which he would be present. He lived, +however, to prepare for the next meeting, which was to be held on +September 11, 1872. On September 1, he conducted his service at +Vartov as usual, preaching an exceptionally warm and inspiring +sermon. But the following morning he passed away quietly while +sitting in his easy chair and listening to his son read for him.</p> +<p>He was buried September 11, three days after his 89th birthday, +in the presence of representatives from all departments of the +government, one fourth of the Danish clergy and a vast assembly +of people from all parts of Scandinavia.</p> +<p>An American writer recently named Grundtvig “The Builder +of Modern Denmark.” And there are few phases of modern Danish +life which he has not influenced. His genius was so unique and +his work so many-sided that with equal justice one might call him +a historian, a poet, an educator, a religious philosopher, a hymnologist +and a folk-leader. Yet there is an underlying unity of thought +and purpose in all his work which makes each part of it merely a +branch of the whole. This underlying unity is his clear conception +of the spiritual and of man as a spiritual being who can attain his +fullest development only through the widest possible realization +of the spiritual in all his divine and human relationships. In every +part of his work Grundtvig, therefore, invariably seeks to discover +the spiritual realities. The mere form of a thing, the form of religion, +of knowledge, of education, of government, of all human institutions +and endeavors have no intrinsic value, are only skeletons +and dead bones until they become imbued and vivified by the spirit. +Thus Professor Martensen, who by no means belonged to the +Grundtvigian party, writes, “But among the many things I owe to +Grundtvig, I cherish above all his conception of the spiritual as +the reality besides which all other things are nothing but shadows, +and of the spirit inspired word as the mightiest power in human +life. And he gave that to me not as a theory but as a living truth, +a spiritual reality about which there could be not even a shadow +of doubt.”</p> +<p>Grundtvig found the spiritual in many things, in the myth of +the North, in history, literature and, in fact, in all things through +which man has to express his god-given nature. He had no patience +with the Pietists who looked upon all things not directly religious +<span class="pb" id="pg_158">[158]</span> +as evils with which a Christian could have nothing to do. Yet he +believed above all in the Holy Spirit as the “Spirit of spirits,” the +true agent of God in the world. The work of the Spirit was indispensable +to man’s salvation, and the fruit of that work, the regenerated +Christian life, the highest expression of the spiritual. Since +he believed furthermore, that the Holy Spirit works especially in +the church through the word and sacraments, the church was to +him the workshop of the Spirit.</p> +<p>In his famous hymn to the church bell, his symbol for the +church, he writes “that among all noble voices none could compare +with that of the ringing bell.” Despite the many fields in which +he traced the imprint of the spiritual, the church remained throughout +his long life his real spiritual home, a fact which he beautifully +expresses in the hymn below.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Hallowed Church Bell, not for worldly centers</p> +<p class="t0">Wast thou made, but for the village small</p> +<p class="t0">Where thy voice, as home and hearth it enters,</p> +<p class="t0">Blends with lullabies at evenfall.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">When a child and in the country dwelling,</p> +<p class="t0">Christmas morning was my heaven on earth,</p> +<p class="t0">And thy chimes, like angel voices swelling,</p> +<p class="t0">Told with joy of my Redeemer’s birth.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Louder still thy joyful chimes resounded,</p> +<p class="t0">When on wings of early morning borne,</p> +<p class="t0">They proclaimed: Awake with joy unbounded,</p> +<p class="t0">Christ arose this blessed Easter morn.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Sweeter even were thy tolls when blending</p> +<p class="t0">With the calm of summer eventide</p> +<p class="t0">And, as though from heaven above descending,</p> +<p class="t0">Bid me cast all grief and care aside.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Hence when now the day is softly ending,</p> +<p class="t0">Shadows fall and birds ascend their nest,</p> +<p class="t0">Like the flowers my head in silence bending,</p> +<p class="t0">I am chanting with my soul at rest:</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">When at last, O Church Bell, thou art tolling</p> +<p class="t0">O’er my grave while loved grieve and sigh,</p> +<p class="t0">Say to them, their troubled heart consoling,</p> +<p class="t0">He is resting with his Lord on high.</p> +</div> +<div class="fnblock"> +<div class="fndef"><sup><a id="fn_11" href="#fr_11">[11]</a></sup>The printed text is corrupt, but the correction is not +obvious. Norway and Finland might have "about as many" or "about +half as many". +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div id="s4" title="Other Danish Hymnwriters"> +<div class="pb" id="pg_159">[159]</div> +<h2>Other Danish Hymnwriters</h2> +<div class="pb" id="pg_161">[161]</div> +<div id="c17" title="Other Danish Hymnwriters"> +<h4><span class="sectitle">Chapter Seventeen</span></h4> +<p>The Danish church has produced a large number of hymnwriters, +who, except for the greatness of Kingo, Brorson and +Grundtvig, would have commanded general recognition. The +present hymnal of the church contains contributions by about +sixty Danish writers. Though the majority of these are represented +by only one or two hymns, others have made large contributions.</p> +<p>Kingo, Brorson and Grundtvig, peculiarly enough, had few +imitators. A small number of writers did attempt to imitate the +great leaders, but they formed no school and their work for the +most part was so insignificant that it soon disappeared. Thus even +Kingo’s great work inspired no hymnwriter of any consequence, +and the fifty years between Kingo and Brorson added almost nothing +to the hymnody of the church. Contemporary with Brorson, +however, a few writers appeared whose songs have survived to +the present day. Foremost among these is Ambrosius Stub, a +unique and sympathetic writer whose work constitutes a distinct +contribution to Danish poetry.</p> +<div id="stub_a" title="Ambrosius Stub"> +<p>Ambrosius Stub was born on the island of Fyn in 1705, the +son of a village tailor. Although extremely poor, he managed +somehow to enter the University of Copenhagen, but his poverty +compelled him to leave the school without completing his course. +For a number of years, he drifted aimlessly, earning a precarious +living by teaching or bookkeeping at the estates of various nobles, +always dogged by poverty and a sense of frustration. Although +he was gifted and ambitious, his lack of a degree and his continuous +poverty prevented him from attaining the position in life to which +his ability apparently entitled him. During his later years, he conducted +a small school for boys at Ribe, a small city on the west +coast of Jutland, where he died in abject poverty in 1758, only 53 +years old.</p> +<p>Stub’s work remained almost unknown during his lifetime, +but a small collection of his poems, published after his death, +gained him a posthumous recognition as the greatest Danish poet +of the 18th century. Stub’s style is extremely noble and expressive, +devoid of the excessive bombast and sentimentality that many writers +then mistook for poetry. He was of a cheerful disposition with +a hopeful outlook upon life that only occasionally is darkened by +<span class="pb" id="pg_162">[162]</span> +the hardships and disappointments of his own existence. Even the +poems of his darker moods are colored by his inborn love of beauty +and his belief in the fundamental goodness of life. Many of his best +poems are of a religious nature, and expressive of his warm and +trustful Christian faith. In view of the discouraging hardships and +disappointments of his own life, the following much favored hymn +throws a revealing light upon the spirit of its author.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Undismayed by any fortune</p> +<p class="t0">Life may have in store for me,</p> +<p class="t0">This, whatever be my portion,</p> +<p class="t0">I will always try to be.</p> +<p class="t2">If I but in grace abide,</p> +<p class="t2">Undismayed whate’er betide.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Undismayed when others harry</p> +<p class="t0">Mind and soul with anxious care;</p> +<p class="t0">If the Lord with me will tarry,</p> +<p class="t0">All my troubles disappear.</p> +<p class="t2">If I but in grace abide,</p> +<p class="t2">Undismayed whate’er betide.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Undismayed when others sighing,</p> +<p class="t0">Quail before the evil day,</p> +<p class="t0">On God’s grace I am relying;</p> +<p class="t0">Nothing can me then dismay.</p> +<p class="t2">If I but in grace abide,</p> +<p class="t2">Undismayed whate’er betide.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Undismayed when others fearing,</p> +<p class="t0">See the hour of death draw nigh.</p> +<p class="t0">With the victor’s crown appearing,</p> +<p class="t0">Why should I repine and sigh.</p> +<p class="t2">If I but in grace abide,</p> +<p class="t2">Undismayed whate’er betide.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Dearest Lord, if I may treasure</p> +<p class="t0">Thy abundant grace each day,</p> +<p class="t0">I shall cherish Thy good pleasure,</p> +<p class="t0">Be my portion what it may.</p> +<p class="t2">If I but in grace abide,</p> +<p class="t2">Undismayed whate’er betide.</p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="rational" title="Rationalist Hymnwriters"> +<p>The age of Rationalism discarded most of the old hymns but +produced no worthwhile hymns of its own. The most highly +praised hymnwriter of the period, Birgitte Boye, the wife of a forester, +wrote a great number of hymns of which no less than 150 +were included in a new hymnal published in 1870, by the renowned +<span class="pb" id="pg_163">[163]</span> +statesman, Ove Hoegh Guldberg. Although excessively praised +by the highest authorities of the period, Birgitte Boye’s hymns contain +nothing of permanent value, and have now happily been forgotten.</p> +</div> +<div id="boye_cj" title="Casper J. Boye"> +<p>The Evangelical revival about the middle of the 19th century +restored the old hymns to their former favor, and produced besides, +a number of new hymnwriters of real merit. Among these, Casper +J. Boye is, perhaps, the most prominent. Born of Danish parents +at Kongsberg, Norway, in 1791, Boye entered the University of +Copenhagen in 1820 where he first took up the study of law and +then, of theology. After graduating from this department, he became +a teacher at a Latin school and some years later, a pastor of +the large Garrison Church in Copenhagen, where he remained until +his death in 1851. Boye was a gifted writer, both on secular and +religious themes. His numerous hymns appeared in six small volumes +entitled: <b>Spiritual Songs</b>. They are marked by a flowing but +at times excessively literary style and a quiet spiritual fervor. The +following still is a favorite opening hymn.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Day is breaking, night is ended,</p> +<p class="t0">And the day of rest ascended</p> +<p class="t0">Upon church and countryside.</p> +<p class="t0">Like the day in brightness growing,</p> +<p class="t0">Grace from God is richer flowing;</p> +<p class="t0">Heaven’s portals open wide.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">O what joy this day is bringing,</p> +<p class="t0">When the chiming bells are ringing,</p> +<p class="t0">Calling man to prayer and praise!</p> +<p class="t0">All the angel host rejoices</p> +<p class="t0">And with gladsome, mellow voices</p> +<p class="t0">Thanks the Lord for light and grace.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Sin and death with fear and sorrow</p> +<p class="t0">And the burden of tomorrow</p> +<p class="t0">Shall not weigh my heart with care.</p> +<p class="t0">Unto all in tribulation</p> +<p class="t0">Doth the Lord of our salvation</p> +<p class="t0">On this day His peace declare.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Be it hushed in solemn stillness,</p> +<p class="t0">Must I weep in grief or illness,</p> +<p class="t0">Or confess my guilt and shame,</p> +<p class="t0">It is blessed to be weeping</p> +<p class="t0">When the hungry heart is reaping</p> +<p class="t0">Grace and peace in Jesus’ name.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">O Thou Fount of grace unbounded,</p> +<p class="t0">Who our wisdom hath confounded,</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_164">[164]</div> +<p class="t0">Whom but faith can comprehend!</p> +<p class="t0">In Thy love my soul reposes;</p> +<p class="t0">Heaven’s portal never closes</p> +<p class="t0">Till before Thy throne we stand.</p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="timm_ha" title="Herman Andreas Timm"> +<p>Herman Andreas Timm, a younger contemporary of Boye, also +wrote a large number of excellent hymns. He was born at Copenhagen +in 1800, and was for many years pastor of the church on +Amager, a suburb of the capital city. He died in 1866. His hymns +appeared in a small volume of poems, published in 1834, under the +title: <b>Spiritual Songs</b>. They are characterized by an easy literary +style and an urgent spiritual appeal. The following very popular +hymn is perhaps the best-known of those now available in English.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Dost thou know the living fountain</p> +<p class="t0">Whence the stream of grace doth flow?</p> +<p class="t0">Dry the streams from snowcapped mountain,</p> +<p class="t0">Yet this stream shall fuller grow.</p> +<p class="t0">From the very heart of God</p> +<p class="t0">Flows its currents deep and broad,</p> +<p class="t0">Unto every land and nation,</p> +<p class="t0">Bringing mercy and salvation.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Come unto the living waters!</p> +<p class="t0">Cried the prophets, do not shrink!</p> +<p class="t0">God invites His sons and daughters:</p> +<p class="t0">He that thirsteth come and drink.</p> +<p class="t0">With this water God imparts</p> +<p class="t0">Health and strength to sin-sick hearts.</p> +<p class="t0">Why are ye then hesitating</p> +<p class="t0">While the Lord with grace is waiting.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">With us is the day appointed,</p> +<p class="t0">God has kept His gracious word.</p> +<p class="t0">He has come, the Lord’s annointed;</p> +<p class="t0">Men have seen the promised Lord.</p> +<p class="t0">Saints of God from every race</p> +<p class="t0">Found in Him the fount of grace,</p> +<p class="t0">And, with joy that never ceases,</p> +<p class="t0">Said: The Fount of Life is Jesus.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Hasten then! Let all assemble</p> +<p class="t0">At this fountain pure and strong.</p> +<p class="t0">Come, ye souls that fear and tremble,</p> +<p class="t0">Come, ye old, and come ye young.</p> +<p class="t0">Now the hour of grace is here,</p> +<p class="t0">Draw then to its fountain near.</p> +<p class="t0">Soon, ah soon! the day is over.</p> +<p class="t0">Quickly night the world may cover.</p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="oldenburg" title="Theodore Vilhelm Oldenburg"> +<div class="pb" id="pg_165">[165]</div> +<p>Another contemporary of these writers, and perhaps the most +prominent of the group, was Theodore Vilhelm Oldenburg. Oldenburg +was born at Copenhagen in 1805, son of the Royal Chamberlain, +Frederik Oldenburg. His mother died while he was still a +boy, but his excellent father managed to give him a most careful +training and a splendid education. He graduated “cum laude” from +the University of Copenhagen in 1822, obtained the degree of Master +of Arts during the following year, entered the department of +theology and graduated from there three years later, also “cum +laude.” In 1830 he accepted a call to become pastor of the parish +of Otterup and Sorterup on the island of Fyn. Here he won high +praise for his conspicuously able and faithful work. Together with +the gifted Bishop P. C. Kirkegaard, he was editor for a number of +years of the influential periodical “Nordisk Tidsskrift for Kristelig +Teologi,” and also of the outstanding foreign mission paper, “Dansk +Missionsblad.” Through these papers he exerted a powerful and +always beneficent influence upon the churches of both Denmark +and Norway. His outstanding and richly blest service was cut +short by death in 1842 when he was only 37 years old. He was carried +to the grave to the strains of his own appealing hymn: “Thine, +O Jesus, Thine Forever.”</p> +<p>Oldenburg’s quite numerous hymns were printed from time +to time in various periodicals. They express in a noble and highly +lyrical style the firm faith and warm religious fervor of his own +consecrated life.</p> +<p>The hymn given below was written for a foreign mission convention +shortly before his death.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Deep and precious,</p> +<p class="t0">Strong and gracious</p> +<p class="t0">Is the word of God above,</p> +<p class="t0">Gently calling</p> +<p class="t0">Sinners falling,</p> +<p class="t0">To the Savior’s arm of love.</p> +<p class="t0">Unto all the word is given:</p> +<p class="t0">Jesus is the way to heaven.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Blessed Savior,</p> +<p class="t0">Wondrous favor</p> +<p class="t0">Hast Thou shown our fallen race!</p> +<p class="t0">Times may alter,</p> +<p class="t0">Worlds may falter,</p> +<p class="t0">Nothing moves Thy word of grace.</p> +<p class="t0">With Thy word Thy grace abideth,</p> +<p class="t0">And for all our needs provideth.</p> +</div> +<div class="pb" id="pg_166">[166]</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">By Thy merit,</p> +<p class="t0">Through the Spirit</p> +<p class="t0">Draw all sinners, Lord, to Thee.</p> +<p class="t0">Sin and error,</p> +<p class="t0">Death and terror</p> +<p class="t0">By Thy word shall vanquished be.</p> +<p class="t0">Guide us all through life’s straight portal,</p> +<p class="t0">Bear us into life immortal.</p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ingemann" title="Bernhard Severin Ingemann"> +<p>Besides Grundtvig the foremost hymnwriter of this period was +his close friend, Bernhard Severin Ingemann, one of Denmark’s +most popular and beloved writers. He was born in 1789 in a parsonage +on the island of Falster. His father died in 1800 when the +son was only 11 years old, and his mother left the parsonage to +settle in Slagelse, an old city on the island of Sjælland. Having +graduated from the Latin school there in 1806, Ingemann entered +the University of Copenhagen in the fall of the same year. During +the English attack on Copenhagen in 1807, he enrolled in the student’s +volunteer corps and fought honorably in defense of the city. +After graduating from the University, he was granted free board +and room at Walkendorf’s Collegium, an institution for the aid of +indigent but promising young students. Here he devoted most of +his time to literary pursuits and, during the following three years, +he published a large number of works which won him a favorable +name as a gifted lyrical poet of a highly idealistic type. As an encouragement +to further efforts, the government granted him a two +year stipend for travel and study in foreign parts. He visited Germany, +France, Switzerland and Italy, and became acquainted with +many famous literary leaders of that day, especially in Germany. +On his return from abroad in 1822 he was appointed a lector at +the famous school at Sorø on the island of Sjælland. In this charming +old city with its splendid cathedral and idyllic surroundings he +spent the remainder of his life in the peace and quiet that agreed +so well with his own mild and seraphic nature. He died in 1862.</p> +<p>Inspired by Oehlenschlaeger and strongly encouraged by +Grundtvig, Ingemann in 1824 began the issuance of his famous historical +novels, based upon episodes from the romantic period of +Danish history during the 13th and 14th centuries. To some extent +the novels are modeled upon the similar works of Walter Scott but +are written in a livelier style and more idealistic spirit than their +English prototype. In later years their historical veracity has been +gravely questioned. Enjoying an immense popularity both in Denmark +and in Norway, these highly idealized pictures of the past +<span class="pb" id="pg_167">[167]</span> +did much to arouse that national spirit which especially Grundtvig +had labored long to awaken. After completing his historical novels, +Ingemann again resumed his lyrical and fictional writings, producing +a large number of poems, fairy-tales and novels that further +increased his already immense popularity.</p> +<div class="img" title="Bernhard Severin Ingemann"> +<img height="592" width="500" alt="Bernhard Severin Ingemann" src="images/ingemann.png" /> +<p class="center">Bernhard Severin Ingemann</p> +</div> +<p>Despite the great popularity of Ingemann’s secular writings, +it is, nevertheless, his hymns and spiritual songs which will preserve +his name the longest. His first collection of hymns, a small volume +of morning and evening songs, appeared in 1822. This collection +was followed in 1825 by a volume of church hymns, which was enlarged +and reprinted in 1843. The favorable reception of these +hymns caused Ingemann to be selected to prepare the new church +hymnal, published in 1855, a task which he accomplished to the +general satisfaction of all.</p> +<p>Ingemann’s hymns faithfully reflect his own serene and idealistic +nature. Their outstanding merits are a limpid, lyrical style +and an implicit trust in the essential goodness of life and its Author. +<span class="pb" id="pg_168">[168]</span> +Of Kingo’s realistic conception of evil or Grundtvig’s mighty vision +of existence as a heroic battle between life and death, he has little +understanding. The world of his songs is as peaceful and idyllic +as the quiet countryside around his beloved Sorø. If at times he +tries to take the deeper note, his voice falters and becomes artificial. +But though his hymns on such themes as sin and redemption +are largely a failure, he has written imperishable hymns of idealistic +faith and childlike trust in the goodness and love of God.</p> +<p>The extreme lyrical quality and highly involved and irregular +metre of many of Ingemann’s hymns make them extremely +difficult to translate, and their English translations fail on the +whole to do justice. The translation given below is perhaps one of +the best. It is the work of the Rev. P. C. Paulsen.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">As wide as the skies is Thy mercy, O God;</p> +<p class="t0">Thy faithfulness shieldeth creation.</p> +<p class="t0">Thy bounteous hand from the mountains abroad</p> +<p class="t0">Is stretched over country and nation.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Like heaven’s embrace is Thy mercy, O Lord;</p> +<p class="t0">In judgment profound Thou appearest.</p> +<p class="t0">Thou savest our souls through Thy life-giving word,</p> +<p class="t0">The cries of Thy children Thou hearest.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">How precious Thy goodness, O Father above,</p> +<p class="t0">Where children of men are abiding.</p> +<p class="t0">Thou spreadest through darkness the wings of Thy love;</p> +<p class="t0">We under their pinions are hiding.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">For languishing souls Thou preparest a rest;</p> +<p class="t0">The quivering dove Thou protectest;</p> +<p class="t0">Thou givest us being, eternal and blest,</p> +<p class="t0">In mercy our life Thou perfectest.</p> +</div> +<p>The following hymn is also quite popular.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">The sun is rising in the east,</p> +<p class="t0">It gilds the heavens wide,</p> +<p class="t0">And scatters light on mountain crest,</p> +<p class="t0">On shore and countryside.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">It rises from the valley bright,</p> +<p class="t0">Where Paradise once lay,</p> +<p class="t0">And bringeth life, and joy and light</p> +<p class="t0">To all upon its way.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">It greets us from the land afar</p> +<p class="t0">Where man with grace was crowned,</p> +<p class="t0">And from that wondrous Morning Star,</p> +<p class="t0">Which Eastern sages found.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">The starry host bow down before</p> +<div class="pb" id="pg_169">[169]</div> +<p class="t0">The sun that passes them;</p> +<p class="t0">It seems so like that star of yore</p> +<p class="t0">Which shone on Bethlehem.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Thou Sun of Suns, from heaven come,</p> +<p class="t0">In Thee our praises rise</p> +<p class="t0">For every message from Thy home</p> +<p class="t0">And from Thy Paradise.</p> +</div> +<p>The most beloved of all Ingemann’s hymns is his splendid +“Pilgrim Song.”</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Dejlig er Jorden,</p> +<p class="t0">Prægtig er Guds Himmel,</p> +<p class="t0">Skøn er Sjælenes Pilgrimsgang.</p> +<p class="t0">Gennem de fagre</p> +<p class="t0">Riger paa Jorden</p> +<p class="t0">Gaa vi til Paradis med Sang.</p> +</div> +<p>This hymn is written to the tune of “Beautiful Savior” which +Ingemann, in common with many others, accepted as a marching +tune from the period of the crusades. Although this historic origin +has now been disproved, the tune united with Ingemann’s text +undoubtedly will remain the most beloved pilgrim song among +the Danish and Norwegian peoples. Though fully aware of the +impossibility of translating this tenderly beautiful song so that it +is acceptable to those who know the original, the author presents +the following translation in the hope that it may interest those who +cannot read the original.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Fair is creation,<sup><a id="fr_12" href="#fn_12">[12]</a></sup></p> +<p class="t0">Fairer God’s heaven,</p> +<p class="t0">Blest is the marching pilgrim throng.</p> +<p class="t0">Onward through lovely</p> +<p class="t0">Regions of beauty</p> +<p class="t0">Go we to Paradise with song.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Ages are coming,</p> +<p class="t0">Ages are passing</p> +<p class="t0">Nations arise and disappear.</p> +<p class="t0">Never the joyful</p> +<p class="t0">Message from heaven</p> +<p class="t0">Wanes through the soul’s brief sojourn here.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Angels proclaimed it</p> +<p class="t0">Once to the shepherds,</p> +<p class="t0">Henceforth from soul to soul it passed:</p> +<p class="t0">Unto all people</p> +<p class="t0">Peace and rejoicing,</p> +<p class="t0">Us is a Savior born at last.</p> +</div> +<div class="pb" id="pg_170">[170]</div> +<p>Of other hymns by Ingemann, which are now available in English, +we may mention “Jesus, My Savior, My Shepherd Blest,” “The +Country Lies in Deep Repose” and “I Live and I Know the Span +of My Years.”</p> +<div class="fnblock"> +<div class="fndef"><sup><a id="fn_12" href="#fr_12">[12]</a></sup>Another translation: “Beauty around us” by S. D. Rodholm in “A World of Song.” +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div id="late19cent" title="Late 19th-Century Hymnwriters"> +<p>The last half of the 19th century also brought forth a number +of Danish hymnwriters of considerable merit, such as Chr. Richardt, +Pastor J. P. M. Paulli, Pastor Olfert Ricard and Pastor J. Schjorring. +The latter is especially known by one song which has been +translated into many languages and with which it seems appropriate +to close this survey of Danish hymnody.</p> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Love from God our Lord,</p> +<p class="t0">Has forever poured</p> +<p class="t0">Like a fountain pure and clear.</p> +<p class="t0">In its quiet source,</p> +<p class="t0">In its silent course</p> +<p class="t0">Doth the precious pearl appear.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Love from God our Lord,</p> +<p class="t0">Comes with sweet accord,</p> +<p class="t0">Like a pure and lovely bride.</p> +<p class="t0">Dwell within my heart,</p> +<p class="t0">Peace from God impart,</p> +<p class="t0">Heaven doth with Thee abide.</p> +</div> +<div class="verse"> +<p class="t0">Love from God our Lord,</p> +<p class="t0">Has to man restored</p> +<p class="t0">Life and peace from heaven above.</p> +<p class="t0">Who in love remains,</p> +<p class="t0">Peace from God obtains;</p> +<p class="t0">God Himself is ever love.</p> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Hymns and Hymnwriters of Denmark, by +Jens Christian Aaberg + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HYMNS AND HYMNWRITERS OF DENMARK *** + +***** This file should be named 29666-h.htm or 29666-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/9/6/6/29666/ + +Produced by Stephen Hutcheson and Ken Jentsch + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/29666-h/images/brorson.png b/29666-h/images/brorson.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d2fc40 --- /dev/null +++ b/29666-h/images/brorson.png diff --git a/29666-h/images/grundtvg.png b/29666-h/images/grundtvg.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..838ecc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/29666-h/images/grundtvg.png diff --git a/29666-h/images/harp.png b/29666-h/images/harp.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..73eb39a --- /dev/null +++ b/29666-h/images/harp.png diff --git a/29666-h/images/ingemann.png b/29666-h/images/ingemann.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e2b53fb --- /dev/null +++ b/29666-h/images/ingemann.png diff --git a/29666-h/images/kingo.png b/29666-h/images/kingo.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6744303 --- /dev/null +++ b/29666-h/images/kingo.png diff --git a/29666-h/images/psalmbok.png b/29666-h/images/psalmbok.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c09a422 --- /dev/null +++ b/29666-h/images/psalmbok.png diff --git a/29666-h/images/songkoor.png b/29666-h/images/songkoor.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8aaf596 --- /dev/null +++ b/29666-h/images/songkoor.png diff --git a/29666.txt b/29666.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0ca9d53 --- /dev/null +++ b/29666.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7429 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Hymns and Hymnwriters of Denmark, by +Jens Christian Aaberg + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Hymns and Hymnwriters of Denmark + +Author: Jens Christian Aaberg + +Release Date: August 11, 2009 [EBook #29666] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HYMNS AND HYMNWRITERS OF DENMARK *** + + + + +Produced by Stephen Hutcheson and Ken Jentsch + + + + + + + + + + Hymns and Hymnwriters of Denmark + + + By + J. C. AABERG + + Published by + The Committee on Publication + of the Danish Evangelical Lutheran Church in America + Des Moines, Ia. + 1945 + + Copyright 1945 + The Danish Ev. Luth. Church In America + + Printed in Lutheran Publishing House + Blair, Nebr. + + + + + Foreword + + +This book deals with a subject which is new to most English readers. For +though Danish hymnody long ago became favorably known in Northern Europe, +no adequate presentation of the subject has appeared in English. Newer +American Lutheran hymnals contain a number of Danish hymns, some of which +have gained considerable popularity, but the subject as a whole has not +been presented. + +A hymn is a child both of its author and of the time in which he lived. A +proper knowledge of the writer and the age that gave it birth will +enhance our understanding both of the hymn and of the spiritual movement +it represents. No other branches of literature furnish a more +illuminating index to the inner life of Christendom than the great lyrics +of the Church. Henry Ward Beecher said truly: "He who knows the way that +hymns flowed, knows where the blood of true piety ran, and can trace its +veins and arteries to its very heart." + +Aside from whatever value they may have in themselves, the hymns +presented on the following pages therefore should convey an impression of +the main currents within the Danish church, and the men that helped to +create them. + +The names of Kingo, Brorson and Grundtvig are known to many, but so far +no biographies of these men except of the sketchiest kind have appeared +in English. It is hoped that the fairly comprehensive presentation of +their life and work in the following pages may fill a timely need. + +In selecting the hymns care has been taken to choose those that are most +characteristic of their authors, their times and the movements out of +which they were born. While the translator has sought to produce +faithfully the metre, poetry and sentiment of the originals, he has +attempted no slavishly literal reproduction. Many of the finest Danish +hymns are frankly lyrical, a fact which greatly increases the difficulty +of translation. But while the writer is conscious that his translations +at times fail to reproduce the full beauty of the originals, he still +hopes that they may convey a fair impression of these and constitute a +not unworthy contribution to American hymnody. + +An examination of any standard American church hymnal will prove that +American church song has been greatly enriched by transplantations of +hymns from many lands and languages. If the following contribution from a +heretofore meagerly represented branch of hymnody adds even a little to +that enrichment, the writer will feel amply rewarded for the many hours +of concentrated labor he has spent upon it. + +Most of the translations are by the writer himself. When translations by +others have been used, credit has been given to them except where only +parts of a hymn have been presented. + +Minneapolis, Minnesota, September 21st, 1944. + + + + + INDEX + + + + + Chapter Page + Table of Contents 7 + I Early Danish Hymnody 9 + II Reformation Hymnody 11 + III Kingo's Childhood and Youth 21 + IV Kingo, the Hymnwriter 31 + V Kingo's Psalmbook 41 + VI Kingo's Church Hymns 44 + VII Kingo's Later Years 51 + VIII Brorson's Childhood and Youth 59 + IX Brorson, the Singer of Pietism 65 + X Brorson's Swan Song 84 + XI Grundtvig's Early Years 93 + XII The Lonely Defender of the Bible 103 + XIII The Living Word 112 + XIV Grundtvig, the Hymnwriter 121 + XV Grundtvig's Hymns 128 + XVI Grundtvig's Later Years 150 + XVII Other Danish Hymnwriters 161 + + + + + Chapter One + Early Danish Hymnody + + +Danish hymnody, like that of other Protestant countries, is largely a +child of the Reformation. The Northern peoples were from ancient times +lovers of song. Much of their early history is preserved in poetry, and +no one was more honored among them than the skjald who most skillfully +presented their thoughts and deeds in song. Nor was this love of poetry +lost with the transition from paganism to Christianity. The splendid folk +songs of the Middle Ages prove conclusively that both the love of poetry +and the skill in writing it survived into the new age. One can only +wonder what fine songs the stirring advent of Christianity might have +produced among a people so naturally gifted in poetry if the church had +encouraged rather than discouraged this native gift. + +But the Church of Rome evinced little interest in the ancient ways of the +people among whom she took root. Her priests received their training in a +foreign tongue; her services were conducted in Latin; and the native +language and literature were neglected. Except for a few lawbooks, the +seven hundred years of Catholic supremacy in Denmark did not produce a +single book in the Danish language. The ordinances of the church, +furthermore, expressly forbade congregational singing at the church +services, holding that, since it was unlawful for the laity to preach, it +was also impermissible for them to sing in the sanctuary. It is thus +likely that a Danish hymn had never been sung, except on a few special +occasions in a Danish church before the triumph of the Reformation. + +It is not likely, however, that this prohibition of hymn singing could be +effectively extended to the homes or occasional private gatherings. Hans +Thomisson, who compiled the most important of the early Danish hymnals, +thus includes five "old hymns" in his collection with the explanation +that he had done so to show "that even during the recent times of error +there were pious Christians who, by the grace of God, preserved the true +Gospel. And though these songs were not sung in the churches--which were +filled with songs in Latin that the people did not understand--they were +sung in the homes and before the doors". + +Most of these earlier hymns no doubt were songs to the Virgin Mary or +legendary hymns, two types of songs which were then very common and +popular throughout the church. Of the few real hymns in use, some were +composed with alternating lines of Danish and Latin, indicating that they +may have been sung responsively. Among these hymns we find the oldest +known Danish Christmas hymn, which, in the beautiful recast of Grundtvig, +is still one of the most favored Christmas songs in Danish. + + + Christmas with gladness sounds, + Joy abounds + When praising God, our Father, + We gather. + We were in bondage lying, + But He hath heard our prayer. + Our inmost need supplying, + He sent the Savior here. + Therefore with praises ringing, + Our hearts for joy are singing: + All Glory, praise and might + Be God's for Christmas night. + + Right in a golden year, + Came He here. + Throughout a world confounded + Resounded + The tidings fraught with gladness + For every tribe of man + That He hath borne our sadness + And brought us joy again, + That He in death descended, + Like sun when day is ended, + And rose on Easter morn + With life and joy reborn. + + He hath for every grief + Brought relief. + Each grateful heart His praises + Now raises. + With angels at the manger, + We sing the Savior's birth, + Who wrought release from danger + And peace to man on earth, + Who satisfies our yearning, + And grief to joy is turning + Till we with Him arise + And dwell in Paradise. + + +The earliest Danish texts were translations from the Latin. Of these the +fine translations of the well known hymns, "Stabat Mater Dolorosa", and +"Dies Est Laetitia in Ortu Regali", are still used, the latter especially +in Grundtvig's beautiful recast "Joy is the Guest of Earth Today". + +At a somewhat later period, but still well in advance of the Reformation, +the first original Danish hymns must have appeared. Foremost among these, +we may mention the splendid hymns, "I Will Now Hymn His Praises Who All +My Sin Hath Borne", "On Mary, Virgin Undefiled, Did God Bestow His +Favor", and the beautiful advent hymn, "O Bride of Christ, Rejoice", all +hymns that breathe a truly Evangelical spirit and testify to a remarkable +skill in the use of a language then so sorely neglected. + +Best known of all Pre-Reformation songs in Danish is "The Old Christian +Day Song"--the name under which it was printed by Hans Thomisson. Of the +three manuscript copies of this song, which are preserved in the library +of Upsala, Sweden, the oldest is commonly dated at "not later than 1450". +The song itself, however, is thought to be much older, dating probably +from the latter part of the 14th century. Its place of origin is +uncertain, with both Sweden and Denmark contending for the honor. The +fact that the text printed by Hans Thomisson is identical, except for +minor variations in dialect, with that of the oldest Swedish manuscript +proves, at least, that the same version was also current in Danish, and +that no conclusion as to its origin can now be drawn from the chance +preservation of its text in Sweden. The following translation is based on +Grundtvig's splendid revision of the song for the thousand years' +festival of the Danish church.[1] + + + With gladness we hail the blessed day + Now out of the sea ascending, + Illuming the earth upon its way + And cheer to all mortals lending. + God grant that His children everywhere + May prove that the night is ending. + + How blest was that wondrous midnight hour + When Jesus was born of Mary! + Then dawned in the East with mighty power + The day that anew shall carry + The light of God's grace to every soul + That still with the Lord would tarry. + + Should every creature in song rejoice, + And were every leaflet singing, + They could not His grace and glory voice, + Though earth with their praise were ringing, + For henceforth now shines the Light of Life, + Great joy to all mortals bringing. + + Like gold is the blush of morning bright, + When day has from death arisen. + Blest comfort too holds the peaceful night + When skies in the sunset glisten. + So sparkle the eyes of those whose hearts + In peace for God's summons listen. + + Then journey we to our fatherland, + Where summer reigns bright and vernal. + Where ready for us God's mansions stand + With thrones in their halls supernal. + So happily there with friends of light + We joy in the peace eternal. + + +In this imperishable song, Pre-Reformation hymnody reached its highest +excellence, an excellence that later hymnody seldom has surpassed. "The +Old Christian Day Song" shows, besides, that Northern hymnwriters even +"during the time of popery" had caught the true spirit of Evangelical +hymnody. Their songs were few, and they were often bandied about like +homeless waifs, but they embodied the purest Christian ideals of that day +and served in a measure to link the old church with the new. + + +---------- + +[1]Other translations: + "O day full of grace, which we behold" by C. Doving in "Hymnal for + Church and Home." + "The dawn from on high is on our shore" by S. D. Rodholm in "World of + Song". + + + + + Chapter Two + Reformation Hymnody + + +The Danish Reformation began quietly about 1520, and culminated +peacefully in the establishment of the Lutheran church as the church of +the realm in 1536. The movement was not, as in some other countries, the +work of a single outstanding reformer. It came rather as an almost +spontaneous uprising of the people under several independent leaders, +among whom men like Hans Tausen, Jorgen Sadolin, Claus Mortensen, Hans +Spandemager and others merely stand out as the most prominent. And it was +probably this very spontaneity which invested the movement with such an +irresistible force that within in a few years it was able to overthrow an +establishment that had exerted a powerful influence over the country for +more than seven centuries. + +In this accomplishment Evangelical hymnody played a prominent part. +Though the Reformation gained little momentum before 1526, the Papists +began as early as 1527, to preach against "the sacrilegious custom of +roaring Danish ballads at the church service". As no collection of hymns +had then been published, the hymns thus used must have been circulated +privately, showing the eagerness of the people to adopt the new custom. +The leaders of the Reformation were quick to recognize the new interest +and make use of it in the furtherance of their cause. The first Danish +hymnal was published at Malmoe in 1528 by Hans Mortensen. It contained ten +hymns and a splendid liturgy for the morning service. This small +collection proved so popular that it was soon enlarged by the addition of +thirty new hymns and appropriate liturgies for the various other +services, that were held on the Sabbath day. Independent collections were +almost simultaneously published by Hans Tausen, Arvid Petersen and +others. And, as these different collections all circulated throughout the +country, the result was confusing. At a meeting in Copenhagen of +Evangelical leaders from all parts of the country, it was decided to +revise the various collections and to combine them into one hymnal. This +first common hymnal for the Danish church appeared in 1531, and served as +the hymnal of the church till 1544, when it was revised and enlarged by +Hans Tausen. Tausen's hymnal was replaced in 1569 by _The Danish +Psalmbook_, compiled by Hans Thomisson, a pastor of the Church of Our +Lady at Copenhagen, and the ablest translator and hymnwriter of the +Reformation period. _Hans Thomisson's Hymnal_--as it was popularly +named--was beyond question the finest hymnal of the transition period. It +was exceptionally well printed, contained 268 hymns, set to their +appropriate tunes, and served through innumerable reprints as the hymnal +of the Danish church for more than 150 years. + +Thus the Reformation, in less than fifty years, had produced an +acceptable hymnal and had established congregational singing as an +indispensable part of the church service. The great upheaval had failed, +nevertheless, to produce a single hymnwriter of outstanding merit. The +leaders in the movement were able men, striving earnestly to satisfy a +pressing need. But they were not poets. Their work consisted of passable +translations, selections from Pre-Reformation material and a few original +hymns by Claus Mortensen, Arvid Petersen, Hans Thomisson and others. It +represented an honest effort, but failed to attain greatness. People +loved their new hymns, however, and clung to them despite their halting +metres and crude style, even when newer and much finer songs were +available. But when these at last had gained acceptance, the old hymns +gradually disappeared, and very few of them are now included in the +Danish hymnal. The Reformation produced a worthy hymnal, but none of the +great hymnwriters whose splendid work later won Danish hymnody an +honorable place in the church. + +Hans Chrestensen Sthen, the first notable hymnwriter of the Danish +church, was already on the scene, however, when Hans Thomisson's Hymnal +left the printers. He is thought to have been born at Roskilde about +1540; but neither the date nor the place of his birth is now known with +certainty. He is reported to have been orphaned at an early age, and +subsequently, to have been adopted and reared by the renowned Royal +Chamberlain, Christopher Walkendorf. After receiving an excellent +education, he became rector of a Latin school at Helsingoer, the Elsinore +of Shakespeare's _Hamlet_, and later was appointed to a pastorate in the +same city. In this latter office he was singularly successful. Lysander, +one of his biographers, says of him that he was exceptionally well +educated, known as a fine orator and noted as a successful author and +translator. His hymns prove that he was also an earnest and warm-hearted +Christian. The peoples of Helsingoer loved him dearly, and for many years, +after he had left their city, continued to "remember him with gifts of +love for his long and faithful service among them". In 1583, to the +sorrow of his congregation he had accepted a call to Malmoe, a city on the +eastern shore of the Sound. But in this new field his earnest Evangelical +preaching, provoked the resentment of a number of his most influential +parishioners, who, motivated by a wish to blacken his name and secure his +removal, instigated a suit against him for having mismanaged an +inheritance left to his children by his first wife. The children +themselves appeared in his defence, however, and expressed their complete +satisfaction with his administration of their property; and the trumped +up charge was wholly disproved. But his enemies still wanted to have him +removed and, choosing a new method of attack, forwarded a petition to the +king in which they claimed that "Master Hans Chrestensen Sthen because of +weakness and old age was incompetent to discharge his duties as a +pastor", and asked for his removal to the parishes of Tygelse and +Klagstrup. Though the king is reported to have granted the petition, +other things seem to have intervened to prevent its execution, and the +ill-used pastor appears to have remained at Malmoe until his death, the +date of which is unknown. + +Sthen's fame as a poet and hymnwriter rests mainly on two thin volumes of +poetry. _A Small Handbook, Containing Diverse Prayers and Songs Together +with Some Rules for Life, Composed in Verse_, which appeared in 1578, and +_A Small Wander Book_, published in 1591. The books contain both a number +of translations and some original poems. In some of the latter Sthen +readopts the style of the old folk songs with their free metre, native +imagery and characteristic refrain. His most successful compositions in +this style are his fine morning and evening hymns, one of which is given +below. + + + The gloomy night to morning yields, + So brightly the day is breaking; + The sun ascends over hills and fields, + And birds are with song awaking. + Lord, lend us Thy counsel and speed our days, + The light of Thy grace surround us. + + Our grateful thanks to God ascend, + Whose mercy guarded our slumber. + May ever His peace our days attend + And shield us from troubles somber. + Lord, lend us Thy counsel and speed our days, + The light of Thy grace surround us. + + Redeem us, Master, from death's strong hand, + Thy grace from sin us deliver; + Enlighten us till with Thine we stand, + And make us Thy servants ever. + Lord, lend us Thy counsel and speed our days, + The light of Thy grace surround us. + + Then shall with praise we seek repose + When day unto night hath yielded, + And safe in Thine arms our eyelids close + To rest by Thy mercy shielded. + Lord, lend us Thy counsel and speed our days, + The light of Thy grace surround us. + + +Sthen's hymns all breathe a meek and lowly spirit. They express in the +simplest words the faith, hope and fears of a humble, earnest Christian. +The following still beloved hymn thus presents a vivid picture of the +meek and prayerful spirit of its author. + + + O Lord, my heart is turning + To Thee with ceaseless yearning + And praying for Thy grace. + Thou art my sole reliance + Against my foes' defiance; + Be Thou my stay in every place. + + I offer a confession + Of my severe transgression; + In me is nothing good. + But, Lord, Thou wilt not leave me + And, like the world, deceive me; + Thou hast redeemed me with Thy blood. + + Blest Lord of Life most holy, + Thou wilt the sinner lowly + Not leave in sin and death; + Thine anger wilt not sever + The child from Thee forever + That pleads with Thee for life and breath. + + O Holy Spirit, guide me! + With wisdom true provide me; + Help me my cross to bear. + Uphold me in my calling + And, when the night is falling, + Grant me Thy heavenly home to share. + + +Most widely known of all Sthen's hymns is his beloved "Lord Jesus Christ, +My Savior Blest". In its unabbreviated form this hymn contains eight +stanzas of which the initial letters spell the words: "Hans Anno"; and it +has become known therefore as "Sthen's Name Hymn". The method of thus +affixing one's name to a song was frequently practiced by authors for the +purpose of impressing people with their erudition. The meek and anxious +spirit that pervades this hymn makes it unlikely, however, that Sthen +would have employed his undoubted skill as a poet for such a purpose. The +hymn is thought to have been written at Malmoe at the time its author +encountered his most severe trials there. And its intimate personal note +makes it likely that he thus ineradicably affixed his name to his hymn in +order to indicate its connection with his own faith and experience. +"Sthen's Name Hymn" thus should be placed among the numerous great hymns +of the church that have been born out of the sorrows and travails of +their authors' believing but anxious hearts. The translation given below +is from the abbreviated text now used in all Danish hymnals. + + + Lord Jesus Christ, + My Savior blest, + My refuge and salvation, + I trust in Thee, + Abide with me, + Thy word shall be + My shield and consolation. + + I will confide, + Whate'er betide, + In Thy compassion tender. + When grief and stress + My heart oppress, + Thou wilt redress + And constant solace render. + + When grief befalls + And woe appalls + Thy loving care enfolds me. + I have no fear + When Thou art near, + My Savior dear; + Thy saving hand upholds me. + + Lord, I will be + Alway with Thee + Wherever Thou wilt have me. + Do Thou control + My heart and soul + And make me whole; + Thy grace alone can save me. + + Yea, help us, Lord, + With one accord + To love and serve Thee solely, + That henceforth we + May dwell with Thee + Most happily + And see Thy presence holy. + + +With Sthen the fervid spirit of the Reformation period appears to have +spent itself. The following century added nothing to Danish hymnody. +Anders Chrestensen Arrebo, Bishop at Tronhjem, and an ardent lover and +advocate of a richer cultivation of the Danish language and literature, +published a versification of the Psalms of David and a few hymns in 1623. +But the Danish church never became a psalm singing church, and his hymns +have disappeared. Hans Thomisson's hymnal continued to be printed with +occasional additions of new material, most of which possessed no +permanent value. But the old hymns entered into the very heart and spirit +of the people and held their affection so firmly that even Kingo lost +much of his popularity when he attempted to revise them and remove some +of their worst poetical and linguistic defects. They were no longer +imprinted merely on the pages of a book but in the very heart and +affection of a nation. + + + + + Thomas Kingo, the Easter Poet of Denmark + + + + + Chapter Three + Kingo's Childhood and Youth + + +Thomas Kingo, the first of the great Danish hymnwriters, grew forth as a +root out of dry ground. There was nothing in the religious and secular +life of the times to foreshadow the appearance of one of the great +hymnwriters, not only of Denmark but of the world. + +The latter part of the 16th and the first half of the 17th centuries mark +a rather barren period in the religious and cultural life of Denmark. The +spiritual ferment of the Reformation had subsided into a staid and +uniform Lutheran orthodoxy. Jesper Brochman, a bishop of Sjaelland and the +most famous theologian of that age, praised king Christian IV for "the +zeal with which from the beginning of his reign he had exerted himself to +make all his subjects think and talk alike about divine things". That the +foremost leader of the church thus should recommend an effort to impose +uniformity upon the church by governmental action proves to what extent +church life had become stagnant. Nor did such secular culture as there +was present a better picture. The Reformation had uprooted much of the +cultural life that had grown up during the long period of Catholic +supremacy, but had produced no adequate substitute. Even the once +refreshing springs of the folk-sings had dried up. Writers were +laboriously endeavoring to master the newer and more artistic forms of +poetry introduced from other countries, but when the forms had been +achieved the spirit had often fled, leaving only an empty shell. Of all +that was written during these years only one song of any consequence, +"Denmark's Lovely Fields and Meadows", has survived. + +Against this bleak background the work of Kingo stands out as an amazing +achievement. Leaping all the impediments of an undeveloped language and +an equally undeveloped form, Danish poetry by one miraculous sweep +attained a perfection which later ages have scarcely surpassed. + + Thomas Kingo + +Of this accomplishment, Grundtvig wrote two hundred years later: "Kingo's +hymns represent not only the greatest miracle of the 17th century but +such an exceptional phenomenon in the realm of poetry that it is +explainable only by the fates who in their wisdom preserved the seed of +an Easter Lily for a thousand years, and then returned it across the sea +that it might flower in its original soil". Kingo's family on the +paternal side had immigrated to Denmark from that part of Scotland which +once had been settled by the poetic Northern sea rovers, and Grundtvig +thus conceives the poetic genius of Kingo to be a revival of an ancestral +gift, brought about by the return of his family to its original home and +a new infusion of pure Northern blood. The conception, like so much that +Grundtvig wrote is at least ingenious, and it is recommended by the fact +that Kingo's poetry does convey a spirit of robust realism that is far +more characteristic of the age of the Vikings than of his own. + +Thomas Kingo, the grandfather of the poet, immigrated from Crail, +Scotland, to Denmark about 1590, and settled at Helsingoer, Sjaelland, +where he worked as a tapestry weaver. He seems to have attained a +position of some prominence, and it is related that King James IV of +Scotland, during a visit to Helsingoer, lodged at his home. His son, Hans +Thomeson Kingo, who was about two years old when the family arrived in +Denmark, does not appear to have prospered as well as his father. He +learned the trade of linen and damask weaving, and established a modest +business of his own at Slangerup, a town in the northern part of Sjaelland +and close to the famous royal castle of Frederiksborg. At the age of +thirty-eight he married a young peasant girl, Karen Soerendatter, and +built a modest but eminently respectable home. In this home, Thomas +Kingo, the future hymnwriter, was born December 15, 1634. + +It was an unusually cold and unfriendly world that greeted the advent of +the coming poet. The winter of his birth was long remembered as one of +the hardest ever experienced in Denmark. The country's unsuccessful +participation in the Thirty Year's War had brought on a depression that +threatened its very existence as a nation; and a terrible pestilence +followed by new wars increased and prolonged the general misery, making +the years of Kingo's childhood and youth one of the darkest periods in +Danish history. + +But although these conditions brought sorrow and ruin to thousands, even +among the wealthy, the humble home of the Kingos somehow managed to +survive. Beneath its roof industry and frugality worked hand in hand with +piety and mutual love to brave the storms that wrecked so many and +apparently far stronger establishments. Kingo always speaks with the +greatest respect and gratitude of his "poor but honest parents". In a +poetic description of his childhood years he vividly recalls their +indulgent kindness to him. + + + I took my pilgrim staff in hand + Ere I attempted talking; + I had scarce left my swaddling-band + Before they set me walking. + They coached me onward with a smile + And suited me when tearful. + One step was farther than a mile, + For I was small and fearful. + + +But discipline was not forgotten. Parents in those days usually kept the +rod close to the apple, often too close. And Kingo's parents, despite +their kindness, made no exception to the rule. He was a lively, +headstrong boy in need of a firm hand, and the hand was not wanting. + + + As a child my daily bread + I with rod and penance had, + + +he wrote later, adding that the fruits of that chastisement are now sweet +to him. Nor do his parents ever appear to have treated him with the cold, +almost loveless austerity that so many elders frequently felt it their +duty to adopt toward their children. Their discipline was tempered by +kindness and an earnest Christian faith. Although Hans Kingo seems to +some extent to have been influenced by the strict Presbyterianism of his +Scotch forebears, he does not appear, like so many followers of that +stern faith, to have taught his children to believe in God as the strict +judge rather than as the loving Father of Jesus Christ. In his later +years the son at least gives us an attractive picture of his childhood +faith: + + + I gratefully remember + God's loving care for me + Since from my nursery chamber + I toddled fearfully. + I lived contented in His care + And trusted in His children's prayer. + + +These bright years of his happy childhood were somewhat darkened, +however, when, at the age of six, he entered the Danish and, two years +later, the Latin school of his home town. Nothing could be more unsuited +for a child of tender years than the average school of those days. The +curriculum was meager, the teaching poor and the discipline cruel. Every +day saw its whipping scenes. For a day's unexplained absence the +punishment for the smaller boys was three lashes on their bare seats and +for the larger an equal number on their bare backs. For graver offences +up to twenty lashes might be administered. On entering the Latin school +every boy had to adopt a new language. Only Latin could be spoken within +its classical confines; and woe be to the tike who so far forgot himself +as to speak a word in the native tongue anywhere upon the school +premises. The only way anyone, discovered to have perpetrated such a +crime, could escape the severest punishment was to report another culprit +guilty of the same offense. Under such conditions one cannot wonder that +Kingo complains: + + + The daily round from home to school + Was often hard and weary. + It did my youthful ardour cool + And made my childhood dreary. + + +At the age of fifteen Kingo, for reasons now unknown, was transferred +from the school of his home town to that at the neighboring city of +Hilleroed. Here, on account of his outstanding ability, he was accepted +into the home of his new rector, Albert Bartholin, a young man of +distinguished family and conspicuous personal endowments. + +Although the school at Hilleroed was larger, it probably was not much +better than that at Slangerup; but the close association of the humble +weaver's son with his distinguished rector and his refined family, no +doubt, was a distinct advantage to him. The location of Hilleroed on the +shores of the idyllic Frederiksborg Lake and close to the magnificent +castle of the same name is one of the loveliest in Denmark. The castle +had recently been rebuilt, and presented, together with its lovely +surroundings, a most entrancing spectacle. Its famous builder, Christian +IV, had just gone the way of all flesh; but the new king, Frederik, known +for his fondness for royal pomp, frequently resided at the castle +together with his court, and thus Kingo must often have enjoyed the +opportunity to see both the king and the outstanding men of his +government. + +It is not unlikely that this near view of the beauty and splendor of his +country, the finest that Denmark had to offer, served to awaken in Kingo +that ardent love for all things Danish for which he is noticed. While +still at Hilleroed he, at any rate, commenced a comprehensive study of +Danish literature, a most unusual thing for a young student to do at a +time when German was the common language of all the upper classes and +Danish was despised as the speech of traders and peasants. As neither his +school nor the general sentiment of the intellectual classes did anything +to encourage interest in native culture, some other influence must have +aroused in the young Kingo what one of his early biographers calls "his +peculiar inclination for his native tongue and Danish poetry". A few +patriotic and forward looking men, it is true, had risen above the +general indifference and sought to inspire a greater interest in the use +and cultivation of the Danish language; but this work was still very much +in its infancy, and it is not likely that the young Kingo knew much about +it. + +He graduated from Hilleroed in the spring of 1654, and enrolled at the +university of Copenhagen on May 6 of the same year. But a terrific +outbreak of the plague forced the university to close on May 30, and +Kingo returned to his home. The scourge raged for about eight months, +carrying away one third of the city's population, and it was winter +before Kingo returned to the school and enrolled in the department of +theology. The rules of the university required each student, at the +beginning of his course, to choose a preceptor, a sort of guardian who +should direct his charge in his studies and counsel him in his personal +life and conduct. For this very important position Kingo wisely chose one +of the most distinguished and respected teachers at the university, Prof. +Bartholin, a brother of his former rector. Professor Bartholin was not +only a learned man, known for his years of travel and study in foreign +parts, but he was also a man of rare personal gifts and sincere piety. In +his younger days he had spent four years at the castle of Rosenholm where +the godly and scholarly nobleman, Holger Rosenkrans, then gathered groups +of young nobles about him for study and meditation. Rosenkrans was a +close friend of John Arndt, a leader in the early Pietist movement in +Germany, to which the young Bartholin under his influence became deeply +attached. Nor had this attachment lessened with the years. And +Bartholin's influence upon Kingo was so strong that the latter, when +entering upon his own work, lost no time in showing his adherence to the +Arndt-Rosenkrans view of Christianity. + +Meanwhile he applied himself diligently to his work at the university. +Like other disciplines the study of theology at that time was affected by +a considerable portion of dry-rust. Orthodoxy ruled the cathedra. With +that as a weapon, the student must be trained to meet all the wiles of +the devil and perversions of the heretics. Its greatest Danish exponent, +Jesper Brochman, had just passed to his reward, but his monumental work, +_The System of Danish Theology_, remained after him, and continued to +serve as an authoritative textbook for many years to come. Though dry and +devoted to hairsplitting as orthodoxy no doubt was, it probably was not +quite as lifeless as later generations represent it to have been. Kingo +is often named "The Singer of Orthodoxy", yet no one can read his +soul-stirring hymns with their profound sense of sin and grace without +feeling that he, at least, possessed a deeper knowledge of Christianity +than a mere dogmatic training could give him. + +Kingo's last months at the university were disturbed by a new war with +Sweden that for a while threatened the independent existence of the +country, a threat which was averted only by the ceding of some of its +finest provinces. During these stirring events, Kingo had to prepare for +his final examinations which he passed with highest honors in the spring +of 1658. + +Thus with considerable deprivation and sacrifice, the humble weaver's son +had attained his membership in the academic world, an unusual +accomplishment for a man of his standing in those days. His good parents +had reason to be proud of their promising and well educated son who now, +after his many years of study, returned to the parental home. His stay +there was short, however, for he obtained almost immediate employment as +a private tutor, first with the family of Joergen Soerensen, the overseer +at Frederiksborg castle, and later, with the Baroness Lena Rud of Vedby +Manor, a position which to an impecunious but ambitious young man like +Kingo must have appeared especially desirable. Lena Rud belonged to what +at that time was one of the wealthiest and most influential families in +the country. Many of her relatives occupied neighboring estates, a +circumstance which enabled Kingo to become personally acquainted with a +number of them; and with one of them, the worthy Karsten Atke, he soon +formed a close and lasting friendship. He also appears to have made a +very favorable impression upon his influential patrons and, despite his +subordinate position, to have become something of a social leader, +especially among the younger members of the group. + +Meanwhile the country once again had been plunged into a desperate +struggle. The Swedish king, Gustav X, soon repented of the peace he had +made when the whole country was apparently at his mercy, and renewed the +war in the hope of affixing the Danish crown to his own. This hope +vanished in the desperate battle of Copenhagen in 1659, where the Swedish +army suffered a decisive defeat by the hand of an aroused citizenry. But +detachments of the defeated army still occupied large sections of the +country districts where they, like all armies of that day, robbed, +pillaged and murdered at will, driving thousands of people away from +their homes and forcing them to roam homeless and destitute through the +wasted countryside. Acts of robbery and violence belonged to the order of +the day. Even Kingo received a bullet through his mouth in a fight with a +Swedish dragoon, whom he boldly attempted to stop from stealing one of +his employer's horses. When the country finally emerged from the +conflict, her resources were depleted, her trade destroyed, and large +sections of her country districts laid waste, losses which it required +years for her to regain. But youth must be served. Despite the gravity +and hardships of the day, the young people from Vedby managed to have +their parties and other youthful diversions. And at these, Kingo soon +became a welcome and valued guest. His attractive personality, sprightly +humor and distinct social gifts caused his highly placed friends to +accept him with delight. + +This popularity, if he had cared to exploit it, might have carried him +far. In those days the usual road to fame and fortune for an obscure +young man was to attach himself to some wealthy patron and acquire a +position through him. With the aid of his wealthy friends Kingo could +easily enough have obtained employment as a companion to some young noble +going abroad for travel and study. It came, therefore, as a surprise to +all when he accepted a call as assistant to the Reverend Jacobsen Worm at +Kirkehelsinge, a country parish a few miles from Vedby. The position was +so far short of what a young man of Kingo's undoubted ability and +excellent connections might have obtained, that one may well ask for his +motive in accepting it. And although Kingo himself has left no direct +explanation of his action, the following verses, which he is thought to +have written about this time, may furnish a key. + + + Wherever in the world I went + Upon my work or pleasure bent, + I everywhere my Lord did find, + He so absorbed my heart and mind + That I His blessed image traced + In everything I saw or faced. + + My thoughts on heaven ever dwelt, + For earth I but aversion felt. + My heart exalted Jesus' name, + His kingdom was my constant theme; + My prayer was, by repentance true, + All carnal passions to subdue. + + +It is understandable, at least, that a young man with such sentiments +should forego the prospect of worldly honor for a chance to serve his +Master. + +Kingo was ordained in the Church of Our Lady at Copenhagen in September, +1661, and was installed in his new office a few weeks later. The seven +years that he spent in the obscure parish were, no doubt, among the most +fruitful years of Kingo's life, proving the truth of the old adage that +it is better that a man should confer honor on his position than that the +position should confer honor upon him. His fiery, forceful eloquence made +him known as an exceptionally able and earnest pastor, and his literary +work established his fame as one of the foremost Danish poets of his day. + +While still at Vedby, Kingo had written a number of poems which, widely +circulated in manuscripts, had gained him a local fame. But he now +published a number of new works that attained nation-wide recognition. +These latter works compare well with the best poetry of the period and +contain passages that still may be read with interest. The style is +vigorous, the imagery striking and at times beautiful, but the Danish +language was too little cultivated and contemporary taste too uncertain +to sustain a work of consistent excellence. Most successful of Kingo's +early poems are "Karsten Atke's Farewell to Lion County", a truly felt +and finely expressed greeting to his friends, the Atkes, on their +departure from their former home, and "Chrysillis", a lovesong, written +in a popular French style that was then very much admired in Denmark. +Both poems contain parts that are surprisingly fine, and they attained an +immense popularity. But although Kingo throughout his life continued to +write secular poetry that won him the highest praise, that part of his +work is now well nigh forgotten. It is truly interesting to compare the +faded beauty of his secular poems with the perennial freshness of his +hymns. + +It was inevitable that Kingo, with his high ambitions and undoubted +ability should desire a larger field of labor. His salary was so small +that he had to live in the home of his employer, a circumstance that for +various reasons was not always pleasant. Pastor Worm had married thrice +and had a large family of children of all ages from a babe in arms to a +son at the university. This son, Jacob Worm, was a brilliant but +irascible and excessively proud youth only a few years younger than +Kingo. From what we know about him in later years, it is likely that +Kingo's contact with him during his vacations at home must have proved +exceedingly trying. The bitter enmity that later existed between the two +men probably had its inception at this time. In 1666, Kingo, therefore, +applied for a waiting appointment to his home church at Slangerup, where +the pastor was growing old and, in the course of nature, could be +expected ere long to be called to his reward. The application was +granted, and when the pastor did die two years later, Kingo at once was +installed as his successor. + +Slangerup was only a small city, but it had a new and very beautiful +church, which still stands almost unchanged. One may still sit in the +same pews and see the same elaborately carved pulpit and altar which +graced its lofty chancel during the pastorate of the great hymnwriter. A +beautiful chandelier, which he donated and inscribed, still adorns the +arched nave. In this splendid sanctuary it must have been inspiring to +listen to the known eloquence of its most famous pastor as he preached +the gospel or, with his fine musical voice, chanted the liturgy before +the altar. The church was always well attended when Kingo conducted the +service. People soon recognized his exceptional ability and showed their +appreciation of his devoted ministry. The position of a pastor was then +much more prominent than it is now. He was the official head of numerous +enterprises, both spiritual and civic, and the social equal of the best +people in the community. With many people the custom of calling him +"Father" was then by no means an empty phrase. Parishioners sought their +pastor and accepted his counsel in numerous affairs that are now +considered to be outside of his domain. In view of Kingo's humble +antecedents, a position of such prominence might well have proved +difficult to maintain among a people that knew his former station. But of +such difficulties the record of his pastorate gives no indication. He +was, it appears, one exception to the rule that a prophet is not +respected in his own country. + +When he moved to Slangerup, Kingo was still unmarried. But about two +years later he married the widow of his former superior, Pastor Worm, +becoming at once the head of a large family consisting of the children of +his wife and those of her first husband by his previous marriage. It was +a serious responsibility to assume, both morally and financially. The +parish was quite large, but his income was considerably reduced by the +payment of a pension to the widow of the former pastor and the salary to +an assistant. With such a drain on his income and with a large family to +support, Kingo's economic circumstances must have been strained. But he +was happy with his wife and proved himself a kind and conscientious +stepfather to her children who, even after their maturity, maintained a +close relationship with him. + +Kingo's happiness proved, however, to be but a brief interlude to a +period of intense sorrows and disappointments. His wife died less than a +year after their marriage; his father, whom he loved and revered, passed +away the same year; and the conduct of his stepson, the formerly +mentioned Jacob Worm, caused him bitter trouble and humiliation. The +bright prospect of this brilliant but erratic youth had quickly faded. +After a number of failures, he had been forced to accept a position as +rector of the small and insignificant Latin school at Slangerup, thus +coming under the immediate authority of Kingo, who, as pastor, supervised +the educational institutions of the parish. Worm always seems to have +thought of Kingo as a former assistant to his father, and his position as +an inferior to a former inferior in his own home, therefore, bitterly +wounded his pride. Seeking an outlet for his bitterness, he wrote a +number of extremely abusive poems about his stepfather and circulated +them among the people of the parish. This unwarranted abuse aroused the +anger of Kingo and provoked him to answer in kind. The ensuing battle of +vituperation and name-calling brought no honor to either side. Worm's +conduct toward his superior, the man who was unselfishly caring for his +minor sisters and brothers, deserves nothing but condemnation; but it is +painful, nevertheless, to behold the great hymnwriter himself employing +the abusive language of his worthless opponent. The times were violent, +however, and Kingo possessed his share of their temper. Kingo's last act +in this drama between himself and his stepson throws a somewhat softening +light upon his conduct. Embittered by persistent failures, Worm continued +to pour out his bitterness not only upon his stepfather, but upon other +and much higher placed persons until at last he was caught and sentenced +to die on the gallows for "having written and circulated grossly +defamatory poems about the royal family". In this extremity, he appealed +to Kingo, who successfully exerted his then great influence to have the +sentence commuted to banishment for life to the Danish colony in India. + + + + + Chapter Four + Kingo, the Hymnwriter + + +Kingo's first hymns appeared shortly before Christmas, 1673, in a small +volume entitled _Spiritual Song-Choir, Part I_. The book contained +fifteen morning and evening hymns and seven paraphrases of the psalms. +Later editions were enlarged by seven "Morning and Evening Sighs" short +hymns that belong to the very best in the collection. + +In a foreword addressed to the king, Kingo states that "he has written +these hymns with the hope that they might serve to edify his fellow +Christians, advance the teaching of the Gospel and benefit the royal +household at those daily devotions which it is the duty of every +Christian home to practice". He prays, therefore, he continues, that "the +king will graciously bestow the same approval upon this work that he has +so kindly given to his previous efforts, and thereby encourage him to +continue his endeavor until the Danes shall possess a hymnody that they +have neither begged nor borrowed from other nations. For the Danish +spirit," he concludes, "is assuredly neither so weak nor so poor that it +cannot fly as high toward heaven as that of other peoples without being +borne upon strange and foreign wings". + +Commenting on the content of the book, Kingo further explains that he +expects sensitive readers will discover imperfections in his work which +he himself has failed to see, and that it would please him to have such +blemishes called to his attention so that they might be corrected in +future issues. His choice of tunes will, he fears, provoke criticism. He +has set a number of hymns to the melodies of popular songs in order that +"those, who for the sake of its tune, now gladly listen to a song of +Sodom may, if they be Christians, with the more pleasure use it with a +hymn about Zion. By examining the work of other hymnwriters possible +critics might assure themselves, however, that he had in this matter only +followed their example." But Kingo need not have apologized for his +choice of tunes, for they were on the whole fine and were received +without objection. + +It would be difficult to overstate the enthusiasm with which Kingo's +hymns were received. Within a few years they were printed in numerous +editions and translated into several foreign languages. Their +enthusiastic reception was well deserved. Viewed against the background +of literary mediocrity that characterized the period, Kingo's hymns stand +out with amazing perfection. Danish hymnody contained nothing that could +compare with them, and other countries, as far as morning and evening +hymns were concerned, were in the same position. Paul Gerhardt's fine +hymn, "Now Rests Beneath Night's Shadow", which was written twenty years +earlier, had been ridiculed into disuse; Ken's famous morning hymn dates +from twenty years later; and none of these are as fine as the best of +Kingo's. + +As might be expected, the hymns are not all of the same merit. Some of +them are exceedingly fine; others show the defects of an imperfectly +developed language and a deficient literary taste. In the matter of style +and form the author had almost nothing to guide him. It is not +surprising, therefore, that his work shows crudities which no present day +writer would commit, but that it should contain so much that is truly +beautiful, even when measured by the standards of today. + +Kingo had the true poet's ability to see things poetically. To him the +rays of the rising sun were not only shining but "laughing on the roof" +of his home. His imagery is rich and skillfully applied. Many of his +hymns abound in striking similes. Their outstanding characteristic, +however, is a distinctive, forceful realism. Kingo, when he chose to do +so, could touch the lyre with enhancing gentleness, but he preferred the +strong note and searched always for the most graphic expression, +sometimes too graphic, as when he speaks of the "frothing wrath of God" +and "the oozy slime of sin". Yet it is this trait of robust reality that +invests his hymns with a large part of their enduring merit. "When Kingo +sings of God, one feels as though He were right there with him", one of +his commentators exclaims. Nor is that realism a mere literary pose. Like +most great hymns, his best hymns are reflections of his own experiences. +Kingo never attained a state of saintly serenity. Whatever peace he found +was gained only through a continuous struggle with his own fiery and +passionate nature. Few hymns convey a more vivid impression of a +believing, struggling soul than Kingo's. + +His morning hymns are among his best. He loved light and gloried in the +birth of each new day. The sun is his favorite symbol. Its rising +signifies to him the final triumph of life over death, and the new day is +a token thereof. It sounds a joyful call to wake and resume life anew. + + + "Awake, my soul, the sun is risen, + Upon my roof its rays now laugh,--" + + +Every Christian should rejoice in the newborn day and thank God for it: + + + Break now forth in Jesus' name, + Blessed morn, in all thy splendor! + I will sweetest music render + And thy wondrous gifts proclaim. + All my spirit with rejoicing + Thanks the Lord for rest and care + And, His grace and goodness voicing, + Wings its way to Him in prayer. + + +But the commencing day also calls for consecration lest its hours be +wasted and its opportunities lost: + + + Grant me, Lord, that on this day + Now with light and grace beginning, + I shall not submit to sinning + Nor Thy word and way betray. + Blessed Jesus, hover ever + Over me, my Sun and Shield, + That I firm may stand and never + Unto sin and Satan yield. + + +And the passing hours must admonish the Christian to work while it is day +and to prepare for the evening that is coming: + + + Let each fleeting hour of grace + And the chiming bells remind me + That to earth I must not bind me + But Thy life and gifts embrace. + And when dawns my final morrow, + Let me go to Thee for aye, + Let my sin and care and sorrow + With my dust be put away. + + +Finest of all Kingo's morning hymns is the splendid "The Sun Arises Now +in Light and Glory". This hymn presents all the finest traits of Kingo's +poetry, its vivid imagery, forceful style and robust faith. The following +translation is by the Rev. P. C. Paulsen. + + + The sun arises now + In light and glory + And gilds the rugged brow + Of mountains hoary. + Rejoice, my soul, and lift + Thy voice in singing + To God from earth below, + Thy song with joy aglow + And praises ringing. + + As countless as the sand + And beyond measure, + As wide as sea and land + So is the treasure + Of grace which God each day + Anew bestoweth + And which, like pouring rain, + Into my soul again + Each morning floweth. + + Preserve my soul today + From sin and blindness; + Surround me on my way + With loving kindness. + Embue my heart, O Lord, + With joy from heaven; + I then shall ask no more + Than what Thou hast of yore + In wisdom given. + + Thou knowest best my needs, + My sighs Thou heedest, + Thy hand Thy children leads, + Thine own Thou feedest. + What should I more desire, + With Thee deciding + The course that I must take, + Than follow in the wake + Where Thou art guiding. + + +Evening naturally inspires a different sentiment than morning. The rising +sun calls for activity, the setting sun for reflection. As the sun sets, +as work ceases and the busy day merges into the quiet night the soul +begins to take account of its gains and losses, its assets and +liabilities. The dying day also conveys a sense of insecurity, of +approaching death and the need for pardon and protection. All these +sentiments, so different from the hopes and prospects of the morning, are +wonderfully portrayed in Kingo's evening hymns, as for instance: + + + Vanish now all sinful dreaming, + Let the joy from heaven streaming + Occupy my soul and mind. + Watch, my spirit, and prepare thee, + Lest the cunning foe ensnare thee + When repose hath made thee blind. + + Sleep now in God's care appeasing. + While the noise of day is ceasing, + Lean upon thy Savior's breast. + He will guard thee through the somber + Night and make thy final slumber + Quiet, peaceful, happy, blest. + + +In the last line with its crescendo of peace and happiness one almost +sees the night merge into the final rest. + +Among his evening hymns now available in English, the following, perhaps, +is the best known. + + + Softly now the day is ending, + Night o'er hill and vale descending, + I will kneel before Thee, Lord. + Unto Thee my thanks I render + That Thou didst in mercy tender + Life and peace to me accord. + + May Thy church Thy peace inherit, + Guide our leaders by Thy spirit, + Grant our country strength and peace. + To the straying, sad and dreary, + To each Christian faint or weary + Grant Thou solace and surcease. + + Keep me, Jesus, while I slumber! + From my perils without number, + Shield me, Master, in Thy might, + That, released from sin and sorrow, + I may sing this song tomorrow: + Jesus was my Sun this night. + + +The publication of these hymns firmly established Kingo's reputation as +the foremost poet of his country. Expressions of appreciation poured in +upon him from high and low. The king, to whom the hymns were dedicated, +so greatly appreciated the gift that, only three years later, he called +their otherwise obscure author to become bishop of Fyn, one of the +largest and most important dioceses of the country. + +Kingo was only forty-two years old when he assumed his new position. His +quick elevation from an obscure parish to one of the highest offices +within the church might well have strained the abilities of an older and +more experienced man. But there can be no doubt that he filled his high +position with signal ability. He was both able and earnest, both +practical and spiritual. His diocese prospered under his care and his +work as a bishop, aside from his renown as a poet, was outstanding enough +to give him an enviable reputation in his own generation. + +But since his permanent fame and importance rest upon his achievement as +a hymnwriter, his appointment as bishop probably must be counted as a +loss, both to himself and to the church. His new responsibilities and the +multifarious duties of his high office naturally left him less time for +other pursuits. He traveled, visited and preached almost continuously +throughout his large charge, and it appears like a miracle that under +these circumstances, he still found time to write hymns. But in 1684, +only two years after his consecration as bishop, he published the second +part of _Spiritual Song-Choir_. + +This book bears a dedication to the queen, Charlotte Amalia. She was +German by birth and a pious, able and distinguished woman in her own +right. Kingo praises her especially for her effort to learn and speak the +Danish language. In this respect, he declares, "Her Majesty put many to +shame who have eaten the king's bread for thirty years without learning +to speak thirty words of Danish, because they hold it to be a homespun +language, too coarse for their silky tongues". + +_Spiritual Song-Choir, Part II_ contains twenty hymns and seventeen +"sighs", thus outwardly following the arrangement of Part I. But the +content is very different. The hymns are songs of penitence, repentance +and faith. They show mastery of form, a wealth of imagery, a facility for +concentrated expression and a range of sentiment from stark despair to +the most confident trust that is, perhaps, unequalled in Danish poetry. +It is an embattled soul that speaks through these hymns, a soul that has +faced the abyss and clung heroically, but not always successfully, to the +pinnacle of faith. One feels that the man who penned the following lines +has not merely imagined the nearness of the pit but felt himself standing +on the very brink of it. + + + Mountains of transgressions press + On my evil burdened shoulders, + Guilt bestrews my path with boulders, + Sin pollutes both soul and flesh, + Law and justice are proclaiming + Judgment on my guilty head, + Hell's eternal fires are flaming, + Filling all my soul with dread. + + +Of an even darker mood is the great hymn: "Sorrow and Unhappiness", with +the searching verse: + + + Is there then no one that cares, + Is there no redress for sorrow, + Is there no relief to borrow, + Is there no response to prayers, + Is the fount of mercy closing, + Is the soul to bondage sold, + Is the Lord my plea opposing, + Is His heart to sinners cold? + + +The poet answers his questions in the following stanzas by assuring +himself that the Sun of God's grace can and will pierce even his "cloud +of despair", and that he must wait therefore in quietness and trust: + + + O my soul, be quiet then! + Jesus will redress thy sadness, + Jesus will restore thy gladness, + Jesus will thy help remain. + Jesus is thy solace ever + And thy hope in life and death; + Jesus will thee soon deliver; + Thou must cling to that blest faith. + + +The uncertainty of life and its fortunes furnished a favored theme for +many of his hymns, as for instance in the splendid-- + + + Sorrow and gladness oft journey together, + Trouble and happiness swift company keep; + Luck and misfortune change like the weather; + Sunshine and clouds quickly vary their sweep. + + +which is, poetically at least, one of his finest compositions. The poet's +own career so far had been one of continuous and rather swift +advancement. But there was, if not in his own outward fortune, then in +the fortunes of other notables of his day, enough to remind him of the +inconstancy of worldly honor and glory. Only a few months before the +publication of his hymns, Leonora Christine Ulfeldt, the once beautiful, +admired and talented daughter of Christian IV, had been released from +twenty-two years of imprisonment in a bare and almost lightless +prison-cell; Peder Griffenfeldt, a man who from humble antecedents +swiftly had risen to become the most powerful man in the kingdom, had +been stript even more swiftly of all his honors and thrown into a dismal +prison on a rocky isle by the coast of Norway; and there were other and +well known instances of swift changes in the fortunes of men in those +days when they were subject not only to the ordinary vicissitudes of +human existence but to the fickle humor of an absolute monarch. It is, +therefore, as though Kingo at the height of his own fortune would remind +himself of the quickness with which it might vanish, of the evanescense +and vanity of all worldly glory. That idea is strikingly emphasized in +the following famous hymn: + + + Vain world, fare thee well! + I purpose no more in thy bondage to dwell; + The burdens which thou hast enticed me to bear, + I cast now aside with their troubles and care. + I spurn thy allurements, which tempt and appall; + 'Tis vanity all! + + What merit and worth + Hath all that the world puts so temptingly forth! + It is naught but bubbles and tinctured glass, + Loud clamoring cymbals and shrill sounding brass. + What are their seductions which lure and enthrall; + 'Tis vanity all! + + O honor and gold, + Vain idols which many with worship behold! + False are your affluence, your pleasure and fame; + Your wages are envy, deception and shame, + Your garlands soon wither, your kingdom shall fall; + 'Tis vanity all! + + O carnal desire, + Thou tempting, consuming and treacherous fire, + That catches like tinder and scorches like flame, + Consigning the victim to sorrow and shame, + Thy honeyest potion is wormwood and gall; + 'Tis vanity all! + + Then, fare thee farewell, + Vain world, with thy tempting and glamorous spell! + Thy wiles shall no longer my spirit enslave, + Thy splendor and joy are designed for the grave + I yearn for the solace from sorrows and harm + Of Abraham's arm! + + There shall all my years + I bloom like the lily when summer appears; + There day is not ruled by the course of the sun + Nor night by the silvery light of the moon; + Lord Jesus shall shine as my sun every day + In heaven for aye. + + +This is an eloquent farewell, clothed in all the expressive wealth of +language and imagery of which Kingo was such a master. One cannot repress +the feeling, however, that it presents a challenge rather than a +farewell. A man that so passionately avows his repudiation of the world +must have felt its attraction, its power to tempt and enthrall. He fights +against it; the spirit contends with the flesh, but the fight is not +easy. And it is in part this very human trait in Kingo that endears his +song to us. What Christian does not recognize some of his own experiences +in the following characteristic song: + + + Ever trouble walks beside me,[2] + Ever God with grace provides me, + Ever have I fear and grief, + Ever Jesus brings relief. + + Ever sin my heart accuses, + Ever Jesus help induces, + Ever am I weighed with care, + Ever full of praise and prayer. + + So is joy by grief attended, + Fortune with misfortune blended; + Blessings mixed with grief and strife + Is the measure of my life. + + But, O Jesus, I am crying: + Help that faith, on Thee relying, + Over sin and grief alway + Shall prevail and gain the day. + + +Some statements in this hymn have frequently been criticized as +contradictory, for how can one be "always" full of care and "always" full +of praise and prayer? The terms cancel each other. But are not such +contradictions expressive of life itself? Few--if any--are wholly one +thing or wholly another. People are complex. Their joys struggle with +their sorrows, their most earnest faith with their doubts and fears. It +brings Kingo nearer to us to know that he shared that struggle. His songs +have appealed to millions because they are both so spiritual and so +human. How expressive of human need and Christian trust are not the +following brief lines: + + + Lord, though I may + The whole long day + Find no relief from sorrow, + Yea, should the night + Afford no light + To ease my plight-- + Thou comest on the morrow. + + +---------- + +[2]Another translation: + "Ever is a peril near me" by C. Doving in "Hymnal for Church and Home". + + + + + Chapter Five + Kingo's Psalmbook + + +After the publication of _Spiritual Song-Choir II_, Kingo stood at the +very height of his fame. His hymns were sung everywhere, and nobles and +commoners vied with each other in chanting his praises. But a much more +difficult task now awaited him--that of preparing a new hymnal. + +Hans Thomisson's hymnal had become antiquated after serving the church +for nearly one hundred and twenty-five years. It had served its purpose +well. Its hymns had been sung by high and low until they had entered into +the thoughts and conscience of all. A changing language and a fast +developing literary taste long ago had shown their need for revision; but +the people so far had opposed all attempts to change their beloved old +songs. Their defects by now had become so conspicuous, however, that even +the more conservative admitted the desirability of at least a limited +revision. And the only man for the undertaking of such a task was, of +course, Kingo. + +In March, 1683, King Christian V, therefore, commissioned Thomas Kingo to +prepare and publish a new church hymnal for the kingdom of Denmark and +Norway. The carefully prepared instructions of his commission directed +him to eliminate undesirable hymns; to revise antiquated rhymes and +expressions; to adopt at least two new hymns by himself or another for +every pericope and epistle of the church year, but under no circumstances +to make any changes in Luther's hymns that would alter their meaning. + +Kingo would undoubtedly have saved himself a great deal of disappointment +if he had conscientiously followed his instructions. But the draft of the +first half of the hymnal, which was sent to the king six years later, +showed that, intentionally or otherwise, he had ignored them almost +completely. The draft contained 267 hymns of which 137 were his own and +the remainder those of various authors, both old and new. Though Kingo +might reasonably have been criticized for adopting such a proportionally +large number of his own compositions, it was not, however, his selection +of new hymns but his treatment of the old hymns that provoked the +greatest opposition. For he had not contented himself with merely +revising the latter but in many instances had rewritten them so +completely that they were unrecognizable. And it mattered not that the +new texts were on the whole much finer than the old, for people were not +yet ready to relinquish these. The opposition grew so strong that the +king, though he had already approved the proposed hymnal, a few weeks +later revoked not only his approval but Kingo's commission. + +This summary action came as an almost stunning blow to Kingo, affecting +seriously both his pride and his finances. On the strength of the king's +approval, he had already bought a printing press, acquired large +quantities of material and printed a large edition of the book. And these +investments, which represented a large part of his private fortune, were +now apparently lost. It helped but little that the king, in order to +salve the wound he had inflicted upon one of his most distinguished +subjects, elevated him to the nobility, for the hurt was too deep to be +healed by a mere gesture. + +One cannot deny, however, that the monarch had serious reason for his +action. Not only had Kingo violated his instructions but he had planned a +book that hardly could have proved satisfactory. It would have been both +too large and too expensive for common use. He himself, on the other +hand, had reason to complain that he had not been consulted before the +work, on which he had spent so much of his time and substance, was +summarily rejected. No doubt the king had acted with unseemly haste and +lack of consideration. + +The work was now held in abeyance for a few years. But the need for a new +hymnal was too pressing to be permanently ignored. The king, therefore, +appointed Soeren Jonasson, a provost at the cathedral of Roskilde, to +undertake the work. Jonasson was known as an excellent translator of +German hymns, and the choice appeared reasonable. He worked fast and in +less than two years was able to present a draft of his work. This +contained a well balanced selection of the old hymns and about twenty new +hymns by himself and various German authors, but not a single hymn by +Kingo. The omission no doubt reflects the envy that the poet's quick rise +to fame had stirred up against him in certain influential circles. His +enemies, however, had overshot their mark. Even the king realized that it +would be impossible at this time to publish a hymnal that ignored the +work of the country's greatest hymnwriter. And so Jonasson's work +promptly shared the fate of his predecessor's. + +The troublesome problem now rested again for a few years until it was +revived by the zealous efforts of the king's chaplain, Peter Jespersen, a +close friend of the Norwegian hymnwriter, Peter Dass and himself a native +of the northern country. + +A committee was appointed to prepare and publish a new hymnal "that +should give due recognition" to the work of Kingo. Although it was not +specifically directed to do so, the committee proved its good will toward +the harshly treated poet by entering into correspondence with him and +asking him to forward the material he already possessed, and to write the +additional hymns that might be needed to complete the hymnal. With this +request Kingo gladly complied, hoping that thus after all the greater +part of his work would be put to use. In this, however, he was +disappointed. When the hymnal finally appeared it contained 297 hymns of +which only 85 were by Kingo. This represented, it is true, a great change +from Jonasson's proposal, but when it is remembered that the first half +of the work, proposed by himself, contained 136 of his own hymns, and +that he had written an additional number by the request of the committee, +it will be seen that even now less than half of his hymns found a place +in the hymnal. + +Aside from this deplorable loss, it must be conceded that the committee +had done an excellent work and that its hymnal was much better suited for +general use than Kingo's proposed hymnal would have been. The committee +also had shown its fairness toward Kingo by commissioning him to print +the hymnal and to enjoy exclusive rights of its distribution for ten +years, so that he might recoup some of the losses he had sustained by the +rejection of his own book. He repaid the favor by turning out a most +excellent piece of work; and the book, both in content and appearance +undoubtedly rated as the finest hymnal the Danish church had so far +produced. It served the church for more than a hundred years, and was +always known as "Kingo's Hymnal", for, after all, his great hymns were +what gave it permanent value. + + + + + Chapter Six + Kingo's Church Hymns + + +Kingo's church hymns naturally differ from his spiritual songs. They are +more objective in form and less fiery in spirit. Most of them follow +their themes quite closely, reproducing in many instances even the words +of their text. Kingo is too vital, however, to confine himself wholly to +an objective presentation. Usually the last stanzas of his hymns are +devoted to a brief and often striking application of their text. He +possessed to a singular degree the ability to express a thought tersely, +as for instance in the following stanza, the last of a hymn on the +baptism of the Lord: + + + Our Lord is then our brother + In whom we may confide, + The Church of God our mother, + The Holy Ghost our guide; + Our blest baptismal dower + The bands of hell has riven + And opened us God's heaven, + This is our faith each hour. + + +The hymns may be classed under four headings: Festival Hymns, Sacramental +Hymns, Historical Hymns and Hymns on the Gospels and Epistles. + +With the exception of his Easter anthem, his festival hymns cannot +compare with those of later authors. Some of his Pentecost hymns, such as +the hymns given below, are, however, still favorites. + + + The day of Pentecost draws nigh; + Come, Holy Spirit from on high, + Who with the Father and the Son + Is God eternal, three in one. + + O God triune, Thy grace impart + Into my carnal, sinful heart, + That it a temple blest may be + Prepared and set aside for Thee. + + Come, Holy Ghost, and witness bear + That I the life of Christ do share, + And that I know no other name + To save my soul from guilt and shame. + + O Counselor of truth and light, + Teach me to know my Lord aright, + That from the way of faith I may + Not even for a moment stray. + + Blest Spirit of my God and Lord, + Preserve me in Thy way and word, + Imbue me with Thy life and breath, + Console me in the hour of death. + + +Kingo frequently is referred to as "the Easter Singer of Denmark". His +claim to this title rests mainly on one song. Easter with its story of +triumphant victory appealed especially to him; and he wrote several +excellent hymns on the theme, but they are all overshadowed by the +splendid anthem presented below. + + + Like the golden sun ascending + In the darkly clouded sky + And on earth its glory spending + Until clouds and darkness fly, + So my Jesus from the grave, + From death's dark, abysmal cave, + Rose triumphant Easter morning, + Brighter than the sun returning. + + Thanks, O thanks, to Thee arisen + Lord and God Immanuel, + That the foe could not imprison + Thee within his hell-dark cell. + Thanks that Thou didst meet our foe + And his kingdom overthrow. + Jubilant my spirit raises + New Thy never ending praises. + + Sin and death and every arrow + Satan hence may point at me + Fall now broken at the narrow + Tomb that saw Thy victory; + There Thou didst them all destroy + Giving me the cup of joy + That Thou glorious resurrection + Wrought my pardon and protection. + + Thou wilt hence to life awake me + By Thy resurrection power; + Death may wound and overtake me, + Worms my flesh and bones devour, + But I face the threat of death + With the sure and joyful faith + That its fearful reign was ended + When Thy might its portal rended. + + Blessed Jesus, let the Spirit + So imbue my heart with grace + That I walk by Thy blest merit + And no more the way retrace + To the vile and miry pit + Where I lay condemned, unfit, + Till redeemed to life victorious + By Thy resurrection glorious. + + +In this rugged hymn Kingo is at his best--fiery, vital, a master of +imagery and graphic expression. + +His hymns on the sacraments faithfully reflect the doctrines of the +Lutheran Church. Here he most clearly shows his ability to present +objective truths in a devotional spirit. We meet in these a Christian who +humbly and prayerfully accepts the whole mystery of God. For centuries +these rugged songs have served to express the sentiments of millions as +they met at the baptismal font or knelt before the altar. The following +is one of the most favored baptismal hymns both in the Danish and +Norwegian churches: + + + Whoso believes and is baptized[3] + God's kingdom shall inherit, + For he is cleansed by Jesus Christ + Who, by His grace and merit, + Adopts him as His child and heir, + Grants him in heaven's bliss to share + And seals him with His Spirit. + + We ask with earnest faith of Thee, + Our Lord and blest Defender, + That Thou wilt guide us constantly + And, in Thy mercy tender, + Keep us in our baptismal grace + Until at last we take our place + With Thee 'midst heaven's splendor. + + +Kingo's communion hymns have to a large extent been superseded by later +hymns of Grundtvig and others. But some of them are still in common use. +The following characteristic hymn is frequently used before the +communion. + + + Lord Jesus Christ receive me now + As with a heart contrite I bow + Before Thine altar, blessed Lamb, + Who bore my sorrow, sin and shame. + + I am today my Saviour's guest. + Bethink, my soul, the honor blest, + That He, Thy Lord, will sup with thee + And will Himself Thy nurture be. + + He offers to thee with the bread + His body riven for thy aid, + And with the wine His precious blood, + The price of thy eternal good. + + How this can be, I cannot tell; + He did not on the mystery dwell; + No mind the secret can perceive, + It is enough that I believe. + + Rejoice, then, O my soul today + That God's appointed servant may + Now offer thee the gift so free + Through which thy Lord unites with thee. + + O Lord, I offer Thee my soul + To nourish, strengthen and make whole. + Uphold me by Thy means of grace + Until I see Thee face to face. + + +The short hymn given below is a favorite after the communion in numerous +Danish and Norwegian churches. + + + O dearest Lord, receive from me + The heartfelt thanks I offer Thee, + Who through Thy body and Thy blood + Hast wrought my soul's eternal good. + + Break forth, my soul, in joy and praise; + What wealth is mine this day of days! + My Jesus dwells within my soul; + Let every tongue His grace extol. + + +Kingo's historical hymns, that is, his hymns on the stories of the +Gospels, usually are not counted among the best. Yet there are many fine +hymns among them, such as the annunciation hymn, "There Came a Message +from the Sky"; the hymn about the wedding at Cana, "How Blessed Was that +Wedding Feast"; and the splendid hymn on the transfiguration of the Lord, +"I Lift My Eyes and Spirit Up unto the Hallowed Mountain Top Where Jesus +Once Ascended". Best known among this group of hymns is, however, his +great sequence of songs on our Lord's passion. In these inspired hymns we +meet again the Kingo that we know from his spiritual songs, fiery, +eloquent, imaginative, seeking to picture every detail and mood of the +Savior's suffering from the garden to the cross. Though it is difficult +to choose among hymns so universally fine, the one given below is, at +least, fairly representative of the group. + + + Over Kedron Jesus passes + Ready for His passion day, + While the Prince of Darkness masses + All his legions for the fray. + Wily foes with evil hearts + Bend their bows and point their darts, + Aiming at the Savior solely, + As the world forsakes Him wholly. + + David once in great affliction + Crossed the Kedron's narrow stream, + While his foes without restriction + Hatched their vile and cunning scheme. + Darker far the shadows now + Bend about the Savior's brow + As He hastens to His passion + For the sinful world's salvation. + + See Him, torn by woe appalling, + Kneeling in the garden still, + And upon His Father calling + That, if possible, He will + Take the bitter cup away. + But how meekly He doth pray! + What the Father shall Him offer, + He obediently will suffer. + + See, what agony assails Him + In that dark and fearful hour; + Every friend deserts or fails Him; + Satan strikes with all his power; + And the flowers beneath Him grow + Crimson with the purple flow + From His anguished frame distilling + As His cup of woe is filling. + + But, O flower, whose tender blossom + Caught that precious, purple dew + From the Saviour's riven bosom, + In a blessed hour you grew! + Eden's flowers did not bear + Fruits that could with yours compare: + By the blood your petals staining, + I am now salvation gaining. + + When I like the flower must wither, + When I wilt and fade like grass, + When the hour of death draws hither, + When I from this world shall pass, + When my heart has ceased to beat + When I face God's judgment seat, + Then His blood, which stained the garden, + Shall procure my lasting pardon. + + +Kingo's hymns on the pericopes have proved less resistant to time than +most of his other work. They are in reality brief commentaries, +presenting a practical rather than a poetical exposition and application +of their texts. But even so, the singular freshness of their thought and +style has preserved many of them until our day. The following hymn on +Matthew 8, 23-27, the stilling of the storm, furnishes a characteristic +example of this group of hymns. + + + What vessel is that passing + Across the boundless deep, + On which the billows massing + In foaming fury sweep? + She seems in sore distress + As though she soon would founder + Upon the shoals around her + And sink without redress. + + It is the storm-tossed vessel + Of God's own church on earth, + With which the world doth wrestle, + And send its fury forth, + While Jesus oft appears + As though He still were sleeping, + With His disciples weeping + And crying out in fears. + + But let the world with fury + Against the church but rave, + And spend its might to bury + Her in the roaring wave! + It only takes a word + To hush the wild commotion + And show the mighty ocean + Her Lord is still aboard. + + +Kingo is often called the singer of orthodoxy. His hymns faithfully +present the accepted doctrines of his church. No hymnwriter is more +staunchly Lutheran than he. But he was too vital to become a mere +doctrinaire. With him orthodoxy was only a means to an end, a more +vigorous Christian life. Many of his hymns present a forceful and +straightforward appeal for a real personal life with God. The following +hymn may be called an orthodox revival hymn. It was a favorite with the +great Norwegian lay preacher, Hans Nielsen Hauge. + + + The power of sin no longer + Within my heart shall reign; + Faith must grow ever stronger + And carnal lust be slain; + For when I was baptized, + The bonds of sin were severed + And I by grace delivered + To live for Jesus Christ. + + Would I accept the merit + Of my baptismal grace + And with my faith and spirit + The Savior's cross embrace, + How great would be my blame + Should I abide in evil + And not renounce the devil + In Christ my Savior's name. + + It can bestow no treasure + On me that Christ arose. + If I will not with pleasure + The power of death oppose, + And with my heart embrace + The Savior, who is risen + And has from error's prison + Redeemed me by His grace. + + Lord Jesus, help me ever + To fight "the old man" so + That he shall not deliver + Me to eternal woe, + But that I here may die + From sin and all offences + And, by the blood that cleanses, + Attain my home on high. + + +Thus, the permanent value of Kingo's hymns rests not only on their rugged +and expressive poetry but on the earnest and warm-hearted Christian +spirit that breathes through them. In the perennial freshness of this +spirit succeeding generations have experienced their kinship with the +poet and found expression for their own hope and faith. The following +ageless prayer expresses not only the spirit of the poet but that of +earnest Christians everywhere and of every age. + + + Print Thine image pure and holy[4] + On my heart, O Lord of Grace; + So that nothing high nor lowly + Thy blest likeness can efface. + Let the clear inscription be: + Jesus, crucified for me, + And the Lord of all creation, + Is my refuge and salvation. + + +---------- + +[3]Another translation: "He that believes and is baptized" by G. T. Rygh + in "Hymnal for Church and Home". + +[4]Another translation: "On my heart imprint thine image" by P. O. + Stromme in "Hymnal for Church and Home". + + + + + Chapter Seven + Kingo's Later Years + + +Kingo's work with the hymnal had brought him much disappointment and some +loss of popularity. He felt not without justification that he had been +ill treated. He did not sulk in his tent, however, but pursued his work +with unabated zeal. His diocese was large, comprising not only Fyn but a +large number of smaller islands besides. The work of making periodical +visits to all parishes within such a far-flung charge was, considering +the then available means of transportation, not only strenuous but +hazardous. Roads were bad and vessels weak and slow. Hardships and danger +beset his almost continuous voyages and journeys. A number of poems +relating the adventures of the traveler are reminiscenses of his own +experiences. + +But his work of visiting the churches constituted, of course, only a part +of his duties. He had to preach in the cathedral at Odense at least every +Wednesday in Lent and on all festival Sundays; examine the work and +conduct of all pastors within the diocese; act as an arbiter in disputes +between them and their parishioners; make sure that the financial affairs +of the church and its institutions were honestly conducted; attend to the +collection of church taxes; and superintend all schools, hospitals and +institutions of charity. The efficient accomplishment of all these tasks +might well test the strength and ability of any man. + +His manifold duties also engendered numerous occasions for friction, +especially with the civil authorities, whose rights and duties often +overlapped his own. And he did not escape the danger of such bickerings +with their resultant ill-feeling. There is nothing to indicate that he +was contentious by nature. But he was no doubt zealous in defending the +prerogatives of his office. His temper was quick and somewhat martial. +"One could very well," one of his biographers declares, "envision him as +a knight in full armor leading a troop in the charge." With the exception +of his active enemies, most of his contemporaries agree, however, that he +was commonly more than patient in his dealings with others. + +Kingo was an able administrator, and the institutions and finances of the +diocese prospered under his care. But it was as an earnest Christian and +a tireless worker for the spiritual improvement of his people that he won +their respect. He was known as an "eloquent man, mighty in the +Scriptures." One of his contemporaries said of him: "Were we not forced +after hearing him preach to say with the disciples, 'Did not our hearts +burn within us when he opened the Scriptures to us and, like a son of +thunder, published the sins of the house of Jacob, or, like Barnabas, the +son of comfort, bound up our wounds and comforted us with the comfort +with which he had himself been so richly comforted by God.'" The few +extracts of his sermons that have come down to us verify the truth of +this statement. They show us a man firmly grounded in his own faith and +zealous in impressing its truth upon others. His preaching was strictly +orthodox and yet fiery and practical. The poetical language and forceful +eloquence of his sermons remind one of the best of his spiritual songs. + +Kingo's writings and frequent travels brought him into contact with most +of the outstanding personages of his country in his day. His charming +personality, lively conversation and fine sense of humor made him a +welcome guest wherever he appeared. On the island of Taasinge, he was a +frequent and beloved guest in the stately castle of the famous, pious and +revered admiral, Niels Juul, and his equally beloved wife, Birgitte +Ulfeldt. His friendship with this worthy couple was intimate and lasting. +When admiral Juul died, Kingo wrote the beautiful epitaph that still +adorns his tomb in the Holmen church at Copenhagen. On the island of +Falster he often visited the proud and domineering ex-queen, Carolina +Amalia. He was likewise a frequent visitor at the neighboring estate of +the once beautiful and adored daughter of king Christian IV, Leonora +Ulfeldt, whom the pride and hatred of the ex-queen had consigned for +twenty-two years to a dark and lonely prison cell. Years of suffering, as +we learn from her still famous book _Memories of Misery_, had made the +princess a deeply religious woman. Imprisonment had aged her body, but +had neither dulled her brilliant mind nor hardened her heart. She spent +her remaining years in doing good, and she was a great admirer of Kingo. + +Thus duty and inclination alike brought him in contact with people of +very different stations and conditions in life. His position and high +personal endowments made him a notable figure wherever he went. But he +had his enemies and detractors as well as his friends. It was not +everyone who could see why a poor weaver's son should be raised to such a +high position. Kingo was accused of being greedy, vain, over-ambitious +and self-seeking, all of which probably contained at least a grain of +truth. We should have missed some of his greatest hymns, if he had been a +saint, and not a man of flesh and blood, of passionate feelings and +desires, a man who knew from his own experiences that without Christ he +could do nothing. + +Despite certain peculiar complications, Kingo's private life was quite +happy. Four years after the death of his first wife, he entered into +marriage with Johanne Lund, a widow many years older than he. She brought +with her a daughter from her former marriage. And Kingo thus had the +exceptional experience of being stepfather to three sets of children, the +daughter of his second wife and the children and stepchildren of his +first. To be the head of such a family must inevitably have presented +confusing problems to a man who had no children of his own. But with the +exception of his stepson, all the children appear to have loved him and +maintained their relation to him as long as he lived. + +His second wife died in 1694, when she was seventy-six and he sixty years +old. During the later years of her life she had been a helpless invalid, +demanding a great deal of patience and care of her busy husband. +Contemporaries comment on the frequent sight of the famous bishop +good-humoredly carrying his wife about like a helpless child. Less than a +year after her death, Kingo entered into a new marriage, this time with +an attractive young lady of the nobility, Birgitte Balslev, his junior by +more than thirty years. This new marriage provoked a great deal of gossip +and many predictions of disaster on account of the great disparity in +years of the contracting parties. But the predictions proved wholly +unfounded, and the marriage singularly happy. Kingo and Birgitte, a +contemporary tells us, were "inseparable as heart and soul." She was an +accomplished and highly intelligent woman, and Kingo found in her, +perhaps for the first time in his life, a woman with whom he could share +fully the rich treasure of his own heart and mind. He is credited with +the remark that he had done what all ought to do: married an elderly +woman in his young days, whom he could care for when she grew old, and a +young woman in his later years, who could comfort him in his old age. + +But Kingo did not show the effect of his years. He was still as energetic +and vigorous as ever in the prosecution of his manifold duties. For a +number of years after his marriage, he even continued his strenuous +visits to all parts of his see, now always accompanied by his wife. His +leisure hours were usually spent on a beautiful estate a few miles from +Odense, which belonged to his wife. At this favored retreat and in the +company of friends, he still could relax and become the liveliest of them +all. + +The years, however, would not be denied. At the turn of the century, he +suffered a first attack of the illness, a bladder complaint, that later +laid him in his grave. He made light of it and refused to ease his +strenuous activity. But the attack returned with increasing frequency +and, on a visit to Copenhagen in the fall of 1702, he was compelled to +take to his bed. He recovered somewhat and was able to return home. But +it was now clear to all that the days of the great bishop were numbered. +Early in the new year he became bedfast and suffered excruciatingly at +times. "But he submitted himself wholly to God's will and bore his +terrible suffering with true Christian patience," one of his biographers +tells us. To those who asked about his condition, his invariable answer +was, that all was well with him. If anyone expressed sympathy with him, +he usually smiled and said that "it could not be expected that the two +old friends, soul and body, should part from each other without pain." +When someone prayed or sang for him he followed him eagerly, expressing +his interest with his eyes, hands and whole being. + +A week before his death he called the members of his family to his bed, +shared the Holy Communion with them and thanked them and especially his +wife, for their great kindness to him during his illness. On October 13, +a Saturday, he slept throughout the day, but awoke in the evening and +exclaimed: "Lord God, tomorrow we shall hear wonderful music!" And on the +morning of October 14, 1703, just as the great bells of the cathedral of +St. Knud called people to the service, his soul departed peacefully to +join the Church above. God had heard at last the earnest prayer of his +own great hymns: + + + But, O Jesus, I am crying: + Help that faith, on Thee relying, + Over sin and sorrow may + Ever rise and win the day. + + +His body was laid to rest in a small village church a few miles outside +of Odense. There one still may see the stone of his tomb, bearing an +inscription that likens him to a sun which, although it has set, still +lights the way for all true lovers of virtue. Other monuments to his +memory have been raised at Slangerup, Odense and other places. But his +finest and most lasting memorials are his own great hymns. In these his +warm, passionate spirit still speaks to a larger audience than he ever +reached in his own day. The years have served only to emphasize the truth +of Grundtvig's beautiful epitaph to him on his monument at Odense: + + + Thomas Kingo is the psalmist + Of the Danish temple choir. + This his people will remember + Long as song their hearts inspire. + + + + + Hans Adolph Brorson, the Christmas Singer of Denmark + + + + + Chapter Eight + Brorson's Childhood and Youth + + +Hans Adolph Brorson came from Schleswig, the border province between +Denmark and Germany which for centuries has constituted a battleground +between the two countries and cost the Danes so much in blood and tears. +His family was old in the district and presented an unbroken line of +substantial farmers until his grandfather, Broder Pedersen, broke it by +studying for the ministry and becoming pastor at Randrup, a small country +parish on the west coast of the province. + +Broder Pedersen remained at Randrup till his death in 1646, and was then +succeeded by his son, Broder Brodersen, a young man only twenty-three +years old, who shortly before his installation had married Catherine +Margaret Clausen, a daughter of the manager of Trojborg manor, the estate +to which the church at Randrup belonged. Catherine Clausen bore her +husband three sons, Nicolaj Brodersen, born July 23, 1690, Broder +Brodersen, born September 12, 1692, and Hans Adolph Brodersen--or +Brorson--as his name was later written--born June 20, 1694. + +Broder Brodersen was a quiet, serious-minded man, anxious to give his +boys the best possible training for life. Although his income was small, +he managed somehow to provide private tutors for them. Both he and his +wife were earnest Christians, and the fine example of their own lives was +no doubt of greater value to their boys than the formal instruction they +received from hired teachers. Thus an early biographer of the Brorsons +writes: "Their good parents earnestly instructed their boys in all that +was good, but especially in the fear and knowledge of God. Knowing that a +good example is more productive of good than the best precept, they were +not content with merely teaching them what is good, but strove earnestly +to live so that their own daily lives might present a worthy pattern for +their sons to follow." + +Broder Brodersen was not granted the privilege of seeing his sons attain +their honored manhood. He died in 1704, when the eldest of them was +fourteen and the youngest only ten years old. Upon realizing that he must +leave them, he is said to have comforted himself with the words of Kingo: + + + If for my children I + Would weep and sorrow + And every moment cry: + Who shall tomorrow + With needful counsel, home and care provide them? + The Lord still reigns above, + He will with changeless love + Sustain and guide them. + + +Nor was the faith of the dying pastor put to shame. A year after his +death, his widow married his successor in the pastorate, Pastor Ole +Holbeck, who proved himself a most excellent stepfather to his adopted +sons. + +Reverend Holbeck personally taught the boys until Nicolaj, and a year +later, Broder and Hans Adolph were prepared to enter the Latin school at +Ribe. This old and once famous school was then in a state of decay. The +town itself had declined from a proud city, a favored residence of kings +and nobles, to an insignificant village of about fifteen hundred +inhabitants. Of its former glory only a few old buildings and, +especially, the beautiful cathedral still remained. And the Latin school +had shared the fate of the city. Its once fine buildings were decaying; +its faculty, which in former times included some of the best known +savants of the country, was poorly paid and poorly equipped; and the +number of its students had shrunk from about 1200 to less than a score. +Only the course of study remained unchanged from the Middle Ages. Latin +and religion were still the main subjects of instruction. It mattered +little if the student could neither speak nor write Danish correctly, but +he must be able to define the finest points in a Latin grammar of more +than 1200 pages. Attendance at religious services was compulsory; but the +services were cold and spiritless, offering little attraction to an +adolescent youth. + +The boys completed their course at Ribe and entered the university of +Copenhagen, Nicolaj in the fall of 1710 and the younger brothers a year +later. But the change offered them little improvement. The whole country +suffered from a severe spiritual decline. Signs of an awakening were here +and there, but not at the university where Lutheran orthodoxy still +maintained its undisputed reign of more than a hundred years, though it +had now become more dry and spiritless than ever. + +The brothers all intended to prepare for the ministry. But after two +years Nicolaj for various reasons left the University of Copenhagen to +complete his course at the University of Kiel. Broder remained at +Copenhagen, completing his course there in the spring of 1715. Hans +Adolph studied for three years more and, even then, failed to complete +his course. + + Hans Adolph Brorson + +It was a period of transition and spiritual unrest. The spiritual revival +now clearly discernible throughout the country had at last reached the +university. For the first time in many years the prevailing orthodoxy +with its settled answers to every question of faith and conduct was +meeting an effective challenge. Many turned definitely away from +religion, seeking in other fields such as history, philosophy and +especially the natural sciences for a more adequate answer to their +problems than religion appeared to offer. Others searched for a solution +of their difficulty in new approaches to the old faith. The result was a +spiritual confusion such as often precedes the dawn of a new awakening. +And Brorson appears to have been caught in it. His failure to complete +his course was by no means caused by indolence. He had, on the contrary, +broadened his studies to include a number of subjects foreign to his +course, and he had worked so hard that he had seriously impaired his +health. But he had lost his direction, and also, for the time being, all +interest in theology. + +It was, therefore, as a somewhat spiritually confused and physically +broken young man that he gave up his studies and returned to his home at +Randrup. His brothers were already well started upon their conspicuously +successful careers, while he was still drifting, confused and uncertain, +a failure, as some no doubt would call him. His good stepfather, +nevertheless, received him with the utmost kindness. If he harbored any +disappointment in him, he does not appear to have shown it. His stepson +remained with him for about a year, assisting him with whatever he could, +and had then so far recovered that he was able to accept a position as +tutor in the family of his maternal uncle, Nicolaj Clausen, at Loegum +Kloster. + +Loegum Kloster had once been a large and powerful institution and a center +of great historic events. The magnificent building of the cloister itself +had been turned into a county courthouse, at which Nicolaj Clausen served +as county president, but the splendid old church of the cloister still +remained, serving as the parish church. In these interesting surroundings +and in the quiet family circle of his uncle, Brorson made further +progress toward normal health. But his full recovery came only after a +sincere spiritual awakening in 1720. + +The strong revival movement that was sweeping the country and displacing +the old orthodoxy, was engendered by the German Pietist movement, +entering Denmark through Slesvig. The two conceptions of Christianity +differed, it has been said, only in their emphasis. Orthodoxy emphasized +doctrine and Pietism, life. Both conceptions were one-sided. If orthodoxy +had resulted in a lifeless formalism, Pietism soon lost its effectiveness +in a sentimental subjectivism. Its neglect of sound doctrine eventually +gave birth to Rationalism. But for the moment Pietism appeared to supply +what orthodoxy lacked: an urgent call to Christians to live what they +professed to believe. + +A number of the early leaders of the movement in Denmark lived in the +neighborhood of Loegum Kloster, and were personally known to Brorson. But +whether or not any of these leaders was instrumental in his awakening is +now unknown. One of his contemporaries simply states that "Brorson at +this time sought to employ his solitude in a closer walk with God in +Christ and, in so doing, received a perfect assurance of the Lord's +faithfulness to those that trust in Him." Thus whatever influence +neighboring Pietists may have contributed to the great change in his +life, the change itself seems to have been brought about through his own +Jacob-like struggle with God. And it was a complete change. If he had +formerly been troubled by many things, he henceforth evinced but one +desire to know Christ and to be known by Him. + +A first fruit of his awakening was an eager desire to enter the ministry. +He was offered a position as rector of a Latin school, but his +stepfather's death, just as he was considering the offer, caused him to +refuse the appointment and instead to apply for the pastorate at Randrup. +His application granted, he at once hastened back to the university to +finish his formerly uncompleted course and obtain his degree. Having +accomplished this in the fall of the same year, on April 6, 1722, he was +ordained to the ministry together with his brother, Broder Brorson, who +had resigned a position as rector of a Latin school to become pastor at +Mjolden, a parish adjoining Randrup. As his brother, Nicolaj Brorson, +shortly before had accepted the pastorate of another adjoining parish, +the three brothers thus enjoyed the unusual privilege of living and +working together in the same neighborhood. + +The eight years that Brorson spent at Randrup where his father and +grandfather had worked before him were probably the happiest in his life. +The parish is located in a low, treeless plain bordering the North Sea. +Its climate, except for a few months of summer, is raw and blustery. In +stormy weather the sea frequently floods its lower fields, causing severe +losses in crops, stocks and even in human life. Thus Brorson's stepfather +died from a cold caught during a flight from a flood that threatened the +parsonage. The severe climate and constant threat of the sea, however, +fosters a hardy race. From this region the Jutes together with their +neighbors, the Angles and Saxons, once set out to conquer and settle the +British Isles. And the hardihood of the old sea-rovers was not wholly +lost in their descendants when Brorson settled among them, although it +had long been directed into other and more peaceful channels. + +The parsonage in which the Brorsons lived stood on a low ridge, rising +gently above its surroundings and affording a splendid view over far +reaches of fields, meadows and the ever changing sea. The view was +especially beautiful in early summer when wild flowers carpeted the +meadows in a profusion of colors, countless birds soared and sang above +the meadows and shoals of fish played in the reed bordered streams. It +was without doubt this scene that inspired the splendid hymn "Arise, All +Things that God Hath Made." + +Brorson was happy to return to Randrup. The parish was just then the +center of all that was dearest to him in this world. His beloved mother +still lived there, his brothers were close neighbors, and he brought with +him his young wife, Catherine Clausen, whom he had married a few days +before his installation. + +Nicolaj and Broder Brorson had, like him, joined the Pietist movement, +and the three brothers, therefore, could work together in complete +harmony for the spiritual revival of their parishes. And they did not +spare themselves. Both separately and cooperatively, they labored +zealously to increase church attendance, revive family devotions, +encourage Bible reading and hymn singing, and minimize the many worldly +and doubtful amusements that, then as now, caused many Christians to +fall. They also began to hold private assemblies in the homes, a work for +which they were bitterly condemned by many and severely reprimanded by +the authorities. It could not be expected, of course, that a work so +devoted to the furtherance of a new conception of the Christian life +would be tolerated without opposition. But their work, nevertheless, was +blest with abundant fruit, both in their own parishes and throughout +neighboring districts. Churches were refilled with worshippers, family +altars rebuilt, and a new song was born in thousands of homes. People +expressed their love for the three brothers by naming them "The Rare +Three-Leafed Clover from Randrup." It is said that the revival inspired +by the Brorsons even now, more than two hundred years later, is plainly +evident in the spiritual life of the district. + +Thus the years passed fruitfully for the young pastor at Randrup. He +rejoiced in his home, his work and the warm devotion of his people. It +came, therefore, as a signal disappointment to all that he was the first +to break the happy circle by accepting a call as assistant pastor at +Christ church in Toender, a small city a few miles south of Randrup. + + + + + Chapter Nine + The Singer of Pietism + + +The city of Toender, when Brorson located there, had about two thousand +inhabitants. At one time it had belonged to the German Dukes of Gottorp, +and it was still largely German speaking. Its splendid church had three +pastors, two of whom preached in German and the third, Brorson, in +Danish. + +The parish Pastor, Johan Herman Schraeder, was an outstanding and highly +respected man. Born at Hamburg in 1684, he had in his younger days served +as a tutor for the children of King Frederick IV, Princess Charlotte +Amalia and Prince Christian, now reigning as King Christian VI. + +Pastor Schraeder was a zealous Pietist and a leader of the Pietist +movement in Toender and its neighboring territory. Like the Brorsons he +sought to encourage family devotions, Bible reading and, especially, hymn +singing. People are said to have become so interested in the latter that +they brought their hymnals with them to work so that they might sing from +them during lunch hours. He himself was a noted hymnwriter and hymn +collector, who, shortly after Brorson became his assistant, published a +German hymnal, containing no less than 1157 hymns. + +Schraeder, we are told, had been personally active in inducing Brorson to +leave his beloved Randrup and accept the call to Toender. As Brorson was +known as an ardent Pietist, Schraeder's interest in bringing him to +Toender may have originated in a natural wish to secure a congenial +co-worker, but it may also have sprung from an acquaintance with his work +as a hymnwriter. For although there is no direct evidence that any of +Brorson's hymns were written at Randrup, a number of circumstances make +it highly probable that some of them were composed there and that +Schraeder was acquainted with them. Such a mutual interest also helps to +explain why Brorson should leave his fruitful work at Randrup for an +inferior position in a new field. It is certain that the change brought +him no outward advantages, and his position as a Danish pastor in a +largely German speaking community must have presented certain unavoidable +difficulties. + +Although Brorson to our knowledge took no part in the endless contest +between German and Danish, his personal preference was, no doubt, for the +latter. It is thus significant that, although he must have been about +equally familiar with both languages, he did not write a single hymn in +German. He showed no ill will toward his German speaking compatriots, +however, and worked harmoniously with his German speaking co-workers. But +this strongly German atmosphere does constitute a peculiar setting for +one of the greatest hymnwriters of the Danish church. + +The congregation at Toender had formed the peculiar custom of singing in +German--even at the Danish service. It is self-evident, however, that +such a custom could not be satisfactory to Brorson. He was a Pietist with +the fervent longing of that movement for a real spiritual communion with +his fellow Christians. But a custom that compelled the pastor and his +congregation to speak in different tongues was, of necessity, a hindrance +to the consummation of such a desire. And now Christmas was drawing near, +that joyful season which Brorson, as his hymns prove, loved so well and +must heartily have desired to share with his hearers, a desire which this +mixture of tongues to a certain extent, made impossible. He and his +congregation had to be one in language before they could wholly be one in +spirit. + +And so, shortly before the great festival in 1732, he published a small +and unpretentious booklet entitled: _Some Christmas Hymns, Composed to +the Honor of God, the Edification of Christian Souls and, in Particular, +of My Beloved Congregation during the Approaching Joyful Christmastide, +Humbly and Hastily Written by Hans Adolph Brorson_. + +This simple appearing booklet at once places Brorson among the great +hymnwriters of the Christian church. It contains ten hymns, seven of +which are for the Christmas season. Nearly every one of them is now +counted among the classics of Danish hymnody. + +Brorson seems at once to have reached the height of his ability as a +hymnwriter. His Christmas hymns present an intensity of sentiment, a +mastery of form and a perfection of poetical skill that he rarely +attained in his later work. They are frankly lyrical. Unlike his great +English contemporary, Isaac Watts, who held that a hymn should not be a +lyrical poem and deliberately reduced the poetical quality of his work, +Brorson believed that a Christian should use "all his thought and skill +to magnify the grace of God". The opinion of an English literary critic +"that hymns cannot be considered as poetry" is disproved by Brorson's +work. Some of his hymns contain poetry of the highest merit. Their +phrasing is in parts extremely lyrical, utilizing to the fullest extent +the softness and flexibility that is supposed to be an outstanding +characteristic of the Danish tongue; their metres are most skillfully +blended and their rhymes exceedingly varied. His masterly use of what was +often considered an inconsequential appendage to poetry is +extraordinarily skillful. Thus he frequently chooses a harsh or a soft +rhyme to emphasize the predominating sentiment of his verse. + +Brorson is without doubt the most lyrical of all Danish hymnwriters. +Literary critics have rated some of his hymns with the finest lyrics in +the Danish language. Yet his poetry seldom degenerates to a mere form. +His fervid lyrical style usually serves as an admirable vehicle for the +warm religious sentiment of his song. + +In their warm spirit and fervid style Brorson's hymns in some ways +strikingly resemble the work of his great English contemporaries, the +Wesleys. Nor is this similarity a mere chance. The Wesleys, as we know, +were strongly influenced first by the Moravians and later by the German +Pietists. Besides a number of Moravian hymns, John Wesley also translated +several hymns from the hymnbook compiled by the well-known Pietist, Johan +Freylinghausen. The fervid style and varied metres of these hymns +introduced a new type of church song into the English and American +churches. But Freylinghausen's _Gesang-Buch_ also formed the basis of the +hymnal compiled by Johan Herman Schraeder from which Brorson chose most +of the originals of his translations. Thus both he and the Wesleys in a +measure drew their inspiration from the same source. The Danish poet and +his English contemporaries worked independently and mediated their +inspiration in their own way, but the resemblance of their work is +unmistakable. In poetical merit, however, the work of Brorson far excels +that of the Wesleys. But his Christmas hymns also surpass most earlier +Danish hymns and even the greater part of his own later work. + +One's first impression of the booklet that so greatly has enriched the +Christmas festival of Denmark and Norway, is likely to be disappointing. +At the time of Brorson the festival was frequently desecrated by a +ceaseless round of worldly amusements. People attended the festival +services of the church and spent the remainder of the season in a whirl +of secular and far from innocent pleasures. With his Pietistic views +Brorson naturally deplored such a misuse of the season. And his first +hymn, therefore, sounds an earnest call to cease these unseemly pleasures +and to use the festival in a Christian way. + + + Cast out all worldly pleasure + This blessed Christmastide, + And seek the boundless treasure + That Jesus doth provide. + + +But although such a warning may have been timely, then as now, it hardly +expresses the real Christmas spirit. In the next hymn, however, he at +once strikes the true festival note in one of the most triumphant +Christmas anthems in the Danish or any other language. + + + This blessed Christmastide we will, + With heart and mind rejoicing, + Employ our every thought and skill, + God's grace and honor voicing. + In Him that in the manger lay + We will with all our might today + Exult in heart and spirit, + And hail Him as our Lord and King + Till earth's remotest bounds shall ring + With praises of His merit. + + A little Child of Jesse's stem, + And Son of God in heaven, + To earth from heaven's glory came + And was for sinners given. + It so distressed His loving heart + To see the world from God depart + And in transgression languish, + That He forsook His home above + And came to earth in tender love + To bear our grief and anguish. + + Therefore we hymn His praises here + And though we are but lowly, + Our loud hosannas everywhere + Shall voice His mercy holy. + The tent of God is now with man, + And He will dwell with us again + When in His name assembling. + And we shall shout His name anew + Till hell itself must listen to + Our Christmas song with trembling. + + And though our song of joy be fraught + With strains of lamentation, + The burden of our cross shall not + Subdue our jubilation. + For when the heart is most distressed, + The harp of joy is tuned so best + Its chords of joy are ringing, + And broken hearts best comprehend + The boundless joy our Lord and Friend + This Christmas day is bringing. + + Hallelujah, our strife is o'er! + Who would henceforth with sadness + Repine and weep in sorrow sore + This blessed day of gladness. + Rejoice, rejoice, ye saints on earth, + And sing the wonders of His birth + Whose glory none can measure. + Hallelujah, the Lord is mine, + And I am now by grace divine + The heir of all His treasure! + + +Equally fine but more quietly contemplative is the next hymn in the +collection which takes us right to the focal point of Christmas worship, +the stable at Bethlehem. + + + My heart remains in wonder + Before that lowly bed + Within the stable yonder + Where Christ, my Lord, was laid. + My faith finds there its treasure, + My soul its pure delight, + Its joy beyond all measure, + The Lord of Christmas night. + + But Oh! my heart is riven + With grief and sore dismay + To see the Lord of heaven + Must rest on straw and hay, + That He whom angels offer + Their worship and acclaim + From sinful man must suffer + Such scorn, neglect and shame. + + Why should not castles royal + Before Him open stand, + And kings, as servants loyal, + Obey His least command? + Why came He not in splendor + Arrayed in robes of light + And called the world to render + Its homage to His might? + + The sparrow finds a gable + Where it may build its nest, + The oxen know a stable + For shelter, food and rest; + Must then my Lord and Savior + A homeless stranger be, + Denied the simplest favor + His lowly creatures see. + + O come, my Lord, I pray Thee, + And be my honored guest. + I will in love array Thee + A home within my breast. + It cannot be a stranger + To Thee, who made it free. + Thou shalt find there a manger + Warmed by my love to Thee. + + +Far different from this song of quiet contemplation is the searching hymn +that follows it. + + + How do we exalt the Father + That He sent His Son to earth. + Many with indifference gather + At His gift of boundless worth. + + +This is followed by another hymn of praise. + + + Lift up your voice once more + The Savior to adore. + Let all unite in spirit + And praise the grace and merit + Of Jesus Christ, the Holy, + Our joy and glory solely. + + +And then comes "The Fairest of Roses", which a distinguished critic calls +"one of the most perfect lyrics in the Danish language". This hymn is +inspired by a text from the Song of Songs "I am the rose of Sharon and +the lily of the valley". It is written as an allegory, a somewhat subdued +form of expression that in this case serves admirably to convey an +impression of restrained fire. Its style is reminiscent of the folk +songs, with the first stanza introducing the general theme of the song, +the appearance of the rose, that is, of the Savior in a lost and +indifferent world. The remainder of the verses are naturally divided into +three parts: a description of the dying world in which God causes the +rose to appear, a lament over the world's indifference to the gift which +it should have received with joy and gratitude, and a glowing declaration +of what the rose means to the poet himself. + +Many chapters have been written about the poetic excellencies of this +hymn, such as the perfect balance of its parts, the admirable treatment +of the contrast between the rose and the thorns, and the skillful choice +of rhymes to underscore the predominating sentiment of each verse. But +some of these excellencies have no doubt been lost in the translation and +can be appreciated only by a study of the original. English translations +of the hymn have been made by German-, Swedish-, and Norwegian-American +writers, indicating its wide popularity. The following is but another +attempt to produce a more adequate rendering of this beautiful song. + + + Now found is the fairest of roses, + Midst briars it sweetly reposes. + My Jesus, unsullied and holy, + Abode among sinners most lowly. + + Since man his Creator deserted, + And wholly His image perverted, + The world like a desert was lying, + And all in transgressions were dying. + + But God, as His promises granted, + A rose in the desert hath planted, + Which now with its sweetness endoweth + The race that in sinfulness groweth. + + All people should now with sweet savor + Give praise unto God for His favor; + But many have ne'er comprehended + The rose to the world hath descended. + + Ye sinners as vile in behavior + As thorns in the crown of the Savior, + Why are ye so prideful in spirit, + Content with your self-righteous merit? + + O seek ye the places more lowly, + And weep before Jesus, the Holy, + Then come ye His likeness the nearest; + The rose in the valley grows fairest. + + My Jesus, Thou ever remainest + My wonderful rose who sustainest + My heart in the fullness of pleasure; + Thy sweetness alone I will treasure. + + The world may of all things bereave me, + Its thorns may assail and aggrieve me, + The foe may great anguish engender: + My rose I will never surrender. + + +The last Christmas hymn of the collection is printed under the heading: +"A Little Hymn for the Children", and is composed from the text "Have ye +not read, Out of the mouth of babes and sucklings thou hast perfected +praise". Said to be the oldest children's hymn in Danish, it is still one +of the finest. It is written as a processional. The children come +hastening on to Bethlehem to find the new-born Lord and offer Him their +homage. One almost hears their pattering feet and happy voices as they +rush forward singing: + + + Here come Thy little ones, O Lord, + To Thee in Bethlehem adored. + Enlighten now our heart and mind + That we the way to Thee may find. + + We hasten with a song to greet + And kneel before Thee at Thy feet. + O blessed hour, O sacred night, + When Thou wert born, our soul's Delight! + + Be welcome from Thy heavenly home + Unto this vale of tears and gloom, + Where man to Thee no honor gave + But stable, manger, cross and grave. + + But Jesus, oh! how can it be + That but so few will think of Thee + And of that tender, wondrous love + Which drew Thee to us from above? + + O draw us little children near + To Thee, our Friend and Brother dear, + That each of us so heartily + In faith and love may cling to Thee. + + Let not the world lead us astray + That we our Christian faith betray, + But grant that all our longings be + Directed always unto Thee. + + Then shall the happy day once come + When we shall gather in Thy home + And join the angels' joyful throng + In praising Thee with triumph song. + + We gather now about Thee close + Like leaves around the budding rose, + O grant us, Savior, that we may + Thus cluster round Thy throne for aye. + + +His Christmas hymns were so well received that Brorson was encouraged to +continue his writing. During the following year he published no less than +five collections bearing the titles: _Some Advent Hymns_, _Some Passion +Hymns_, _Some Easter Hymns_, _Some Pentecost Hymns_, and _Hymns for the +Minor Festivals_. All of these hymns were likewise kindly received and +therefore he continued to send out new collections, publishing during the +following years a whole series of hymns on various phases of Christian +faith and life. In 1739, all these hymns were collected into one volume +and published under the title: _The Rare Clenod of Faith_. + +This now famous book contains in all 67 original and 216 translated +hymns. The arrangement of the hymns follows in the main the order of the +Lutheran catechism, covering not only every division but almost every +subdivision of the book. Brorson, it appears, must have written his hymns +after a preconceived plan, a rather unusual method for a hymnwriter to +follow. + +_The Rare Clenod of Faith_ fails as a whole to maintain the high standard +of the Christmas hymns. Although the language, as in all that Brorson +wrote, is pure and melodious, the poetic flight and fresh sentiment of +his earlier work is lacking to some extent in the latter part of the +collection. One reason for this is thought to be that Brorson, on +locating at Toender, had come into closer contact with the more extreme +views of Pietism. The imprint of that movement, at least, is more +distinct upon his later than upon his earlier work. The great +preponderance of his translated over his original hymns also affects the +spirit of the collection. He was not always fortunate in the selection of +the original material for his translations. Some of these express the +excessive Pietistic contemplation of the Savior's blood and wounds; +others are rhymed sermons rather than songs of praise. + +Despite these defects, _The Rare Clenod of Faith_, still ranks with the +great books of hymnody. It contains a wealth of hymns that will never +die. Even the less successful of its compositions present a true +Evangelical message, a message that, at times, sounds a stern call to +awake and "shake off that sinful sleep before to you is closed the open +door" and, at others, pleads softly for a closer walk with God, a deeper +understanding of His ways and a firmer trust in His grace. There are many +strings on Brorson's harp, but they all sound a note of vital faith. + +Judging Brorson's original hymns to be far superior to his translations, +some have deplored that he should have spent so much of his time in +transferring the work of others. And it is, no doubt, true that his +original hymns are as a whole superior to his translations. But many of +these are so fine that their elimination would now appear like an +irreplaceable loss to Danish hymnody. The constant love with which many +of them have been used for more than two hundred years should silence the +claim that a translated hymn must of necessity be less valuable than an +original. A considerable number of the originals of Brorson's most +favored translations have long been forgotten. + +As a translator Brorson is usually quite faithful to the originals, +following them as closely as the differences in language and mode of +expression permit. He is not slavishly bound, however, to his text. His +constant aim is to reproduce his text in a pure and idiomatic Danish. And +as his own poetic skill in most cases was superior to that of the +original writer, his translations are often greatly superior to their +originals in poetical merit. + +Although the translation of a translation of necessity presents a very +unreliable yard-stick of a man's work, the following translation of +Brorson's version of the well-known German hymn, "Ich Will Dich Lieben, +Meine Starke" may at least indicate the nature of his work as a +translator. + + + Thee will I love, my strength, my Treasure; + My heart in Thee finds peace and joy. + Thee will I love in fullest measure, + And in Thy cause my life employ. + Thee will I love and serve alone. + Lord, take me as Thine own. + + Thee will I love, my Life Eternal, + My Guide and Shepherd on Life's way. + Thou leadest me to pastures vernal, + And to the light of endless day. + Thee will I love, Whose blood was spilt + To cleanse my soul from guilt. + + Long, long wert Thou to me a stranger, + Though Thou didst love me first of all, + I strayed afar in sin and danger + And heeded not Thy loving call + Until I found that peace of heart + Thou canst alone impart. + + Lord, cast not out Thy child, returning + A wanderer, naked and forlorn. + The tempting world, I sought with yearning, + Had naught to give but grief and scorn. + In Thee alone for all its grief + My heart now finds relief. + + Thee will I love and worship ever, + My Lord, my God and Brother dear! + Must every earthly tie I sever + And naught but sorrow suffer here, + Thee will I love, my Lord divine; + O Jesus, call me Thine. + + +Equally characteristic of his work is his translation of the less-known +but appealing German hymn "Der Schmale Weg Ist Breit Genug zum Leben". + + + The narrow way is wide enough to heaven + For those who walk straight-forward and with care + And take each step with watchfulness and prayer. + When we are by the Spirit driven, + The narrow way is wide enough to heaven. + + The way of God is full of grace and beauty + For those who unto Him in faith have turned + And have His way with love and ardor learned. + When we accept His call and duty, + The way of God is full of grace and beauty. + + The yoke of God is not too hard to carry + For those who love His blessed will and way + And shall their carnal pride in meekness slay. + When we with Him in faith will tarry, + The yoke of God is not too hard to carry. + + O Jesus, help me Thy blest way to follow. + Thou knowest best my weak and fainting heart + And must not let me from Thy way depart. + I shall Thy name with praises hallow, + If Thou wilt help me Thy blest way to follow. + + +But fine as many of his translations are, Brorson's main claim to fame +must rest, of course, upon his original compositions. These are of +varying merit. His Christmas hymns were followed by a number of hymns for +the festivals of the church year. While some of these are excellent, +others are merely rhymed meditations upon the meaning of the season and +lack the freshness of his Christmas anthems. The triumphant Easter hymn +given below belongs to the finest of the group. + + + Christians, who with sorrow + On this Easter morrow + Watch the Savior's tomb, + Banish all your sadness, + On this day of gladness + Joy must vanquish gloom. + Christ this hour + With mighty power + Crushed the foe who would detain Him; + Nothing could restrain Him. + + Rise, ye feeble-hearted, + Who have pined and smarted, + Vexed by sin and dread. + He has burst the prison + And with might arisen, + Jesus, Who was dead. + And His bride + For whom He died, + He from sin and death now raises; + Hail Him then with praises. + + When our sins aggrieve us, + Jesus will receive us, + All our debt He paid. + We, who were transgressors + Are now blest possessors + Of His grace and aid. + When in death + He gave His breath + To the cruel foe He yielded + That we should be shielded. + + Earth! where are thy wonders! + Hell! where are thy thunders! + Death, where is thy sting! + Jesus rose victorious, + Reigns in heaven glorious + As our Lord and King. + Him, the Lord, + Who did accord + Us so great a joy and favor, + We will praise forever. + + +Brorson's other hymns are too numerous to permit a more than cursory +review. Beginning with the subject of creation, he wrote a number of +excellent hymns on the work and providence of God. Best known among these +is the hymn given below, which is said to have so pleased the king that +he chose its author to become bishop. The hymn is thought to have been +written while Brorson was still at Randrup. But whether this be so or +not, it is evidently inspired by the natural scenery of that locality. + + + Arise, all things that God hath made[5] + And praise His name and glory; + Great is the least His hand arrayed, + And tells a wondrous story. + + Would all the kings of earth display + Their utmost pomp and power, + They could not make a leaflet stay + And grow upon a flower. + + How could the wisdom I compass + To show the grace and wonder + Of but the smallest blade of grass + On which the mind would ponder. + + What shall I say when I admire + The verdant meadows blooming, + And listen to the joyful choir + Of birds above them zooming. + + What shall I say when I descry + Deep in the restless ocean + The myriad creatures passing by + In swift and ceaseless motion. + + What shall I say when I behold + The stars in countless numbers + Display their light and charm untold + While nature sweetly slumbers. + + What shall I say when I ascend + To Him Who made creation, + And see the angel host attend + His throne with adoration. + + What shall I say--vain are my words + And humble my opinion! + Great is Thy wisdom, Lord of lords, + Thy glory and dominion! + + Lift up your voice with one accord + Now, every tribe and nation: + Hallelujah, great is our Lord + And wondrous His creation! + + +The Pietist movement is known for its fervid glorification of the Savior, +and particularly of His blood and wounds, a glorification which at times +appears objectionable because of the too-familiar and realistic terms in +which it is expressed. Brorson did not wholly escape the excesses of the +movement in this respect, especially in his translations. In his original +hymns the excesses are less apparent. However faithful he might be to the +movement he possessed a wholesome restraint which, when he was not +following others, caused him to moderate its most inappropriate +extravagances. What can be more reverent than this beautiful tribute to +the Savior: + + + Jesus, name of wondrous grace, + Fount of mercy and salvation, + First fruit of the new creation, + Weary sinners' resting place, + Banner of the faith victorious, + Anchor of our hope and love, + Guide us in Thy footsteps glorious, + Bear us to Thy home above. + + +Or more expressive than this jubilant hymn of adoration: + + + O Thou blest Immanuel! + What exceeding joy from heaven + Hast Thou caused in me to dwell + By Thy life for sinners given. + Thou hast broke the bands at last + Which my yearning soul held fast. + + In Thine arms I find relief, + Soon Thy home I shall inherit, + Sin and sorrow, death and grief + Nevermore shall vex my spirit. + For Thy word confirms the pledge + Of my lasting heritage. + + Lord, my praise ascends to Thee + For these days of joy and sorrow; + They shall end in jubilee + On that blest eternal morrow + When the Sun of Paradise + Shall for me in splendor rise. + + Rise in joyful faith, my soul! + Banish all thy grief and sadness. + Strong the stream of life shall roll + Through my heart with constant gladness. + Jesus, Who mine anguish bore, + Be now praised for evermore. + + +Most beautiful is also his hymn to the Lamb of God, translated by Pastor +D. G. M. Bach. + + + I see Thee stand, O Lamb of God, + On Zion's mountain peak. + But Oh the way that Thou hast trod, + So long, so hard, so bleak! + What Thou didst suffer for our woe, + No man can ever know. + + +Though Brorson made a number of excellent translations of hymns to the +Spirit such as the beautiful, "Come, Rains from the Heavens, to +Strengthen and Nourish the Languishing Field," he wrote no outstanding +Pentecost hymns of his own composition. It remained for Grundtvig to +supply the Danish church with a wealth of unexcelled hymns on the Holy +Ghost. + +Aside from his Christmas hymns, Brorson's greatest contribution to +hymnody is perhaps his revival hymns, a type in which the Lutheran church +is rather poor. The special message of the Pietist movement was an +earnest call to awake, and Brorson repeated that call with an appealing +insistence and earnestness. The word of God has been sown, but where are +its fruits? + + + O Father, may Thy word prevail + Against the power of Hell! + Behold the vineyard Thou hast tilled + With thorns and thistles filled. + 'Tis true, the plants are there, + But ah, how weak and rare, + How slight the power and evidence + Of word and sacraments. + + +It is, therefore, time for all Christians to awake. + + + Awaken from your idle dreaming! + Ye lukewarm Christians, now arise. + Behold, the light from heaven streaming + Proclaims the day of mercy flies. + Throw off that sinful sleep before + To you is closed the open door. + + +Many are heedless, taking no thought of the day when all shall appear +before the judgment of God. Such people should arouse themselves and +prepare for the rendering of their account. + + + O heart, prepare to give account + Of all thy sore transgression. + To God, of grace and love the Fount, + Make thou a full confession. + What hast thou done these many years + The Lord hath thee afforded. + Nothing but sin and earthly cares + Is in God's book recorded. + + +He realizes that many continue in their sin because of ignorance, and +with these he pleads so softly: + + + If thou but knew the life that thou are leading + In sin and shame is Satan's tyranny, + Thou wouldest kneel and with the Lord be pleading + That He thy soul from bondage would set free. + Oh, how the Saviour would rejoice + If thou today should'st listen to His voice! + + +And the day of salvation is now at hand. + + + O, seek the Lord today, + Today He hath salvation. + Approach Him while He may + Still hear thy supplication. + Repent and seek His grace + While yet His call doth sound, + Yea turn to Him thy face + While still He may be found. + + +Orthodoxy had instilled a formal, but often spiritless faith. Pietism +aimed to awaken the great mass of formal believers to a new life, a +living and active faith. This is strongly expressed in the very popular +hymn below. + + + The faith that Christ embraces[6] + And purifies the hearts + The faith that boldly faces + The devil's fiery darts, + That faith is strong and must + Withstand the world's temptation + And in all tribulation, + In Christ, the Saviour, trust. + + The faith that knows no struggle + Against the power of sin, + The faith that sounds no bugle + To waken, fight and win, + That faith is dead and vain, + Its sacred name disgracing, + And impotent when facing + The devil's mighty reign. + + A Christian wears his armor + To wage the war of faith + Against the crafty charmer, + His foe in life and death. + With Jesus he must stand + Undaunted and victorious, + If he would win his glorious + Reward at God's right hand. + + It is a comfort pleasing + In our embattled life, + To feel our strength increasing + In trying days of strife. + And as our days shall be + The Lord will help accord us + And with His gifts reward us + When striving faithfully. + + O Lord, my hope most fervent, + My refuge in all woe, + I will hence be Thy servant + Through all my days below. + Let come whatever may, + I will exalt Thee ever, + And ask no other favor + Than live with Thee for aye. + + +Although Brorson knew that-- + + + The cost is greater than at first expected + To be in God's unbounded gifts perfected. + + +he holds that + + + It does not cost too hard a strife + To be a Christian, pure and heaven-minded,-- + + +But a Christian must be steadfast and persevering, as he admonishes +himself and others in the following very popular hymn. The translation is +by Pastor P. C. Paulsen. + + + Stand fast, my soul, stand fast + In Christ, thy Saviour! + Lose not the war at last + By faint behaviour. + It is of no avail + That thou hast known Him + If when thy foes assail, + Thou shalt His banner fail, + And thus disown Him. + + To brandish high thy sword, + With calm assurance, + And face the devil's horde + With brave endurance, + Is meet and well begun, + And merits praising. + But from the strife to run, + When blows thy courage stun, + Is most disgracing. + + Let Satan rave and rage + By hosts attended, + The war for Christ I wage + Until it's ended. + When leaning on His arm + With firm reliance, + I need not take alarm, + To me can come no harm + From Hell's defiance. + + When Jesus' love I see, + It me constraineth, + So that from carnal glee + My soul abstaineth. + When heaven to me is dear, + Its joys attractive, + Of hell I have no fear, + For Christ, my Lord, is near, + In battle active. + + In just a little while + The strife is ended, + And I from Satan's guile + For aye defended. + Then I, where all is well, + In heaven's glory, + Among the saints shall dwell, + And with rejoicing tell + Salvation's story. + + +Therefore children of God should rejoice. + + + Children of God, born again by His Spirit, + Never ye cease in His name to rejoice; + Jesus believing and saved by His merit, + Come we to Him with a jubilant voice. + + +But even a child of God must not expect to escape from the common trials +and perils of life. God promises assistance but not exemption to those +who love Him. In the following striking hymn, Brorson vividly pictures +both the trials and the comfort of a child of God. + + + I walk in danger everywhere,[7] + The thought must never leave me, + That Satan watches to ensnare + And with his guile deceive me. + His cunning pitfalls may + Make me an easy prey + Unless I guard myself with care; + I walk in danger everywhere. + + I walk through trials everywhere; + The world no help can offer. + The burdens I am called to bear + I must with patience suffer; + Though often I discern + No place where I may turn + When clouds surround me far and near; + Death walks beside me everywhere. + + Death walks besides me everywhere; + Its shadows oft appall me. + I know not when the hour is here + When God from earth shall call me. + A moment's failing breath, + And I am cold in death, + Faced with eternity fore'er; + Death walks besides me everywhere. + + I walk 'mongst angels everywhere; + They are my sure defenders; + The hordes of hell in vain prepare + Against such strong contenders. + All doubts and fears must flee, + With angels guarding me; + No foe can harm me in their care; + I walk 'mongst angels everywhere. + + I walk with Jesus everywhere; + His goodness never fails me. + I rest beneath His shielding care + When trouble sore assails me. + And by His footsteps led, + My path I safely tread. + Despite all ills my foes prepare: + I walk with Jesus everywhere. + + I walk to heaven everywhere, + Preparing for the morrow + When God shall hear my anxious prayer + And banish all my sorrow. + Be quiet then, my soul, + Press onward to thy goal. + All carnal pleasures thou forswear, + And walk to heaven everywhere. + + +Unlike Kingo and Grundtvig, Brorson wrote no outstanding hymns on the +sacraments. Pietism was in the main a revival movement and placed no +special emphasis on the means of grace. And although Brorson remained a +loyal son of the established church, he wrote his finest hymns on those +phases of Christianity most earnestly emphasized by the movement to which +he belonged. While this is only what could be expected, it indicates both +his strength and limitation as a hymnwriter. He was above all the sweet +singer of Pietism. + +The hymns of Brorson that appeared during his lifetime were all written +within the space of four years. In that brief period he composed a volume +of songs that rank with the finest in the Christian church, and just as +he might have been expected to produce his finest work, he discontinued +his effort. The hymns of the _Swan-Song_--which we shall discuss +later--though written for his own edification, indicate what he might +have attained if he had continued to write for publication. His reason +for thus putting aside the lyre, which for a little while he had played +so appealingly, is unknown. Some have suggested that he wrote his hymns +according to a preconceived plan, which, when completed, he felt no +inclination to enlarge; others have surmised that the new and ardent +duties, bestowed upon him about this time, deprived him of the leisure to +write. But as Brorson himself expressed no reason for his action, no one +really knows why this sweet singer of Pietism so suddenly ceased to sing. + + +---------- + +[5]Another translation with the same first line by A. M. Andersen in + "Hymnal for Church and Home". + +[6]Another translation: "The faith that God believeth" by P. C. Paulsen + in "Hymnal for Church and Home". + +[7]Another translation: "I walk in danger all the way" by D. G. Ristad in + "Hymnal for Church and Home". + + + + + Chapter Ten + Brorson's SWAN-SONG + + +The Pietist movement, new and numerically small when the Brorsons aligned +themselves with it, made such sweeping progress that within a few years +it became the most powerful movement within the Danish church. And in +1739, it ascended the throne in the persons of King Christian VI and his +consort, Queen Sophia Magdalene of Kulmbach, an event of great +significance to the fortunes of the Brorsons. + +In Denmark the king is officially the head of the church. At the time of +Brorson all church appointments belonged to him, and King Christian VI, +if he had so wanted, could thus have filled all vacancies with adherents +of the movement in which he sincerely believed. He was, however, no +fanatic. Earnestly concerned, as he no doubt was, to further the +spiritual welfare of his subjects, his only desire was to supply all +church positions at his disposal with good and able men. And as such the +Brorsons were recommended to him by his old tutor and adviser in church +affairs, John Herman Schraeder. On this recommendation, he successively +invited the brothers to preach at court. Their impression upon him was so +favorable that within a few years he appointed Nicolaj to become pastor +of Nicolaj church in Copenhagen, one of the largest churches in the +capital, Broder to become Provost of the cathedral at Ribe and, two years +later, Bishop of Aalborg, and Hans Adolph to succeed his brother at Ribe +and, four years later, to become bishop of that large and historically +famous bishopric. Thus the brothers in a few years had been elevated from +obscurity to leading positions within their church. + +Contemporaries express highly different estimates of Brorson as a bishop. +While praised by some, he is severely criticized by others as unfit both +by ability and temperament for the high office he occupied. This last +estimate now is generally held to be unjust and, to some extent at least, +inspired by jealousy of his quick rise to fame and by antagonism to his +pietistic views. A close examination of church records and his official +correspondence proves him to have been both efficient in the +administration of his office and moderate in his dealings with others. He +was by all accounts an eloquent and effective speaker. Although Ribe was +a small city, its large cathedral was usually crowded whenever it was +known that Brorson would conduct the service. People came from far away +to hear him. And his preaching at home and on his frequent visits to all +parts of his large bishopric bore fruit in a signal quickening of the +Christian life in many of the parishes under his charge. He was, we are +told, as happy as a child when he found pastors and their people working +faithfully together for the upbuilding of the kingdom. But his own zeal +caused him to look for the same earnestness in others. And he was usually +stern and, at times, implacable, in his judgment of neglect and +slothfulness, especially in the pastors. + +His private life was by all accounts exceptionally pure and simple, a +true expression of his sincere faith and earnest piety. A domestic, who +for many years served in his home has furnished us with a most +interesting account of his home life. Brorson, she testifies, was an +exceptionally kind and friendly man, always gentle and considerate in his +dealing with others except when they had provoked him by some gross +neglect or inattention to right and duty. He was generous to a fault +toward others, but very frugal, even parsimonious in his home and in his +personal habits. Only at Christmas or on other special occasion would he +urge his household to spare nothing. He was a ceaseless and industrious +worker, giving close personal attention to the multiple duties of his +important position and office. His daily life bore eloquent witness of +his sincere piety. When at home, no matter how busy, he always gathered +his whole household for daily devotions. Music constituted his sole +diversion. He enjoyed an evening spent in playing and singing with his +family and servants. If he chanced to hear a popular song with a pleasing +tune, he often adopted it to his own words, and sang it in the family +circle. Many of the hymns in his Swan-Song are said to have been composed +and sung in that way. + +His life was rich in trials and suffering. His first wife died just as he +was preparing to go to Copenhagen for his consecration as a bishop, and +the loss affected him so deeply that only the pleading of his friends +prevented him from resigning the office. He later married a most +excellent woman, Johanne Riese, but could never forget the wife of his +youth. Several of his children preceded him in death, some of them while +still in their infancy, and others in the prime of their youth. His own +health was always delicate and he passed through several severe illnesses +from which his recovery was considered miraculous. His heaviest cross +was, perhaps, the hopeless insanity of his first-born son, who throughout +his life had to be confined to a locked and barred room as a hopeless and +dangerous lunatic. A visitor in the bishop's palace, it is related, once +remarked: "You speak so often about sorrows and trials, Bishop Brorson, +but you have your ample income and live comfortably in this fine mansion, +so how can you know about these things?" Without answering, Brorson +beckoned his visitor to follow him to the graveyard where he showed him +the grave of his wife and several of his children, and into the palace +where he showed him the sad spectacle of his insane son. Then the visitor +understood that position and material comfort are no guaranty against +sorrow. + +A very sensitive man, Brorson was often deeply afflicted by his trials, +but though cast down, he was not downcast. The words of his own beloved +hymn, "Whatever I am called to bear, I must in patience suffer," no doubt +express his own attitude toward the burdens of his life. His trials +engendered in him, however, an intense yearning for release, especially +during his later years. The hymns of his _Swan-Song_ are eloquent +testimonies of his desire to depart and be at home with God. + +With the passing years his health became progressively poorer and his +weakening body less able to support the strain of his exacting office. He +would listen to no plea for relaxation, however, until his decreasing +strength clearly made it impossible for him to continue. Even then he +refused to rest and planned to publish a series of weekly sermons that he +might thus continue to speak to his people. But his strength waned so +quickly that he was able to complete only one of the sermons. + +On May 29, 1764, he begged a government official to complete a case +before him at his earliest convenience "for I am now seventy years old, +feeble, bedridden and praying for release from this unhappy world." Only +a day later, his illness took a grave turn for the worse. He sank into a +stupor that lasted until dusk when he awoke and said clearly, "My Jesus +is praying for me in heaven. I see it by faith and am anxious to go. Come +quickly, my Lord, and take me home!" He lingered until the morning of +June 3, when he passed away peacefully just as the great bells of the +cathedral announced the morning service. + +Several fine memorials have been raised to his memory, among them an +excellent statue at the entrance to the cathedral at Ribe, and a tablet +on the inside wall of the building right beside a similar remembrance of +Hans Tausen, the leader of the Danish reformation and a former bishop of +the diocese. But the finest memorial was raised to him by his son through +the publication of _Hans Adolph Brorson's Swan-Song_, a collection of +hymns and songs selected from his unpublished writings. + +The songs of the _Swan-Song_ were evidently written for the poet's own +consolation and diversion. They are of very different types and merit, +and a number of them might without loss have been left out of the +collection. A few of them stand unexcelled, however, for beauty, +sentiment and poetic excellence. There are songs of patience such as the +inimitable: + + + Her vil ties, her vil bies, + Her vil bies, o svage Sind. + Vist skal du hente, kun ved at vente, + Kun ved at vente, vor Sommer ind. + Her vil ties, her vil bies, + Her vil bies, o svage Sind. + + +which one can hardly transfer to another language without marring its +tender beauty. And there are songs of yearning such as the greatly +favored, + + + O Holy Ghost, my spirit + With yearning longs to see + Jerusalem + That precious gem, + Where I shall soon inherit + The home prepared for me. + + But O the stormy waters! + How shall I find my way + Mid hidden shoals, + Where darkness rolls, + And join thy sons and daughters + Who dwell in thee for aye. + + Lord, strengthen my assurance + Of dwelling soon with Thee, + That I may brave + The threatening wave + With firm and calm endurance; + Thyself my pilot be. + + +And there is "The Great White Host", most beloved of all Brorson's hymns, +which Dr. Ryden, a Swedish-American Hymnologist, calls the most popular +Scandinavian hymn in the English language. Several English translations +of this song are available. The translation presented below is from the +new English hymnal of the Danish Lutheran churches in America. + + + Behold the mighty, whiterobed band[8] + Like thousand snowclad mountains stand + With waving palms + And swelling psalms + Above at God's right hand. + These are the heroes brave that came + Through tribulation, war and flame + And in the flood + Of Jesus' blood + Were cleansed from sin and shame. + Now with the ransomed, heavenly Throng + They praise the Lord in every tongue, + And anthems swell + Where God doth dwell + Amidst the angels' song. + + They braved the world's contempt and might, + But see them now in glory bright + With golden crowns, + In priestly gowns + Before the throne of light. + The world oft weighed them with dismay. + And tears would flow without allay, + But there above + The Saviour's love + Has wiped their tears away. + Theirs is henceforth the Sabbath rest, + The Paschal banquet of the blest, + Where fountains play + And Christ for aye + Is host as well as guest. + + All hail to you, blest heroes, then! + A thousand fold is now your gain + That ye stood fast + Unto the last + And did your goal attain. + Ye spurned all worldly joy and fame, + And harvest now in Jesus' name + What ye have sown + With tears unknown + Mid angels' glad acclaim. + Lift up your voice, wave high your palm, + Compass the heavens with your psalm: + All glory be + Eternally + To God and to the Lamb. + + +Brorson's hymns were received with immediate favor. _The Rare Clenod of +Faith_ passed through six editions before the death of its author, and a +new church hymnal published in 1740 contained ninety of his hymns. +Pietism swept the country and adopted Brorson as its poet. But its reign +was surprisingly short. King Christian VI died in 1746, and the new king, +a luxury-loving worldling, showed little interest in religion and none at +all in Pietism. Under his influence the movement quickly waned. During +the latter part of the eighteenth century it was overpowered by a wave of +religious rationalism which engulfed the greater part of the intellectual +classes and the younger clergy. The intelligentsia adopted Voltaire and +Rousseau as their prophets and talked endlessly of the new age of +enlightenment in which religion was to be shorn of its mysteries and +people were to be delivered from the bonds of superstition. + +In such an atmosphere the old hymns and, least of all, Brorson's hymns +with their mystic contemplation of the Saviour's blood and wounds could +not survive. The leading spirits in the movement demanded a new hymnal +that expressed the spirit of the new age. The preparation of such a book +was undertaken by a committee of popular writers, many of whom openly +mocked Evangelical Christianity. Their work was published under the title +_The Evangelical Christian Hymnal_, a peculiar name for a book which, as +has been justly said, was neither Evangelical nor Christian. The +compilers had eliminated many of the finest hymns of Kingo and Brorson +and ruthlessly altered others so that they were irrecognizable. To +compensate for this loss, a great number of "poetically perfect hymns" by +newer writers--nearly all of whom have happily been forgotten--were +adopted. + +But while would-be leaders discarded or mutilated the old hymns and, with +a zeal worthy of a better cause, sought to force their new songs upon the +congregations, many of these clung tenaciously to their old hymnal and +stoutly refused to accept the new. In places the controversy even +developed into a singing contest, with the congregations singing the +numbers from the old hymnal and the deacons from the new. And these +contests were, of course, expressive of an even greater controversy than +the choice of hymns. They represented the struggle between pastors, +working for the spread of the new gospel, and congregations still +clinging to the old. With the highest authorities actively supporting the +new movement, the result of the contest was, however, a foregone +conclusion. The new enlightenment triumphed, and thousands of Evangelical +Christians became homeless in their own church. + +During the subsequent period of triumphant Rationalism, groups of +Evangelical laymen began to hold private assemblies in their own homes +and to provide for their own spiritual nourishment by reading Luther's +sermons and singing the old hymns. In these assemblies Brorson's hymns +retained their favor until a new Evangelical awakening during the middle +part of the nineteenth century produced a new appreciation of the old +hymns and restored them to their rightful place in the worship of the +church. And the songs of the Sweet Singer of Pietism have, perhaps, never +enjoyed a greater favor in his church than they do today. + + +---------- + +[8]Another translation: "Like thousand mountains brightly crowned" by S. + D. Rodholm in "World of Song". + + + + + Nicolaj Frederik Severin Grundtvig + the Singer of Pentecost + + + + + Chapter Eleven + Grundtvig's Early Years + + +The latter part of the eighteenth and the earlier part of the nineteenth +century produced a number of great changes in the spiritual, intellectual +and economic life of Denmark. The strong Pietist movement at the time of +Brorson, as we have seen, lost much of its momentum with the death of +King Christian VI, and within a few years was overwhelmed by a wave of +the intellectual and religious Rationalism then engulfing a large part of +Europe. Religion, it was claimed, should be divested of its mysteries and +reason made supreme. Whatever could not justify itself before the bar of +the human intellect should be discarded as outworn conceptions of a less +enlightened age. The movement, however, comprised all shades of opinions +from pure agnosticism to an idealistic belief in God, virtue and +immortality. + +Although firmly opposed by some of the most influential Danish leaders of +that day, such as the valiant bishop of Sjaelland, Johan Edinger Balle, +Rationalism swept the country with irresistible force. Invested in the +attractive robe of human enlightenment and appealing to man's natural +intellectual vanity, the movement attracted the majority of the upper +classes and a large proportion of the clergy. Its adherents studied +Rousseau and Voltaire, talked resoundingly of human enlightenment, +organized endless numbers of clubs, and--in some instances--worked +zealously for the social and economic uplift of the depressed classes. + +In this latter endeavor many pastors assumed a commendable part. Having +lost the old Gospel, the men of the cloth became eager exponents of the +"social gospel" of that day. While we may not approve their Christmas +sermons "on improved methods of stable feeding," or their Easter sermons +"on the profitable cultivation of buckwheat," we cannot but recognize +their devoted labor for the educational and economic uplift, especially +of the hard-pressed peasants. + +Their well-meant efforts, however, bore little fruit. The great majority +of the people had sunk into a slough of spiritual apathy from which +neither the work of the Rationalists nor the stirring events of the time +could arouse them. + +The nineteenth century began threateningly for Denmark, heaping calamity +after calamity upon her. England attacked her in 1801 and 1807, robbing +her of her fine fleet and forcing her to enter the European war on the +side of Napoleon. The war wrecked her trade, bankrupted her finances and +ended with the severance of her long union with Norway in 1814. But +through it all Holger Danske slept peacefully, apparently unaware that +the very existence of the nation was threatened. + +It is against this background of spiritual and national indifference that +the towering figure of Grundtvig must be seen. For it was he, more than +any other, who awakened his people from their lethargic indifference and +started them upon the road toward a happier day spiritually and +nationally. + +Nicolaj Frederik Severin Grundtvig, like so many of Denmark's greatest +men, was the son of a parson. He was born September 8, 1783, at Udby, a +country parish in the south-eastern part of Sjaelland. His father, Johan +Ottesen Grundtvig, was a pastor of the old school, an upright, earnest +and staunch supporter of the Evangelical Lutheran faith. His mother, +Catherine Marie Bang, was a high-minded, finely educated woman with an +ardent love for her country, its history, traditions and culture. Her son +claimed that he had inherited his love of "song and saga" from her. + +The Grundtvigs on both sides of the family were descendants of a long +line of distinguished forebears, the most famous of whom was Archbishop +Absalon, the founder of Copenhagen and one of the most powerful figures +in 13th Century Denmark. And they still had relatives in high places. +Thus Johan Edinger Balle, the formerly mentioned bishop of Sjaelland, was +a brother-in-law of Johan Grundtvig; Cathrine Grundtvig's brother, Dr. +Johan Frederik Bang, was a well-known professor of medicine and the +stepfather of Jacob Peter Mynster; and her younger sister, Susanna +Kristine Steffens, was the mother of Henrik Steffens, a professor at the +universities of Halle and Breslau, a friend of Goethe and Schiller, and a +leader of the early Romantic movement, both in Germany and Denmark. + +Cathrine Grundtvig bore her husband five children, of whom Nicolaj was +the youngest. But even with such a large household to manage, she found +time to supervise the early schooling of her youngest son. She taught him +to read, told him the sagas of his people and gave him his first lessons +in the history and literature, both of his own and of other nations. + +It was a period of stirring events. Wars and revolutions raged in many +parts of Europe. And these events were eagerly followed and discussed in +the parsonage. Listening to his elders, Grundtvig saw, as it were, +history in its making and acquired an interest in the subject that +produced rich fruits in later years. The wholesome Christian life of his +home and the devotional spirit of the services in his father's church +also made a deep impression upon him, an impression that even the +scepticism of his youth could not eradicate. + +But his happy childhood years ended all too quickly. At the age of nine +he left his home to continue his studies under a former tutor, Pastor L. +Feld of Thyregod, a country parish in Jylland. There he spent six lonely +but quite fruitful years, receiving among other things a solid training +in the classical languages. In 1798, he completed his studies with Rev. +Feld and enrolled in the Latin school at Aarhus, the principal city of +Jylland. But the change proved most unfortunate for young Grundtvig. +Under the wise and kindly guidance of Rev. Feld he had preserved the +wholesome, eager spirit of his childhood, but the lifeless teaching, the +compulsory religious exercises and the whole spiritless atmosphere of his +new school soon changed him into an indifferent, sophisticated and +self-satisfied cynic with little interest in his studies, and none at all +in religion. + +At the completion of his course, however, this attitude did not deter him +from enrolling at the University of Copenhagen with the intention of +studying for the ministry. A university education was then considered +almost indispensable to a man of his social position, and his parents +earnestly wished him to enter the church. Nor was his attitude toward +Christianity greatly different from that of his fellow students or even +from that of many pastors already preaching the emasculated gospel of +God, Virtue, and Immortality which the Rationalists held to be the true +essence of the Christian religion. Believing the important part of the +Gospel to be its ethical precepts, Grundtvig, furthermore, prided himself +upon the correctness of his own moral conduct and his ability to control +all unworthy passions. "I was at that time," he later complained, +"nothing but an insufferably vain and narrow-minded Pharisee." + +From this spirit of superior self-sufficiency, only two things +momentarily aroused him during his university years--the English attacks +upon Copenhagen; and a series of lectures by his cousin, Henrik Steffens. + +Steffens, as a student at Jena, had met and become an enthusiastic +disciple of Schelling, the father of natural philosophy, a pantheistic +colored conception of life, opposed to the narrowly materialistic views +of most Rationalists. Lecturing at the university during the years +1802-1803, Steffens aroused a tremendous enthusiasm, both among the +students and some of the older intellectuals. "He was a fiery speaker," +Grundtvig remarks later, "and his lectures both shocked and inspired us +although I often laughed at him afterward." + +Despite his attempt to laugh away the impression of the fiery speaker, +Grundtvig, nevertheless, retained at least two lasting memories from the +lectures--the power of the spoken word, a power that even against his +will could arouse him from his cynical indifference, and the reverence +with which Steffens spoke of Christ as "the center of history." The human +race, he contended, had sunk progressively lower and lower from the fall +of man until the time of Nero, when the process had been reversed and man +had begun the slow upward climb that was still continuing. And of this +progress the speaker in glowing terms pictured Christ as the living +center. + +Grundtvig was graduated from the university in the spring of 1803. He +wished to remain in Copenhagen but could find no employment and was +forced, therefore, to return to his home. Here he remained for about a +year, after which he succeeded in obtaining a position as tutor for the +son of Lieutenant Steensen Leth of Egelykke, a large estate on the island +of Langeland. + +Except for the fact that Egelykke was far from Copenhagen, Grundtvig soon +became quite satisfied with his new position. Both the manor and its +surroundings were extremely beautiful, and his work was congenial. His +employer, a former naval officer, proved to be a rough, hard-drinking +worldling; but his hostess, Constance Leth, was a charming, well-educated +woman whose cultural interests made the manor a favored gathering place +for a group of like-minded ladies from the neighborhood. And with these +cultured women, Grundtvig soon felt himself much more at home than with +his rough-spoken employer and hard-drinking companions. + +But if Grundtvig unexpectedly was beginning to enjoy his stay at +Egelykke, this enjoyment vanished like a dream when he suddenly +discovered that he was falling passionately in love with his attractive +hostess. It availed him nothing that others as he well knew might have +accepted such a situation with complacence; to him it appeared an +unpardonable reproach both to his intelligence and his honor. Having +proudly asserted the ability of any intelligent man to master his +passions, he was both horrified and humiliated to discover that he could +not control his own. + + Nicolaj Frederik Severin Grundtvig + +Grundtvig never consciously revealed his true sentiment to Constance +Leth. At the cost of an intense struggle, he managed outwardly to +maintain his code of honorable conduct. But he still felt humbled and +shaken by his inability to suppress his inner and as he saw it guilty +passion. And under this blow to his proud self-sufficiency, he felt, +perhaps for the first time in his life, the need for a power greater than +his own. "To win in this struggle," he wrote in his diary, "lies beyond +my own power. I must look for help from above or sink as the stone sinks +while the lightly floating leaves mock it and wonder why it cannot float +as they do." + +The struggle against his passion engendered a need for work. "In order to +quiet the storm within me," he writes, "I forced my mind to occupy itself +with the most difficult labor." Although he had paid small attention to +the suggestion at the time, he now remembered and began to read some of +the authors Steffens had recommended in his lectures: Goethe, Schiller, +Schelling, Fichte, Shakespeare and others. He also studied the work of +newer Danish writers, such as Prof. Jens Moeller, a writer on Northern +mythology, and Adam Oehlenschlaeger, a young man who, inspired by +Steffens, was becoming the foremost dramatic poet of Denmark. He even +renewed the study of his long neglected Bible. The motive of his +extensive reading was, no doubt, ethical rather than esthetic, a search +for that outside power of which the battle within him revealed his urgent +need. Thus he wrote: + + + My spirit opened its eyes, + Saw itself on the brink of the abyss, + Searched with trembling and fear + Everywhere for a power to save, + And found God in all things, + Found Him in the songs of the poets, + Found Him in the work of the sages, + Found Him in the myths of the North, + Found Him in the records of history, + But clearest of all it still + Found Him in the Book of Books. + + +The fate that appears to crush a man may also exalt him. And so it was +with Grundtvig. His suffering crushed the stony shell of cynical +indifference in which he had long enclosed his naturally warm and +impetuous spirit and released the great latent forces within him. In the +midst of his struggle, new ideas germinated springlike in his mind. He +read, thought and wrote, especially on the subject that was always near +to his heart, the mythology and early traditions of the Northern peoples. +And after three years of struggle, he was at last ready to break away +from Egelykke. If he had not yet conquered his passion, he had so far +mastered it that he could aspire to other things. + +Thus ended what a modern Danish writer, Skovgaard-Petersen, calls "the +finest love story in Danish history." The event had caused Grundtvig much +pain, but it left no festering wounds. His firm refusal to permit his +passion to sully himself or degrade the woman he loved had, on the +contrary, made it one of the greatest incitations to good in his whole +life. + +On his return to Copenhagen Grundtvig almost at once obtained a position +as teacher in history at Borch's Collegium for boys. His new position +satisfied him eminently by affording him a chance to work with his +favorite subject and to expand his other intellectual interests. He soon +made friends with a number of promising young intellectuals who, in turn, +introduced him to some of the outstanding intellectual and literary +lights of the country, and within a short while the list of his +acquaintances read like a Blue Book of the city's intelligentsia. + +Although Grundtvig was still quite unknown except for a few articles in a +current magazine, there was something about him, an originality of view, +an arresting way of phrasing his thoughts, a quiet sense of humor, that +commanded attention. His young friends willingly acknowledged his +leadership, and the older watched him with expectation. Nor were they +disappointed. His _Northern Mythology_ appeared in 1808, and _Episodes +from the Decay of Northern Heroism_ only a year later. And these +strikingly original and finely written works immediately established his +reputation as one of the foremost writers of Denmark. There were even +those who in their enthusiasm compared him with the revered +Oehlenschlaeger. A satirical poem, "The Masquerade Ball of Denmark," +inspired by the frivolous indifference with which many people had reacted +to the English bombardment of Copenhagen in 1807, showed his power of +burning scorn and biting satire. + +In the midst of this success and the preparation of plans for new and +more ambitious works, Grundtvig received a request from his old father to +come home and assist him with his parish work. The request was not at all +pleasing to him. His personal attitude toward Christianity was still +uncertain, and his removal from the capital would interfere with his +literary career. But as the wish of his good parents could not be +ignored, he reluctantly applied for ordination and began to prepare his +probation sermon. + +This now famous sermon was delivered before the proper officials March +17, 1810. Knowing that few besides the censors would be present to hear +him and feeling that an ordinary sermon would be out of place before such +an audience, Grundtvig prepared his sermon as an historical survey of the +present state of the church rather than as an Evangelical discourse. + +His study of history had convinced him of the mighty influence +Christianity had once exerted upon the nations, and he, therefore, posed +the question why this influence was now in decline. "Are the glad +tidings," he asked, "which through seventeen hundred years passed from +confessing lips to listening ears still not preached?" And the answer is +"no". Even the very name of Jesus is now without significance and worth +to most people of the younger generation, "for the Word of God has +departed from His house and that which is preached there is not the Word +of God, but the earth-bound speculations of men. The holy men of old +believed in the message they were called to preach, but the human spirit +has now become so proud that it feels itself capable of discovering the +truth without the light of the Gospel, and so faith has died. My +Brethren!" he exclaims, "Let us not, if we share this blindness and +contempt for the heavenly light, be false and shameless enough to +desecrate the Holy Place by appearing there as preachers of a +Christianity in which we ourselves do not believe!" + +The sermon was delivered with much force and eloquence. Grundtvig felt +himself stirred by the strength of his own argument; and a comparison of +the warm devotional spirit of a church service, as he remembered it from +his childhood, with the cold indifference of later days moved him to +sentimental tears, the first pious tears that he had shed for many years, +he said later. Even the censors were so impressed that they unanimously +awarded him the mark of excellent, a generosity they bitterly regretted a +few weeks later. For Grundtvig, contrary to his promise--as the censors +asserted but Grundtvig denied--published his sermon. And it was warmly +received by the Evangelicals as the first manna that had fallen in a +desert for many years. But the Rationalists violently condemned it and +presented the Committee on Church Affairs with an indignant protest +against its author "for having grossly insulted the Danish clergy." + +Considering the enthusiastic approval the sermon had received in various +quarters, the committee would gladly have squashed the complaint. But the +complainers, comprising many of the most influential pastors in the city, +were too powerful to be ignored. And so Grundtvig was found guilty "of +having willfully insulted the Danish clergy, both individually and as a +body," and sentenced to receive a reprimand by the dean of the +theological faculty. + +When Grundtvig on January 11, 1811, presented himself before the dean to +receive his reprimand, he looked so pale and shaken that even the worthy +official took compassion upon him and advised him privately that he must +not take his sentence too seriously. It was not, however, the stern +reprimand of the dean but an experience of far greater consequence that +so visibly blanched the cheeks of the defendant. + +The prospect of entering the active ministry caused Grundtvig to examine +seriously his own attitude toward Christianity. And although the bishop +vetoed his assignment to Udby and thus released him from the immediate +prospect of entering the pulpit, this did not stop the trend of his +thoughts. He had lost his former indifference toward religion and +discovered the historical significance of Christianity, but just what did +the Christian faith mean to him personally? + +He was still pondering this question, when in the fall of 1810, he +commenced a study of the Crusades, "the heroic age of Christianity," as +one historian called the period. The phrase appealed to him. He had +lately wandered through the mystic halls of Northern gods and heroes and +deplored the decay of their heroic spirit. He admired the heroic, and his +heart still wavered between the mighty Wodin and the meek and lowly +Christ. But the heroic age of Christianity--was it possible then that +Christianity too could rise to the heroic? + +In the course of his study he read _The Early History of Prussia_ by A. +von Kotzebue in which the author, after ridiculing "the missionary zeal +that, like a fire on the steppes, caught the kings of Poland and +Scandinavia and moved them to frantic efforts for the conversion of +neighboring peoples," proudly stated, "But while her neighbors all +accepted Christianity and the withered cross drew steadily nearer to the +green oak, Prussia remained faithful to her ancient gods." + +"The withered Cross!" The words stung Grundtvig to the quick. He hurled +the book away, sprang up and stormed about the room, vowing that he would +henceforth dedicate his life to the cause of the spurned emblem. + +A few weeks of restless exaltation followed. He read his Bible, studied +Luther's catechism and pondered the ways and means of accomplishing a +reform of his church, especially a reform inspired by pen and ink. But +his _New Year's Night_, a small book published during this period, shows +his still troublesome uncertainty, his constant wavering between the old +gods and the Christ of the Gospels, between various degrees of +Rationalism and a full acceptance of the mystery of the cross. In a +mighty hymn of praise to the suffering Savior, he wrote many years later: +"Yes, my heart believes the wonder of Thy cross, which ages ponder"--but +he had yet to pass through the depths before he could say that. Even so, +he now exultingly wrote: "On the rim of the bottomless abyss toward which +our age is blindly hastening, I will stand and confront it with a +picture, illumined by two shining lights, the Word of God, and the +testimony of history. As long as God gives me strength to lift up my +voice, I will call and admonish my people in His name." + +But from this pinnacle of proud exultation, he was suddenly hurled into +the abyss when, like a bolt of lightning, the thought struck him: But are +you yourself a Christian, have you received the forgiveness of your sin? + +"It struck me like a hammer, crashing the rock," he said later, "what the +Lord tells the ungodly: 'What hast thou to declare my statutes or that +thou shouldest take my covenant into thy mouth, seeing that thou hatest +my instruction and castest my word behind thee!'" Gone like a dream were +now all his proud fancies. Only one thought filled his whole being--to +obtain the forgiveness of his sin and the assurance of God's grace. But +so violent became his struggle that his mind at times reeled on the brink +of insanity. His young friends stood loyally by him, comforting and +guarding him as far as they could. And when it became clear that he must +be removed from the noise of the city, one of them, F. Sibbern, +volunteered to take him home. There his old parents received him with +understanding, even rejoicing that anxiety for his soul and not other +things had so disturbed his mind. + +The peace of the quiet countryside, the understanding care of his parents +and the soothing influence of their firm Evangelical faith acted as a +balm to Grundtvig's struggling spirit. He loved to enter the old church +of his childhood, to hear his father preach, or sit alone before the +altar in meditation and prayer. And there before the altar of the church +in which he had been baptized and confirmed, he at last found peace, the +true peace of God that passeth all understanding. + +After the great change in his life, Grundtvig now wished most heartily to +become his father's assistant. The elder Grundtvig had already forwarded +his resignation from the pastorate but was more than happy to apply for +its return and for the appointment of his son as his assistant. And so, +Grundtvig was ordained at Copenhagen, May 11, 1811, and installed at Udby +a few days later. He was back again in the old church of his childhood. + + + + + Chapter Twelve + The Lonely Defender of the Bible + + +Grundtvig began his work at Udby with all the zeal of a new convert. He +ministered to young and old, spent himself in work for the sick and the +poor, and preached the Gospel with a fervor that was new, not only to the +people of Udby, but to most people of that generation. If other things +had not intervened, like his father, he might have spent his life as a +successful country pastor. But his father died January 5, 1813. The +authorities refused to confirm Grundtvig in the vacant charge, and he and +his mother, shortly afterward, were compelled to leave the parsonage that +had been their home for more than forty years. His mother settled in +Prastoe, a small city a few miles from Udby, and Grundtvig returned to +Copenhagen to search for a new position, a task that this time proved +both long and painful. + +Among available positions, Grundtvig especially coveted a professorship +in history at the newly founded university of Oslo, Norway, at which +three of his friends, S. B. Hersleb, Niels Trechow and George Sverdrup, +had already obtained employment. But although these friends worked +zealously for his appointment, even after the separation of Norway from +Denmark, their efforts were fruitless. Grundtvig was not destined to +leave his native land. Nor were his attempts to secure other work +successful. In spite of the fact that he applied for almost every vacancy +in the church, even the smallest, his powerful enemies among the +Rationalists were influential enough to prevent his appointment to any of +them. + +Meanwhile he was by no means idle. Following his conversion, he felt for +a time like a man suddenly emerging from darkness into the brightness of +a new day. Old things had passed away, but the brilliance of the new +light confused him. What could he do? How many of his former interests +were reconcilable with his new views? Could he, for instance, continue +his writings? "When my eyes were opened," he writes, "I considered all +things not directly concerned with God a hindrance to the blessed +knowledge of my Lord, Jesus Christ." After a time he saw, however, that +his ability to write might be accepted as a gift from God to be used in +His service. "The poet when inspired," he says, "may proclaim a message +from above to the world below," and so, "after dedicating it to Himself, +the Lord again handed me the harp that I had placed upon His altar." + +During his brief stay at Udby, Grundtvig published three larger works: +_Episodes from the Battle between Ases and Norns_, _Saga_ and _A New +Year's Gift for 1812_.[9] The first of these was nearly completed before +his conversion, and as he now reread the manuscript, its content almost +shocked him. Was it possible that he had felt and written thus only a few +months ago! He thought of destroying the work but decided to recast it in +conformity with his present views and to express these clearly in a +preface. With the completion of this task, however, he took a long leave +from the "ice-cold giants of the North" that had so long engrossed his +attention. + +After his brief visit with the heroes of the past, Grundtvig again turned +his attention to their descendants in the present. And the contrast was +almost startling. The war still was dragging on and the country sinking +deeper and deeper into the morass of political, commercial and economic +difficulties. But the majority of the people seemed completely +indifferent to her plight. "They talked of nothing," Grundtvig says, "but +of what they had eaten, worn and amused themselves with yesterday, or +what they would eat, wear and amuse themselves with tomorrow." Was it +possible that these people could be descendants of the giants whose valor +and aggressive spirit had once challenged the greater part of Europe? + +Grundtvig was convinced that the spiritual apathy of his people resulted +from the failure of their spiritual leaders to uphold the Evangelical +faith, and that the salvation of the nation depended on a true revival of +Evangelical Christianity. For this reason he now exerted every means at +his command to induce the people and, especially, their leaders to return +to the old paths. In numerous works, both in verse and in prose, he urged +the people to renew the faith of their fathers and challenged their +leaders to take a definite stand for Biblical Christianity. He became the +lonely defender of the Bible. + +Among outstanding personalities of that day, there were especially two +that attracted widespread attention: J. P. Mynster, assistant pastor at +the Church of Our Lady in Copenhagen, and Adam Gottlieb Oehlenschlaeger, +the dramatic poet, then at the height of his fame. With their influence +these men, as Grundtvig saw it, might give a strong impetus to the much +needed awakening; and, he therefore, approached them personally. + +Rev. Mynster, a stepson of Grundtvig's maternal uncle, after a period of +rationalism, had experienced a quiet conversion to Evangelical faith and +won a respected name as a faithful and gifted preacher of the Gospel, a +name which he retained throughout his conspicuous career as pastor of the +Church of Our Lady in Copenhagen and, later, as Bishop of Sjaelland. He +and Grundtvig, working to the same purpose, ought to have united with +another, but they were both too individualistic in temperament and views +to join forces. Mynster was coldly logical, calm and reserved, a lover of +form and orderly progress. Grundtvig was impetuous, and volcanic, in +constant ferment, always in search of spiritual reality and wholly +indifferent to outward appearances. His own experience had led him to +believe that a return to Evangelical Christianity could be effected only +through a clean break with Rationalism, and he could not understand +Mynster's apparent attempt to temporize and bring about a gradual +transition from one to the other. There should be no compromise between +truth and falsehood. All believers in the Gospel should stand up and +proclaim it fearlessly, no matter what the consequences. + +And so Grundtvig wrote to Mynster: "Dear Rev. Mynster, I owe you an +apology for asking a question that in our days may appear inexcusable: +What is your real belief regarding the Bible and the faith of Jesus +Christ? If you humbly believe in God's Word, I shall rejoice with you +even if you differ with me in all other things. Dear Rev. Mynster--for +you are that to me--if my question appears unseemly, you must not let it +hurt you, for I have written only as my heart dictates." But Mynster did +feel offended and answered Grundtvig very coldly that his questions +implied an unwarranted and offensive doubt of his sincerity that must +make future intercourse between them difficult--if not impossible. + +Nor was Grundtvig more successful with a letter of similar purport to +Oehlenschlaeger whose later writings he found lacked the spiritual +sincerity of his earlier work. "My concern about this," he wrote, "is +increased by the thought that this lessening of spirituality must be +expressive of a change in your own spiritual outlook, your inner +relationship with God whom all spiritual workers should serve, counting +it a greater achievement to inspire their fellow men with a true +adoration of our Lord than to win the acclaim of the world." But like +Mynster the highly feted poet accepted this frank questioning of his +inner motive as an unwarranted impertinence, the stupid intrusion of an +intolerable fanatic with whom no friend of true enlightenment could have +anything to do. Grundtvig was fast finding out what it means to be +counted a fool for Christ's sake--or for what he thought was Christ's +sake. + +In the midst of these troubles Grundtvig again turned his attention to +history, his favorite subject from childhood days. His retreat from the +present to the past implied no abolition, however, of his resolve to +dedicate himself to a spiritual revival of his people. Through his +historical work he wished to show the influence of Christianity upon the +people of Europe. "That the life of every people," he writes, "is and +must be a fruit of faith should be clear to all. For who can dispute that +every human action--irrespective of how little considered it may have +been--is expressive of its doer's attitude, of his way of feeling and +thinking. But what determines a man's way of thinking except his +essential thoughts concerning the relationship between God and the world, +the visible and the invisible? Every serious thinker, therefore, must +recognize the importance of faith in the furtherance of science, the +progress of nations and the life of the state. It is a fearful delusion +that man can be immoral, an unbeliever, even an enemy of the cross of +Christ, and yet a furtherer of morality and science, a good neighbor and +a benefactor to his country." + +_A Brief Survey of the World's History_, which Grundtvig published in +1812, is thus the opposite of an objective presentation of historical +events. It is a Christian philosophy of history, an attempt to prove the +truth of the Gospel by its effect upon the nations. With the Bible before +him Grundtvig weighs and evaluates people and events upon the scale of +the revealed word. And his judgment is often relentless, stripping both +persons and events of the glorified robes in which history and traditions +invested them. In answer to countless protests against such a method of +reading history, Grundtvig contends that the Christian historian must +accept the consequences of his faith. He cannot profess the truth of +Christianity and ignore its implication in the life of the world. If the +Gospel be true, history must be measured by its relation to its truth. + +Grundtvig's history caused a sensation, especially on account of its +frank appraisal of many well-known persons. Nearly all praised its lucid +style; a few, such as George Sverdrup, spoke highly of its strikingly +original estimate and correlation of events; but the intelligentsia +condemned it as the work of an impossible fanatic. With this work, they +claimed, Grundtvig had clearly removed himself from the pale of +intelligent men. + +But while his enemies raged, Grundtvig was already busy with another +work: _A Brief Account of God's Way with the Danish and Norwegian +Peoples_. This history which, written in verse and later published under +the title of _Roskilde Rhymes_, was first read at a diocesan convention +in Roskilde Cathedral, the Westminster Abbey of Denmark. Although the +poem contained many urgent calls to the assembled pastors to awake and +return to the way of the fathers, whose bones rested within the walls of +the historic sanctuary, its reading caused no immediate resentment. Most +of the reverend listeners are reported, in fact, to have been peacefully +asleep when late in the evening Grundtvig finished the reading of his +lengthy manuscript. But a paper on "Polemics and Tolerance" which he read +at another convention two years later kept his listeners wide awake. + +"Our day has inherited two shibboleths from the eighteenth century: +enlightenment and tolerance. By the last of these words most people +understand an attitude of superior neutrality toward the opinions of +others, even when these opinions concern the highest spiritual welfare of +man. Such an attitude has for its premise that good and evil, truth and +falsehood are not separate and irreconcilable realities but only +different phases of the same question. But every Christian, thoroughly +convinced of the antagonism and irreconcilability of truth with +falsehood, must inevitably hate and reject such a supposition. If +Christianity be true, tolerance toward opinions and teachings denying its +truth is nothing but a craven betrayal of both God and man. It is +written, 'Judge and condemn no one' but not 'Judge and condemn nothing.' +For every Christian must surely both judge and condemn evil. + +"There are times when to fight for Christianity may not be an urgent +necessity; but that cannot be so in our days when every one of its divine +truths is mocked and assailed. + +"You call me a self-seeking fanatic, but if I be that, why are you +yourself silent? If I be misleading those who follow me, why are you, the +true watchmen of Zion, not exerting yourself to lead them aright? I stand +here the humblest of Danish pastors, a minister without a pulpit, a man +reviled by the world, shorn of my reputation as a writer, and held to be +devoid of all intelligence and truth. Even so I solemnly declare that the +religion now preached in our Danish church is not Christianity, is +nothing but a tissue of deception and falsehood, and that unless Danish +pastors bestir themselves and fight for the restoration of God's word and +the Christian faith there will soon be no Christian church in Denmark." + +The immediate effect of this bold challenge was a stern reprimand from +Bishop Frederik Munter, accompanied by a solemn warning that if he ever +again ventured to voice a similar judgment upon his fellow pastors, +sterner measures would at once be taken against him. Besides this, his +enemies raved, some of his few remaining friends broke with him, and H. +C. Oersted, the famous discoverer of electro-magnetism, continued an +attack upon him that for bitterness has no counterpart in Danish letters. +In the midst of this storm Grundtvig remained self-possessed, answering +his critic quite calmly and even with a touch of humor. Although +relentless in a fight for principles, he was never vindictive toward his +personal enemies. In 1815, he published a collection of poems, +_Kvaedlinger_, in which he asks, "Who knoweth of peace who never has +fought, whoso has been saved and suffered naught?" And these lines no +doubt express his personal attitude toward the battles of life. + +Being without a pulpit of his own, Grundtvig, after his return to +Copenhagen, frequently accepted invitations to preach for other pastors. +But as the opposition against him grew, these invitations decreased and, +after the Roskilde affair, only one church, the church of Frederiksberg, +was still open to him. Grundtvig felt his exclusion very keenly, but he +knew that even friendly pastors hesitated to invite him for fear of +incurring the disapproval of superiors or the displeasure of influential +parishioners. And so, at the close of a Christmas service in the +Frederiksberg church in 1815, he solemnly announced that he would not +enter a pulpit again until he had been duly appointed to do so by the +proper authorities. + +Grundtvig's withdrawal from the church, though pleasing to his active +enemies, was a great disappointment to his friends. His services had +always been well attended, and his earnest message had brought comfort to +many, especially among the distressed Evangelicals. But others, too, felt +the power of his word. Thus a man in Copenhagen, after attending one of +his services, wrote to a friend, "that he had laughed at the beginning of +the sermon and wept at its conclusion" and that "it was the only earnest +testimony he had ever heard from a pulpit." And a reporter writing to a +Copenhagen newspaper about his last service said, "Our famous Grundtvig +preached yesterday at Frederiksberg church to such a crowd of people that +the church was much too small to accommodate them. Here were people from +all walks of life, and the speaker, we are convinced, stirred them to the +bottom of their souls. Here was a Mynster's clarity, a Fallesen's +earnestness, and a Balle's appeal united with a Nordahl Brun's manliness +and admirable language." And this about a man for whom his church had no +room! + +Thus Grundtvig instead of the friendly co-operation he had hoped for +especially from the spiritual and intellectual leaders of the people +found himself virtually shut out from the circle to which he naturally +belonged, and from the church he loved, perhaps better than any man of +his generation. + +But if his hope of enlisting the leaders in a campaign to revive the +spiritual life of the common people had been disappointed, his own +determination to devote his life to that purpose remained unshaken. If he +could look for no help from the recognized leaders of his nation, he must +somehow gain a hearing from the common people themselves. His personal +contact with these, however, was rather slight. Except for his brief work +as a pastor, he had so far spent the greater part of his life in +intellectual pursuits quite removed from the interest of the common man. +And the question was then how he, a man without any special position and +influence, could reach the ears of his countrymen. + +In searching for an answer to this question, he remembered the two things +that most profoundly had influenced his own spiritual outlook, his study +of the traditions and history of his people, and his religious awakening +in 1810. Was it not possible then that a like change might be engendered +in others by presenting them with a picture of their own glorious past +or, as his friend Ingemann later expressed it, by calling forth the +generations that died to testify against the generation that lived? In +presenting such a picture he would not have to rely on his own +inventiveness but could use material already existing, foremost among +which were the famous _Sagas of Norwegian Kings_ by Snorra Sturlason, and +_Denmark's Chronicle_ by Saxo Grammaticus, the former written in +Icelandic, and the latter in Latin. + +When Grundtvig presented this plan to his remaining friends, they +received it at once with enthusiasm and began the organization of +societies both in Denmark and Norway for the purpose of sponsoring its +execution, in itself a most herculean task. + +The two books contain together about fifteen hundred large and closely +printed pages and present a circumstantial account of the early +mythological and factual history of the two nations. Even a merely +literal translation of them might well consume years of labor. But +Grundtvig's plan went much farther than mere literal translation. Wishing +to appeal to the common people, he purposed to popularize the books and +to transcribe them in a purer and more idiomatic Danish than the accepted +literary language of the day, a Danish to be based on the dialects of the +common people, the folk-songs, popular proverbs, and the old hymns. It +was a bold undertaking, comparable to the work of Luther in modelling the +language of the German Bible after the speech of the man in the street +and the mother at the cradle, or to the great effort of Norway in our +days to supplant the Danish-Norwegian tongue with a language from the +various dialects of her people. Nor can it be said that Grundtvig was +immediately successful in his attempt. His version of the sagas sounds +somewhat stilted and artificial, and it never became popular among the +common people for whom it was especially intended. Eventually, however, +he did develop his new style into a plain, forceful mode of expression +that has greatly enriched the Danish language of today. + +For seven years Grundtvig buried himself in "the giant's mount," emerging +only occasionally for the pursuit of various studies in connection with +his work or to voice his views on certain issues that particularly +interested him. He discovered a number of errors in the Icelandic version +of Beowulf and made a new Danish translation of that important work; he +engaged in a bitter literary battle with Paul Mueller, a leader among the +younger academicians, in defence of the celebrated lyric poet, Jens +Baggesen, who had aroused the wrath of the students by criticising their +revered dramatist, Oehlenschlaeger; and he fought a furious contest with +the greatly admired song and comedy writer, John L. Heiberg, in defence +of his good friend, Bernhard Severin Ingemann, whose excellent but overly +sentimental lyrics had invited the barbed wit of the humorist. But +although Grundtvig's contributions to these disputes were both able and +pointed, their main effect was to widen the breach between him and the +already antagonistic intellectuals. + +In 1817 Grundtvig published the second part of _World Chronicles_, and a +few issues of a short-lived periodical entitled "Dannevirke" which among +other excellent contributions presented his splendid poem, "The Easter +Lily," a poetic dramatization of our Lord's resurrection, about which the +poet, Baggesen, said that "it outweighed all Oehlenschlaeger's tragedies +and that he himself had moments when he would rather have been the author +of this incomparably beautiful poem than of everything he himself had +written." + +Grundtvig began his translation of the sagas on a wave of high +enthusiasm. But as the years multiplied, the interest of his supporters +waned and he himself wearied of the task. He began, besides, to doubt his +ability to resurrect the heroic dead in such a manner that they could +revive the dropping spirit of the living. + +In a welcome to Ingemann, on his return from a tour abroad, he expresses +the hope that the poet will now devote his gifts to a reincarnation of +his country's old heroes. He himself has tried to do this. "He has made +armor, shields and swords for them of saga's steel, and borrowed horses +for them from the ancient bards, but he has no cloth fit for the coats of +such elegant knights nor feathers beautiful enough to adorn their +helmets. He can sound a challenge but has no voice for singing; he can +ring a bell but can not play the lute." In other words, he can depict the +thoughts and ideals of the old heroes but lacks the poetical ability to +recreate them as living personalities--a remarkably true estimate of his +own limitations. + +The discovery that his translation of the sagas was not accomplishing its +intended purpose, and a growing apprehension that the written word was, +perhaps, impotent to revive the spiritual life of his people, engendered +in him an increasing wish to leave "the mount of the dead" and re-enter +the world of the living. His economic circumstances also necessitated a +change. In 1818 he had married Elizabeth Blicher, the daughter of a +brother pastor, and he found it well nigh impossible to support his wife +and growing family on the meager returns from his writings and a small +pension which the government allowed him for his work with the sagas. + +Spurred by these reasons, he applied for almost every vacancy in the +church, even the smallest, and, in 1821, succeeded in obtaining an +appointment to the pastorate at Prastoe, a small city on the south-eastern +shores of Sjaelland. + +Grundtvig was well satisfied with his new charge. He was kindly received +by his congregation; the city was quite close to his beloved Udby, and +his mother still lived there. "In the loveliest surroundings my eyes have +ever seen and among a friendly people," he writes, "my strength soon +revived so that I could continue my literary work and even complete my +wearisome translation of the sagas." + +An incident is related from his work at Prastoe which throws a somewhat +revealing light upon his ability as a pastor. At his only confirmation +service there, the confirmants, we are told, wept so that he had to pause +several times in his address to them in order to let them regain their +composure. Since he was always quite objective in his preaching and +heartily disbelieved in the usual revival methods, the incident +illustrates his rare ability to profoundly stir even the less mature of +his hearers by his objective presentation of the Gospel. Even his +bitterest enemies could not deny the evident effectiveness of his +ministry in every charge he served. + +His work at Prastoe was, however, of brief duration. In 1822, less than +two years after his installation, he received and accepted a call as +assistant pastor at Our Savior's Church in Copenhagen, thus attaining his +long deferred wish for a pulpit in the capital. + + +---------- + +[9]The printed text is corrupt here. _Saga: A New Year's Gift for 1812_ + is one work. Possibly the third work referenced is _World Chronicles_, + the first part of which was published in 1812. + + + + + Chapter Thirteen + The Living Word + + +Grundtvig began his ministry in the capital with high hopes, but he was +soon disappointed. His services as usual attracted large audiences, +audiences that frequently overflowed the spacious sanctuary. But these +came from all parts of the city, an ever changing throng from which it +was quite impossible to create a real congregation. The parish itself was +so large that the mere routine duties of his office consumed much of his +time. There were mass weddings, mass baptisms, mass funerals for people +of whom he knew little and could have no assurance that he was not +"giving the holy unto dogs or casting pearls before swine." With the +prevailing decay of church-life most pastors accepted these conditions +with equanimity, but to Grundtvig they constituted an increasingly heavy +burden. + +He was still lonely. Awakened Christians were few, and his fellow pastors +were nearly all Rationalists who looked upon him as a dangerous fanatic +whom it was best to avoid. Grundtvig's opinion about them, though +different, was scarcely higher. It provoked him to observe pastors openly +repudiating doctrines and ordinances which they had sworn to defend. To +his mind such a course was both dishonorable to themselves and unjust +toward their congregations which, whether or not they approved of these +unlawful acts, had to be served by their parish pastors. The majority, it +is true, accepted the new doctrines with indifference. Rationalism then +as now promoted apathy rather than heresy. But Grundtvig observed its +blighting effect everywhere, even upon himself. + +Signs of a new awakening, nevertheless, were appearing here and there, +especially in certain rural communities. Influenced by the Haugean +movement in Norway and Grundtvig's own earlier work, scattering groups of +Evangelicals and Pietists began to evince new life and activity. Peasants +in a number of parishes in Jutland refused to accept the Evangelical +Christian hymnal and a new rationalistic colored catechism, choosing to +go to jail rather than to compromise their faith; and groups of +Evangelical laymen on the island of Fyn began to hold private assemblies +at which they nourished themselves by reading Luther's sermons and +singing Kingo's and Brorson's hymns. Most if not all of these groups +admired Grundtvig for his bold defiance of Biblical Christianity and +looked hopefully to him for encouragement. If, as his enemies charged, he +had wished to make himself the head of a party, he could easily have done +so by assuming the leadership of the private assemblies. + +But Grundtvig never compromised his views for the sake of attracting a +following, and he did not approve of private assemblies. Such groups, he +wrote, had frequently disrupted the church, bred contempt for Scripture, +and fostered a perverted form of piety. Even as a release from the +present deplorable situation, they might easily produce more harm than +good. + +Although Grundtvig could not approve of the assemblies he, nevertheless, +sympathized deeply with the distressed laity. A layman was then bound to +his parish, and Grundtvig clearly understood the difficulty of laymen who +had to accept the ministry, have their children baptized, instructed and +confirmed by pastors denying fundamental doctrines of their faith. With +his usual frankness he therefore threw caution to the winds and reminded +the pastors that it was their own failure to preach and defend the +Lutheran faith that was forcing Evangelical laymen to seek in the +assemblies what was arbitrarily withheld from them in the church. +"Whether it be good or bad, recommendable or deplorable," Grundtvig +wrote, "it is, at any rate, a fact that the spirit of the church service +has changed so greatly during the last half century that it is almost +impossible for an Evangelical Christian to derive any benefit from it, +and it is this situation that has forced earnest laymen to invent such a +substitute for the church as the private assemblies evidently are." + +For a number of years Grundtvig thought and wrote almost ceaselessly +about this problem. With conditions so perverted that the lawbreakers +were imprisoning the victims of their own lawlessness, something ought +evidently to be done about it. But what could he do? + +He tried to attack Rationalism from new angles. In a carefully written +article in "The Theological Monthly," a magazine that he published in +collaboration with the learned but crusty Dr. G. A. Rudelbach, he argued +that any inquiry concerning the nature of Christianity should distinguish +between the questions: What is true Christianity? and Is Christianity +True? The first was a historical question, and could be answered only by +an examination of the original teachings of Christianity; the second was +a question of conscience and depended on the attitude of the individual. +He was he asserted, perfectly willing to recognize the right of the +Rationalists to believe what ever they choose, but as a historian he had +to protest against the propagation of any belief under the name of +Christianity that clearly denied what Christianity originally affirmed. + +His writing, however, produced no evident result. The rationalists either +maintained a contemptuous silence or answered him by their favorite cry +of ignorance and fanaticism. The true teachings of Christianity, they +asserted, could be ascertained only by the trained theologian, able to +read the Bible in the original and trained to interpret it in the light +of current knowledge. Such men knew, it was claimed, that many of the +doctrines formerly held by the church, such as the divinity of Christ, +the atonement and the triunity of God, were not found in the Scriptures +at all or were based on misread or misinterpreted texts. + +Although these contentions were almost as old as Christianity itself, +Grundtvig still found that a clear refutation of them was practically +impossible. He could not disprove them by Scripture, for the Rationalists +would claim their interpretation of the Bible to be as trustworthy as his +own; nor could he appeal to the confessions, for his opponents openly +repudiated these as antiquated conceptions of a less enlightened age. His +only hope of giving any real guidance to the confused and distressed +laity of his church thus appeared to depend on the possibility of +discovering an expression of Christianity so authoritative that the most +learned perverter of the faith could not repudiate it and so plain that +the humblest believer could understand it. In his anxiety it even seemed +to him that the Lord had failed adequately to provide for His little ones +if He had not supplied them with such a shield against the storm of +confusing doctrines. + +"Being greatly distressed with the thought that all humble Christians +must either fall into doubt concerning their only Savior and His Gospel +or build their faith on the contradictory teachings of learned +theologians," he wrote, "I perceived clearly the pressing need of the +church for a simpler, more dependable and authoritative statement of that +word of God which shall never pass away than all the book-worms of the +world could ever produce. But while my anxiety for the distressed laity +of my church grew and I sought night and day for a clear testimony of +Jesus that would enable them to try the spirits whether they be of God, a +good angel whispered to me: 'Why seekest thou the living among the dead?' +Then the scales fell from my eyes, and I saw clearly that the word of God +which I so anxiously sought could be no other than that which at all +times, in all churches and by all Christians has been accepted as a true +expression of their faith and the covenant of their baptism, the +Apostolic Creed." + +In his search for an effective means of arming the laity against the +confusing claims of the Rationalists, Grundtvig thus came to place the +Creed above the Bible, or rather to assert that the two should stand side +by side, and that all explanations of the latter should agree with the +plain articles of the former so that every Christian personally could +weigh the truth or error of what was taught by comparing it with his +baptismal covenant. + +Grundtvig supported his "great discovery" with passages from the Bible +and the church fathers, especially Irenaeus. He advanced the theory that +Jesus had taught the Creed to His disciples during the forty days after +His resurrection in which He remained with them, "speaking of the things +pertaining to the kingdom of God"; that the Creed through the early +centuries had been regarded as too sacred to commit to writing and, +therefore had been transmitted orally; and that it constituted, together +with the words of institution of the sacraments and the Lord's prayer, in +a special sense "the living word of God" by which He builds and vivifies +His church. It should be stated, however, that Grundtvig's intention by +distinguishing between what he called "the living" and "the written +word," was not to belittle the Bible but only to define its proper place, +the place of enlightening and guiding those, who through God's living +covenant with them in their baptism already have become Christians. A +Christian, he believed, is reborn in his baptism, nourished in the +Communion and enlightened by the Word. + +A critical examination of Grundtvig's theory, about which thousands of +pages have been written, lies beyond the scope of this work. Grundtvig +himself felt that his "discovery" had given him a solid foundation for +his stand against the Rationalists. And his theory unquestionably did +enable him, in the midst of an almost hopeless religious confusion, to +reassert the essentials of Evangelical Christianity, to refute the +contentions of the Rationalists by weighing them on an acknowledged +historical basis of faith, and to reemphasize that the Christian church +is not a creation of theological speculations but of God's own work in +His word and sacraments. + +Grundtvig for some time previous to his discovery had felt exceedingly +depressed. His long struggle for the reawakening of his people to a +richer Christian and national life appeared fruitless. Most of the +intellectual and spiritual leaders of his time looked upon the very idea +of sharing the richer cultural and spiritual values of life with the +common man as a visionary conception of an unstable and erratic mind. One +ought naturally, they admitted, to be interested in improving the social +and economic conditions of the lower classes, but the higher treasures of +mind and spirit belonged in the very nature of things to the cultured few +and could not be shared with the common herd. + +In spite of these discouragements, Grundtvig somehow experienced a +wonderful rebirth of his hope in the spring of 1824, an experience to +which he gave eloquent expression in his great poem, "New Year's +Morning." He writes in the preface that he has "long enough battled with +a witch called indifference, and has discovered that the battle wherein +one is most likely to be defeated is the battle against nothing." He +therefore urges his friends to ignore the witch and join him in a +determined crusade for a reawakening of the Northern spirit to the +accomplishment of Christian deed. + +Grundtvig's hope for a season of quiet and peaceful cooperation with his +friends was, however, soon shattered. In the summer of 1825, a young +professor of theology, H. N. Clausen, published a book entitled: _The +Constitution, Doctrine and Rituals of Catholicism and Protestantism_. As +Prof. Clausen enjoyed a great popularity among his students and, as a +teacher of theology, might influence the course of the Danish church for +many years, Grundtvig was very much interested in what he had to say. He +obtained the book and read it quickly but thoughtfully, underscoring the +points with which he disagreed. And these were numerous. At the very +beginning of the book, he found the author asserting that "the Protestant +theologian, since he need recognize no restriction of his interpretations +by creeds, traditions, or ecclesiastical authorities, is as once +infinitely more free and important than his Catholic colleague. For as +the Protestant church unlike the Catholic possesses no conclusive and +authoritative system of belief either in her creeds or in Scripture, it +devolves upon her trained theologians to set forth what the true +teachings of Christianity really are. "Why, O why!" the professor +exclaims, "should eternal Wisdom have willed revelation to appear in a +form so imperfect? What other purpose, I ask you, can an all-wise +Providence have had with such a plan than to compel the children of man +to recognize that it is only through the exercise of their own, human +intelligence that the revelation of God can be comprehended!" + +As Grundtvig mused upon these assertions so expressive of all that he had +denied and fought against, he felt at once that they constituted a +challenge which he could not leave unanswered. He had shortly before +written to a friend: "Since the perverters of Christianity have become so +self-confident that they will not answer any charge against them except +when it is addressed to themselves personally and by name, one may +eventually have to employ that form of attack." And that was the form he +chose to use in his now famous book. _The Reply of the Church to Prof. H. +N. Clausen_. + +"By the publication of this book," he writes, "Prof. Clausen has put +himself forward as a leader among the enemies of the church and the +perverters of God's word in this country. A church, such as he advocates, +that has no determinable form, exists only in the brains of the +theologians, and must be construed from theological speculations on the +basis of a discredited Bible and according to the changing thoughts and +opinions of man, is plainly nothing but a fantastic dream, a comic if it +were not so tragic conception of a Christian congregation which claims to +confess the same faith, but knows not what it is, and holds that it is +instituted by God, but cannot tell for what purpose before the +theologians have found it out. + +"Against such a church, I place the historical church, that is the church +of the Gospel, instituted by Christ Himself, created by His word and +vivified by His Spirit. For I contend that the Christian church now as +always consists of that body of believers who truly accept the faith of +their baptismal covenant, Holy Baptism and the Lord's Supper as the faith +and means of salvation." + +_The Reply of the Church_ caused a sensation. It was read and discussed +everywhere. But if Grundtvig had hoped to force a general discussion of +the plight of the church, he was disappointed. Prof. Clausen answered him +with a lawsuit "for malicious injury to his professional honor"; his +enemies all condemned him, and his friends were silent. If they approved +of the substance of his charges, they disapproved of their form. +Grundtvig appeared to have thrown away the last remnant of his already +tattered reputation, and only the years would reveal that in doing so he +had struck a deadlier blow against Rationalism than he had expected, that +he had, in fact, for years to come made Rationalism impossible in Denmark +as a form of Christianity. + +Meanwhile the Danish church was preparing to celebrate its thousandth +anniversary in May, 1826. Grundtvig looked forward to the event with +almost child-like anticipation, hoping that the celebration might serve +to awaken a new appreciation of the old church. To heighten the +festivities the authorities had authorized pastors to select the hymns +for the services in their own churches, and Grundtvig had written and +published a pamphlet of hymns to be used in his church. But shortly +before the festival, his bishop informed him that only hymns from the +authorized hymnal could be chosen. As no one else had composed hymns for +the occasion, Grundtvig could not doubt that this new ruling was aimed +solely at him, and this new evidence at the length to which his enemies +would go for the sake of humiliating him appeared to him like the last +straw. He had long suffered under the difficulty of serving a church +which honored the law-breaker and persecuted the law-abiding and thought +of resigning. But he had a family to support. And while he himself would +gladly bear the poverty his resignation would inevitably bring him, he +doubted his right to impose such a burden upon his family. The difficulty +was finally solved for him by his wife, who one day came into his study +and said: "Father, I know what is troubling you. You wish to resign and +hesitate to do so for our sake. But I want you to do whatever you think +is right. The Lord will provide for us." + +And so it was settled. His resignation was handed to the authorities a +few days before the festival, and it was accepted so quickly that he was +released from office before the following Sunday. When the festive Sunday +came which he had looked forward to with so much pleasure, he sat idly in +his study across from the church and watched people come for the service, +but another pastor preached the sermon, he had earnestly wished to +deliver, and other hymns than his own beloved songs served as vehicles +for the people's praise. + +Public sentiment regarding Grundtvig's resignation varied. His friends +deplored the action, holding that he should have remained in his +pastorate both for the sake of his congregation and the cause which he +had so ably championed. But his opponents rejoiced, seeing in his +resignation just another proof of an erratic mentality. For who had ever +heard of a normal person withdrawing from a secure and respectable +position without even asking for the pension to which he was entitled? + +The six years during which Grundtvig remained without a pulpit were among +the busiest and most fruitful of his life. He published his +_Sunday-Book_, a collection of sermons which many still rate among the +finest devotional books in Danish; made extended visits to England in +1829-1831, for the purpose of studying the old Anglo Saxon manuscripts +kept there, an undertaking that awakened the interest of the English +themselves in these great treasures; wrote his splendid _Northern +Mythology or Picture Language_, and _The World's History after the Best +Sources_, works in which he presents the fundamental aspects of his +historical, folk and educational views that have made his name known not +only in Scandinavia but in almost every country in the world. + +Meanwhile he again had entered the pulpit. As a compensation for the loss +of his ministry, a group of his friends shortly after his resignation +began to hold private assemblies. When Grundtvig still firmly refused to +take part in these, they decided to organize an independent congregation, +petition the government for permission to use an abandoned German +Lutheran church and call Grundtvig as their pastor. The petition was +promptly refused, though Grundtvig himself pleaded with the authorities +to permit the organization of an independent congregation as the best +means of relieving the dissatisfied members of the church and declared +that he would himself join the assemblies unless some such measure of +relief was granted. When the authorities ignored his plea, Grundtvig made +good his threat and appeared at the assemblies, drawing such a crowd that +no private home could possibly hold it, whereupon it was decided to +secure a public hall for future meetings. But when the authorities heard +this, they suddenly experienced a change of heart and offered the +troublesome preacher and his friends the use of Frederik's church for a +vesper service each Sunday. + +The eight years Grundtvig served as an independent preacher at the +Frederik's church were among the happiest in his life. He rejoiced to +know that the large, diversified audience crowding the sanctuary each +Sunday came wholly of its own free will. It also pleased the now +gray-haired pastor to see an increasing number of students become +constant attendants at his services. Even so, his position had its +drawbacks. He was permitted neither to administer the sacraments nor to +instruct the young people, and the authorities even denied him the right +to confirm his own sons. Grundtvig felt especially this refusal so keenly +that he again was thinking of resigning his pulpit when the king offered +him an appointment as pastor of Vartov, a large institution for the aged. + +Thus from 1839 until Grundtvig's death the chapel at Vartov became his +home and that of his friends and the center of the fast growing +Grundtvigian movement. People from all walks of life, from the Queen to +the common laborer, became regular attendants at the unpretentious +sanctuary, and the eyes of some old people still shine when they recall +the moving spirit of the services there, the venerable appearance and +warm monotone voice of the pastor, and, especially, the hearty, +soul-stirring singing. Many of Grundtvig's own great hymns were +introduced at Vartov. From there they spread throughout the church. And +it was to a large extent the hearty, inspiring congregational singing at +Vartov which made the Danish church a singing church. + + + + + Chapter Fourteen + The Hymnwriter + + + Splendid are the heavens high, + Beautiful the radiant sky, + Where the golden stars are shining, + And their rays, to earth inclining, + -: Beckon us to heaven above :- + + It was on a Christmas night, + Darkness veiled the starry height; + But at once the heavens hoary + Beamed with radiant light and glory, + -: Coming from a wondrous star :- + + When this star so bright and clear + Should illume the midnight drear, + Then, according to tradition, + Should a king of matchless vision + -: Unto earth from heaven descend :- + + Sages from the East afar + When they saw this wondrous star, + Went to worship and adore Him + And to lay their gifts before Him + -: Who was born that midnight hour :- + + Him they found in Bethlehem + Without crown or diadem, + They but saw a maiden lowly + With an infant pure and holy + -: Resting in her loving arms :- + + Guided by the star they found + Him whose praise the ages sound. + We have still a star to guide us + Whose unsullied rays provide us + -: With the light to find our Lord :- + + And this star so fair and bright + Which will ever lead aright, + Is God's word, divine and holy, + Guiding all His children lowly + -: Unto Christ, our Lord and King :- + + +This lovely, childlike hymn, the first to appear from Grundtvig's pen, +was written in the fall of 1810 when its author was still battling with +despair and his mind faltering on the brink of insanity. Against this +background the hymn appears like a ray of sunlight breaking through a +clouded sky. And as such it must undoubtedly have come to its author. As +an indication of Grundtvig's simple trust in God, it is noteworthy that +another of his most childlike hymns, "God's Child, Do Now Rest Thee," was +likewise composed during a similar period of distress that beset him many +years later. + +For a number of years Grundtvig's hymn of the Wise Men represented his +sole contribution to hymnody. Other interests engaged his attention and +absorbed his energy. During his years of intense work with the sagas he +only occasionally broke his "engagement" with the dead to strike the lyre +for the living. In 1815 he translated "In Death's Strong Bonds Our Savior +Lay" from Luther, and "Christ Is Risen from the Dead" from the Latin. The +three hundredth anniversary of the Reformation brought his adaptation of +Kingo's "Like the Golden Sun Ascending" and translations of Luther's "A +Mighty Fortress Is Our God" and "The Bells Ring in the Christmastide." In +1820 he published his now popular "A Babe Is Born at Bethlehem" from an +old Latin-Danish text, and 1824 saw his splendid rendering of "The Old +Day Song," "With Gladness We Hail the Blessed Day," and his original "On +Its Rock the Church of Jesus Stood Mongst Us a Thousand Years." + +These songs constitute his whole contribution to hymnody from 1810 to +1825. But the latter year brought a signal increase. In the midst of his +fierce battle with the Rationalists he published the first of his really +great hymns, a song of comfort to the daughters of Zion, sitting +disconsolately at the sickbed of their mother, the church. Her present +state may appear so hopeless that her children fear to remember her +former glory: + + + Dares the anxious heart envision + Still its morning dream, + View, despite the world's derision, + Zion's sunlit height and stream? + Wields still anyone the power + To repeat her anthems strong, + And with joyful heart embower, + Zion with triumphant song. + + +Her condition is not hopeless, however, if her children will gather about +her. + + + Zion's sons and daughters rally + Now upon her ancient wall! + Have her foemen gained the valley, + Yet her ramparts did not fall. + Were her outer walls forsaken + Still her cornerstone remains, + Firm, unconquered and unshaken, + Making futile all their gains. + + +Another of his great hymns dates from the same year. Grundtvig was in the +habit of remaining up all night when he had to speak on the following +day. The Christmas of 1825 was particularly trying to him. He had +apparently forfeited his last vestige of honor by publishing his _Reply +of the Church_; the suit started against him by Professor Clausen still +dragged its laborious way through the court; and his anxiety over the +present state of the church was greatly increased by the weight of his +personal troubles. He felt very much like the shepherds watching their +flocks at night, except that no angels appeared to help him with the +message his people would expect him to deliver in the morning. Perhaps he +was unworthy of such a favor. He rose, as was his custom, and made a +round into the bedrooms to watch his children. How innocently they slept! +If the angels could not come to him, they ought at least to visit the +children. If they heard the message, their elders might perchance catch +it through them. + +Some such thought must have passed through the mind of the lonely pastor +as he sat musing upon his sermon throughout the night, for he appeared +unusually cheerful as he ascended his pulpit Christmas morning, preached +a joyful sermon, and said, at its conclusion, that he had that night +begotten a song which he wished to read to them. That song has since +become one of the most beloved Christmas songs in the Danish language. To +give an adequate reproduction of its simple, childlike spirit in another +language is perhaps impossible, but it is hoped that the translation +given below will convey at least an impression of its cheerful welcome to +the Christmas angels. + + + Be welcome again, God's angels bright + From mansions of light and glory + To publish anew this wintry night + The wonderful Christmas story. + Ye herald to all that yearn for light + New year after winter hoary. + + With gladness we hear your sweet refrain + In praise of God's glory solely; + Ye will not this wintry night disdain + To enter our dwellings lowly. + And bring to each yearning heart again + The joy that is pure and holy. + + In humble homes as in mansions rare + With light in the windows glowing, + We harbor the babes as sweet and fair + As flowers in meadows growing. + Oh, deign with these little ones to share + The joy from your message flowing. + + Reveal the child in the manger still + With angels around Him singing + The song of God's glory, peace, good-will + That joy to all hearts is bringing, + While far over mountain, field and hill, + The bells are with gladness ringing. + + God's angels with joy to earth descend + When hymns to His praise are chanted; + His comfort and peace our Lord will lend + To all who for peace have panted; + The portals of heaven open stand; + The Kingdom to us is granted. + + +In 1826 Grundtvig, as already related, published his hymns for the +thousand years' festival of his church. But a few months later he again +buried himself in his study, putting aside the lyre, which for a little +while he had played so beautifully. Many had already noticed his hymns, +however, and continued to plead with him for more. The new Evangelical +revival, which he had largely inspired, intensified the general +dissatisfaction with the rationalistic Evangelical Christian Hymnal, and +called for hymns embodying the spirit of the new movement. And who could +better furnish these than Grundtvig? Of those who pleaded with him for +new hymns, none was more persistent than his friend, Pastor Gunni Busck. +When Grundtvig wrote to him in 1832 that his _Northern Mythology_ was +nearing completion, Busck at once answered: "Do not forget your more +important work; do not forget our old hymns! I know no one else with your +ability to brush the dust off our old songs." But Grundtvig was still too +busy with other things to comply with the wish of his most faithful and +helpful friend. + +During the ensuing years, however, a few hymns occasionally appeared from +his pen. A theological student, L. C. Hagen, secured a few adapted and +original hymns from him for a small collection of _Historical Hymns and +Rhymes for Children_, which was published in 1832. But the adaptations +were not successful. Despite the good opinion of Gunni Busck, Grundtvig +was too independent a spirit to adjust himself to the style and mode of +others. His originals were much more successful. Among these we find such +gems as "Mongst His Brothers Called the Little," "Move the Signs of Grief +and Mourning from the Garden of the Dead," and "O Land of Our King," +hymns that rank with the finest he has written. + +In 1835 Grundtvig at last wrote to Gunni Busck that he was now ready to +commence the long deferred attempt to renew the hymnody of his church. +Busck received the information joyfully and at once sent him a thousand +dollars to support him during his work. Others contributed their mite, +making Grundtvig richer financially than he had been for many years. He +rented a small home on the shores of the Sound and began to prepare +himself for the work before him by an extensive study of Christian +hymnody, both ancient and modern. + +"The old hymns sound beautiful to me out here under the sunny sky and +with the blue water of the Sound before me," he wrote to Busck. He did +not spend his days day-dreaming, however, but worked with such intensity +that only a year later he was able to invite subscriptions on the first +part of his work. The complete collection was published in 1837 under the +title: _Songs of the Danish Church_. It contains in all 401 hymns and +songs composed of originals, translations and adaptations from Greek, +Latin, German, Icelandic, Anglo-Saxon, English and Scandinavian sources. +The material is of very unequal merit, ranging from the superior to the +commonplace. As originally composed, the collection could not be used as +a hymnal. But many of the finest hymns now used in the Danish church have +been selected or adapted from it. + +Although _Songs for the Danish Church_ is now counted among the great +books in Danish, its appearance attracted little attention outside the +circle of Grundtvig's friends. It was not even reviewed in the press. The +literati, both inside and outside the church, still publicly ignored +Grundtvig. But privately a few of them expressed their opinion about the +work. Thus a Pastor P. Hjort wrote to Bishop Mynster, "Have you read +Grundtvig's _Songs of the Danish Church_? It is a typical Grundtvigian +book, wordy, ingenious, mystical, poetical and full of half digested +ideas. His language is rich and wonderfully expressive. But he is not +humble enough to write hymns." + +Meanwhile the demand for a new hymnal or at least for a supplement to the +old had become so insistent that something had to be done. J. P. Mynster +who, shortly before, had been appointed Bishop of Sjaelland, favored a +supplement and obtained an authorization from the king for the +appointment of a committee to prepare it. The only logical man to head +such a committee was, of course, Grundtvig. But Mynster's dislike of his +volcanic relative was so deep-rooted that he was incapable of giving any +recognition to him. And so in order to avoid a too obvious slight to his +country's best known hymnwriter, he assigned the work to an already +existing committee on liturgy, of which he himself was president. Thus +Grundtvig was forced to sit idly by while the work naturally belonging to +him was being executed by a man with no special ability for the task. The +supplement appeared in 1843. It contained thirty-six hymns of which six +were written by Kingo, seven by Brorson, and one by Grundtvig, the latter +being, as Grundtvig humorously remarked, set to the tune of the hymn, +"Lord, I Have Done Wrong." + +Mynster's influence was great enough to secure the supplement a wide +circulation. The collection, nevertheless, failed to satisfy the need of +the church. Dissatisfaction with it was so general that the pastors' +conference of Copenhagen appointed a committee consisting of Grundtvig, +Prof. Martensen, Mynster's own son-in-law, Rev. Pauli, his successor as +Provost of the Church of Our Lady, and two other pastors to prepare and +present a proposal for a new hymnal. It was an able committee from which +a meritorious work might reasonably be expected. + +Grundtvig was assigned to the important work of selecting and revising +the old hymns to be included in the collection. He was an inspiring but +at times difficult co-worker. Martensen recalls how Grundtvig at times +aroused the committee to enthusiasm by an impromptu talk on hymnody or a +recitation of one of the old hymns, which he loved so well. But he also +recalls how he sometimes flared up and stormed out of the committee room +in anger over some proposed change or correction of his work. When his +anger subsided, however, he always conscientiously attempted to effect +whatever changes the committee agreed on proposing. Yet excellent as much +of his own work was, he possessed no particular gift for mending the work +of others, and his corrections of one defect often resulted in another. + +The committee submitted its work to the judgment of the conference in +January 1845. The proposal included 109 hymns of which nineteen were by +Kingo, seven by Brorson, ten by Ingemann, twenty-five by Grundtvig and +the remainder by various other writers, old and new. It appeared to be a +well balanced collection, giving due recognition to such newer writers as +Boye, Ingemann, Grundtvig and others. But the conference voted to reject +it. Admitting its poetical excellence and its sound Evangelical tenor, +some of the pastors complained that it contained too many new and too few +old hymns; others held that it bore too clearly the imprint of one man, a +complaint which no doubt expressed the sentiment of Mynster and his +friends. A petition to allow such churches as should by a majority vote +indicate their wish to use the collection was likewise rejected by the +Bishop. + +Grundtvig was naturally disappointed by the rejection of a work upon +which he had spent so much time and energy. The rejection furthermore +showed him that he still could expect no consideration from the +authorities with Mynster in control. He was soon able, however, to +comfort himself with the fact that his hymns were becoming popular in +private assemblies throughout the country, and that even a number of +churches were beginning to use them at their regular services in defiance +of official edicts. The demand for granting more liberty to the laymen in +their church life, a demand Grundtvig long had advocated, was in fact +becoming so strong that the authorities at times found it advisable to +overlook minor infractions of official rulings. Noting this new policy, +Grundtvig himself ventured to introduce some of the new hymns into his +church. In the fall of 1845, he published a small collection of Christmas +hymns to be used at the impending Christmas festival. When the innovation +passed without objections, a similar collection of Easter hymns was +introduced at the Easter services, after which other collections for the +various seasons of the church year appeared quite regularly until all +special prints were collected into one volume and used as "the hymnal of +Vartov." + +The work of preparing a new authorized hymnal was finally given to +Grundtvig's closest friend, Ingemann. This hymnal appeared in 1855, under +the title, _Roskilde Convent's Psalmbook_. This book served as the +authorized hymnal of the Danish church until 1899, when it was replaced +by _Hymnal for Church and Home_, the hymnal now used in nearly all Danish +churches both at home and abroad. It contains in all 675 hymns of which +96 are by Kingo, 107 by Brorson, 29 by Ingemann and 173 by Grundtvig, +showing that the latter at last had been recognized as the foremost +hymnwriter of the Danish church. + + + + + Chapter Fifteen + Grundtvig's Hymns + + +Grundtvig wrote most of his hymns when he was past middle age, a man of +extensive learning, proved poetical ability and mature judgment, +especially in spiritual things. Years of hard struggles and unjust +neglect had sobered and mellowed but not aged or embittered him. + +His long study of hymnology together with his exceptional poetical gift +enabled him to adopt material from all ages and branches of Christian +song, and to wield it into a homogenous hymnody for his own church. His +treatment of the material is usually very free, so free that it is often +difficult to discover any relationship between his translations and their +supposed originals. Instead of endeavoring to transfer the metre, +phrasing and sentiment of the original text, he frequently adopts only a +single thought or a general idea from its content, and expresses this in +his own language and form. + +His original hymns likewise bear the imprint of his ripe knowledge and +spiritual understanding. They are for the most part objective in content +and sentiment, depicting the great themes of Biblical history, doctrine +and life rather than the personal feeling and experiences of the +individual. A large number of his hymns are, in fact, faithful but often +striking adaptations of Bible stories and texts. For though he was +frequently accused of belittling the Book of Books, his hymns to a larger +extent than those of any other Danish hymnwriter are directly inspired by +the language of the Bible. He possessed an exceptional ability to absorb +the essential implications of a text and to present it with the terseness +and force of an adage. + +Although Grundtvig's hymns at times attain the height of pure poetry, +their poetic merit is incidental rather than sought. In the pride of his +youth he had striven, as he once complained, to win the laurel wreath, +but had found it to be an empty honor. His style is more often forceful +than lyrical. When the mood was upon him he could play the lyre with +entrancing beauty and gentleness, but he preferred the organ with all +stops out. + +His style is often rough but expressive and rich in imagery. In this he +strove to supplant time-honored similes and illustrations from Biblical +lands with native allusions and scenes. Pictures drawn from the Danish +landscape, lakes and streams, summer and winter, customs and life abound +in his songs, giving them a home-like touch that has endeared them to +millions. + +His poetry is of very unequal merit. He was a prolific writer, producing, +besides many volumes of poetry on various subjects, about three thousand +hymns and songs. Among much that is excellent in this vast production +there are also dreary stretches of rambling loquacity, hollow rhetoric +and unintelligible jumbles of words and phrases. He could be +insupportably dull and again express more in a single stanza, couplet or +phrase than many have said in a whole book. A study of his poetry is, +therefore, not unlike a journey through a vast country, alternating in +fertile valleys, barren plains and lofty heights with entrancing views +into far, dim vistas. + +This inconsistency in the work of a man so eminently gifted as Grundtvig +is explainable only by his method of writing. He was an intuitive writer +and preferred to be called a "skjald" instead of a poet. The distinction +is significant but somewhat difficult to define. As Grundtvig himself +understood the term, the "skjald", besides being a poet, must also be a +seer, a man able to envision and express what was still hidden to the +common mortal. "The skjald is," he says, "the chosen lookout of life who +must reveal from his mountain what he sees at life's deep fountain. When +gripped by his vision," he says further, the skjald is "neither quiescent +nor lifeless but, on the contrary, lifted up into an exceptional state of +sensitiveness in which he sees and feels things with peculiar vividness +and power. I know of nothing in this material world to which the skjald +may more fittingly be likened than a tuned harp with the wind playing +upon it." + +A skjald in Grundtvig's conception was thus a man endowed with the gift +of receiving direct impressions of life and things, of perceiving +especially the deeper and more fundamental truths of existence +intuitively instead of intellectually. Such perceptions, he admitted, +might lack the apparent clarity of reasoned conclusions, but would +approach nearer to the truth. For life must be understood from within, +must be spiritually discerned. It could never be comprehended by mere +intellect or catalogued by supposed science. + +He knew, however, that his work was frequently criticized for its +ambiguity and lack of consistency. But he claimed that these defects were +unavoidable consequences of his way of writing. He had to write what he +saw and could not be expected to express that clearly which he himself +saw only dimly. "I naturally desire to please my readers," he wrote to +Ingemann, "but when I write as my intuition dictates, it works well; +ideas and images come to me without effort, and I fly lightly as the +gazelle from crag to crag, whereas if I warn myself that there must be a +limit to everything and that I must restrain myself and write sensibly, I +am stopped right there. And I have thus to choose between writing as the +spirit moves me, or not writing at all." + +This statement, although it casts a revealing light both upon his genius +and its evident limitations, is no doubt extreme. However much Grundtvig +may have depended on his momentary inspiration for the poetical +development of his ideas, his fundamental views on life were +exceptionally clear and comprehensive. He knew what he believed regarding +the essential verities of existence, of God and man, of good and evil, of +life and death. And all other conceptions of his intuitive and +far-reaching spirit were consistently correlated to these basic beliefs. + +Bishop H. Martensen, the celebrated theologian, relates an illuminating +conversation between Grundtvig and the German theologian, P. K. +Marheincke, during a visit which the Bishop had arranged between the two +men. Dr. Marheincke commenced a lengthy discourse on the great opposites +in life, as for instance between thinking and being, and Grundtvig +replied, "My opposites are life and death" (Mein Gegensatz ist Leben und +Tod). + +"The professor accepted my statement somewhat dubiously," Grundtvig said +later, "and admitted that that was indeed a great contrast, but--" The +difference between the two men no doubt lay in the fact that Prof. +Marheincke, the speculative theologian, was principally interested in the +first part of the assumed contrast--thinking, whereas Grundtvig's main +concern was with the last--being, existence, life. In real life there +could be no more fundamental, no farther reaching contrast than the +continuous and irreconcilable difference between life and death. The +thought of this contrast lies at the root of all his thinking and colors +all his views. From the day of his conversion until the hour of his +death, his one consuming interest was to illuminate the contrast between +the two irreconcilable enemies and to encourage anything that would +strengthen the one and defeat the other. + +Grundtvig loved life in all its highest aspects and implications, and he +hated death under whatever form he saw it. "Life is from heaven, death is +from hell," he says in a characteristic poem. The one is representative +of all the good the Creator intended for his creatures, the other of all +the evil, frustration and destruction the great destroyer brought into +the world. There can be no reconciliation or peace between the two, the +one must inevitably destroy or be destroyed by the other. He could see +nothing but deception in the attempts of certain philosophical or +theological phrasemakers to minimize or explain away the eternal +malignity of death, man's most relentless foe. A human being could fall +no lower than to accept death as a friend. Thus in a poem: + + + Yea, hear it, ye heavens, with loathing and grief; + The sons of the Highest now look for relief + In the ways of damnation + And find consolation + In hopes of eternal death. + + +But death is not present only at the hour of our demise. It is present +everywhere; it is active in all things. It destroys nations, corrupts +society, robs the child of its innocence, wipes the bloom from the cheeks +of youth, frustrates the possibilities of manhood and makes pitiful the +white hair of the aged. For death, as all must see, is only the wage of +sin, the ripe fruit of evil. + + + I recognize now clearly; + Death is the wage of sin, + It is the fruitage merely + Of evil's growth within. + + +And its danger is so actual because it is active in every individual in +himself as well as in others: + + + When I view the true condition + Of my troubled, restless heart, + Naught but sin can I envision + Even to its inmost part. + + +Such then is his fundamental view of the condition of man, a being in the +destructive grip of a relentless foe, a creature whose greatest need is +"a hero who can break the bonds of death". And there is but one who can +do that, the Son of God. + +Grundtvig's hymns abound in terms of adoration for the Savior of Man. He +names Him the "Joy of Heaven", "The Fortune of Earth", "The Fount of +Light", "The Sovereign of Life", "The Fear of Darkness", "The Terror of +Death", and speaks of the day when all the "nations of the earth shall +offer praise in the offer bowl of His name." But he sees the Christ less +as the suffering Lamb of God than as the invincible conqueror of death +and the heroic deliverer of man. + +Like his other hymns most of his hymns to the Savior are objective rather +than subjective. They present the Christ of the Gospels, covering his +life so fully that it would be possible to compile from them an almost +complete sequence on His life, work and resurrection. The following +stately hymn may serve as an appropriate introduction to a necessarily +brief survey of the group: + + + Jesus, the name without compare; + Honored on earth and in heaven, + Wherein the Father's love and care + Are to His children now given. + Saviour of all that saved would be, + Fount of salvation full and free + Is the Lord Jesus forever. + + Jesus, the name alone on earth + For our salvation afforded. + So on His cross of precious worth + Is in His blood it recorded. + Only in that our prayers are heard, + Only in that when hearts are stirred + Doth now the Spirit us comfort. + + Jesus, the name above the sky + Wherein, when seasons are ended, + Peoples shall come to God on high, + And every knee shall be bended, + While all the saved in sweet accord + Chorus the praise of Christ, the Lord, + Savior beloved by the Father. + + +Grundtvig sang of Christmas morning "as his heaven on earth", and he +wrote some of the finest Christmas hymns in the Danish language. A number +of these have already been given. The following simple hymn from an old +Latin-Danish text is still very popular. + + + A babe is born in Bethlehem, + Bethlehem, + Rejoice, rejoice Jerusalem; + Hallelujah, hallelujah. + + A lowly virgin gave Him birth, + Gave Him birth, + Who rules the heavens and the earth; + Hallelujah, hallelujah. + + He in a simple manger lay, + Manger lay, + Whom angels praise with joy for aye; + Hallelujah, hallelujah. + + And wise men from the East did bring, + East did bring, + Gold, myrrh and incense to the King; + Hallelujah, hallelujah. + + Now all our fears have passed away, + Passed away, + The Savior blest was born today; + Hallelujah, hallelujah. + + God's blessed children we became, + We became, + And shall in heaven praise His name; + Hallelujah, hallelujah. + + There like the angels we shall be, + We shall be, + And shall the Lord in glory see; + Hallelujah, hallelujah. + + With gladsome praises we adore, + We adore, + Our Lord and Savior evermore; + Hallelujah, hallelujah. + + +His hymns on the life and work of our Lord are too numerous to be more +than indicated here. The following hymn on the text, "Blessed are the +eyes that see what ye see, and the ears that hear what ye hear", is +typical of his expository hymns. + + + Blessed were the eyes that truly + Here on earth beheld the Lord; + Happy were the ears that duly + Listened to His living word. + Which proclaimed the wondrous story + Of God's mercy, love and glory. + + Kings and prophets long with yearning + Prayed to see His day appear; + Angels with desire were burning + To behold the golden year + When God's light and grace should quicken + All that sin and death had stricken. + + He who, light and life revealing, + By His Spirit stills our want; + He, who broken hearts is healing + By His cup and at the font, + Jesus, Fount of joy incessant, + Is with light and grace now present. + + Eyes by sin and darkness blinded + May now see His glory bright; + Hearts perverse and carnal minded + May obtain His Spirit's light. + When, contrite and sorely yearning, + They in faith to Him are turning. + + Blessed are the eyes that truly + Now on earth behold the Lord; + Happy are the ears that duly + Listen to His living word! + When His words our spirits nourish + Shall the kingdom in us flourish. + + +Grundtvig reaches his greatest height in his hymns of praise to Christ, +the Redeemer. Many of his passion hymns have not been translated into +English. In the original, the following hymn undoubtedly ranks with the +greatest songs of praise to the suffering Lord. + + + Hail Thee, Savior and Atoner! + Though the world Thy name dishonor, + Moved by love my heart proposes + To adorn Thy cross with roses + And to offer praise to Thee. + + O what moved Thee so to love us, + When enthroned with God above us, + That for us Thou all wouldst offer + And in deep compassion suffer + Even death that we might live. + + Love alone Thy heart was filling + When to suffer Thou wert willing. + Rather givest Thou than takest, + Hence, O Savior, Thou forsakest + All to die in sinner's place. + + Ah, my heart in deep contrition + Now perceives its true condition, + Cold and barren like a mountain, + How could I deserve the fountain + Of Thy love, my Savior dear. + + Yet I know that from thy passion + Flows a river of salvation + Which can bid the mountain vanish, + Which can sin and coldness banish, + And restore my heart in Thee. + + Lord, with tears I pray Thee ever: + Lead into my heart that river, + Which with grace redeeming cleanses + Heart and soul of all offences, + Blotting out my guilt and shame. + + Lord, Thy life for sinners giving, + Let in Thee me find my living + So for Thee my heart is beating, + All my thoughts in Thee are meeting, + Finding there their light and joy. + + Though all earthly things I cherish + Like the flowers may fade and perish, + Thou, I know, wilt stand beside me; + And from death and judgment hide me; + Thou hast paid the wage of sin. + + Yes, my heart believes the wonder + Of Thy cross, which ages ponder! + Shield me, Lord, when foes assail me, + Be my staff when life shall fail me; + Take me to Thy Paradise. + + +Grundtvig's Easter hymns strike the triumphant note, especially such +hymns as "Christ Arose in Glory", "Easter Morrow Stills Our Sorrow", and +the very popular, + + + Move the signs of gloom and mourning[10] + From the garden of the dead. + For the wreaths of grief and yearning, + Plant bright lilies in their stead. + Carve instead of sighs of grief + Angels' wings in bold relief, + And for columns, cold and broken, + Words of hope by Jesus spoken. + + +His Easter hymns fail as a whole to reach the height of his songs for +other church festivals. In this respect, they resemble the hymnody of the +whole church, which contains remarkably few really great hymns on the +greatest events in its history. It is as though the theme were too great +to be expressed in the language of man. + +Grundtvig wrote a number of magnificent hymns on the themes of our Lord's +ascension and His return to judge the quick and the dead. Of the latter, +the hymn given below is perhaps the most favored of those now available +in English. + + + Lift up thy head, O Christendom! + Behold above the blessed home + For which thy heart is yearning. + There dwells the Lord, thy soul's delight, + Who soon with power and glory bright + Is for His bride returning. + + And when in every land and clime, + All shall behold His signs sublime, + The guilty world appalling, + Then shalt with joy thou lift thine eyes + And see Him coming in the skies, + While suns and stars are falling. + + While for His coming thou dost yearn, + Forget not why His last return + The Savior is delaying, + And ask Him not before His hour + To shake the heavens with His power, + Nor judge the lost and straying. + + O saints of God, for Sodom pray + Until your prayers no more can stay + The judgment day impending. + Then cries the Lord: "Behold, I come!" + And ye shall answer: "To Thy home + We are with joy ascending!" + + Then loud and clear the trumpet calls, + The dead awake, death's kingdom falls, + And God's elect assemble. + The Lord ascends the judgment throne, + And calls His ransomed for His own, + While hearts in gladness tremble. + + +Grundtvig is often called the Singer of Pentecost. And his hymns on the +nature and work of the Spirit do rank with his very best. He believed in +the reality of the Spirit as the living, active agent of Christ in His +church. As the church came into being by the outpouring of the Holy Ghost +on the day of Pentecost, so our Lord still builds and sanctifies it by +the Spirit, working through His words and sacraments. His numerous hymns +on the Spirit are drawn from many sources, both ancient and modern. His +treatment of the originals is so free, however, that it is difficult in +most cases to know whether his versions should be accepted as adaptations +or originals. Of mere translations there are none. The following version +of the widely known hymn, "Veni Sancte Spiritus," may serve to illustrate +his work as a transplanter of hymns. + + + Holy Spirit, come with light, + Break the dark and gloomy night + With Thy day unending. + Help us with a joyful lay + Greet the Lord's triumphant day + Now with might ascending. + + Comforter so wondrous kind, + Noble guest of heart and mind + Fix in us Thy dwelling. + Give us peace in storm and strife, + Fill each troubled heart and life + With Thy joy excelling. + + Make salvation clear to us, + Who despite our sin and dross + Would exalt the Spirit. + For without Thine aid and love + All our life and work must prove + Vain and without merit. + + Raise or bow us with Thine arm, + Break temptation's evil charm, + Clear our clouded vision. + Fill our hearts with longing new, + Cleanse us with Thy morning dew, + Tears of deep contrition. + + Blessed Fount of life and breath, + Let our hope in view of death + Blossom bright and vernal; + And above the silent tomb + Let the Easter lilies bloom, + Signs of life eternal. + + +Many of Grundtvig's original hymns evince a strong Danish coloring, a +fact which is especially evident in a number of his Pentecost hymns. +Pentecost comes in Denmark at the first breath of summer when nature, +prompted by balmy breezes, begins to unfold her latent life and beauty. +This similarity between the life of nature and the work of the Spirit is +strikingly expressed in a number of his Pentecost hymns. + +The following hymn, together with its beautiful tune, is rated as one of +the most beautiful and, lyrically, most perfect hymns in Danish. Because +of its strong Danish flavor, however, it may not make an equal appeal to +American readers. The main thought of the hymn is that, as in nature, so +also in the realm of the Spirit, summer is now at hand. The coming of the +Spirit completes God's plan of salvation and opens the door for the +unfolding of a new life. The translation is by Prof. S. D. Rodholm. + + + The sun now shines in all its splendor, + The fount of life and mercy tender; + Now bright Whitsunday lilies grow + And summer sparkles high and low; + Sweet songsters sing of harvest gold + In Jesus' name a thousand fold. + + The peaceful nightingales are filling + The quiet night with music thrilling. + Thus all that to the Lord belong + May rest in peace and wake with song, + May dream of life beyond the skies, + And with God's praise at daylight rise. + + It breathes from heaven on the flowers, + It whispers home-like in the bowers, + A balmy breeze comes to our coast + From Paradise, no longer closed, + And gently purls a brooklet sweet + Of life's clear water at our feet. + + This works the Spirit, still descending, + And tongues of fire to mortals lending, + That broken hearts may now be healed, + And life with grace and love revealed + In Him, who came from yonder land + And has returned to God's right hand. + + Awaken then all tongues to honor + Lord Jesus Christ, our blest Atoner; + Let every voice in anthems rise + To praise the Savior's sacrifice. + And thou, His Church, with one accord + Arise and glorify the Lord. + + +Of his other numerous hymns on the Spirit, the one given below is, +perhaps, one of the most characteristic. + + + Holy Ghost, our Interceder, + Blessed Comforter and Pleader + With the Lord for all we need, + Deign to hold with us communion + That with Thee in blessed union + We may in our life succeed. + + Heavenly Counsellor and Teacher, + Make us through Thy guidance richer + In the grace our Lord hath won. + Blest Partaker of God's fullness, + Make us all, despite our dullness, + Wiser e'en than Solomon. + + Helper of the helpless, harken + To our pleas when shadows darken; + Shield us from the beasts of prey. + Rouse the careless, help the weary, + Bow the prideful, cheer the dreary, + Be our guest each passing day. + + Comforter, whose comfort lightens + Every cross that scars and frightens, + Succor us from guilt and shame. + Warm our heart, inspire our vision, + Add Thy voice to our petition + As we pray in Jesus' name. + + +Believing in the Spirit, Grundtvig also believed in the kingdom of God, +not only as a promise of the future but as a reality of the present. + + + Right among us is God's kingdom + With His Spirit and His word, + With His grace and love abundant + At His font and altar-board. + + +Among his numerous hymns on the nature and work of God's kingdom, the +following is one of the most favored. + + + Founded our Lord has upon earth a realm of the Spirit + Wherein He fosters a people restored by His merit. + It shall remain + People its glory attain, + They shall the kingdom inherit. + + Forward like light of the morning its message is speeding, + Millions receive and proclaim it with gladness exceeding + For with His word + God doth His Spirit accord, + Raising all barriers impeding. + + Jesus, our Savior, with God in the highest residing, + And by the Spirit the wants of Thy people providing, + Be Thou our life, + Shield and defender in strife, + Always among us abiding. + + Then shall Thy people as Lord of the nations restore Thee, + Even by us shall a pathway be straightened before Thee + Till everywhere, + Bending in worship and prayer, + All shall as Savior adore Thee. + + +The kingdom of God is the most wonderful thing on earth. + + + Most wonderful of all things is + The kingdom Jesus founded. + Its glory, treasure, peace and bliss + No tongue has fully sounded. + + Invisible as mind and soul, + And yet of light the fountain, + It sheds its light from pole to pole + Like beacons from a mountain. + + Its secret is the word of God, + Which works what it proposes, + Which lowers mountains high and broad + And clothes the wastes with roses. + + Though foes against the kingdom rage + With hatred and derision, + God spreads its reign from age to age, + And brings it to fruition. + + Its glory rises like a morn + When waves at sunrise glitter, + Or as in June the golden corn + While birds above it twitter. + + It is the glory of the King + Who bore affliction solely + That he the crown of life might bring + To sinners poor and lowly. + + And when His advent comes to pass, + The Christian's strife is ended, + What now we see as in a glass + Shall then be comprehended. + + Then shall the kingdom bright appear + In glory true and vernal, + And usher in the golden year + Of peace and joy eternal. + + +But the kingdom of God here on earth is represented by the Christian +church, wherein Christ works by the Spirit through His word and +sacraments. Of Grundtvig's many splendid hymns of the church, the +following, in the translation of Pastor Carl Doving, has become widely +known in all branches of the Lutheran church in America. Pastor Doving's +translation is not wholly satisfactory, however, to those who know the +forceful and yet so appealing language of the original, a fate which, we +are fully aware, may also befall the following new version. + + + Built on a rock the church of God + Stands though its towers be falling; + Many have crumbled beneath the sod, + Bells still are chiming and calling, + Calling the young and old to come, + But above all the souls that roam, + Weary for rest everlasting. + + God, the most high, abides not in + Temples that hands have erected. + High above earthly strife and sin, + He hath his mansions perfected. + Yet He, whom heavens cannot contain, + Chose to abide on earth with man + Making their body His temple. + + We are God's house of living stones, + Built for the Spirit's indwelling. + He at His font and table owns + Us for His glory excelling. + Should only two confess His name, + He would yet come and dwell with them, + Granting His mercy abounding. + + Even the temples built on earth + Unto the praise of the Father, + Are like the homes of hallowed worth + Whence we as children did gather. + Glorious things in them are said, + God there with us His covenant made, + Making us heirs of His kingdom. + + There we behold the font at which + God as His children received us; + There stands the altar where His rich + Mercy from hunger relieved us. + There His blest word to us proclaim: + Jesus is now and e'er the same, + So is His way of salvation. + + Grant then, O Lord, where'er we roam, + That, when the church bells are ringing, + People in Jesus' name may come, + Praising His glory with singing. + "Ye, not the world, my face shall see; + I will abide with you," said He. + "My peace I leave with you ever." + + +As a believer in objective Christianity, Grundtvig naturally exalts the +God-given means of grace, the word and sacraments, through which the +Spirit works. In one of the epigrammatic expressions often found in his +writings, he says: + + + We are and remain, + We live and attain + In Jesus, God's living word + When His word we embrace + And live by its grace, + Then dwells He within us, our Lord. + + +This firm belief in the actual presence of Christ in His word and +sacraments lends an exceptional realism to many of his hymns on the means +of grace. Through the translation by Pastor Doving the following brief +hymn has gained wide renown in America. + + + God's word is our great heritage, + And shall be ours forever. + To spread its light from age to age, + Shall be our chief endeavor. + Through life it guards our way, + In death it is our stay. + Lord, grant, while worlds endure, + We keep its teachings pure + Throughout all generations. + + +Of his numerous hymns on baptism, the following, which an American +authority on hymnody calls the finest baptismal hymn ever written, is +perhaps the most representative. + + + O let Thy spirit with us tarry, + Our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, + So that the babes we to Thee carry + May be unto Thy death baptized. + + Lord, after Thee we humbly name them, + O let them in Thy name arise! + If they should stumble, Lord, reclaim them, + That they may reach Thy paradise. + + If long their course, let them not falter. + Give to Thine aged servants rest. + If short their race, let by Thine altar + Them like the swallows find a rest. + + Upon their heart, Thy name be written, + And theirs within Thine own right hand, + That even when by trials smitten, + They in Thy covenant firm may stand. + + Thine angels sing for children sleeping, + May they still sing when death draws nigh. + Both cross and crown are in Thy keeping. + Lord, lead us all to Thee on high. + + +His communion hymns are gathered from many sources. Of his originals the +following tender hymn is perhaps the most typical. + + + Savior, whither should we go + From the truest friend we know, + From the Son of God above, + From the Fount of saving love, + Who in all this world of strife + Hath alone the word of life. + + No, I dare not turn from Thee, + Though Thy word oft chasten me, + For throughout this world, O Lord, + Death is still the cruel word. + Whoso saves the soul from death + Brings redemption, life and breath. + + "Eat my flesh and drink my blood." + Saith our Lord, so kind and good. + "Whoso takes the bread and wine, + Shall receive my life divine, + Be redeemed from all his foes + And arise as I arose." + + Hear Him then, my heart distressed, + Beating anxious in my breast. + Take Thy Savior at His word, + Meet Him at His altar-board, + Eat His body, drink His blood, + And obtain eternal good. + + +Grundtvig also produced a great number of hymns for the enrichment of +other parts of the church service. Few hymns thus strike a more +appropriate and festive note for the opening service than the short hymn +given below. + + + Come, Zion, and sing to the Father above; + Angels join with you + And thank Him for Jesus, the gifts of His love. + We sing before God in the highest. + + Strike firmly, O Psalmist, the jubilant chord; + Golden be your harp + In praise of Christ Jesus, our Savior and Lord. + We sing before God in the highest. + + Then hear we with rapture the tongues as of fire, + The Spirit draws nigh, + Whose counsels with comforts our spirits inspire, + We sing before God in the highest. + + +Equally fine is his free rendering of the 84th psalm. + + + Fair beyond telling, + Lord, is Thy dwelling, + Filled with Thy peace. + Oh how I languish + And, in my anguish, + Wait for release + That I may enter Thy temple, O Lord, + With Thee communing in deepest accord. + + With Thy compassion, + Lord of Salvation, + Naught can compare. + Even the sparrow + Safe from the arrow + Rests in Thy care. + And as Thou shieldest the bird in its nest, + So let my heart in Thy temple find rest. + + Years full of splendors, + Which to offenders + Earth may afford, + Never can measure + One day of pleasure + Found with Thee, Lord, + When on the wings of Thy quickening word + Souls are uplifted and Thou art adored. + + Quicken in spirit, + Grow in Thy merit + Shall now Thy friends. + Blessings in showers + Filled with Thy powers + On them descends + Until at home in the city of gold + All shall in wonder Thy presence behold. + + +Grundtvig's hymns are for the most part church hymns, presenting the +objective rather than the subjective phase of Christian faith. He wrote +for the congregation and held that a hymn for congregational singing +should express the common faith and hope of the worshippers, rather than +the personal feelings and experiences of the individual. Because of this +his hymns are frequently criticized for their lack of personal sentiment. +The personal note is not wholly lacking in his work, however, as +witnessed by the following hymn. + + + Suffer and languish, + Tremble in anguish + Must every soul that awakes to its guilt. + Sternly from yonder, + Sinai doth thunder: + Die or achieve what no sinner fulfilled. + + Tremble with gladness, + Smile through their sadness + Shall all that rest in the arms of the Lord. + Grace beyond measure, + Comfort and treasure + Gathers the heart from His merciful word. + + Bravely to suffer, + Gladly to offer + Praises to God 'neath the weight of our cross, + This will the Spirit + Help us to merit + Granting a breath from God's heaven to us. + + +Even stronger is the personal sentiment of this appealing hymn. + + + With her cruse of alabaster, + Filled with ointment rare and sweet, + Came the woman to the Master, + Knelt contritely at His feet, + Feeling with unfeigned contrition + How unfit was her condition + To approach the Holy One. + + Like this woman, I contritely + Often must approach the Lord, + Knowing that I cannot rightly + Ask a place beside His board. + Sinful and devoid of merit, + I can only cry in spirit: + Lord, be merciful to me. + + Lord of Grace and Mercy, harken + To my plea for grace and light. + Threatening clouds and tempests darken + Now my soul with gloomy night. + Let, despite my guilt and error, + My repenting tears still mirror + Thy forgiving smile, O Lord. + + +The following hymn likewise voices the need for personal perseverance. + + + Hast to the plow thou put thy hand + Let not thy spirit waver, + Heed not the world's allurements grand, + Nor pause for Sodom's favor. + But plow thy furrow, sow the seed, + Though tares and thorns thy work impede; + For they, who sow with weeping, + With joy shall soon be reaping. + + But should at times thy courage fail-- + For all may fail and falter-- + Let not the tempting world prevail + On thee thy course to alter. + Each moment lost in faint retreat + May bring disaster and defeat. + If foes bid thee defiance, + On God be thy reliance. + + If steadfast in the race we keep, + Our course is soon completed. + And death itself is but a sleep, + Its dreaded might defeated. + But those who conquer in the strife + Obtain the victor's crown of life + And shall in constant gladness + Forget these days of sadness. + + +It is, perhaps, in his numerous hymns on Christian trust, comfort and +hope that Grundtvig reaches his highest. His contributions to this type +of hymns are too numerous to be more than indicated here. But the hymn +given below presents a fair example of the simplicity and poetic beauty +that characterize many of them. + + + God's little child, what troubles you! + Think of your Heavenly Father true. + He will uphold you by His hand, + None can His might and grace withstand. + The Lord be praised! + + Shelter and food and counsel tried + God for His children will provide. + They shall not starve, nor homeless roam, + Children may claim their Father's home. + The Lord be praised! + + Birds with a song toward heaven soar, + Neither they reap nor lay in store, + But where the hoarder dies from need, + Gathers the little bird a seed. + The Lord be praised! + + Clad are the flowers in raiment fair, + Wondrous to see on deserts bare. + Neither they spin nor weave nor sew + Yet no king could such beauty show. + The Lord be praised! + + Flowers that bloom at break of dawn + Only to die when day is gone, + How can they with the child compare + That shall the Father's glory share? + The Lord be praised! + + God's little child, do then fore'er + Cast on the Lord your every care. + Trust in His love, His grace and might + Then shall His peace your soul delight. + The Lord be praised! + + God will your every need allay + Even tomorrow as yesterday, + And when the sun for you goes down + He will your soul with glory crown. + The Lord be praised! + + +Grundtvig's friends were sometimes called the "Merry Christians." There +was nothing superficial or lighthearted, however, about the Christianity +of their leader. It had been gained through intense struggles and +maintained at the cost of worldly position and honor. But he did believe +that God is love, and that love is the root and fount of life, as he says +in the following splendid hymn. The translation is by the Reverend +Doving. + + + Love, the fount of light from heaven, + Is the root and source of life; + Therefore God's decrees are given + With His lovingkindness rife. + As our Savior blest declareth + And the Spirit witness beareth, + As we in God's service prove; + God is light and God is love. + + Love, the crown of life eternal, + Love the brightness is of light; + Therefore on His throne supernal + Jesus sits in glory bright. + He the Light and Life of heaven, + Who Himself for us hath given, + Still abides and reigns above + In His Father's boundless love. + + Love, alone the law fulfilling, + Is the bond of perfectness; + Love, who came, a victim willing, + Wrought our peace and righteousness. + Therefore love and peace in union + Ever work in sweet communion + That through love we may abide + One with Him who for us died. + + +But the fruit of God's love is peace. As Grundtvig, in the hymn above, +sings of God's love, so in the sweet hymn given below he sings of God's +peace. The translation is by Pastor Doving. + + + Peace to soothe our bitter woes + God in Christ on us bestows; + Jesus wrought our peace with God + Through His holy, precious blood; + Peace in Him for sinners found + Is the Gospel's joyful sound. + + Peace to us the church doth tell. + 'Tis her welcome and farewell. + Peace was our baptismal dower; + Peace shall bless our dying hour. + Peace be with you full and free + Now and in eternity. + + +In this peace Christians find refuge and rest. + + + The peace of God protects our hearts + Against the tempter's fiery darts. + It is as sure when evening falls + As when the golden morning calls. + + This peace our Savior wrought for us + In agony upon the cross, + And when He up to heaven soared, + His peace He left us in His word. + + His word of peace new strength imparts + Each day to faint and troubled hearts, + And in His cup and at the font + It stills our deepest need and want. + + This blessed peace our Lord will give + To all who in His Spirit live. + And even at their dying breath + Its comfort breaks the sting of death. + + When Christ for us His peace hath won + He asked for faith and faith alone. + By faith and not by merits vain, + Our hearts God's blessed peace obtain. + + Peace be with you, our Savior saith + In answer to the word of faith. + Whoso hath faith, shall find release + And dwell in God's eternal peace. + + +Grundtvig's hymns of comfort for the sick and dying rank with the finest +ever written. He hates and fears death, hoping even that Christ may +return before his own hour comes; but if He does not, he prays that the +Savior will be right with him. + + + Lord, when my final hours impend, + Come in the person of a friend + And take Thy place beside me, + And talk to me as man to man + Of where we soon shall meet again + And all Thy joy betide me. + + +For though he knows he cannot master the enemy alone, if the Savior is +there-- + + + Death is but the last pretender + We with Christ as our defender + Shall engage and put to flight. + + +And His word will dispel all fear of the struggle: + + + Like dew upon the meadow + So falls the word of life + On Christians in the shadow + Of mortal's final strife. + The first fruit of its blessing + Is balm for fears distressing, + So gone is like a breath + The bitterness of death. + + Like sun, when night is falling, + Sets stilly in the west + While birds are softly calling + Each other from their nest, + So when its brief day closes + That soul in peace reposes + Which knows that Christ the Lord + Is with it in His word. + + And as we shiver slightly + An early summer morn + When blushing heavens brightly + Announce a day new-born, + So moves the soul immortal + With calmness through death's portal + That through its final strife + Beholds the Light of Life. + + +He could therefore exclaim: + + + Christian! what a morn of splendor + Full reward for every fear, + When the ransomed host shall render + Praises to its Savior dear, + Shall in heaven's hall of glory + Tell salvation's wondrous story, + And with the angelic throng + Sing the Lamb's eternal song. + + +---------- + +[10]Another translation: "Take away the signs of mourning" by P. C. + Paulsen in "Hymnal for Church and Home". + + + + + Chapter Sixteen + Grundtvig's Later Years + + +Grundtvig's later years present a striking contrast to the years of his +earlier manhood. The lonely Defender of the Bible became a respected sage +and the acknowledged leader of a fast growing religious and folk +movement, both in Denmark and the other Scandinavian countries. His long +years of continuous struggles were followed by years of fruitful work and +an extensive growth of his religious and educational ideals until he was +generally recognized as one of the most vital spiritual leaders of +Scandinavia. + +The first break in the wall of isolation that surrounded him came with an +invitation from a group of students to "the excellent historian, N. F. S. +Grundtvig, who has never asked for a reward but only for a chance to do +good," to deliver a series of historical lectures at Borch's Collegium in +Copenhagen. These lectures--seventy-one in all--were delivered before +packed audiences during the summer and fall of 1838, and were so +enthusiastically received that the students, on the evening of the +concluding lecture, arranged a splendid banquet for the speaker, at which +one of them sang: + + + Yes, through years of lonely struggle + Did you bravely fight, + Bearing scorn without complaining + Till your hair turned white. + + +During his most lonely years Grundtvig once comforted himself with the +words of a Greek sage: "Speak to the people of yesterday, and you will be +heard by the people of tomorrow." Thus it was, no doubt, a great +satisfaction to him that the first public honor bestowed upon him should +be accorded him by his nation's youth. + +From that day his reputation and influence grew steadily. He became an +honored member of several influential societies, such as the Society for +Northern Studies, and the Scandinavian Society, an association of +academicians from all the Scandinavian countries for the purpose of +effecting a closer spiritual and cultural union between them. He also +received frequent invitations to lecture both on outstanding occasions +and before special groups. His work as a lecturer probably reached its +culmination at a public meeting on the Skamlingsbanke, a wooded hill on +the borders of Slesvig, where he spoke to thousands of profoundly stirred +listeners, and at a great meeting of Scandinavian students at Oslo, +Norway, in 1851, to which he was invited as the guest of honor and +acclaimed both by the students and the Norwegian people. When Denmark +became a constitutional kingdom in 1848, he was a member of the +constitutional assembly and was elected several times to the Riksdag. + +Meanwhile he worked ceaselessly for the development of his folk and +educational ideals. After his conversion, he felt for a time that his new +outlook was incompatible with his previous enthusiasm for the heroic life +and ideals of the old North, and that he must now devote himself solely +to the preaching of the Gospel. But the formerly mentioned decline of all +phases of Danish life during the early part of the nineteenth century and +the failure of his preaching to evoke any response from an indifferent +people caused him to suspect a closer relationship between a people's +religious and national or folk-life than he had hitherto recognized. Was +not the folk life of a people, after all, the soil in which the Word of +God must be sown, and could the Word bear fruit in a soil completely +hardened and unprepared to receive it? If it could not, was not a folk +awakening a necessary preparation for a Christian? + +Under the spur of this question he undertook the translation of the sagas +and developed his now widely recognized ideas of folk life and folk +education, which later were embodied in the Grundtvigian folk schools. +The first of these schools was opened at Roedding, Slesvig in 1844. The +war between Denmark and Germany from 1848 to 1850 delayed the +establishment of other similar schools. But in 1851, Christian Kold, the +man who more than any other realized Grundtvig's idea of a school for +life--as the folk schools were frequently called--opened his first school +at Ryslinge, Fyn. From there the movement spread rapidly not only to all +parts of Denmark but also to Norway, Finland and Sweden. The latter +country now has more schools of the Grundtvigian type than Denmark, and +Norway and Finland have about have as many.[11] + +To extend the influence of the movement lecture societies, reading +circles, gymnastic societies, choral groups and the like were organized +in almost every parish of Denmark. Thus before Grundtvig died, he had the +satisfaction of seeing his work bear fruit in one of the most vital folk +and educational movements of Scandinavia, a movement which has made a +tremendous imprint upon all phases of life in the Northern countries and +which today is spreading to many other parts of the world. + +Grundtvig held that the life of a nation, Christian as well as national, +never rose above the real culture of its common people. To be real, a +culture had to be national, had to be based on a people's natural +characteristics and developed in accordance with native history and +traditions. The aim of all true folk-education was the awakening and +enrichment of life and not a mere mental or practical training. The +natural means for the attainment of this aim was a living presentation of +a people's own cultural heritage, their native tradition, history, +literature and folk life. But in all cases the medium of this +presentation was the living, that is the spoken word by men and women who +were themselves spiritually alive. Christianity, in his opinion, had not +come to destroy but to cleanse and vivify the folk life of a people, and, +since the latter was the soil in which the former had to grow, the +fruitfulness of both demanded a living inter-action so that national life +might become Christian and Christianity national. + +In the practical application of these educational theories, Grundtvig +took no active part. Aside from his conception of the idea and the +development of much of the material used in the folk-school, his greatest +contributions to their work are probably, his innumerable Biblical, +historical and folk songs that were and are used in the schools. + +Meanwhile he by no means neglected his religious work. Rationalism had +been defeated, a sound Evangelical movement was fast revitalizing the +church, and he could therefore concentrate his energy on a further +development of the view that had come to him during his years of +struggle. Among innumerable other works, he produced during his later +years the splendid _Enlightenment of the Church_, published 1840-1844; +_Teachings of Our Christian Childhood_, published 1855-1862; _The Seven +Stars of the Churches_, published 1854-1855; and _The Church Mirror_, a +series of lectures on the main currents of church history, published +1861-1863. + +Although Grundtvig's views, and especially his distinction between the +"living" and the "written" word, were strongly opposed by many, his +profoundly spiritual conception of the church, as the body of Christ, and +of the sacraments, as its true means of life, has greatly influenced all +branches of the Danish church. In emphasizing the true indwelling of +Christ in the creed and sacraments, he visualized the real presence of +Him in the church and underscored the vital center of congregational +worship with a realism that no theological dissertation can ever convey. +Nor did he feel that in so doing he was in any sense diverging from true +Lutheranism. The fact that Luther himself chose the creed and the words +of institution of the sacrament as a basis for his catechism, showed, he +contended, that the great Reformer also had recognized their distinction. + +Despite frequent charges to the contrary, Grundtvig had no desire to +engender a separatist movement in the church. He constantly warned his +followers against any such tendency. In a closing speech to the Meeting +of Friends in 1863, he said, "You can no more forbid the world to call +you Grundtvigians than those whom Luther called to the Lord could forbid +anyone to call them Lutherans, but do not yourself adopt that name. For +history shows that some have let themselves be called Lutherans until +they have almost lost the name of Christians. If anyone wishes to name us +after any other than Christ, we ought to tell them that we accept nothing +unto salvation except what the Christian church has taught and confessed +from generation to generation. To or from that we neither add nor +detract. We acknowledge without reservation that word of faith which Paul +says is believed to righteousness and confessed unto salvation. The +manner of teaching and believing that faith so that the Old Adam may be +put off and the new put on, we hold to be a matter of enlightenment in +which we shall be guided by Grundtvig, as we are guided by Luther, only +in so far as we are convinced that he has been guided by Scripture and +the Spirit. We also disclaim any intention of making our conception of +Scripture an article of faith which must be accepted by the church." +Grundtvig's followers would, no doubt, have profited greatly by +remembering this truly liberal view of their leader. + +Thus his years passed quietly onward, filled with fruitful labor even +unto the end. In contrast to his often stormy public career, Grundtvig's +private life was quite peaceful and commonplace, subject only to the +usual trials and sorrows of human existence. During the greater part of +his life he was extremely poor, subsisting on a small government pension, +the meager returns from his writings and occasional gifts from friends. +For his own part this did not trouble him; his wants were few and easily +satisfied. But he "liked to see shining faces around him," as he once +wrote, and he had discovered that the face of a child could often be +brightened by a small gift, which he was frequently too poor to give. +"But if we would follow the Lord in these days," he wrote to a friend, +"we must evidently be prepared to renounce all things for His sake and +cast out all these heathen worries for dross and chaff with which we as +Christians often distress ourselves." + +Grundtvig was thrice married. His first wife, Lise Grundtvig, died +January 4, 1851, after a long illness. Her husband said at her grave, "I +stand here as an old man who is taking a decided step toward my own grave +by burying the bride of my youth and the mother of my children who for +more than forty years with unfailing loyalty shared all my joys and +sorrows--and mostly latter." + +But Grundtvig did not appear to be growing old. During the following +summer he attended the great meeting of Scandinavian students at Oslo, +where he was hailed as the youngest of them all. And on October 4 of the +same year, he rejoiced his enemies and grieved many of his friends by +marrying Marie Toft, of Rennebeck's Manor, a wealthy widow and his junior +by thirty years. And despite dire predictions to the contrary, the +marriage was very happy. Marie Toft was a highly intelligent and +spiritual-minded woman who wholeheartedly shared her husband's spiritual +views and ideals; and her death in 1854 came, therefore, as an almost +overwhelming blow. In a letter to a friend a few weeks after her death, +Grundtvig writes, "It was wonderful to be loved as unselfishly as Marie +loved me. But she belonged wholly to God. He gave and He took; and +despite all objections by the world and our own selfish flesh, the +believing heart must exclaim, His name be praised. When I consider the +greatness of the treasure that the Lord gave to me by opening this loving +heart to me in my old age, I confess that it probably would have proved +beyond my strength continuously to bear such good days; for had I not +already become critical of all that were not like her, and indifferent to +all things that were not concerned with her?" + +The last remark, perhaps, refers to a complaint by his friends that he +had become so absorbed in his wife that he neglected other things. If +this had been the case, he now made amends by throwing himself into a +whirl of activity that would have taxed the strength of a much younger +man. During the following years, he wrote part of his formerly mentioned +books on the church and Christian education, delivered a large number of +lectures, resumed his seat in the Riksdag and, of course, attended to his +growing work as a pastor. As he was also very neglectful of his own +comfort in other ways, it was evident to all that such a strenuous life +must soon exhaust his strength unless someone could be constantly about +him and minister to his need. For this reason a high-minded young widow, +the Baroness Asta Tugendreich Reetz, entered into marriage with him that +she might help to conserve the strength of the man whom she considered +one of the greatest assets her country possessed. + +Grundtvig once said of his marriages that the first was an idyl, the +second a romance and the third a fairy-tale. Others said harsher things. +But Asta Grundtvig paid no attention to the scandal mongers. A very +earnest Christian woman herself, she devoted all her energy to create a +real Christian home for her husband and family. As Grundtvig had always +lived much by himself, she wished especially to make their home a ready +gathering place for all his friends and co-workers. In this she succeeded +so well that their modest dwelling was frequently crowded with visitors +from far and near, many of whom later counted their visit with Grundtvig +among the richest experiences of their life. + +Grundtvig's fiftieth anniversary as a pastor was celebrated with +impressive festivities on May 29, 1861. The celebration was attended by +representatives from all departments of government and the church as well +as by a host of people from all parts of Scandinavia; and the celebrant +was showered with gifts and honors. The king conferred upon him the title +of bishop; the former queen, Carolina Amalia, presented him with a seven +armed candlestick of gold from women in Norway, Sweden and Denmark; his +friend, Pastor P. A. Fenger, handed him a gift of three thousand dollars +from friends in Denmark and Norway to finance a popular edition of his +_Hymns and Songs for the Danish Church_; and another friend, Gunni Busck, +presented him with a plaque of gold engraved with his likeness and a line +from his hymns, a gift from the congregation of Vartov. + +Many of those who participated in this splendid jubilee felt that it +would be of great benefit to them to meet again for mutual fellowship and +discussion of pressing religious and national questions. And with the +willing cooperation of Asta Grundtvig, it was decided to invite all who +might be interested to a meeting in Copenhagen on Grundtvig's eightieth +birthday, September 8, the following year. This Meeting of Friends--as it +was named--proved so successful that it henceforth became an annual +event, attended by people from all parts of Scandinavia. Although +Grundtvig earnestly desired that these meetings should actually be what +they were designed to be, meetings of friends for mutual help and +enlightenment, his own part in them was naturally important. His powers +were still unimpaired, and his contributions were rich in wisdom and +spiritual insight. Knowing himself surrounded by friends, he often spoke +with an appealing heartiness and power that made the Meetings of Friends +unforgettable experiences to many. + +Thus the once loneliest man in Denmark found himself in his old age +honored by his nation, surrounded by friends, and besieged by visitors +and co-workers, seeking his help and advice. He was always very +approachable. In his younger days he had frequently been harsh and +self-assertive in his judgment of others; but in his latter years he +learned that kindness is always more fruitful than wrath. Sitting in his +easy chair and smoking his long pipe, he talked frankly and often wittily +with the many who came to visit him. Thus Bishop H. Martensen, the +theologian, tells us that his conversation was admirably eloquent and +interspersed with wit and humor. And a prominent Swedish author, P. +Wisselgren, writes: "Some years ago I spent one of the most delightful +evenings of my life with Bishop Grundtvig. I doubt that I have ever met a +greater poet of conversation. Each thought was an inspiration and his +heart was in every word he said." + +Grundtvig's outward appearance, especially during his later years, was +extremely charming. His strong countenance framed by long white locks and +a full beard bore the imprint of a profound spiritual intellect and a +benevolent calmness. The queen, Caroline Amalia, after her first meeting +with him wrote, "Grundtvig has a most beautiful countenance, and he +attracted me at once by his indescribably kind and benevolent appearance. +What an interesting man he is, and what a pleasure it is to listen to his +open and forthright conversation." + +And so, still active and surrounded by friends, he saw his long, fruitful +life drawing quietly toward its close. In 1871, he opened the annual +Meeting of Friends by speaking from the text: "See, I die, but the Lord +shall be with you," and said in all likelihood this meeting would be the +last at which he would be present. He lived, however, to prepare for the +next meeting, which was to be held on September 11, 1872. On September 1, +he conducted his service at Vartov as usual, preaching an exceptionally +warm and inspiring sermon. But the following morning he passed away +quietly while sitting in his easy chair and listening to his son read for +him. + +He was buried September 11, three days after his 89th birthday, in the +presence of representatives from all departments of the government, one +fourth of the Danish clergy and a vast assembly of people from all parts +of Scandinavia. + +An American writer recently named Grundtvig "The Builder of Modern +Denmark." And there are few phases of modern Danish life which he has not +influenced. His genius was so unique and his work so many-sided that with +equal justice one might call him a historian, a poet, an educator, a +religious philosopher, a hymnologist and a folk-leader. Yet there is an +underlying unity of thought and purpose in all his work which makes each +part of it merely a branch of the whole. This underlying unity is his +clear conception of the spiritual and of man as a spiritual being who can +attain his fullest development only through the widest possible +realization of the spiritual in all his divine and human relationships. +In every part of his work Grundtvig, therefore, invariably seeks to +discover the spiritual realities. The mere form of a thing, the form of +religion, of knowledge, of education, of government, of all human +institutions and endeavors have no intrinsic value, are only skeletons +and dead bones until they become imbued and vivified by the spirit. Thus +Professor Martensen, who by no means belonged to the Grundtvigian party, +writes, "But among the many things I owe to Grundtvig, I cherish above +all his conception of the spiritual as the reality besides which all +other things are nothing but shadows, and of the spirit inspired word as +the mightiest power in human life. And he gave that to me not as a theory +but as a living truth, a spiritual reality about which there could be not +even a shadow of doubt." + +Grundtvig found the spiritual in many things, in the myth of the North, +in history, literature and, in fact, in all things through which man has +to express his god-given nature. He had no patience with the Pietists who +looked upon all things not directly religious as evils with which a +Christian could have nothing to do. Yet he believed above all in the Holy +Spirit as the "Spirit of spirits," the true agent of God in the world. +The work of the Spirit was indispensable to man's salvation, and the +fruit of that work, the regenerated Christian life, the highest +expression of the spiritual. Since he believed furthermore, that the Holy +Spirit works especially in the church through the word and sacraments, +the church was to him the workshop of the Spirit. + +In his famous hymn to the church bell, his symbol for the church, he +writes "that among all noble voices none could compare with that of the +ringing bell." Despite the many fields in which he traced the imprint of +the spiritual, the church remained throughout his long life his real +spiritual home, a fact which he beautifully expresses in the hymn below. + + + Hallowed Church Bell, not for worldly centers + Wast thou made, but for the village small + Where thy voice, as home and hearth it enters, + Blends with lullabies at evenfall. + + When a child and in the country dwelling, + Christmas morning was my heaven on earth, + And thy chimes, like angel voices swelling, + Told with joy of my Redeemer's birth. + + Louder still thy joyful chimes resounded, + When on wings of early morning borne, + They proclaimed: Awake with joy unbounded, + Christ arose this blessed Easter morn. + + Sweeter even were thy tolls when blending + With the calm of summer eventide + And, as though from heaven above descending, + Bid me cast all grief and care aside. + + Hence when now the day is softly ending, + Shadows fall and birds ascend their nest, + Like the flowers my head in silence bending, + I am chanting with my soul at rest: + + When at last, O Church Bell, thou art tolling + O'er my grave while loved grieve and sigh, + Say to them, their troubled heart consoling, + He is resting with his Lord on high. + + +---------- + +[11]The printed text is corrupt, but the correction is not obvious. + Norway and Finland might have "about as many" or "about half as many". + + + + + Other Danish Hymnwriters + + + + + Chapter Seventeen + + +The Danish church has produced a large number of hymnwriters, who, except +for the greatness of Kingo, Brorson and Grundtvig, would have commanded +general recognition. The present hymnal of the church contains +contributions by about sixty Danish writers. Though the majority of these +are represented by only one or two hymns, others have made large +contributions. + +Kingo, Brorson and Grundtvig, peculiarly enough, had few imitators. A +small number of writers did attempt to imitate the great leaders, but +they formed no school and their work for the most part was so +insignificant that it soon disappeared. Thus even Kingo's great work +inspired no hymnwriter of any consequence, and the fifty years between +Kingo and Brorson added almost nothing to the hymnody of the church. +Contemporary with Brorson, however, a few writers appeared whose songs +have survived to the present day. Foremost among these is Ambrosius Stub, +a unique and sympathetic writer whose work constitutes a distinct +contribution to Danish poetry. + +Ambrosius Stub was born on the island of Fyn in 1705, the son of a +village tailor. Although extremely poor, he managed somehow to enter the +University of Copenhagen, but his poverty compelled him to leave the +school without completing his course. For a number of years, he drifted +aimlessly, earning a precarious living by teaching or bookkeeping at the +estates of various nobles, always dogged by poverty and a sense of +frustration. Although he was gifted and ambitious, his lack of a degree +and his continuous poverty prevented him from attaining the position in +life to which his ability apparently entitled him. During his later +years, he conducted a small school for boys at Ribe, a small city on the +west coast of Jutland, where he died in abject poverty in 1758, only 53 +years old. + +Stub's work remained almost unknown during his lifetime, but a small +collection of his poems, published after his death, gained him a +posthumous recognition as the greatest Danish poet of the 18th century. +Stub's style is extremely noble and expressive, devoid of the excessive +bombast and sentimentality that many writers then mistook for poetry. He +was of a cheerful disposition with a hopeful outlook upon life that only +occasionally is darkened by the hardships and disappointments of his own +existence. Even the poems of his darker moods are colored by his inborn +love of beauty and his belief in the fundamental goodness of life. Many +of his best poems are of a religious nature, and expressive of his warm +and trustful Christian faith. In view of the discouraging hardships and +disappointments of his own life, the following much favored hymn throws a +revealing light upon the spirit of its author. + + + Undismayed by any fortune + Life may have in store for me, + This, whatever be my portion, + I will always try to be. + If I but in grace abide, + Undismayed whate'er betide. + + Undismayed when others harry + Mind and soul with anxious care; + If the Lord with me will tarry, + All my troubles disappear. + If I but in grace abide, + Undismayed whate'er betide. + + Undismayed when others sighing, + Quail before the evil day, + On God's grace I am relying; + Nothing can me then dismay. + If I but in grace abide, + Undismayed whate'er betide. + + Undismayed when others fearing, + See the hour of death draw nigh. + With the victor's crown appearing, + Why should I repine and sigh. + If I but in grace abide, + Undismayed whate'er betide. + + Dearest Lord, if I may treasure + Thy abundant grace each day, + I shall cherish Thy good pleasure, + Be my portion what it may. + If I but in grace abide, + Undismayed whate'er betide. + + +The age of Rationalism discarded most of the old hymns but produced no +worthwhile hymns of its own. The most highly praised hymnwriter of the +period, Birgitte Boye, the wife of a forester, wrote a great number of +hymns of which no less than 150 were included in a new hymnal published +in 1870, by the renowned statesman, Ove Hoegh Guldberg. Although +excessively praised by the highest authorities of the period, Birgitte +Boye's hymns contain nothing of permanent value, and have now happily +been forgotten. + +The Evangelical revival about the middle of the 19th century restored the +old hymns to their former favor, and produced besides, a number of new +hymnwriters of real merit. Among these, Casper J. Boye is, perhaps, the +most prominent. Born of Danish parents at Kongsberg, Norway, in 1791, +Boye entered the University of Copenhagen in 1820 where he first took up +the study of law and then, of theology. After graduating from this +department, he became a teacher at a Latin school and some years later, a +pastor of the large Garrison Church in Copenhagen, where he remained +until his death in 1851. Boye was a gifted writer, both on secular and +religious themes. His numerous hymns appeared in six small volumes +entitled: _Spiritual Songs_. They are marked by a flowing but at times +excessively literary style and a quiet spiritual fervor. The following +still is a favorite opening hymn. + + + Day is breaking, night is ended, + And the day of rest ascended + Upon church and countryside. + Like the day in brightness growing, + Grace from God is richer flowing; + Heaven's portals open wide. + + O what joy this day is bringing, + When the chiming bells are ringing, + Calling man to prayer and praise! + All the angel host rejoices + And with gladsome, mellow voices + Thanks the Lord for light and grace. + + Sin and death with fear and sorrow + And the burden of tomorrow + Shall not weigh my heart with care. + Unto all in tribulation + Doth the Lord of our salvation + On this day His peace declare. + + Be it hushed in solemn stillness, + Must I weep in grief or illness, + Or confess my guilt and shame, + It is blessed to be weeping + When the hungry heart is reaping + Grace and peace in Jesus' name. + + O Thou Fount of grace unbounded, + Who our wisdom hath confounded, + Whom but faith can comprehend! + In Thy love my soul reposes; + Heaven's portal never closes + Till before Thy throne we stand. + + +Herman Andreas Timm, a younger contemporary of Boye, also wrote a large +number of excellent hymns. He was born at Copenhagen in 1800, and was for +many years pastor of the church on Amager, a suburb of the capital city. +He died in 1866. His hymns appeared in a small volume of poems, published +in 1834, under the title: _Spiritual Songs_. They are characterized by an +easy literary style and an urgent spiritual appeal. The following very +popular hymn is perhaps the best-known of those now available in English. + + + Dost thou know the living fountain + Whence the stream of grace doth flow? + Dry the streams from snowcapped mountain, + Yet this stream shall fuller grow. + From the very heart of God + Flows its currents deep and broad, + Unto every land and nation, + Bringing mercy and salvation. + + Come unto the living waters! + Cried the prophets, do not shrink! + God invites His sons and daughters: + He that thirsteth come and drink. + With this water God imparts + Health and strength to sin-sick hearts. + Why are ye then hesitating + While the Lord with grace is waiting. + + With us is the day appointed, + God has kept His gracious word. + He has come, the Lord's annointed; + Men have seen the promised Lord. + Saints of God from every race + Found in Him the fount of grace, + And, with joy that never ceases, + Said: The Fount of Life is Jesus. + + Hasten then! Let all assemble + At this fountain pure and strong. + Come, ye souls that fear and tremble, + Come, ye old, and come ye young. + Now the hour of grace is here, + Draw then to its fountain near. + Soon, ah soon! the day is over. + Quickly night the world may cover. + + +Another contemporary of these writers, and perhaps the most prominent of +the group, was Theodore Vilhelm Oldenburg. Oldenburg was born at +Copenhagen in 1805, son of the Royal Chamberlain, Frederik Oldenburg. His +mother died while he was still a boy, but his excellent father managed to +give him a most careful training and a splendid education. He graduated +"cum laude" from the University of Copenhagen in 1822, obtained the +degree of Master of Arts during the following year, entered the +department of theology and graduated from there three years later, also +"cum laude." In 1830 he accepted a call to become pastor of the parish of +Otterup and Sorterup on the island of Fyn. Here he won high praise for +his conspicuously able and faithful work. Together with the gifted Bishop +P. C. Kirkegaard, he was editor for a number of years of the influential +periodical "Nordisk Tidsskrift for Kristelig Teologi," and also of the +outstanding foreign mission paper, "Dansk Missionsblad." Through these +papers he exerted a powerful and always beneficent influence upon the +churches of both Denmark and Norway. His outstanding and richly blest +service was cut short by death in 1842 when he was only 37 years old. He +was carried to the grave to the strains of his own appealing hymn: +"Thine, O Jesus, Thine Forever." + +Oldenburg's quite numerous hymns were printed from time to time in +various periodicals. They express in a noble and highly lyrical style the +firm faith and warm religious fervor of his own consecrated life. + +The hymn given below was written for a foreign mission convention shortly +before his death. + + + Deep and precious, + Strong and gracious + Is the word of God above, + Gently calling + Sinners falling, + To the Savior's arm of love. + Unto all the word is given: + Jesus is the way to heaven. + + Blessed Savior, + Wondrous favor + Hast Thou shown our fallen race! + Times may alter, + Worlds may falter, + Nothing moves Thy word of grace. + With Thy word Thy grace abideth, + And for all our needs provideth. + + By Thy merit, + Through the Spirit + Draw all sinners, Lord, to Thee. + Sin and error, + Death and terror + By Thy word shall vanquished be. + Guide us all through life's straight portal, + Bear us into life immortal. + + +Besides Grundtvig the foremost hymnwriter of this period was his close +friend, Bernhard Severin Ingemann, one of Denmark's most popular and +beloved writers. He was born in 1789 in a parsonage on the island of +Falster. His father died in 1800 when the son was only 11 years old, and +his mother left the parsonage to settle in Slagelse, an old city on the +island of Sjaelland. Having graduated from the Latin school there in 1806, +Ingemann entered the University of Copenhagen in the fall of the same +year. During the English attack on Copenhagen in 1807, he enrolled in the +student's volunteer corps and fought honorably in defense of the city. +After graduating from the University, he was granted free board and room +at Walkendorf's Collegium, an institution for the aid of indigent but +promising young students. Here he devoted most of his time to literary +pursuits and, during the following three years, he published a large +number of works which won him a favorable name as a gifted lyrical poet +of a highly idealistic type. As an encouragement to further efforts, the +government granted him a two year stipend for travel and study in foreign +parts. He visited Germany, France, Switzerland and Italy, and became +acquainted with many famous literary leaders of that day, especially in +Germany. On his return from abroad in 1822 he was appointed a lector at +the famous school at Soroe on the island of Sjaelland. In this charming old +city with its splendid cathedral and idyllic surroundings he spent the +remainder of his life in the peace and quiet that agreed so well with his +own mild and seraphic nature. He died in 1862. + +Inspired by Oehlenschlaeger and strongly encouraged by Grundtvig, +Ingemann in 1824 began the issuance of his famous historical novels, +based upon episodes from the romantic period of Danish history during the +13th and 14th centuries. To some extent the novels are modeled upon the +similar works of Walter Scott but are written in a livelier style and +more idealistic spirit than their English prototype. In later years their +historical veracity has been gravely questioned. Enjoying an immense +popularity both in Denmark and in Norway, these highly idealized pictures +of the past did much to arouse that national spirit which especially +Grundtvig had labored long to awaken. After completing his historical +novels, Ingemann again resumed his lyrical and fictional writings, +producing a large number of poems, fairy-tales and novels that further +increased his already immense popularity. + + Bernhard Severin Ingemann + +Despite the great popularity of Ingemann's secular writings, it is, +nevertheless, his hymns and spiritual songs which will preserve his name +the longest. His first collection of hymns, a small volume of morning and +evening songs, appeared in 1822. This collection was followed in 1825 by +a volume of church hymns, which was enlarged and reprinted in 1843. The +favorable reception of these hymns caused Ingemann to be selected to +prepare the new church hymnal, published in 1855, a task which he +accomplished to the general satisfaction of all. + +Ingemann's hymns faithfully reflect his own serene and idealistic nature. +Their outstanding merits are a limpid, lyrical style and an implicit +trust in the essential goodness of life and its Author. Of Kingo's +realistic conception of evil or Grundtvig's mighty vision of existence as +a heroic battle between life and death, he has little understanding. The +world of his songs is as peaceful and idyllic as the quiet countryside +around his beloved Soroe. If at times he tries to take the deeper note, +his voice falters and becomes artificial. But though his hymns on such +themes as sin and redemption are largely a failure, he has written +imperishable hymns of idealistic faith and childlike trust in the +goodness and love of God. + +The extreme lyrical quality and highly involved and irregular metre of +many of Ingemann's hymns make them extremely difficult to translate, and +their English translations fail on the whole to do justice. The +translation given below is perhaps one of the best. It is the work of the +Rev. P. C. Paulsen. + + + As wide as the skies is Thy mercy, O God; + Thy faithfulness shieldeth creation. + Thy bounteous hand from the mountains abroad + Is stretched over country and nation. + + Like heaven's embrace is Thy mercy, O Lord; + In judgment profound Thou appearest. + Thou savest our souls through Thy life-giving word, + The cries of Thy children Thou hearest. + + How precious Thy goodness, O Father above, + Where children of men are abiding. + Thou spreadest through darkness the wings of Thy love; + We under their pinions are hiding. + + For languishing souls Thou preparest a rest; + The quivering dove Thou protectest; + Thou givest us being, eternal and blest, + In mercy our life Thou perfectest. + + +The following hymn is also quite popular. + + + The sun is rising in the east, + It gilds the heavens wide, + And scatters light on mountain crest, + On shore and countryside. + + It rises from the valley bright, + Where Paradise once lay, + And bringeth life, and joy and light + To all upon its way. + + It greets us from the land afar + Where man with grace was crowned, + And from that wondrous Morning Star, + Which Eastern sages found. + + The starry host bow down before + The sun that passes them; + It seems so like that star of yore + Which shone on Bethlehem. + + Thou Sun of Suns, from heaven come, + In Thee our praises rise + For every message from Thy home + And from Thy Paradise. + + +The most beloved of all Ingemann's hymns is his splendid "Pilgrim Song." + + + Dejlig er Jorden, + Praegtig er Guds Himmel, + Skoen er Sjaelenes Pilgrimsgang. + Gennem de fagre + Riger paa Jorden + Gaa vi til Paradis med Sang. + + +This hymn is written to the tune of "Beautiful Savior" which Ingemann, in +common with many others, accepted as a marching tune from the period of +the crusades. Although this historic origin has now been disproved, the +tune united with Ingemann's text undoubtedly will remain the most beloved +pilgrim song among the Danish and Norwegian peoples. Though fully aware +of the impossibility of translating this tenderly beautiful song so that +it is acceptable to those who know the original, the author presents the +following translation in the hope that it may interest those who cannot +read the original. + + + Fair is creation,[12] + Fairer God's heaven, + Blest is the marching pilgrim throng. + Onward through lovely + Regions of beauty + Go we to Paradise with song. + + Ages are coming, + Ages are passing + Nations arise and disappear. + Never the joyful + Message from heaven + Wanes through the soul's brief sojourn here. + + Angels proclaimed it + Once to the shepherds, + Henceforth from soul to soul it passed: + Unto all people + Peace and rejoicing, + Us is a Savior born at last. + + +Of other hymns by Ingemann, which are now available in English, we may +mention "Jesus, My Savior, My Shepherd Blest," "The Country Lies in Deep +Repose" and "I Live and I Know the Span of My Years." + + +---------- + +[12]Another translation: "Beauty around us" by S. D. Rodholm in "A World + of Song." + +The last half of the 19th century also brought forth a number of Danish +hymnwriters of considerable merit, such as Chr. Richardt, Pastor J. P. M. +Paulli, Pastor Olfert Ricard and Pastor J. Schjorring. The latter is +especially known by one song which has been translated into many +languages and with which it seems appropriate to close this survey of +Danish hymnody. + + + Love from God our Lord, + Has forever poured + Like a fountain pure and clear. + In its quiet source, + In its silent course + Doth the precious pearl appear. + + Love from God our Lord, + Comes with sweet accord, + Like a pure and lovely bride. + Dwell within my heart, + Peace from God impart, + Heaven doth with Thee abide. + + Love from God our Lord, + Has to man restored + Life and peace from heaven above. + Who in love remains, + Peace from God obtains; + God Himself is ever love. + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Hymns and Hymnwriters of Denmark, by +Jens Christian Aaberg + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HYMNS AND HYMNWRITERS OF DENMARK *** + +***** This file should be named 29666.txt or 29666.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/9/6/6/29666/ + +Produced by Stephen Hutcheson and Ken Jentsch + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/29666.zip b/29666.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba8716d --- /dev/null +++ b/29666.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a56f47a --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #29666 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/29666) |
